Broadcast Equipment - American Radio History

Broadcast Equipment - American Radio History

Broadcast Equipment

Catalog

AP www.americanradiohistory.com

FOREWORD

Harris

Corporation, Broadcast Division, presents Catalog AP -2.

Our latest all- products catalog features television and radio trans- mitting equipment, audio and video studio products, program and business automation systems, and broadcast microwave equip- ment. The comprehensive product line represented on these pages meets virtually radio broadcaster. every requirement of the television and

The

Harris sales network and service facilities are extensive.

Canadian sales are handled by

Harris Systems Limited

in

Montreal. International market activities are coordinated by the

International

Sales

Department

in

Quincy, Illinois with represen- tatives located throughout the world.

The Broadcast Division

is

one of

26

divisions of

Harris Corpora- tion. Among the nation's

500 largest corporations, Harris

is a

world leader

in

the communications industry, with

a

broad product base ranging from printing presses to computer systems.

Two separate operating arms of the

Broadcast Division produce specialized products for the broadcaster. Harris Video Systems, located

in

Sunnyvale,

California, manufactures

an

extensive line of digital video products. Harris Broadcast Microwave Operation,

San

Carlos,

California, manufactures

ENG receivers, miniature portable microwave receivers and transmitters.

Drawing on the considerable resources of research centers within the

Harris electronic group, the

Broadcast

Division has ready ac- cess to

a

large staff of professional scientists and engineers,

in

addition to maintaining an impressive engineering and service organization

in

Quincy.

Harris' reputation stands on the products

in

this catalog. Harris values your patronage, and will strive for continued excellence

in

product design and execution,

in an

innovative posture that fosters the advancement of the broadcast industry.

`;

HARJIS www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

PDM

Pulse

Duration

Modulation

Harris patented Pulse Duration Modulation (PDM) is used in the

Harris

VP

-100A,

SW -100, SW -50, MW -50A. MW -10, and MW -5A broadcast transmitters. PDM produces conventional high level plate modulation.... the difference is simply the manner in which the audio signal is amplified and applied in series with the RF amplifier plate supply. However, this one difference provides sev- eral distinct advantages.... particularly a much higher efficiency, and the elimination of large iron core components.

The Pulse Duration Modulator operates as follows

1

The audio input

(A) is added to a

75 kHz sawtooth wave (B) to form

(C).

2. A threshold level (power control) is set and determines the point on the sawtooth wave at which the pulse amplifier will conduct. After clipping and amplification, squared pulses

(D), which vary in duration with the input audio, are formed.

3. A low pass filter removes the 75 kHz pulse rate, leaving very high audio power to fully modulate the PA. No modulation transformer or reactor is required.

The duty cycle of the pulse determines the voltage at the plate of the

PA.

For instance, a

50% duty cycle will produce 13 kV at the

PA or the 100 kW carrier; a

100% duty cycle will place the full supply voltage of about

28 kV on the PA which conforms to over 100% positive modulation peak; a

0% duty cycle will produce

0 voltage at the PA or the 100% negative modulation tip. The rate of variation of the pulse width is the audio signal...hence a

Pulse Duration

Modulator.

75 kHz

SQUARE WAVE

GENERATOR

INTEGRATOR SUMMER

AUDIO

INPUT

J

THRESHOLD AMPLIFIER

LEVEL

ADJUST

SIMPLIFIED

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

1 www.americanradiohistory.com

100 volts

HARRIS

PSM

Progressive

Series Modulator

2

Up to now, series modulators

-which have the advantage of great operational simplicity

-have

been too inefficient to be used effec- tively.

Now, with the introduction of Harris' Progressive Series

Modulator, one simplicity and high efficiency have been combined into excellent high -level modulation method which is used in

Har- ris' solid -state

1 kilowatt

AM transmitter, the

MW -1A.

A conventional series modulator is shown in

Figure

A. It has one active device,

Q1

(modulator), which regulates the

100 volt power supply to provide the proper voltage at carrier and the modulation voltage to the

PA. Its only drawback is its inefficiency. Under carrier conditions, only

50 volts is required at the PA.

This means

50 volts is also across the modulator, 01.

Whatever current is required at the

PA must flow through

01.

Assume 24 amps and

50 volts is required at the PA to achieve the

1000 -watt carrier. This means 24 amps is also flowing in Q1 and the power lost in

Q1 is 1200 watts (all heat). This is much too inefficient, even for a one kilowatt transmitter.

The PA and output network operate at about 85

%, so the loss in the PA and output network is only 200 watts. (1200 watts input and 1000 watts rf output

=

85% efficiency.)

If the advantages of a

DC coupled series modulator are to be utilized, a more efficient method must be found

-hence a

Progres- sive Series Modulator (PSM).

PSM is two series modulators, in series, as shown in

Figure

B.

Two power supply voltages are now used. One is a little higher than that required to produce the proper

PA voltage at carrier conditions, and the second is high enough to provide the positive peak required.

Now, during carrier, all the PA voltage comes from the

52

-volt supply through

CR1 and

01.

Only about

2 volts is lost across the modulator, so the required

50 volts,

24 amps is provided the

PA.

The loss across the modulator at carrier is now

2 x 24, or 48 watts, and the power to the PA is 50 x 24, or 1200 watts.

During the positive peak the PA voltage is supplied from the

104

- volt supply through

Q2 and 01

(CR1 disconnects the 52 -volt sup- ply when 02 turns on.) During the negative peak

02 is open, and the voltage is supplied from the

52

-volt supply through

CR1 and

01

Thus PSM

-a

Progressive Series Modulator which is highly effi- cient, is DC coupled, has excellent transient response, and re- quires no modulation transformer or reactor or filter inductor.

NOTE: Voltages used in the MW -1A vary slightly from the example above, to provide

125% positive peak modulation capability.

CP-2M-1279 www.americanradiohistory.com

PA

50 volts

24 amps

Figure

A

Conventional

Series

Modulator

104 volts

CR1

52 volts

50 volts

PA

24 amps Figure

B

Progressive

Series

Modulator

ADV. 514A PTD.

IN

U.S.A

m

HARRIS

VP-1

00A

100,000

Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

Overall efficiency better than 65%

Exclusive Pulse Duration Modulator

I

PDM

1 for high level plate modulation

Redundancy in solid state circuits

Vapor phase tube life cooling for quiet operation and extended

Only five tubes, with three tube types

Designed for a wide climate range

Patented

111:=Nommg.!Imm www.americanradiohistory.com

3

Front view, doors open

Featuring Harris' exclusive high level Pulse

Duration

Modulator', the

VP -100A provides the finest performance of any medium wave broadcast transmitter in the same power range on the market today

...at significantly lower operating costs.

EFFICIENCY EXCEEDS

65 %. The VP -100A has an unusually high overall efficiency of more than

65 %. This is made possible by the almost 90% efficiency of the Pulse Duration

Modulator

-and means about one -third less power consumption than other high level plate modulated

100 kilowatt transmitters.

HIGH AVERAGE MODULATION CAPABILITY.

The transmitter is capable of sustained high average modulation such as that ex- perienced with trapezoidal audio processing

-which means greater loudness at the receiver without increased transmitter carrier power.

This is a feature of the high efficiency,

DC coupled PDM modulator that avoids the use of large, inefficient transformers in the modulation process. Another feature of this high efficiency series type modulator is convenient front panel carrier power adjustment over a wide range.

ONLY FIVE TUBES. The entire transmitter employs just five tubes

-

with a modern ceramic 4CV100,000C power tetrode in the modulator and final

RF power amplifier sockets.

All power supplies utilize long

- life solid state silicon rectifiers.

High quality components, conser- vatively rated, are used throughout the

VP

-100A to assure greatest reliability.

4

VAPOR PHASE COOLING. Cooling by the Vapor Phase method

*U.S. Patent No.3440566 produces quiet operation by eliminating the need for large blowers

-

the heat exchanger is cooled by a two horsepower blower.

This method of cooling also extends tube life by helping to eliminate "hot spots" and by maintaining tube anode temperatures far below those attained by other methods.

RF SECTION. The

RF chain is conventional, using a transistorized oscillator, buffer, emitter follower, and a

4CX1500A tetrode tube amplifier to drive a single 4CV100,000C tetrode

Class

C power output stage.

An automatic drive control limits the

PA screen current, eliminating the usual problem of over dissipating the screen of a tetrode during tune -up.

THE

MODULATION SYSTEM. Harris' exclusive

Pulse Duration

Modulator is characterized by low plate dissipation and low peak cur- rents; peak cathode currents are about one -half that of the other 100 kilowatt transmitters. Average plate dissipation runs substantially below rated levels, and all peak voltages are maintained well below component ratings.

Wide frequency response is possible as large reactive components are not used in the modulation system.

Control of the transmitter power output over a wide range is ac- complished in a low -level stage of the modulator by means of a con- venient front panel vernier control.

No adjustment is necessary in any high power

RF circuit, including the loading coil. www.americanradiohistory.com

Power amplifier tube compartment, rear view.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS.

All major components of the VP

-100A are protected by circuit breakers. Tubes and transistors are protected by overload relays or current -limiting devices.

A by quick- acting circuit protects against damage by high voltage arcs limiting the energy in such arcs to less than

10 watt seconds.

Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than

1.2:1 is provided. Both forward and reflected power are metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary

RF overloads the

VP

-100A will recycle twice automatically. Should a third overload occur within a thirty second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between overloads is greater than thirty seconds, con- tinuous recycling will occur.

DUAL OSCILLATOR

AND MODULATOR. Harris has provided redundancy in all transistor sections to relieve any concern over solid state circuitry in high -powered transmitters. Although the reliability of transistor circuitry has been proven in transmitters now operating un- der extreme conditions, this duplication is your double assurance of complete dependability.

DESIGNED FOR

WIDE RANGE OF

CLIMATES. The transmitter will give top performance in a wide range of climates

-from hot and humid, to dry and dusty. With

Vapor Phase cooling, ducting outside air into the transmitter is not necessary. All transformers and similar components are hermetically sealed, encased, or vacuum impregnated.

All high power radio frequency networks contain silver - plated inductors and vacuum capacitors.

GREATLY REDUCED FLOOR SPACE. Due to the high efficiency of the transmitter and the elimination of large iron core components (no modulation transformer and reactor), the VP -100A requires only

7.0 square meters (76 square feet) of floor space. Careful cabinet design provides easy accessibility to all components.

CUSTOMER f

URMISNEO

11

0 r

C1RCU

A

55

139 les

T

/

1CONTACTOR

ASS j (WALL MOUNTE01 r

0

0 7

I6 7c.

NIGH VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY

5500

L0

2494

0

AILOGRAMS

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

STEP -DOWN

IFUR

1

110 161

35 Sc. 45 Ic.

12p

9c.

J

'

530

132 Ic.

I

3

44

66c mow

211 Oc.

1 SPACES

17 0

=

73

!C.

366

93

Oc.

I

I r-

II

""-

1\

AIR UI

12900OcI.

49

SI

173 71c. c

7 r------106

0

Ic

6 SPACES

-4.-60=

-40.

36

0

91

Sc.

.r

3 17

1

9c.

r-

7

31

59c.

AIR

1M

12000 u.

410

VP -101A

5000 LIS

7761

6

6

506

ITI

Sc

VP

-100A FLOOR PLAN

I, it:

933Gc:

;

/

I

I u

.--V

I

/

1

I

1 ui

/

I

I

\

N

11

J

5 www.americanradiohistory.com

DUAL CRYSTAL

OSCILLATOR/ AMPLIFIERS

SOLID STATE

RF

DRIVER

4CX1500A

POWER

AMPLIFIER

4CV100.000C

OUTPUT

NETWORK

LOW

PASS

FILTER

DAMPER

2CX10.000F

DUAL PULSE

DURATION

MODULATOR

/

AMPLIFIERS

SOLID STATE

MODULATOR

DRIVER

4CX1500A

MODULATOR

4CV100.000C

HIGH VOLTAGE

POWER

SUPPLY

VP

-100A BLOCK DIAGRAM

VP

-100A SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: 100.000 watts nominal unmodulated, capable

110.000 watts.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE:

535 kHz to 1620 kHz.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

230 ohms. unbalanced.

RF

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

5

Hz.

SPURIOUS AND HARMONIC EMISSION:

Less than 50 mW.

CARRIER SHIFT:

Less than 5% at 100% modulation at

1.000

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

1.5 dB from

40 to 10.000 Hz referenced to

1.000 Hz at 95% modulation

AUDIO FREQUENCY DISTORTION:

Less than

3% modulation. from

40 to 10.000 Hz at 95%

NOISE:

55 dB below 100% modulation at 1.000 Hz.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

10 dBm

-2 dB for

100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600/150 ohms. balanced or unbalanced.

MODULATION LEVEL:

100% sinusoidal.

10 minutes,

50 to 5.000 Hz.

TRAPEZOIDAL MODULATION:

Less than 5% tilt or overshoot,

100 Hz to 2.000

Hz

POWER

POWER

INPUT: Any specified voltage

380V to 480V.

3 phase.

50 or

60 Hz.

CONSUMPTION:

155 kW

-No modulation

160 kW

-30% modulation

215 kW-100% modulation

POWER FACTOR:

95 %.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR: Electronic voltage regulation for all power supplies other than high voltage.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY:

65% at average modulation

TUBES:

Two 4CV100.000C: two 4CX1500A: one 2CX10.000F

TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0-50

C ambient air temperature

HUMIDITY: 95% relative humidity. maximum.

STORAGE TEMPERATURE:

35 C to

60

'C

(with no water in system).

ALTITUDE:

Up to 1.829 meters (6.000 feet) above sea level.

CABINET DATA:

Each of two cabinets measures

1.83 meters

(6 feet) wide.

1.37 meters

(4.5 feet) deep. and

1.98 meters

(6.5 feet) high. The heat exchanger adds another

1.06 meters

(3.5 feet) in height.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

VP

-100A, 100,000 watt medium wave tubes, transmitter with one set of crystals and silicon rectifiers, for operation from

380 to 480 volts.

3 phase,

50 or

60 Hz

994- 7651 -001

6

CP-2M-779

ADV. 4538

PTD.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

MW

-50B

50,000 Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

Pulse

Duration

Modulation'

(PDM) eliminates costly, inefficient modulation transformer and reactor

Unsurpassed low frequency square wave perfor- mance

Automatic modulation tracking minimizes adjust- ments

50% reduction in overshoot

No

Slew Induced

Distortion possible

Greater than

60 °° overall efficiency

Only two tube types

Produces faithful transmission of today's demanding formats in a cost effective manner

Patented www.americanradiohistory.com

7

Harris' MW -50B

...

the world standard in

50kW

AM transmitters

selection of a single component the frequency response of the MW -50B may be tailored to best suit the station format.

...r

I

4`\

MY-5

I v

ea

,I t!

» l

'

w

IMPROVED TRANSIENT RESPONSE

Installation of a high speed op -amp input stage has the same advantages as an audio input transformer

-good isolation, impedance matching and common mode rejection. At the same time, the balanced op

-amp input stage allows a dramatic improvement in transient re- sponse. The result: even more faithful trans- mission of today's dynamic program material.

HIGH OVERALL EFFICIENCY

The Pulse Duration Modulator employed in the

MW -50B approaches 90% efficiency. This im- pressive modulator efficiency enables the transmitter to achieve an unusually high over- all efficiency of greater than

60 %. As a result, power consumption is significantly below that of other

50- kilowatt medium wave transmitters currently available, or in service.

Low level Pulse Duration Modulator chassis, showing power control and audio Input/control.

The Harris MW -50B delivers overall perfor- mance superior to any other 50- kilowatt medium wave broadcast transmitter. The transmitter is high level plate modulated, using

Harris' patented, highly efficient Pulse Dura- tion Modulator (PDM). This, in combination with a number of other outstanding features, makes the MW -50B the most advanced

50- kilowatt AM transmitter in the world.

THE MODULATION SYSTEM

Harris' Pulse Duration Modulator is charac- terized by low plate dissipation and low tube peak currents. Peak cathode currents are about one -half that of comparable transmit- ters.

Average plate dissipation runs substan- tially below rated levels, and all peak voltages are maintained well below component ratings.

Conservative design allows a continuous

100% sine wave modulation rating. Addition- ally, the PDM design allows continuous 100% sine wave modulation.

IMPROVED SQUARE WAVE

PERFORMANCE

With the addition of a new op -amp audio input stage, the MW -50B is now effectively

DC coupled from the audio input to the RF power amplifier. This new circuit extends the trans- mitter's low end frequency response essen- tially to DC, approximately

2 Hz.

8

Consequently, the MW -50B enjoys a notice- able improvement in square wave perfor- mance, with low frequency tilt nearly non

-exis- tent. The MW -50B's low frequency response can be tailored to meet individual stations' programming needs.

IMPROVED OVERSHOOT PERFORMANCE

Harris has incorporated circuitry that effec- tively reduces complex audio overshoots by

30 %, without compromising any other audio specification. This improvement allows MW-

50B users to increase their average modula- tion over the already high level characteristic of Harris' Pulse Duration Modulation. By

AUTOMATIC MODULATION TRACKING

Since incoming AC line voltages change radi- cally during the course of the broadcast day, there is a direct effect on transmitter

DC sup- ply voltage, and hence power output.

If the carrier is over or under modulated, output power changes may hinder the transmitter's audio performance. The new MW -50B Mod- ulation Tracking Circuit eliminates these problems by automatically maintaining the de- sired modulation level over a

-

20% change in output power. This precision tracking circuit eliminates the need to purchase costly, single

- function units requiring system interface.

Wave form monitor showing square wave response of

MW

-50B. www.americanradiohistory.com

MW

-50B, front doors removed.

ONLY FOUR TUBES

...

EXCEPTIONAL TUBE LIFE

The MW -50B employs just four tubes. Rugged ceramic 4CX35,000C tetrode power tubes are used in the power amplifier and modulator.

The Pulse Duration Modulator driver and R. F. driver each use a

4CX1500A. Use of just two tube types greatly simplifies spares stocking and associated spares costs. Highest quality components, conservatively rated, are used throughout the MW -50B to assure a maximum degree of reliability. Satisfied MW

-50 owners report

3 -5 year PA and modulator tube life, considerably lowering operating costs.

(any power from

50 kw to 10 kw) without loss of carrier, thus minimizing annoying off-air power changes.

RF SECTION

The

RF chain is conventional, utilizing a trans- istorized oscillator, buffer, emitter follower, and a

4CX1500A tetrode tube amplifier to drive a single high efficiency 4CX35,000 tetrode in a

Class

D power output stage.

CONTINUOUS 100%

MODULATION RATING

This continuous sine wave modulation capabil- ity permits a higher average modulation to boost signal strength without increasing trans- mitted carrier power. The MW -50B provides

125% positive peak capability.

MAXIMUM CARRIER POWER

60

KILOWATTS

The Harris MW -50B provides a maximum car- rier power of 60 kilowatts, allowing more re- serve for driving directional arrays than any other 50- kilowatt medium wave broadcast transmitter. DC and audio feedback insures overall transmitter stability. The MW -50B can be switched smoothly from high to low power

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS,

STATUS

CHANNELS

All major components of the MW -50B are pro- tected by circuit breakers. Tubes and transis- tors are protected by overload relays or cur- rent limiting devices. Overloads are indicated on a

LED fault status panel. A quick- acting cir- cuit protects against damage from high vol- tage arcs by limiting the energy in such arcs to 10 watt seconds. Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than

1.2 to 1.0 is provided. Both forward and reflected power are metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary

RF overloads, the MW-

50B will recycle automatically. Should a re- peated overload occur within a

30- second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between overloads is greater than 30 seconds, continu- ous recycling will occur.

QUIET AIR COOLING

Cooling of the MW -50B is accomplished by a

3- horsepower blower, located in the transmit- ter cabinet, which provides cooling for the power tubes at a low noise level. The trans- mitter cabinet air is flushed with a low speed fan which also operates at a low noise level.

Provisions are made at the top of the transmit- ter for ducting the exhaust air to the outside of the transmitter building. The transmitter can also be configured to allow the blower to be externally located.

DESIGNED FOR

A

WIDE

RANGE OF

CLIMATES

The MW -50B provides top performance in all types of climates, from hot and humid to dry and dusty.

All transformers and similar compo- nents are hermetically sealed, encased, or vacuum impregnated. Performance at

10,000 feet (3048 meters) is certified by a recognized testing organization.'

TRANSMITTER LAYOUT

The MW -50B consists of two cabinets and an external high voltage power supply. External connections to the transmitter are made through either the top or the bottom of the unit, as desired, for great installation flexibility.

Copy of certificate available on request.

9 www.americanradiohistory.com

OSC

RF DRIVER

4C x 1500A

POWER

AMPLIFIER

4CK36000C

OUTPUT

NETWORK

60 KW

LOW PASS

FILTER

CARRIER

LEVEL

AUTOMATIC

MODULATION

CONTROL

PULSE

DURATION

MODULATOR

/AMP

MODULATOR

DRIVER

4C x

1600A

MODULATOR

4C

X35000C

DAMPER

DIODE

B

ESSEL

FIL TER

BYPASS

NV POWER

SUPPLY

AUDIO

INPUT

MODULATION

ENHANCER

B

YPASS

SOLID STATE

JTRANSFORMERLE

INPUT AMPLIFIER

MW

-50B

BLOCK DIAGRAM

MW -50B SPECIFICATIONS

'OWER

OUTPUT: 50,000 watts (rated), 60.000 watts (capable). convenient power reduction to

25.000 or 10,000 watts.

3F FREQUENCY RANGE: 535 kHz to 1620 kHz, supplied to fre- quency as ordered.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms unbalanced (higher on special arder).

RF FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

-5

Hz.

RF

HARMONICS: Exceeds FCC and

CCIR specifications.

CARRIER

AMPLITUDE REGULATION: ulation (measured at 1000 Hz).

Less than 2% at

100% mod-

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

-

1.5 dB, referenced to

1.000

Hz at

95 °° modulation. from

20 to 12,500 Hz,

TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (Unenhanced):

Less than to

10.000

Hz at 95

°° modulation.'

3

%, 20

COMPRESSION RATIO:

4

1 dB at

3 dB of enhancement:

125 °° modulation.

95 %,

NOISE (Unweighted):

60 dB or better below 100% modulation.

Typical

62 dB.?

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms at 0 to

+

10 dBm for 100% modulation, unenhanced:

16 dBm with enhancement activated.

POWER INPUT: 480

V

- 5 °

/e,

3 phase,

60 Hz.

Available for 380

V

500. 3 phase. 50 Hz.

POWER CONSUMPTION:

80 kW at

110

0% modulation;

87 kW at kW at

100% modulation3

30

°r° modulation;

OVERALL

EFFICIENCY: Better than 60

°r° at average modulation.

POWER FACTOR:

95 °'°

TUBES USED:

(2)

4CX35,000C;

(2)

4CX1500A.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

20C to

+

50'C.4

HUMIDITY: 95%

ALTITUDE:

Up to on special order.

3,048 meters (10,000 feet) above sea level. Higher

SIZE: 78 inches (2.0 meters) high,

144 inches (3.7 meters) wide,

48 inches (1.2 meters) deep (transmitter cabinet). External components include high voltage power supply and wall mounted circuit breaker assembly.

FLOOR SPACE: Main transmitter assembly

48 square feet (4.5 square meters). Power supply

15 square feet (1.4 square meters).

WEIGHT (Approximate):

Main Transmitter Assembly

Net unpacked 5,000 lbs.

(2268 kg)

Domestic packed 6,000 lbs. (2722 kg)

Export packed 7,200 lbs. (3266 kg)

Power Supply

Net unpacked 1.370 lbs. (622 kg)

Domestic packed 1,500 lbs. (681 kg)

Export packed 1,800 lbs. (817 kg)

1.

Distortion measured

If at 95% modulation, or less, down to 25 %. transmitter is operated into a bandwidth limited antenna system, distortion at the higher modulation frequencies may degrade.

2.

Noise measured over the band

20 Hz to 20 kHz, with line to line voltages of the supply line balanced. Noise may degrade with line voltage unbalance.

3.

Typical power consumption figures for or are for 50 kilowatts output and optimum transmitter adjustment. For higher output powers and transmitter misadjustments, power consumption may be higher.

4.

Maximum operating temperature derates linearly

(84.2'F) at 10,000 feet AMSL (3048 meters). to

+

29

C

5.

Does not include height of output connector, which may be re- moved for transport. specifications subject to change without notice

ORDERING INFORMATION

basic transmitter

Model

MW

-50B, with one set of tubes and

2 crystals,

60 Hz

Model MW -50B, with one set of tubes and

2 crystals,

50 Hz

Recommended spare parts kit for

MW -50B transmitter

994 -8617 -003

994

-8617

-001

994- 8617 -002

994 -8618 -001

10

RP-2 5M-181 cHarris Corporation

1981

ADV 583 PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

10,000 Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

Pulse Duration Modulation* (PDM) eliminates costly, in-

efficient

modulation transformer and reactor

Unsurpassed low frequency square wave performance

Automatic modulation tracking minimizes adjustments

No tion

significant

overshoot...yielding maximum modula-

capability

No

Slew

Induced Distortion possible

High modulator and PA efficiency yields low power consumption

Only two tube types

Produces

faithful

transmission of formats in a cost effective manner today's demanding

*Patented www.americanradiohistory.com

11

Harris'

MW-

10B...the

world

standard in

10 kW AM

transmitters

IMPROVED OVERSHOOT

PERFORMANCE

Harris has incorporated an input Bessel fil- ter that effectively reduces complex audio overshoots to a negligible level, without compromising any other audio specifica- tion. This improvement allows

MW -10B users to increase their average modulation over the already high level characteristic of

Harris' Pulse Duration Modulation.

By selection of a single component, the high frequency response of the

MW

-10B may be tailored to best suit the station format.

PDM and audio input chassis swing down for easy access.

The Harris MW -10B delivers overall performance superior to any other

10- kilowatt medium wave broadcast transmit- ter. The transmitter is high level plate mod- ulated, using Harris' patented, highly effi- cient Pulse Duration Modulator (PDM).

This, in combination with a number of other outstanding features, makes the MW

-10B the most advanced

10- kilowatt

AM transmit- ter in the world.

IMPROVED TRANSIENT

RESPONSE

Installation of a high speed op -amp input stage has the same advantages as an audio input transformer

-good isolation, impe- dance matching and common mode rejec- tion. At the same time, the balanced op

-amp input stage allows a dramatic improvement in transient response. The result: even more faithful reproduction of today's dynamic program material.

AUTOMATIC MODULATION

TRACKING

Since incoming

AC line voltages change radically during the course of the broadcast day, there is a direct effect on transmitter

DC supply voltage, and hence power output.

If the carrier power changes, over or under modulation may result, thus adversely af- fecting transmitter audio performance.

The new MW -10B

Modulation Tracking Circuit eliminates these problems by automatically maintaining the desired modulation level over a

±20% change in output power. This precision tracking circuit eliminates the need to purchase costly, single- function units requiring system interface.

THE MODULATION

SYSTEM

Harris'

Pulse Duration

Modulator is characterized by low plate dissipation and low tube peak currents. Peak cathode cur- rents are extremely low. Average plate dis- sipation runs substantially below rated levels, and all peak voltages are maintained well below component ratings. Conserva- tive design allows a continous

100% sine wave modulation rating.

HIGH OVERALL EFFICIENCY

The Pulse Duration Modulator employed in the MW -10B approaches 90% efficiency.

This impressive modulator efficiency en- ables the transmitter to achieve ally high overall efficiency. an unusu-

12

IMPROVED SQUARE WAVE

PERFORMANCE

With the addition of a new op -amp audio input stage, the

MW

-10B is now effectively

DC coupled from the audio input to the RF power amplifier. This new circuit extends the transmitter's low end frequency re- sponse essentially to

DC-

approximately

2

Hz. Consequently, the

MW

-10B enjoys a noticeable improvement in square wave performance, with low frequency tilt nearly nonexistent.

Wave form monitor showing excellent square wave re- sponse of MW -10B

-

10 kW

-

20 Hz at 95%

Modulation www.americanradiohistory.com

NMI

MW -10B features easy controls access.

ONLY TWO TUBES...

EXCEPTIONAL TUBE LIFE

The MW -10B employs just two tubes. The rugged ceramic 3CX15,000H3 triode power tube is used in the power amplifier. The

Pulse Duration Modulator uses a

4CX15,000A.

Use of just two tube types greatly simplifies spares stocking and as- sociated spares costs. Highest quality com- ponents, conservatively rated, are used throughout the MW -10B to assure a max- imum degree of reliability.

Front panel me- tering and control enables filament voltage maintenance for maximum tube life.

CONTINUOUS

100%

MODULATION RATING

This continuous sine wave modulation capability permits a higher average modula- tion to boost signal strength without increas- ing transmitted carrier power. The

MW -10B provides

125% positive peak capability.

MAXIMUM CARRIER POWER

11

KILOWATTS

The Harris MW -10B provides a maximum carrier power of

11 kilowatts, allowing more reserve for driving directional arrays than other

10- kilowatt medium wave broadcast transmitters.

DC and audio feedback in- sures overall transmitter stability.

The MW-

10B can be switched smoothly from high power to low power without loss of carrier, thus minimizing annoying off -air power changes.

RF

SECTION

The RF chain consists of two switchable crystals and oscillators, buffer, divider,

RF amplifier,

IPA, RF driver, and PA. Only

15 transistors are used in the entire

RF chain.

The crystals and oscillators, buffer, divider and

RF amplifier are located on one printed circuit board. The divider is a single

IC which is socket mounted for easy replacement.

Status LED indicators on the PC board show if voltage is available and if

RF is being generated.

The

IPA and

RF driver are located on a swing -down chassis, and consist of five identical, high efficiency

Class

D, push -pull amplifier modules. One module is used in the IPA and four in the

RF driver. The driver modules are connected so that, should one fail, the remaining three will provide ade- quate drive to keep the transmitter on the air at full power. Fault lamps indicate which of the modules failed. The

PA operates in the highly efficient class

D mode, yielding a plate efficiency approaching

90 %.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS,

STATUS CHANNELS

All major components of the MW

-10B are protected by circuit breakers. Tubes and transistors are protected by overload relays or current limiting devices. Overloads are indicated on a

LED fault status panel.

A quick- acting circuit protects against dam- age from high voltage arcs by limiting the energy in such arcs to

10 watt seconds.

Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than

1.2 to 1.0 is provided.

Both forward and reflected power are metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary RF overloads, the MW -10B will recycle automatically. Should a repeated overload occur within a

30- second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between over- loads is greater than 30 seconds, continu- ous recycling will occur.

QUIET

AIR COOLING

A standard three -quarter horsepower, single phase motor is used with a quiet, low

- speed, belt- driven blower. Provisions are made on the top of the transmitter for duct- ing the exhaust air to the outside of the transmitter building.

DESIGNED FOR

A

WIDE

RANGE

OF

CLIMATES

The MW -10B all types of provides top performance in climates, from hot and humid to dry and dusty. All components are transformers and similar hermetically sealed, en- cased, or vacuum impregnated.

TRANSMITTER LAYOUT

The MW -10B is one cabinet completely self- contained in

-there

are no external components.

13 www.americanradiohistory.com

OSC

1 DIVDER

AMPLIFIER

IPA

RF DRIVER

POWER

AM PL

FER

3C

X15000H3

OUTPUT

NETWORK

10

KW

LOW PASS

FIL TER

CARRER

LEVEL

AUTOMATIC

MODULATION

CONTROL

PULSE

DURATION

MODULATOR

/AMP

AUDIO

DRIVER

DAMPER

DIODE

HO

POWER

SUPPLY

REBSEC

FILTER

BYPASS

MODULATOR

4CX 15000A

AUDIO

INPUT

SOLE

STATE

TRANSFORMERLESS

INPUT AMPLIFIER

MW -10B BLOCK DIAGRAM

_J

MW

-10B SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: (Rated) 10,000 watts. (Capable) 11,000 watts. FCC type accepted at 10.000, 5000, 2500 and 1000 watts.

MODULATION METHOD: Pulse Duration Modulation.

CARRIER SHIFT:

(@ 95% modulation with 400

Hz tone) 2% or less.

AUDIO INPUT: (For 95% modulation)

+ 10 dBm,

-2 dB.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

-L1 db. 20 to 10,000 Hz.

(Response refer- red to

1 kHz, 95% modulation, with modulations at other frequencies held to same percentage. Response may degrade at higher modulating fre- quencies if transmitter is operated into a bandwidth limited antenna system.)

THD DISTORTION:1

2°o or less

@

95% modulation. 20 to 10,000 Hz unenhanced.

RF

HARMONICS: Meets or exceeds FCC and CCIR requirements.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT:

-

80 dB or better.

RF FREQUENCY RANGE:

535 to 1605 kHz. Supplied to one frequency as ordered.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms, unbalanced. Other output impedances available on special order.

RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR:

1453-inch male

EIA flange. Other types of output connectors available on special order.

MAXIMUM VSWR:

1.3 to

1.

NOISE:2 Unweighted,

60 dB below 100% modulation. Weighted (CCIR Rec

468 -1), 70 dB below 100% modulation.

POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY:

125% at

11 kW output, when modulated with processed program type material.

NEGATIVE PEAK CAPABILITY:

95 %.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

-20

Hz or less over operating temperature range.

SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 200/500 volts,

3 phase, 60 Hz, closed delta

/wye or

350/430 volts,

3 phase,

50 Hz,

4 wire wye.

LINE VOLTAGE REGULATION AND VARIATION:

5% maximum

LINE

VOLTAGE UNBALANCE:2

4% maximum.

POWER CONSUMPTION (10 kW

Carrier):3 (Typical) 20.5 kW, 0% modulation:

22

1 kW, 50% tone modulation; 28.0 kW. 100 tone modulation. (Max- imum)

22.1 kW,

0 modulation; 24.3 kW, 50% tone modulation; 30 f1 kW.

1000.0 tone modulation

POWER FACTOR: 95% or better.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:4

-20` to

+50

"C

(

4 to

-

122 F) at sea level Decreases

3

5 per 1.000 feet of altitude

(84 °F at

10,000 feet)

MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY:

95

MAXIMUM ALTITUDE FOR FULL POWER RATING: 10,000 feet AMSL 3048 meters). Transmitters for operation above 10,000 feet AMSL require. spe- cial order

SIZE:5 78"

H

72"

W 32"

D

(198 cm 183 cm 81.3 cm)

WEIGHT: Unpacked, 1500 lbs (680

4 kg)

- approximate Domestic packed.

1900 lbs. (861.8 kg)

- approximate. Export packed, 2150 lbs. (975.2 kg)

- approximate.

CUBAGE: 120

Cu

. ft (3 4 cu meters) packed

- approximate

FINISH: Blue, white and black.

TUBES USED:

(1) 3CX 15,000H3 and (1) 4CX 15,000A

REMOTE CONTROL: Normal terminal board Interface.

1

2

3.

Distortion measured at

95 °° modulation, or less, down to 25

°°

If transmitter

Is operated into a bandwidth limited antenna system, distortion at the higher modulating frequencies may degrade.

Noise measured over the band 20

Hz to 20 kHz, with line to line voltages of the supply line balanced. Noise may degrade to 56 dB below

100% modu- lation with line voltage unbalance not exceeding

4

%.

Typical power consumption figures are for 10 kilowatts output and for op- timum transmitter adjustment

For higher output powers and

/or transmitter misadjustments, power consumption may be higher.

4.

Maximum operating temperature derates linearly to

10,000 feet AMSL (3048 meters).

+29

°C

(84.2 F) at

5. D

^

°s not include height of output connector. which may be removed for transport.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

MW

-10B

Transmitter with one set of operating tubes

Volts or 350 -430

Volts,

3 phase,

60 Hz operation and two crystals, for

200 -250

994 -8624 -004

MW

-10B

Transmitter with one set of operating tubes and two crystals, for

200 -250

Volts or 350 -430

Volts,

3 phase,

50 Hz operation

994 -8624 -006

Recommended spare semiconductor kit

990 -1018 -001

Low voltage and filament voltage regulator, and line voltage regulator for

MW

-10B available.

14

CP-2 5M-282 c

1982 Harris Corporation

ADV. 610

PTD.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

SX

-5

5000

Watt

All -Solid

-State

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

r

100% solid state for highest reliability

Overall efficiency exceeds 75%

Polyphase

PDM

performance for exceptional audio

New concept dual microprocessor control and status monitoring eases operation and simplifies service

Flat

-Pass output network for exceptional phase and amplitude linearity

Exceptional performance in monaural or stereo

(optional)

Unique air handling system lowers maintenance

Patented

The Harris

SX -5 is based on a rigid design philosophy applied to the entire

SX

Series of solid -state AM cept are the transmitters. Central to this con- commitments to achieve: a)

The highest possible audio performance b)

The highest possible overall efficiency c)

Maximum reliability

The

SX

-5 broadcast transmitter is all

-new, and it's in a class by itself.

It is computer designed and computer tested, with its own self- contained dual status and control computers.

The

SX -5 is

100% solid state and not affected by loss of emis- sion, shorted elements or other related problems found in tube type transmitters.

EFFICIENT POWER DEVICES

With the new

SX

Series of transmitters,

Harris introduces new high power semi- conductor technology to its broadcast products. State -of- the -art MOSFET transistors, as opposed to bipo- lar devices, achieve higher efficiency in the

SX

-5.

WHY MOSFETS?

MOSFETS

(Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field

Ef- fect Transistors) represent a second generation of power devices offering significant benefits over bipolar transistor technology. Combined with the circuits used in the SX -5, MOSFETS prove to be extremely efficient. Unlike bipolar devices,

MOSFETS are not subject to thermal runaway damage and are used both in the mod- ulator and PA stages of the

SX

-5.

15 www.americanradiohistory.com

16

Harris

SX

-5

High technology

in

a

blend of broadcast and computer science

Low level plug- n circuit boards are conveniently housed on a vertical slide -out drawer for easy maintenance.

Additionally,

MOSFET transistors lend themselves to parallel operation where multiple devices are required.

In the Harris cesign, the transistors in the power amplifier modules are operated in parallel for

DC.

But unlike other transmitters, the ferrite combiner places the amplifiers in series, permit- ting graceful degradation without in- creasing the stress on the remaining transistors.

HIGHLY EFFICIENT POWER AMPLIFIER

The

SX -5 contains four

RF power am- plifier modules conservatively rated to produce

5600 watts output.

The

MOSFETS are grouped in a quad con- figuration and combined in a low loss series configured ferrite combiner.

Harris'

PA module design efforts have resulted in an overall

PA efficiency ex- ceeding

90 %.

POLYPHASE PDM

MODULATION

Polyphase

PDM is a significant im- provement of the Harris

Pulse

Duration

Modulation system.

It is a

4

-phase system in which the audio input is sam- pled four times during each PDM cycle, resulting in lower harmonic and in- termodulation distortion.

The combination of the Harris Poly- phase PDM

Modulation and MOSFET devices achieves a modulator effi- ciency exceeding

94 %.

Polyphase

PDM also have a allows the low pass filter to wide audio passband, reducing overshoot on sharply rising waveforms.

This provides the ability to achieve higher levels of modulation density.

Should there be a malfunction of one phase of the system, operation con- tinues at reduced power until a con- venient maintenance period can be scheduled. Harris' Polyphase

PDM achieves new levels of AM audio performance and reliability.

EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH

OVERALL EFFICIENCY

The exceptionally high

PA and mod- ulator efficiency of the

SX -5 combine to yield greater than

75% overall

AC to

RF efficiency. This represents a

15% to

36% direct power saving corrpared with other

5 kW transmitters now in use!

FLAT -PASS OUTPUT NETWORK

After examining various output networks in past and current transmit- ters, Harris chose an bandpass output network/ filter consistent with

':he de- sign objectives of the

SX

-5. The, com- puter designed Flat

-Pass output network is a

Butterworth bandpass fil- ter yielding superb phase and am- plitude linearity

-two

critical require-

ments for optimum

AM

Stereo performance.

The innovative design of the Fiat

-Pass network allows modulation monitor- ing and at a forward power to be measured fixed impedance.

The directional coupler is always located at a

50 ohm impedance point. Direct drive tuning and loading controls simply acjust the

SX

-5 to value match a load that can be any within a

1.5:1 VSWR circle.

High speed lightning protection results from design techniques and devices used in the

SX -5.

The transmitter con- stantly monitors

VSWR sta

+:us and takes action only when long -term op- erational limits are exceeded. Prema- ture

VSWR trips, due to station prob- lems or other environmental factors, are eliminated. Should a long -term mismatch condition exist, the trans- mitter simply reduces output power to a tolerable level, remaining on the air.

The transmitter

will

not be damaged when operated into an open or shorted load even at full output power!

DUAL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL

AND STATUS MONITORING

Harris' extensive experience in trans- mitter technology and digital based products (program automation, auto- matic camera setup, facility control) permits the incorporation of powerful control and diagnostic feat

Tres into the

SX -5 transmitter.

Should a multiple overload occur, the operator may re- view stored previous meter readings and sequential status indications to de- termine the fault.

A vast number of useful able at operating parameters is avail- fingertip command at the front panel keypad, making the

SX

-5 one of the easiest transmitters to monitor, control and service. The controller is www.americanradiohistory.com

Pushbutton diagnostics!

The SX

-5 transmitter brings a wealth of diagnostic information to your fingertips through the microprocessor keypad located on the front panel. pre -programmed at the factory and only requires interrogation by the operator.

The transmitter's control and status

functions

are

shared

by

two

microprocessor controller boards working in tandem. Should one unit fail, the other microprocessor auto- matically picks up the additional duties

without

interruption.

A simple logic probe is included sist the with the

SX -5 to as- operator in checking simple di- gital circuitry controlled by the microprocessors.

Operationally, the

SX -5 consists of three eye -level meters displaying PA

Volts,

PA

Current

and

Forward/

Reflected Power. To the right of these large, easy

-to -read meters are six il- luminated pushbuttons labeled as follows:

Off-Fault turns the transmitter off, but also acts as a

-This

pushbutton master status not only light in the event of a transmitter malfunction. Extensive control module

LED indicators assist the operator in isolating the fault.

Low, Medium and High

-Independent

tri power levels can be set to any value for each of the three power control but- tons. The illuminated button indicates

Spectrum analyzer response of

F

/at -Pass output network maximizes mono and stereo performance. which power level is operating.

No contactor or power transformer tap changes are required.

Raise

Power -Lower Power

-These

pushbuttons allow the operator to set and adjust the power levels. This is a digital power control and has no mov- ing parts.

CUSTOMER

INTERFACE PANEL

The

Customer Interface

Panel provides the user with a centrally located point for all external interface equipment facility control, such as remote control, audio input, etc. The

SX -5 is designed to interface transmitter with the major- ity of remote control and facility con- trol systems.

A momentary closure of

100 milliamps rating

(TTL or dry con- tact)

will

activate the various control functions.

All analog samples

(PA volts,

PA current, output power, etc.) are buffered.

DESIGNED

FOR

AM

STEREO

The SX -5 is designed for

AM Stereo, with special consideration paid to inci- dental phase modulation, audio input to

RF envelope output phase linearity, and

RF channel phase response. The standard high stability crystal oscil- lator and optional frequency synth- esizer are both equipped to accept ex- ternal AM Stereo

RF oscillator signals.

MECHANICAL DESIGN

CONSIDERATIONS

Service accessibility is a major user benefit of the SX

-5.

This is accomp- lished by novel electronic packaging new to broadcast transmitter products.

For example, all low level circuit cards such as the

RF oscillator, control logic and Polyphase PDM generator cards are ical located in a pull -out drawer. All crit- low level circuit tests can be made while on the air.

The all aluminum cabinet construction reduces shipping cost, while captive hardware and connectorized module interfaces reduce maintenance time.

COOLING SYSTEM

The SX

-5 is the first broadcast trans- mitter incorporating innovative cool- ing techniques that significantly re- duce maintenance.

The transmitter dissipates only 2000 watts of heat. This has allowed Harris to utilize a compu- ter modeled convection cooling techni- que that offers significant benefits over conventional cooling methods.

The sidewalls of the transmitter form

"chimneys"

to which the power am- plifier modules are attached.

Air as- sisted by a high reliability fan enters through a filtered rear or bottom inlet through the cabinet walls, and rises cooling the power module's heat sinks.

The majority of this convection cooling

air

passes

through

the

isolated

chimneys, with only a small amount of air required to flush the inside of the cabinet. Since the majority of does not come in contact the air with the electronic components, maintenance is greatly reduced.

EASE

OF

INSTALLATION

AND

SERVICE

The SX

-5 arrives ready for installation.

Included is a wall mounted

AC discon- nect panel designed to interface with the station's electrical distribution system. Installation is as simple as positioning the

SX -5 and making final

-`

AC,

RF and cial air in most audio connections. No spe- handling systems are required installations.

TODAY'S TRANSMITTER

FOR

TODAY'S

BROADCASTER

Exceptionally high overall efficiency; maximum reliability; improved audio performance; full service micropro- cessor control and status monitoring; readiness for AM

Stereo

-these

are just a few of the features in the SX -5 broadcast has transmitter. Never before

Harris incorporated as many ben- efits in today's transmitter for today's broadcaster.

17 www.americanradiohistory.com

\\07

[TEL O\C

ON VIREO CYO

O

AUDIO INPUT

PEED

VOwNC

POUX

POS

NL\.

O\N

11

DULL

SICNOPNOC.

SOON

COMTNOL

\

\T LTU\

YpMITONIMO

30 VOLT

OUPPL

VOLT

UPL

SX -5 BLOCK DIAGRAM

POWER OUTPUT: (Rated) 5000 watts.

(Capable) 5600 watts. Power reduc- tion through

500 watts.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540

KHz through

1700 KHz.

Supplied to one frequency as ordered.

-

±20

Hz over

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: A)

Crystal Oscillator temperature range.

B)

Frequency Synthesizer (optional)

-

±10

Hz over temperature range.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms unbalanced. Will match into a

VSWR of

1.5:1 at

RF carrier.

OUTPUT TERMINAL:

7

/."

EIA male flange connector.

CARRIER AMPLITUDE VARIATION: (Carrier modulation.

Shift):

Less than

2% at 100%

RF

HARMONICS: Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR specifications.

TYPE OF MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase PDM.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: +1 dB from

20 to 12,500

Hz.

AUDIO HARMONIC

DISTORTION: 1.5% or less at

5 kW, 20 to 12,500

Hz @

95% modulation.

2.0% or less at 1000 watts operation,

20 to 12,500

Hz @

95% modulation.

AUDIO INTERMODULATION

DISTORTION: 1.0% or less at

5 kW, 60/7000

Hz

1:1, 3.0% or less, 60/7000

Hz

4:1 SMPTE standards at 80% modulation.

SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT: Less than

3% at 400 Hz.

SQUAREWAVE TILT: Less than

2% at 400 Hz.

NOISE (UNWEIGHTED): Better than 60 dB below

100% modulation.

POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: 125% capability at 5600 watts. positive peak program modulation

AM

STEREO

SPECIFICATIONS: A) Incidental Phase: 0.2 Average

(Ra- dians);

0.5 Peak (Radians).

B) RF

Channel Phase Response (External

Input to

RF

Output):

4 %,

±20

KHz of carrier power.

8

%,

±30

KHz of carrier power.

AUDIO

INPUT:

-10 to +10 dBm, continuously adjustable. transformerless

600 ohms balanced,

AC VOLTAGE INPUT: 197 -251

VAC, 48 to 63

Hz, three phase, delta.

341

-434

VAC, 48 to

63 Hz, three phase wye, 4 wire (not recommended for connec-

SX -5

SPECIFICATIONS

tion to open delta power source).

PA EFFICIENCY:

Better than

90 %.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY: setter than

75 %.

POWER

CONSUMPTION

:

6.7 kW at 0% modulation at 5000 watts.

10.0 kW at 100% tone modulation at 5000 watts carrier. 9.0 kW under average programming conditions.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT: Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR requirements.

MONITOR PROVISIONS:

10 volts

RF

(RMS) modulated output sample at

50 ohms

(High

/Medium /Low) power.

REMOTE CONTROL: Self- contained interface for most remote control or facility control systems.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20`C to +50'C (derate upper limit

2`C per 1000 feet altitude).

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: To 95% non condensing.

AIR FLOW: 150 CFM, either rear or bottom inlet.

ALTITUDE:

Sea

Level to 13,000 feet (4000 meters).

OPERATING ACOUSTICAL NOISE:

Better than

53 dBA.

SIZE:

72

"H x 28

"W x

30

"D

(1830 mm x

712 mm x 762 mm).

-

approximate. Domestic packed,

700 lbs. (320 kg)

-

approximate. Export packed, 800 lbs. (370 kg)

-

approximate.

CUBAGE: 68.7 cubic feet

(2 cubic meters) packed.

COLORS: Black, white and blue.

TYPE

OF

ACTIVE COMPONENTS: 100% solid state.

POWER SUPPLY: Three phase full wave self- contained, dry.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE t

For AC service connection, please provide

12

KVA with a minimum of

5% voltage demand regulation.

NOTE: The above audio performance may be degraded should the trans- mitter be operated into a bandwidth restricted antenna system.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SX -5

Transmitter, complete with all solid -state devices, crystal oscillator, technical manual.

Specify frequency

SX -5

Transmitter, complete with all solid -state devices, frequency synthesizer, technical manual.

Specify frequency

Recommended spare semiconductor

Spare crystal

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT kit

AM -90

AF -80 modulation monitor frequency monitor

Potomac AT

-51

MSP -90 test set tri band AGC amplifier

MSP -90

AM limiter

994- 8583 -001

994- 8583 -003

990- 1014 -001

444

-XXXX

-000

994-8424-001

994 -6698 -001

700 -0499 -000

994 -8357 -001

994 -8200 -001

18

CP

-2.5M -182 C

Harris Corporation

1982

ADV. 603 PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

SX

-2.5

2500

Watt

All-Solid-State

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

100% solid state for highest reliability

Overall efficiency exceeds 72%

Polyphase

PDM

performance for exceptional audio

New concept dual microprocessor control and status monitoring eases operation and simplifies service

Flat

-Pass output network phase and for exceptional amplitude linearity

Optional field upgrade to

5 kW

Exceptional performance in monaural or stereo (optional)

Unique air handling system lowers maintenance

Patented

The Harris SX -2.5 is based on a rigid design philosophy applied to the entire

SX

Series of solid -state AM cept are the a)

The transmitters. commitments

Central to to achieve: this con- highest possible audio performance b)

The highest possible overall efficiency c)

Maximum reliability

The

SX

-2.5 broadcast transmitter is all -new, and it's in a class by itself.

It is computer designed and computer tested, with its own self- contained dual status and control computers. The

SX -2.5 is

100% solid state and not affected by loss of emis- sion, shorted elements or other related problems found in tube type transmitters.

EFFICIENT POWER DEVICES

With the new

SX

Series of transmitters, Harris introduces new high power semi

-conductor technology to its broadcast products. State -of- the -art MOSFET transistors, as opposed to bipo- lar devices, achieve higher efficiency in the

SX -2.5.

WHY MOSFETS?

MOSFETS

(Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field

Ef- fect Transistors) represent a second generation of power devices offering significant benefits over bipolar transistor technology.

Combined with the circuits used in the

SX -2.5,

MOSFETS prove to be extremely efficient.

Unlike bipolar devices, MOSFETS are not subject to thermal runaway damage and are used both in the mod- ulator and

PA stages of the SX -2.5.

19 www.americanradiohistory.com

Harris

SX -2.5

High technology

in

a

blend of broadcast and computer science

Low level plug- n circuit boards are com.eniently housed on a vertical slide -out drawer for easy maintenance.

Additionally,

MOSFET transistors lend themselves to parallel operation where multiple devices are required.

In the Harris cesign, the transistors in the power amplifier modules are operated in parallel for

DC.

But unlike other transmitters, the ferrite combiner places the amplifiers in series, permit- ting graceful degradation without in- creasing the stress on the remaining transistors.

HIGHLY EFFICIENT POWER AMPLIFIER

The

SX -2.5 contains two

RF power am- plifier modules conservatively rated to produce

2750 watts output.

The

MOSFETS are grouped in a quad con- figuration and combined in a low loss series configured ferrite combiner.

Harris'

PA module design efforts have resulted in an overall

PA efficiency ex- ceeding

90 %.

POLYPHASE PDM

MODULATION

Polyphase

PDM is a significant im- provement of the Harris Pulse Duration

20

Modulation system.

It is a

4

-phase system in which the audio input is sam- pled four times during each PDM cycle, resulting in lower harmonic and in- termodulation distortion.

The combination of the Harris Poly- phase PDM

Modulation devices achieves a and MOSFET modulator effi- ciency exceeding

94 %.

Polyphase

PDM also allows the low pass filter to have a wide audio passband, reducing overshoot on sharply rising waveforms.

This provides the ability to achieve higher levels of modulation density.

Should there be a malfunction of one phase of the system, operation con- tinues at reduced power until a con- venient maintenance period can be scheduled. Harris' Polyphase

PDM achieves new levels of AM audio performance and reliability.

EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH

OVERALL EFFICIENCY

The exceptionally high

PA and mod- ulator efficiency of the

SX -2.5 ccmbine to yield greater than

72% overall

AC to

RF efficiency. This represents a

40% to

47% direct power saving cornpared with other

2.5 kW transmitters now in use!

FLAT -PASS OUTPUT NETWORK

After examining various output networks in past and current transmit- ters, Harris chose an bandpass output network/ filter consistent with the de- sign objectives of the

SX -2.5. The com- puter designed

Flat -Pass output network is a ter

Butterworth bandpass fil- yielding superb phase

aid

am- plitude linearity performance.

-two

critical -equire-

ments for optimum

AM

Stereo

The innovative design of the

flat

-Pass network allows modulation monitor- ing and forward power to be measured at a fixed impedance. The directional coupler is always located at a

50 ohm impedance point. Direct drive tuning and loading controls simply adjust the

SX -2.5 value to match a load that can oe any within a

1.5:1 VSWR circle.

High speed lightning protection 'esults from design techniques and devices used in the

SX -2.5. The transmitter constantly monitors

VSWR status and takes action only when long -term op- erational limits are exceeded. Prema- ture

VSWR trips, due to station prob- lems or other environmenta factors, are eliminated.

Should a long

-term mismatch condition exist, the trans- mitter simply reduces output power to a tolerable level, remaining on the air.

The transmitter

will

not be damaged when operated into an open or shorted load even at

full

output power!

DUAL

MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL

AND STATUS MONITORING

Harris' extensive experience in trans- mitter technology and digi':al based products (program automation, auto- matic camera setup, facility control) permits the incorporation of powerful control and diagnostic features into the

SX -2.5 transmitter.

Should a multi- ple overload occur, the operator may review stored previous meter readings and sequential status indicat ons to de- termine the fault.

A vast rumber of useful operating parameters is avail- able at fingertip command at the front panel keypad, making the

SX -2.5 one www.americanradiohistory.com

Pushbutton diagnostics!

The SX -2.5 transmitter brings a wealth of diagnostic information to your fingertips through the microprocessor keypad located on the front panel. of the easiest transmitters to monitor, control and service. The pre -programmed at controller the factory is and only requires interrogation by the operator.

The transmitter's control and status

functions

are

shared

by

two

microprocessor controller boards working in tandem. Should one unit fail, the other microprocessor auto- matically picks up the additional duties without interruption.

A simple logic probe is included with the

SX -2.5 to assist the operator in checking simple digital circuitry controlled by the microprocessors.

Operationally, the

SX -2.5 consists of three eye

-level meters displaying PA

Volts,

PA

Current

and

Forward/

Reflected Power. To the right of these large, easy

-to -read meters are six il- luminated pushbuttons labeled as follows:

Off-Fault turns the transmitter off, but also acts as a

-This

pushbutton not only master status light in the event of a transmitter malfunction.

Extensive control module

LED indicators assist the operator in isolating the fault.

Low, Medium and

High-

Independent tri power levels can be set to any value for each of the three power control but-

Spectrum analyzer response of

F

/at -Pass output network maximizes mono and stereo performance. tons. The illuminated button indicates which power level is operating.

No contactor or power transformer tap changes are required.

Raise

Power -Lower

Power

-These

pushbuttons allow the operator to set and adjust the power levels. This is a digital power control and has no mov- ing parts.

CUSTOMER INTERFACE PANEL

The

Customer Interface Panel provides the user for all external interface equipment such as with a centrally remote control, located point facility control, audio input, etc. The

SX -2.5 transmit- ter is designed to interface with the majority of remote control and facility control systems. A momentary closure of

100 milliamps rating

(TTL or dry con- tact) will activate the various control functions. All analog samples

(PA volts,

PA current, output power, etc.) are buffered.

DESIGNED FOR

The SX -2.5 is

AM

STEREO designed for AM Stereo, with special consideration paid to inci- dental phase modulation, to

RF envelope audio input output phase linearity, and

RF channel phase response. The standard high stability crystal oscil- lator and optional frequency synth- esizer are both equipped to accept ex- ternal AM Stereo

RF oscillator signals.

MECHANICAL DESIGN

CONSIDERATIONS

Service accessibility is a major user benefit of the SX -2.5.

This is accomp- lished by novel electronic packaging new to broadcast

For example, all low level circuit cards such as the

RF transmitter products. oscillator, control logic and Polyphase PDM generator cards are located in a pull -out drawer. All crit- ical low level circuit tests can be made while on the air.

The all aluminum cabinet construction reduces shipping cost, while captive hardware and connectorized module interfaces reduce maintenance time.

COOLING SYSTEM

The SX -2.5 is the first broadcast trans- mitter incorporating innovative cool- ing techniques eliminating the need for a blower or fan. The transmitter dis- watts of heat. This sipates only 1000 has que allowed

Harris to utilize a compu- ter modeled convection cooling techni- that offers significant benefits over conventional cooling methods.

The sidewalls of the transmitter form

"chimneys"

to which the power am- plifier modules are attached.

Air enters through a filtered rear entrance and rises through the cabinet walls, cool- ing the power module's heat sinks. The majority of this convection cooling air passes through the isolated chimneys, with only a small amount of air re- quired to flush the inside of the cabinet. Since no blower is required, and the majority of the air does not come in contact with the electronic components, maintenance and noise are greatly reduced.

EASE OF

INSTALLATION

AND

SERVICE

The SX -2.5 arrives ready for installa- tion. Included is a wall mounted AC dis- connect panel designed to interface with the station's electrical distribution system. Installation is as simple as positioning the

SX -2.5 and making final

AC,

RF and audio connections. No special air handling systems are required.

TODAY'S TRANSMITTER FOR

TODAY'S BROADCASTER

Exceptionally high overall efficiency; maximum reliability; improved audio performance; full service micropro- cessor control and status monitoring; field upgrading to

5 kW; readiness for

AM

Stereo

-these

are just a few of the features in the

SX -2.5 broadcast trans- mitter. Never before has Harris in- corporated as many benefits in today's transmitter for today's broadcaster.

21 www.americanradiohistory.com

LN

ITtNtO

IMIYT

OO

FT'i OIC

IOlO ITM

IPA

11

LUCIO INPUT

FEED

FO'''OD

IOU.

PNUIE

PON GIN

NICO01'OC[OO

CONTROL

NONI'

ND

11

IDY

TIITt

NOi

N

IiTDN

['

NO

FIIT[IDY

NO.I

.

'SUPPLYT

TlVPPY'

SX -2.5 BLOCK DIAGRAM

SX -2.5 SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: (Rated) 2500 watts.

(Capable) 2750 watts. Power reduc- tion through

500 watts.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540

KHz through

1700

KHz.

Supplied to one frequency as ordered.

CARRIER FREQUENCY

STABILITY: A) Crystal Oscillator temperature range.

B)

Frequency Synthesizer (optional)

-

+20

±10

Hz

Hz over over temperature range.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms unbalanced. Will match into a

VSWR of

1.5:1 at carrier.

RF

OUTPUT TERMINAL: Y." EIA male flange connector.

CARRIER AMPLITUDE

VARIATION: (Carrier modulation.

Shift):

Less than 2% at 100%

RF

HARMONICS: Exceeds

FCC and CCIR specifications.

TYPE

OF

MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase PDM.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±1 dB from

20 to

12,500 Hz.

AUDIO HARMONIC

DISTORTION: 1.5% or less at 2.5 kW, 20 to 12,500

Hz @

95% modulation.

2.0% or less at 500 watt operation,

20 to 12,500

Hz @

95% modulation.

AUDIO INTERMODULATION

DISTORTION: 1.0% or less at 2.5 kW, 60/7000

Hz 1:1, 3.0% modulation. or less, 60/7000

Hz 4:1 SMPTE standards at 80%

SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT: Less than 3% at 400

Hz.

SQUAREWAVE TILT: Less than

2% at 400 Hz.

NOISE (UNWEIGHTED): Better than

60 dB below

100% modulation.

POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: 125% positive peak program modulation capability at 2750 watts.

AM

STEREO SPECIFICATIONS: A)

Incidental

Phase: 0.2

Average

(Ra- dians);

0.5 Peak (Radians).

B) RF

Channel Phase Response (External

Input to

RF

Output): 4%, ±20

KHz of carrier power.

8%,

±30

KHz of carrier power.

AUDIO INPUT:

10

to

+10 dBm, transformerless

600 ohms balanced, continuously adjustable.

AC VOLTAGE INPUT:

197 -251

VAC, 48 to

63 Hz, single phase.

PA EFFICIENCY: Better than

90 %.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY:

Better than

72 %.

POWER

CONSUMPTION

:

3.5 kW at 0% modulation at 2500 watts.

5.3 kW at

100% tone modulation at 2500 watts carrier. 4.5 kW under average programming conditions.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT: Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR requirements.

MONITOR

PROVISIONS: 10 volts

RF (RMS) modulated output sample at 50 ohms

(High

/Medium /Low) power.

REMOTE CONTROL: Self- contained interface for most remote control or facility control systems.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

20

C to +50

C

(derate upper limit

2 "C per 1000 feet altitude).

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: To 95% non condensing.

AIR FLOW: Free convection.

ALTITUDE:

Sea

Level to 13,000 feet (4000 meters).

OPERATING ACOUSTICAL NOISE: Better than 45 dBA.

SIZE: 72

"H x 28

"W x

30

"D

(1830 mm x

712

-

mm x

762 mml. approximate. Domestic packed,

650 lbs. (298 kg) approximate.

-

approximate. Export packed, 750 lbs. (343 kg)

-

CUBAGE:

68.7 cubic feet

(2 cubic meters) packed.

COLORS: Black, white and blue.

TYPE OF ACTIVE COMPONENTS: 100% solid state.

POWER SUPPLY:

Self- contained, dry.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

1

For AC service connection, please provide

7.6 KVA with a minimum of

5% voltage demand regulation.

NOTE: The above audio performance may be degraded should the trans- mitter be operated into a bandwidth restricted antenna system.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SX -2.5

Transmitter, complete with all solid -state devices, crystal oscillator, technical manual.

Specify frequency

SX

-2.5

Transmitter, complete with all solid -state devices, frequency synthesizer, technical manual.

Specify frequency

Recommended spare semiconductor kit

Spare crystal

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

AM -90

AF -80 modulation monitor frequency monitor

Potomac

AT

-51

MSP -90 test set tri band AGC amplifier

MSP -90

AM limiter

Contact Harris for special ordering information and details on the optional power upgradable

SX -2.5.

994- 8582

-001

994- 8582 -003

990- 1013 -001

444 -XXXX

-000

994- 8424

-001

994 -6698 -001

700- 0499 -000

994 -8357 -001

994 -8200 -001

22

CP

-1.5M -382

C

Harris Corporation

1982 ADV. 604A PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

sx-1

1000

Watt

All -Solid -State

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

100% solid state for highest reliability

Overall efficiency exceeds

72%

Polyphase PDM* for exceptional audio performance

New concept dual microprocessor control and status monitoring eases operation and simplifies service

F

/at

-Pass output network for exceptional phase and amplitude linearity

Optional field upgrade to

2.5 kW or

5 kW

Exceptional performance in monaural or stereo

(optional)

36 inches of internal rack space provided for ancillary equipment

Unique air handling system lowers maintenance

Patented

The Harris SX

-1 is based on a rigid design philosophy applied to the entire

SX

Series of solid -state AM cept are the transmitters. commitments

Central to to achieve: this con- a)

The highest possible audio performance b)

The c) highest possible overall efficiency

Maximum reliability

The SX

-1 broadcast transmitter is all -new, and it's in a class by itself.

It is computer designed and computer tested, with its own self- contained dual status and

100% control computers.

The SX

-1 is solid state and not affected by loss of emis- sion, shorted elements or other related problems found in tube type transmitters.

EFFICIENT POWER DEVICES

With the new

SX

Series of transmitters, Harris introduces new high power semi

-conductor technology to its broadcast products. State -of- the -art

MOSFET transistors, as opposed to bipo- lar devices, achieve higher efficiency in the

SX -1.

WHY MOSFETS?

MOSFETS

(Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Ef- fect Transistors) represent a second generation of power devices offering significant benefits over bipolar transistor technology.

Combined with the circuits used in the

SX -1,

MOSFETS prove to be extremely efficient. Unlike bipolar devices,

MOSFETS are not subject to thermal runaway damage and are used both in the mod- ulator and PA stages of the

SX -1.

23 www.americanradiohistory.com

24

Harris

SX

-1

High and technology

in

a

blend of broadcast computer science

bandpass filter consistent with the de- sign objectives of the

SX

-1.

The corn

- puter designed

Flat-

Pass output network is a ter yielding

Butterworth bandpass fil- superb plitude linearity phase and am-

ments for

performance.

-two

critical require-

optimum

AM

Stereo

Low level plug -in circuit boards are conveniently housed on a vertical slide -out drawer for easy maintenance.

Additionally,

MOSFET transistors lend themselves to parallel operation where multiple devices are required.

In the Harris design, the transistors in the power amplifier modules are operated in parallel for

DC.

But unlike other transmitters, the ferrite combiner places the amplifiers in series, permit- ting graceful degradation without in- creasing the stress on the remaining transistors.

HIGHLY EFFICIENT POWER AMPLIFIER

The

SX

-'

contains one

RF power am- plifier module conservatively rated to produce

1100 watts output.

The

MOSFETS are grouped in a quad con- figuration and combined in a low loss series configured ferrite combiner.

Harris'

PA module design efforts have resulted in an overall

PA efficiency ex- ceeding

90 %.

POLYPHASE PDM MODULATION

Polyphase

PDM is a significant im- provement of the Harris

Pulse

Duration

Modula:ion system.

It is a

4

-phase system n which the audio input is sam- pled four times during each PDM cycle, resulting in lower harmonic and in- termodulation distortion.

The combination of the Harris Poly- phase PDM

Modulation and MOSFET devices achieves a modulator effi- ciency exceeding

94 %.

Polyphase

PDM also have a allows the low pass filter to wide audio passband, reducing overshoot on sharply rising waveforms.

This provides the ability to achieve higher levels of modulation density.

Should there be a malfunction of one phase of the system, operation con- tinues at reduced power until a con- venient maintenance period can be scheduled. Harris' Polyphase

PDM achieves new levels of AM audio performance and reliability.

EXCEPTIONALLY

HIGH

OVERALL EFFICIENCY

The exceptionally high

PA and mod- ulator efficiency of the

SX

-1 combine to

RF yield greater than

72% overall

AC to efficiency.

This represents a

30% to

45% direct power saving compared with other

1 kW transmitters now in use!

FLAT -PASS OUTPUT NETWORK

After examining various output networks in past and current transmit- ters, Harris chose an output network/

The innovative design of the Flat

-Pass network allows modulation monitor- ing and at a forward power to be measured fixed impedance.

The directional coupler is always located at a

50 ohm impedance point. Direct drive tuning and loading controls simply adjust the

SX

-1 value to match a load that can be any within a

1.5:1 VSWR circle.

High speed lightning protection results from design techniques and devices used in the

SX

-1.

The transmitter con- stantly monitors

VSWR status and takes action only when long -term op- erational limits are exceeded. Prema- ture

VSWR trips, due to station prob- lems or other environmental factors, are eliminated.

Should a long -term mismatch condition exist, the trans- mitter simply reduces output power to a tolerable level, remaining on the air.

The transmitter

will

not be damaged when operated into an open or shorted load even at full output power!

DUAL

MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL

AND STATUS MONITORING

Harris' extensive experience in trans- mitter technology and digital based products (program automation, auto- matic camera setup, permits the facility control) incorporation of powerful control and diagnostic features into the

SX

-1 transmitter. Should a multiple overload occur, the operator may re- view stored previous meter readings and sequential status indications to de- termine the fault.

A vast number of useful operating parameters is avail- able at fingertip command at the front panel keypad, making the

SX

-1 one of the easiest transmitters to monitor, control and service. The pre controller is

-programmed at the factory and only requires interrogation by the operator.

The transmitter's control and status

functions

are

shared

by

twc

microprocessor controller boards working in tandem. Should one uni: fail, the other microprocessor auto- matically picks up the additional duties without interruption.

A simple logic probe is included with the

SX

-1 to as- www.americanradiohistory.com

Pushbutton diagnostics!

The

SX

-1 transmitter brings a wealth of diagnostic information to your fingertips through the microprocessor keypad located on the front panel. sist the operator in checking simple digital circuitry controlled by the microprocessors.

Operationally, the SX

-1 consists of three eye

-level meters displaying PA

Volts,

PA

Current

and

Forward/

Reflected Power. To the right of these large, easy

-to -read meters are six il- luminated pushbuttons labeled as follows:

Off-Fault--Th is pushbutton not only turns the transmitter off, but also acts as a master status light in the event of a transmitter malfunction.

Extensive control module

LED indicators assist the operator in isolating the fault.

Low,

Medium and

High-

Independent tri power levels can be set to any value for each of the three power control but- tons. The illuminated button indicates which power level is operating. No contactor or power transformer tap changes are required.

Raise

Power -Lower

Power

-These

pushbuttons allow the operator to set and adjust the power levels. This is a digital power control and has no mov- ing parts.

CUSTOMER INTERFACE PANEL

The

Customer Interface Panel provides the user with a centrally located point for all external interface equipment

Spectrum analyzer response of

Fiat-Pass output network maximizes mono and stereo performance. such as is remote control, designed to interface facility control, audio input, etc. The

SX

-1 transmitter with the major- ity of remote control and facility con- trol systems. A momentary closure of

100 milliamps rating

(TTL or dry con- tact) will activate the various control functions. All analog samples

IPA volts,

PA current, output power, etc.) are buffered.

DESIGNED FOR

AM

STEREO

The SX

-1 is designed for

AM Stereo, with special consideration paid to inci- dental phase modulation, audio input to

RF envelope output phase linearity, and

RF channel phase response. The standard high stability crystal oscil- lator and optional frequency synth- esizer are both equipped to accept ex- ternal AM Stereo

RF oscillator signals.

MECHANICAL DESIGN

CONSIDERATIONS

Service accessibility is a major user benefit of the SX

-1.

This is accomp- lished by novel electronic packaging transmitter products. new to broadcast

For example, all low level circuit cards such as the

RF oscillator, control logic and Polyphase

PDM generator cards are located in a pull -out drawer. All crit- ical low level circuit tests can be made while on the air.

The all aluminum cabinet construction reduces shipping cost, while captive hardware and connectorized module interfaces reduce maintenance time.

PROVISION

FOR

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

State -of- the -art duced technology has re- component size, allowing the

SX

-1

36% to house all the equipment typi- cally found at a

1 kW transmitter site. inches of

19

-inch rack space is available for ancillary equipment, which may include modulation monitor, audio processing, facilities controls, etc.

Segregated low level and power wiring to this equipment is available through the top, bottom and sides.

COOLING SYSTEM

The

SX

-1 is the first broadcast trans- mitter incorporating innovative cool- ing techniques eliminating the need for a blower or fan. The transmitter dis- sipates only 600 watts of heat. This has allowed Harris to utilize a computer modeled convection cooling technique that offers significant benefits over conventional cooling methods.

The sidewalls of the transmitter form

"chimneys"

to which the power am- plifier modules are attached.

Air enters through a filtered rear entrance and rises through the cabinet walls, cool- ing the power module's heat sinks. The majority of this convection cooling air passes through the isolated chimneys, with only a small amount of air re- quired to flush the inside of the cabinet. Since no and the blower is required, majority of the air does not come in contact with the electronic components, maintenance and noise are greatly reduced.

EASE OF

INSTALLATION

AND

SERVICE

The SX

-1 arrives ready for installation.

Included is a wall mounted AC discon- nect panel designed to interface with the station's electrical distribution system. Installation is as simple as positioning the

SX

-1 and making final

AC,

RF and audio connections.

No special air handling systems are required.

TODAY'S TRANSMITTER FOR

TODAY'S

BROADCASTER

Exceptionally high overall efficiency; maximum reliability; improved audio performance; full service micropro- cessor control and status monitoring; field upgrading to higher powers; readiness for AM

Stereo

-these

are just a few of the features in the

SX

-1 broadcast has transmitter.

Never before

Harris incorporated as many be- nefits in today's transmitter for today's broadcaster.

25 www.americanradiohistory.com

AY

I

ETAL O[C

OR FREO EYW

O

AUDIO INPUT

FEED

FORWARD

FOIIR MIA[

POD GEN

IPA

.---.¡ rDY AMP

YATCMIRO

W[TWORR d

TTTT

11

OUAI

YICROrROC[)EOR

CONTROL

STATUS

A

MONITORING ti0

VOLT

EurnY

'240

VOLT

SUPPLY

SX

-1

BLOCK DIAGRAM

SX

-1

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: (Rated) 1000 tion through

250 watts. watts.

(Capable) 1100 watts. Power reduc-

RF FREQUENCY RANGE: 540

KHz frequency as ordered. through

1700 KHz. Supplied to one

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: A) Crystal

Oscillator temperature range.

B)

Frequency Synthesizer (optional) temperature range.

-

+20

±10

Hz

Hz over over

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms unbalanced. Will match into a

VSWR of

1.5:1 at carrer.

RF

OUTPUT TERMINAL: Female

N connector.

CARRIER

AMPLITUDE VARIATION: (Carrier

Shift):

Less than 2% at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS: Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR specifications.

TYPE OF MODULATOR: Patented Polyphase

PDM.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: +1 dB from

20 to 12,500

Hz.

AUDIO HARMONIC

DISTORTION: 1.5% or less at

95%

1 kW,

20 to 12,500

Hz @ modulation.

2.0% or less at 500 watt or lower power operation,

20 to

12,500

Hz @

95% modulation.

AUDIO INTERMODULATION

Hz

1:1, 3.0%

DISTORTION: 1.0% or less at

1 kW, 60/7000 or less,

60/7000

Hz

4:1 SMPTE standards at 80% modulatior.

SQUAREWAVE OVERSHOOT:

Less than

3% at 400

Hz.

SQUAREWAVE TILT:

Less than

2% at 400

Hz.

NOISE (UNWEIGHTEDI: Better than

60 dB below

100% modulation.

POSITIVE PEAK CAPABILITY: 125% capability at

1.1 kW. positive peak program modulation

AM

STEREO SPECIFICATIONS: A) Incidental

Phase:

0.2

Average

(Ra- dians);

0.5 Peak

(Radians). B) RF Channel Phase Response (External

Input to

RF

Output):

4 %,

+20

KHz of carrier power.

8

%,

+30

KHz of carrier power.

AUDIO INPUT:

10

to +10 dBm, transformerless

600 ohms balanced, continuously adjustable.

AC VOLTAGE INPUT:

197 -251 VAC, 48 to

63 Hz, single phase.

PA EFFICIENCY: Better than

90 %.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY:

Better than

72%.

POWER CONSUMPTION at 100%

:

1.4 kW at 0% modulation at 1000 watts.

2.1 kW tone modulation at 1000 watts carrier.

1.8 kW under average programming conditions.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT: Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR

MONITOR

PROVISIONS:

10 volts

RF ohms

(High

/Medium /Low) power.

(RMS) requirements. modulated output sample at 50

REMOTE CONTROL:

Self- contained interface for most remote control or facility control systems.

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE: per 1000 feet altitude).

20

°C to +50`C (derate upper limit

2

-C

AMBIENT HUMIDITY

RANGE: To 95% non condensing.

AIR FLOW: Free convection.

ALTITUDE:

Sea Level to 13,000 feet (4000 meters).

OPERATING ACOUSTICAL

NOISE: Better than

45 dBA.

SIZE:

72

"H x 28

"W x 301D (1830 mm x 712 mm x

762 mml.

WEIGHT: (Unpacked), 400 lbs.

600 lbs. (275 kg) approximate.

-

(181 kg)

-

approximate. Domestic approximate. Export packed, packed, 700 lbs. (320 kg)

-

CUBAGE: 68.7 cubic feet

(2 cubic meters) packed.

COLORS: Black, white and blue.

TYPE OF ACTIVE COMPONENTS: 100% solid state.

POWER SUPPLY:

Self- contained, dry.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

1

For AC service connection, please provide

3.0 KVA with a minimum of

5% voltage demand regulation.

NOTE: The above audio performance may be degraded should the trans- mitter be operated into a bandwidth restricted antenna system.

ORDERING INFORMATION

SX

-1

Transmitter, complete with all solid-

Specify frequency devices, crystal oscillator, technical manual.

SX

-1

Transmitter, complete with all solid -state devices, frequency synthesizer, technical manual.

Specify frequency

Recommended spare semiconductor kit

Spare crystal

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

AM -90 modulation monitor

AF -80 frequency

MSP -90 monitor

Potomac

AT

-51

MSP -90 test set tri band AGC amplifier

AM limiter

Contact Harris for special ordering information and details on the optional power upgradab

/e SX

-1.

994- 8581 -001

994- 8581 -003

990- 1012 -001

444 -XXXX -000

994- 8424 -001

994 -6698 -001

700- 0499 -000

994 -8357 -001

994- 8200 -001

26

CP

-2.5M -182

C

Harris Corporation

1982

ADV. 605

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

r,

W

HARRIS

MEDIUM WAVE

ANTENNA

PHASING

EQUIPMENT

AND ACCESSORIES

Network design experience and capability that are recognized and accepted throughout the industry

Highest

construction

standards in the industry

Highest quality gong

-life components with conserva- tive ratings to maximize

reliability

Wide network adjustment range for easy tune -Jp

Modern

RF control

circuitry

provides full transmitter and

contactor protection,

direct remote control interface

Highest quality design and construction at affordable prices www.americanradiohistory.com

2'

HARRIS'

CUSTOMIZED

MEDIUM

WAVE PHASING AND

Harris phasors and medium wave antenna networks are custom built to the highest standards in the industry. Our network design experience is well known throughout the broad- cast community. From 250 watts to 200 kilowatts, Harris phasors and medium wave antenna networks are in use around the world. Superior design and construction techniques, and the use of quality components are providing customers years of stable and reliable performance.

The key to our phasor capability is our highly experienced antenna design engineering staff, which is available to tailor networks for your specific requirements. Recognized as ex- perts in the medium wave antenna field, Harris engineers' field experience gives them the perspective to understand the prob- lems associated with installation and adjustment of medium wave antenna networks.

Innovative network designs for special requirements such as distortion reduction and broadband compensation can be pro- vided. Computer design techniques aid in providing an op- timum component configuration for your station. Experienced technicians assemble and test each phasor and antenna unit to assure a quality product. Many of the design and construction practices are unique to Harris and are not found in competitive units.

A modern with control circuit is used with every phasor equipped multiple antenna mode operation.

A simple, straightfor- ward 24 -volt

DC relay logic circuit is housed on one printed circuit board. Clean printed circuit board construction elimi- nates problems normally associated with hand wired control logic panels, thus improving reliability.

All relays, components, and terminal strips on the control logic board are permanently labeled for quick and easy reference.

This modern control circuit includes features not found in many competitive phasor designs. For example, a time delay is pro- vided for

RF to be completely removed before contactor switch- ing

- thus avoiding burned contacts.

An automatic high voltage restart co -nmand is given to the transmitter after pattern switch.

This eliminates a manual operator step and reduces annoying

"off the air" pattern switch time to one second. Remote control commands are momentary, low current contact closures enabl- ing direct connection to most remote control and ATS systems.

Remote mode status indication is also provided for station use.

These Harris control circuit features will extend component life, minimize listener annoyance, and eliminate remote control and transmitter interface equipment. This means direct savings to your station.

COMPARE THESE CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

28

Easily operated cyclometers with counter dials are used on front panel controlled components.

Positive stop action is provided on these controls.

Cabinet interconnections are mechanically solid and electri- cally continuous to provide a well integrated system. Phasor cabinet side plates are made of aluminum, and separate cabinet assemblies are connected with copper strap.

+

f

+ +

+ f

Several rams exclusive computer developed by prog-

Harris allow computer modeling of antenna systems for special applications such as bandwidth predictions

All tubing coils are connected to other components with'.ubing the same size as that used in the coil. Parallel tapping straps with a minimum of excess length are used. These features minimize the risk of arcing or overheating.

Permanent stencilling is used to identify components and no stick on labels are placed across capacitor insulation.

The phasor cabinets can be matched to the styling of your Harris transmitter. Optional front and rear doors and hinged meter panels are available. All cabinet doors are equipped with interlocks to remove power from the equipment when the doors are opened. All phasor components are removable from inside the cabinet, facilitating quick servicing. Thus, cabinets may be mot nted flush against a sidewall to conserve space.

Test jacks are provided at all phasor input and output ports and

ACU input locations. Thermocouple ammeter switches are make

- before -break with a compensating loop and are double throw to completely remove the meter from the circuit. Toroidal ammeters are also available.

Other switches are available with provision to accept plug -in meters and to provide

"cold" attachment points for operating bridge measurements without loss of air time.

All insulators are chosen to provide at least one incl per

5 kV separation to ground. All coils are spaced at least one coil radius from walls to minimize induced wall currents. Insulator material is selected on the basis of dielectric strength and dissipation factor, so that

RF voltage gradients will not overstress the material.

Harris maintains a

24

-hour Service Department to assist you with your emergency parts requirements.

Harris phasor engineers are eager to work with station pe-sonnel and consulting engineers to provide a quality antenna system.

For more information, contact your Harris sales representative or call the Radio

Sales Department at our home office in

Quincy, Illinois (217 -222-

8200). www.americanradiohistory.com

ANTENNA NETWORKS...SUPERIOR

DESIGN

TECHNIQUES

Harris has been manufacturing custom medium wave antenna networks for over

25 years. This experience and outstanding craftsmanship guarantees many years of reliable service.

:4

A close look at

Harris' phasor construction reveals many important features that add not only to the reliability, but to the convenience of setup and maintenance.

Antenna Coupling Unit networks can be housed in rugged all aluminum weatherproof enclosures as shown, or on flat aluminum panels for mounting in existing tower buildings.

A simple, yet modern control logic board provides several key features for stations with multiple an- tenna modes.

The optional custom phasor cabinet shown here includes hinged front panels for common point meter access.

29 www.americanradiohistory.com

AM ANTENNA

COUPLERS AND

ACCESSORIES

WEATHERPROOF

5

-10 KW

ANTENNA COUPLING

UNITS

TEST JACKS

WEATHERPROOF

SERIES

-FED

ANTENNA

COUPLER,

1250 WATTS

Housed in aluminum cabinet with double front doors. Large coils combined with capacitors of generous voltage and current ratings to assure a lifetime of service under extreme heat or cold.

A large antenna lead in bowl is provided. Mounting is with metal flanges on the back of the tuning unit for attachment to wooden poles set in ground or for mounting on wall.

Harris manufactures both a medium power and high power

RF test jack for use in sev- eral medium wave antenna network applica- tions. The medium power test jack (shown at left) is rated for

35 amperes while the high power version (shown at right) is rated for

100 amperes. These units are constructed to assure maintenance free operation.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Medium Power Test Jack

High Power Test Jack

994 -3280 -002

994- 3280 -003

SPECIFICATIONS

CARRIER POWER: 5.000 watts or 10.000 watts

AM. as ordered

FREQUENCY.

525 -1,700 kHz as ordered

LINE IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms

TO MATCH: Series fed tower of from

70 to 100 electrical length.

CIRCUIT:

Full Tee Network

WEIGHT: Approximately

200 lbs

SIZE:

38" high,

37" wide. 21'2" deep

METER SHORTING SWITCH

Recommended for broadcast transmitter powers of

1,000, 500 and 250 watts,

100% modulated.

Heavy edgewound coil has generous inductance for a

Tee network along with fixed mica capacitors supplied.

Extra room is provided to install either diode or thermocouple remote metering equip- ment. Heavy duty meter shorting switch eliminates antenna meter from the circuit when not in use for lightning protection.

Me- ter is observed through plexiglass porthole.

Front door of cabinet has been removed for illustrative purposes.

ORCERING INFORMATION

Antenna Coupling

Unit,

5 kW

....994

-5309 -001

Antenna Coupling

Unit,

10 kW

...994-

5309 -002

NOTE: When ordering, state carrier frequency, transmission line impedance, power, tower height and tower measurements, if known.

Couplers to match unusual loads such as short or tall towers, shunt feed, etc., are available on special order, at extra cost.

RF

ANTENNA

METERS

Internal thermocouple standard scale.

Weston Model 308, three -inch square case.

Other ranges not listed below are available with many carried in stock. Also expanded scale meters in inventory.

30

ORDERING INFORMATION

Meter,

0

-3 R.F. amperes

Meter,

0

-6 R.F. amperes

Meter,

0

-8 R.F. amperes

Meter,

0

-10 R.F. amperes

634 -0206 -000

634 -0238 -000

634 -0209 -000

634 -0210 -000

SPECIFICATIONS

CARRIER POWER:

Up to

1250 watts AM

FREQUENCY:

525 -1700 kHz as ordered.

LINE IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms

TO MATCH: Series

-fed tower of from

70' to 100 electrical length.

CIRCUIT: Full Tee Network.

WEIGHT:

98 lbs.

SIZE:

20" high,

201/4" wide,

183/4" deep.

A heavy duty, make -before -break meter shorting switch of the plunger or push type.

Heavy bronze tempered spring grips on both sides assure accuracy and durability.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Meter Shorting Switch, rating

15 amperes

994 -3493 -001

Meter

Shorting Switch, rating

40 amperes (shown above)

994- 6527 -001

ORDERING INFORMATION

Antenna Coupler with antenna meter

994

-3494 -001

NOTE: When ordering, state transmiss on line impedance, frequency, tower height, and tower measurements, if known. Couplers to match unusual loads such as short or tall tow- ers, shunt feed, etc., are available on special order at extra cost. www.americanradiohistory.com

ADDITIONAL

MEDIUM WAVE

ANTENNA ACCESSORIES

TOWER LIGHT ISOLATION CHOKES

RF

CONTACTORS

HEAVY DUTY

SAMPLING

LOOP

Harris offers a complete line of RF con- tactors of both the mechanical and vacuum variety.

The popular mechanical contactors, that handle a wide range of medium wave an- tenna applications, are available from stock.

DIODE TYPE

REMOTE METER EQUIPMENT

A B

(20 AMP AC

RATING)

Most popular of all tower light isolation chokes. Available in

2 or

3 wire models and in open type, or weatherproof as illustrated.

Wound on heavy triple

X tubing with mica

- by -pass condensers on each circuit end.

Inductance approximately

350 uH.

3" stand- off insulators are part of coil.

(Weatherproof type), 24" high,

174" wide,

101/4" deep

Illustration on left shows weatherproof unit with front cover removed.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Tower Choke,

2 wire, weatherproof,

Fig.

A

994 -3937 -001

Tower Choke,

3 wire, weatherproof,

Fig.

A

994 -3938 -001

Tower Choke,

2 wire, open type,

Fig.

B

Tower Choke,

3 wire, open type,

Fig.

B

994

-3935

-001

994- 3936 -001

FEED -THRU BOWLS

FEED -THRU BOWL ASSEMBLY

A large feed -thru bowl with

50 kW mod

- ulated rating.

Available in single and double units and with solid or hollow studs as listed below. Bowls are Alsimag. Hardware, heavy brass.

Velutex seals are provided for weath- ertight installation.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Solid stud,

2 bowls, for walls to

101" thick

Solid stud, single bowl, for walls

1" thick

994- 2870 -001

Seme as above but hollow stud

994- 3254 -001

994 -5280 -001

Same as above but hollow stud

994- 5281 -001

For remote indication of RF current Con- sists of a carefully constructed pickup loop attached through a short coaxial cable to a solid -state rectifier assembly

RF current is measured without breaking the main lead

No AC power is required

May be used with any good

1

MA DC meter Power range

250 watts to

50,000 watts Frequency range

540 kHz to

1600'

Hz

ORDERING INFORMATION

Diode remote meter unit, less meter

994

-6112 -001

0 -1

MA

METERS

Meter

3" sq. case, scale

0

-3 R.F. amperes

632 -0418 -000

Meter 3" sq. case, scale

0

-6 R.F. amperes

Meter

3" sq. case, scale

0

-8 R.F. amperes

632 -0405 -000

632 -0420 -000

Meter 3" sq. case, scale

0

-10 R.F. amperes

Meter 4" sq. case, scale

0

-3 R.F. amperes

Meter

4" sq. case, scale

0

-8 R.F. amperes

Meter

4" sq. case, scale

0

-10 R.F. amperes

Meter

4" sq. case, scale

0

-15 R.F. amperes

632 -0421 -000

632- 0424 -000

632 -0426 -000

632 -0361 -000

632- 0428 -000

NOTE:

Other meter scale ranges available at extra cost. Above for use with diode remote unit, not thermocouple.

This is a very rugged fixed non

-shielded

RF sampling loop

It is heavily galvanized after welding. and is fitted with large steatite in- sulators and heavy duty tower leg clamps for easy and positive mounting Complete with type female N"

Jack

For

50 to

70 ohm sam- pling line.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Heavy duty sampling loop

994- 6126 -001

ISOLATION COILS

Harris manufactures several types of sam- pling loop isolation coils to meet the needs of the directional monitoring system array and associated

Standard units available use either

I2 inch or

3/4 inch phase stabilized foam transmis- sion line. The isolation coils are available with an optional resonating capacitor

The unit can be mounted or a flat aluminum wall panel or housed in a weatherproof en- closure.

31 www.americanradiohistory.com

OPEN WIRE TRANSMISSION

LINE

ACCESSORIES

Line

End

Plate

Transmission

Line Bracket

TRANSMISSION

LINE BRACKET.

For

5 or

6 wire transmission line. Rating up to 150 kW modulated. Made of

1/4" steel 3" wide with welded

L section on each side to fully prevent twisting under ice or wind load. Supplied with

81,4" ribbed insulator, wire guides and all hardware. Galvanized throughout.

Line Bracket

994- 3327

-001

LINE END PLATE.

To terminate the open wire line at each end.

Plate is

14 thick,

20 square. Fully galvanized. Includes turn- buckles,

251/2 strain insulator and all hardware. Rating up to 150 kW modulated.

End Plate

994- 3328

-001 or-

Center Post

Assembly

Horn

Gap

HORN GAP.

A very desirable item where higher power is em- ployed. Connects to hot side of line and ground to drain off ight- ning and heavy static discharges. Usually one is employed for each 200 feet of line.

Insulator for

150 kW. Arc gaps heavy ch-ome plate. Galvanized throughout.

Horn

Gap

994 -3322

-001

CENTER POST ASSEMBLY.

Has variety of uses such as end or corner angling of transmission line, support insulator for twc wire line or rhombic antennas, and a guide insulator such as end of building or coupling unit Rating

150 kW.

Galvanized throughout.

Center Post

Insulator

994- 3864 -001

MODEL

OIB

-1

Operating

Impedance

Bridge

The Delta Model

OIB

-1

Operating Impedance Bridge measures the operating impedance of the individual radiators, networks, transmis- sion line they are sections and common point of directional antennas while functioning under normal power.

The OIB

-1 has a frequency range of 500 kHz to

5

MHz, with a power rating up to

10 kW. Several optional accessories are available for the 01B-1.

Basic

OIB

-1 700- 0063 -000

MODELS

CPB

-1

/CPB

-1

A

Common Point

Impedance

Bridges

MODELS

TCA

/TCA

-XM

RF

Ammeter

Systems

The Delta Models

CPB

-1 or CPB -1A Common Point Impedance

Bridges can be custom installed in your Harris phasor or sold sepa- rately. The CPB

-1 will handle common point powers up to

100%

5 kW with modulation on a continuous basis, while the CPB -1A is de- signed for

50 kW operation.

Both instruments have two

4

-inc-I dials calibrated directly in resistance and reactance.

A front panel meter provides a null condition.

CPB-1

CPB

-1

A

700- 0055 -000

700- 0056 -000

The Delta Models TCA and TCA

-XM are radio frequency current measuring instruments designed for broadcast antenna systems.

These instruments are intended for applications where conventional thermocouples have been used in the past. The units meet the FCC's requirement of 2% accuracy and are calibrated at RF frequencies to insure application accuracy. These units can be incorporated into your custom Harris antenna network or sold separately. Contact us for the various models and configurations available.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

32

CP

-3M -280

©

Harris Corporation 1980

ADV. 557 PTD. IN

U.S.A www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

Medium Wave

Modulation Monitor

The new Harris AM -90

Modulation Monitor is designed for con- tinuous monitoring of the amplitude modulation envelope in the

450

KHz to 30

MHz frequency range. This sensitive instrument as- sures

90 strict compliance with FCC rules and regulations. The

AM-

Modulation Monitor is an all solid -state self

-contained rack mounted unit consisting of compact mainframe and two printed circuit cards. All controls are front pcnel mounted. Connections to a remote unit, primary power and

RF inputs are mounted on the rear of the chassis.

NEON

BAR GRAPH DISPLAY

A first in innovative technology is represented by the

AM -90's highly accurate neon bar display for measuring carrier and modulation levels. The flat panel indicator displays two separate bar graphs, each containing

201 elements for '/s% resolution.

Display segments are printed normal viewing distances, the on

0.002 glow

-inch center spacing. At blends into a continuous, precisely controlled bar length.

This unique analog display with no moving parts offers distinct advantages over previous designs incorporating electromechanical meters.

Now the station operator has a choice of meter ballistics, including

FCC specified or peak reading. An additional metering function can be selected which gives the

RMS value of the absolute value of modulation.

A rotary meter amplifier switch provides up to 50 dB of gain to the bar graph display. This switch, with amplification selectable in

10 dB increments, enables the operator to measure low ampli- tude modulation or transmitter signal -to -noise ratio with a built

- in

20

Hz to 20 KHz noise filter.

FLASHERS

Two fixed flashers are factory adjusted to

+125%

&

-100% modulation, allowing constant monitoring of modulation levels.

These indicators are triggered whenever the monitored

RF signal modulation exceeds the preset value. A ly separate digital- programmable flasher offers www.americanradiohistory.com

Exclusive self -scan neon

bar graph display

Exclusive

RMS

sideband power

Exclusive overshoot modulation metering with

no

Digitally programmable selectable peak flasher

All electronic indicators

- no

panel meters

Internal

AGC

maintains

accuracy even

carrier drift with

Built

-in

carrier and modulation alarm units

Self-

calibration feature

positive or negative modulation to polarity selection with a usable range of

1

+200% or

-100% modulation.

Flasher accuracy is

±1% at

1

KHz.

CARRIER

AND MODULATION ALARMS

Carrier and modulation alarms illuminate when carrier amplitude drops below

50% of the preset level, or when modula- tion remains under

10% for

10 seconds.

GENERAL

No tuning is required at the monitor.

The

AM -90 Modulation

Monitor incorporates an expanded scale carrier level meter for accurate carrier level deviation measurements.

The widebond linear phase filter design is capable of passing 20

Hz to 20

KHz with no measurable overshoot from square wave modulation.

The

AM -90 features three separate high electronically balanced, fidelity audio outputs:

1)

+10 dBm

(into 600 ohms); 2) 5

-volt

RMS instrumentation output (into

10k ohms); 3) auxiliary audio output amplified through the metering circuit.

The

AM -90

Modulation

Monitor incorporates high

RF input impedance to facilitate con- nection of other instruments to the same

RF source. A mode in- dicator provides non -FCC prescribed meter operation (RMS or peak modulation).

An optional remote meter panel duplicates most of these functions for measurements at distant locations.

33

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 450

KHz to 30 MHz

RF

INPUT: 1.0 Vrms to 10.0 Vrms

POWER

INPUT:

115 Vac

+15 %,

50 -60 Hz (230 Vac

+15% available)

MODULATION INDICATION

DISPLAY METER:

0% to

100% on negative peaks.

0% to 140% on positive peaks.

FLASHER FREQUENCY

RESPONSE:

+0

%,

-5

%;

20

Hz to 20

KHz

FLASHER ACCURACY:

±1% at

1

KHz

AUDIO

TEST

OUTPUTS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

+0 dB, -0.5 dB; 20

Hz to 20

KHz

DISTORTION:

KHz to

1

.8

0.15% maximum at

MHz carrier;

99% modulation,

1

KHz audio, 450

0.50% maximum,

1.8 MHz to 30 MHz car- rier

SIGNAL -TO- NOISE:

75 dB minimum referenced to modulation

100% sine wave

ELECTRONICALLY BALANCED OUTPUT

OUTPUT IMPECANCE:

75 ohms balanced

OUTPUT LEVEL: tion

+10 dBm into 600 ohms at 100% sine wave modula-

INSTRUMENT OUTPUT

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

100 ohms

(unbalanced)

OUTPUT

LEVEL:

5 volts

RMS into

10k ohms at 100% sine wave modulo

- tIon

MODULATION CALIBRATION:

Built -in thesized

RF source, calibration, digitally syn-

+125% and -100% modulation,

RMS value

111% +0.1

°'0

REMOTE OUTPUT:

For meter and flasher indications at another loca- tion, use

Harris' remote meter panel 994 -8487

-001

GENERAL

SIZE: 19" long x

3.5" high x

13.5" deep (48 cm x

9 cm x

34 cm). Mounts n standard relay rack

WEIGHT:

15 pounds (6.82 kg). Export Packed: apx.

20 pounds

(9 kg)

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20 °C to

+55

°C

(

-4

°F to 13'

°F)

HUMIDITY: 95% maximum (non -condensing)

ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet maximum (3048 meters)

SPECIFICATIONS

SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

AM -90 Solid -State AM Modulation Monitor

AM -90 Remote Meter

Panel

994

-8424

-001

994

-8487

-001

JK-1.5M-1081 c

HARRIS CORPORATION 1981

34 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV.

571A PTD. IN

U.S.A.

HARRIS

AF-80

Medium Wave

Frequency

Monitor

After A.C. power is applied the monitor stabilizes to reliable readings within

5 minutes. There are no delicate thermostats or heater controls.

The reference oscillator is heated by a propor- tional oven which maintains the unit's accuracy at a constant level over a wide range of ambient temperatures.

Only one crystal is needed to cover the entire broadcast band.

Setting up to the station frequency simply entails

"programming" the counter. The procedure is so simple that it can easily be ac- complished in the field should the station change frequencies.

A test tubes. button, when depressed, checks all

LED's and read -out

A remote indicator may be operated over telephone lines of up to 5000 ohms loop resistance.

The may be optional remote accessory factory installed or added later in the field.

In either case the remote panel contains on analog meter display. One control adjusts calibration of the remote meter, and the test button con- firms that the meter is polarized correctly.

Harris' medium wave frequency monitor is an FCC type accepted instrument designed to meet or exceed all requirements for measuring carrier frequencies of standard AM broadcast trans- mitters.

Available in a digital read -out model, this frequency monitor employs solid -state integrated circuits throughout, and features digital read -out.

The monitor will accept as input any standard AM frequency, and will indicate the deviation from assigned frequency. The in- put may be a modulated

RF signal of 0.2 volts to

10 volts RMS.

Unlike other designs, there is no loss of indication when the sam- ple

RF is modulated above 95

%.

A unique circuit "remembers" the last valid measurement until the modulation of the

RF input is less than

95% for a normal one -second counting period.

A two

-digit display indicates the magnitude of the frequency er- ror, and a plus -minus indicator shows if the frequency is above or below the assigned frequency. Above

±31

Hz error, the digits are blanked, but the sign indicator continues to operate.

An

"alarm" indicator and relay contact closures warn of fre- quency errors greater than

±20

Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 -1600 kHz as ordered.

RF

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

RF

INPUT CONNECTOR: BNC.

RF

INPUT SENSITIVITY:

(Unmodulated) 10 mV to 10 V RMS carrier.

(Modulated) 0.2

V to 10 V RMS RF,

0 -95% modulation.

A.C. POWER INPUT: 115:230

VAC,

50/60

Hz,

40 watts.

REFERENCE OSCILLATOR: Crystal

-controlled in proportional oven.

ACCURACY:

Better than 1.85 ppm (0.5

Hz a

540 kHz).

DEVIATION INDICATOR RANGE: ±31 Hz deviation.

STATUS

INDICATORS

(LED): Low input alarm; period.

±20

Hz deviation alarm; Count

ALARM

RELAY: 120VAC

/28

VDC a

5A greater deviation.

N/O

8 N/C contacts at

±20

Hz or

REMOTE:

Maximum remote loop resistance...5000 ohms.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

RANGE: 0 to 55 °C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: 0 to

95% relative humidity.

ALTITUDE: 0 to 7500 feet above sea level.

DIMENSIONS: 19" wide, 3.5" high, 10.25" deep.

WEIGHT:

(Domestic packed) 20 lbs.

(Export packed) 45 lbs. (Cubage) 2.4 cu. ft.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

AF

-80 medium wave frequency monitor, digital read -out

.

994 -6698

-001

Recommended spare IC's for AF

-80 frequency monitor

..

990 -0747 -001

Remote

(digital) meter panel for

AF

-80 frequency monitor above

994 -6863

-001

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ADV

5598

PTD

IN

U S

A 35

1K-1.5M-281 ©HARRISCORPORATION 1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

RF

HARRIS

30

Amp

CONTACTOR

No

adjustments required

Expected life under normal

use

30

years

1/16 the power requirement of contactors conventional

Reliable operation under wide temperature range

Smooth, quiet motor

-driven operation

The

Harris

30

Amp

RF

Contactor is unlike any other product on the market today. Beautifully simple in design, it achieves a high degree of reliability through smooth operation, for trouble -free use in phasors, antennas, transmitter dummy load switching, or any similar

RF switching application.

Unique Design Concept

Earlier model switches operate by the violent action of a sole- noid, which accelerates the fatigue of the device.

With

Harris' revolutionary contactor, transfer is accomplished through smooth conversion of rotary to linear motion. Rotary motio-i is supplied by a small, but very powerful

AC motor through a high reduction gear box, and transferred to linear motion by a simple cam.

A remarkable life expectancy is achieved through avoi- dance of the high impact method of operation.

The result: none of the moving parts requires any maintenance.

Rugged Performer

The Harris

RF

Contactor will handle conservatively

30 amperes of RF current in the medium wave oroadcast band. High voltage insulation properties allow operation as high as 30 kV peak

(60

Hz test). And the Harris

RF

Contactor won't buckle under adverse temperature conditions.

Smooth operation has been demonstrated to

-30`F; acceptable performance down to

-

50-F is attainable.

Efficient

Operation

Cycling time is extremely fast (less than 0.5- second). What's more, power consumption is considerably less than that of older solenoid contactors, resulting in less of a voltage drop over long control lines.

No

Adjustments

Necessary

Every unit is qualified through individual testing to insure the highest level of quality control. Precision manufacturing of all component parts assures optimum performance with absolutely no adjustments.

36 www.americanradiohistory.com

0---0

0`----0

o0

o---0

CONTACT

CONFIGURATION

DPDT

TYPE ZZ

0 rL-

H i0 a ea

rG

e_

1"1

411

I

30

AMP

RF

CONTACTOR SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 kHz to

1700 kHz.

RF

CURRENT

CAPABILITY:

30 amperes.

RF

TEST

VOLTAGE:

30 kV peak (60

Hz test voltage)

-any contact to chassis.

22 kV peak, 60 Hz be- tween any two contacts.

POWER REQUIREMENTS:

208/230

VAC, 50 -60 Hz at one ampere.

AMBIENT

OPERATING RANGE:

-30

°F to 130 °F.

STATUS INDICATORS: Switching provided for ex- ternal indicators.

TRANSFER

TIME: less than 0.5 seconds.

OPERATING MODE: RF contacts form ZZ, DPDT.

MAIN FRAME: heavy aluminum enclosure.

INSULATING MATERIAL:

special high voltage

polyester

glass fiber.

CONTACTS: high quality tempered beryllium copper.

DIMENSIONS:

Height

-

7.0 inches

(18 cm).

Length

-

12.0 inches

(31 cm).

Width

-

7.0 inches

(18 cm).

WEIGHT: 7.0 pounds (3.18 kg).

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Harris

30

Amp

RF

Contactor

994 -8524 -001

ADV 585

PTD

IN

U S A

37

CP -2 5M -381 c

1981

Harris Corporation www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

SERVICE

AND

TRAINING

relevant to your particular service need. Over the telephone our

Field

Service engineer will listen to your difficulties and walk you through the proper trouble- shooting steps in order to isolate the problem.

Once the difficulties are located. the representative will contact the Parts Depart- ment to order the necessary parts while you are still on the phone

-thus assuring that the order has been placed and will be shipped on the next available transportation.

If an the equipment difficulty you are experiencing has left you off -air or in emergency condition. dial the

222

-8200 number and state plainly that you are experiencing an

EMERGENCY. The word EMERGENCY will im- mediately enter your problem and parts requirement upon the

Emergency Service Board

-a

billboard type system designed by the

Harris Service Department to provide priority service to emergency customers.

Once you are listed on

"the Board" service department per- sonnel go directly to work tracking the needed parts and supplies: the job is not considered completed until the equipment is in your hands and you have confirmed its arrival.

While every effort is made to handle emergencies over the phone and eliminate costly customer expenses, a team of Field

Service Engineers in

Quincy and others strategically located across the country are available to make station visits and are qualified and equipped to handle emergencies in the field promptly and accurately.

PARTS DEPARTMENT. Although the Harris Parts Department works closely with Field Service, it is also capable of direct customer interac- tion.

If you are knowledgeable of your equipment problems and wish to order a repair part, call the (217) 222 -8200 number and request the

PARTS DEPARTMENT. One of our Parts Department personnel will take your order and immediately confirm the parts availability from our inven- tory.

A large parts inventory coupled with a main warehouse inventory makes it possible for Harris to offer you same day shipment of your order for over

90% of all requests.

Harris' cast dedication to producing highest quality, state -of- the -art broad- products is rivaled only by its commitment to offer complete customer service. both on a routine basis and in emergencies. Striving to eliminate the expense and inconvenience of equipment repairs and down time.

Harris has assembled a dedicated team of qualified person- nel to staff its non -stop, three -fold service department consisting of

Field

Services.

Par's Department, and

Customer Training.

FIELD SERVICE DEPARTMENT. Although technical service availability represents a value not always totally appreciated, Harris'

24 hours,

7 days a week Emergency Field Service has been many customer's salva- tion through the years.

By dialing

(217) 222 -8200 and asking for the

FIELD SERVICE DEPARTMENT you will be put in contact with a representative who has been specially trained in the product information

38

JK-2M-582

TECHNICAL ment is

TRAINING.

Because the technology of broadcast equip- advancing at an increasingly rapid rate, many station personnel are seeking ways to stay abreast with these changes. Knowledge ac- quired even a few years ago may not be sufficient now to ensure proper operation and maintenance of current equipment. Consequently. par- ticipation in a program of continuous technical updating is a high priority objective of many Broadcast technical staffs. Such participation can help considerably in maximizing equipment performance and reliability.

Several sources of update training are available and one of the most productive is the Harris broadcast technical education program con- ducted in Quincy, Illinois. Here instructors with years of formal teaching experience coupled with vast broadcast electronics knowledge conduct courses on all major equipment manufactured by the Harris Broadcast

Division. Harris also

Technology Program. delivers an

A.A.S. degree Broadcast Electronics

In order to maximize the benefits of these courses, circuit analysis presentations are made with an emphasis on understanding state -of- the -art component and system applications in present day equipment

Thorough conceptual sessions are conducted during the applicable seminar on such

Harris features as Pulse Duration Modulation

(PDM):

Progressive Series Modulation

(PSM): Intermediate Frequency

(IFt

Modulation: Digitally Synthesized Modulation

(DSM): etc. As a preven- tative measure. a portion of each seminar addresses specific maintenance and troubleshooting techniques.

For more and information on the types of training courses offered, the cos:, time and place of each seminar, call (217) 222 -8200 and request the

BROADCAST TECHNOLOGY LEARNING CENTER.

ADV 558 PTD.

IN

U.S.A www.americanradiohistory.com

F-

RIS

SW -100A

100,000 Watt

Short

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

High level Pulse Duratian Modulation for exceptional audio performance.

Overall

efficiency

operating costs. exceeds 55%

- for reduced

Only three tube types used

- reduces spare stocking costs.

Pre -set channel tuning in 20 seconds minimizes programming di,. Option. or less

-

Vapor phase anode

coolir,

pravides constant temperature resulting in extended tube life.

Front and rear maintenance. cabinet accessibility eases www.americanradiohistory.com

40

Harris'

SW

-100A is a high

-level, plate modulated short wave broadcast transmitter, featuring automatic

10- channel pre -set tuning. Utilizing the exclusive Pulse Duration Modulator, the

SW-

100A provides higher efficiency, lower operating costs and overall performance superior to that of any other short wave transmitter in the

100 kilowatt power range. The transmitter is capable of operat- ing at any frequency between

3.2 and 22 MHz.

HIGH EFFICIENCY EXCEEDS

55 %.

The Pulse Duration

Mod- ulator employed in the

SW

-100A is almost 90% efficient (instead of the usual 50% to 60 %), enabling the transmitter to achieve an unusually high overall efficiency of greater than

55 %.

This means about one third less power consumption than that of other high level plate modulated

100 kW transmitters.

10- CHANNEL PRE -SET TUNING.

Few controls and ample meter- ing make the

SW

-100A the easiest tuning high power transmitter available. The servo system will automatically tune to any of ten pre -set channels in about

20 seconds. Auxiliary switching is pos- sible for each channel for antenna switching, synthesizer pro- gramming, etc.

Up to ten different frequencies from 3.2 to 22 MHz can be remembered, which allows pushbutton re- tuning to any pre -set frequency.

FIVE TUBE DESIGN.

The entire transmitter employs just five tubes, with modern ceramic 4CV100,000E tetrode power tubes operating below manufacturer's dissipation ratings. All power supplies utilize long

-life solid -state silicon rectifiers. Highest qual- ity components, conservatively rated, are used throughout the

SW

-100A to assure a maximum degree of reliability.

An integral hoist has been provided for ease of tube handling.

HIGH AVERAGE MODULATION CAPABILITY.

The transmitter is capable of sustained high average modulation such as that ex- perienced with trapezoidal audio processing

-which means greater loudness at the receiver without increased transmitter carrier power. This is a feature of the high efficiency,

DC coupled

PDM modulator that avoids the use of large, inefficient trans- formers in the modulation process. Another feature of this high efficiency series type modulator is convenient front panel carrier power adjustment over a wide range.

VAPOR PHASE COOLING.

The SW -100A employs the vapor cooling technique. This highly efficient method of heat transfer results in constant anode temperatures and extended tube life.

This system allows a much smaller and more efficient heat ex- changer than older water cooling systems.

MINIMUM FLOOR SPACE.

Due to the elimination of large iron core components such as the modulation transformer and modula- tion reactor, the

SW

-100A requires only

7 square meters (76 square feet) of floor space. Advanced cabinet design provides easy accessibility to all components.

RF

SECTION. The

RF chain is conventional using a transistorized oscillator and RF amplifier, and a

4CX1500A tetrode tube amplifier to drive a single 4CV100,000E /H tetrode Class

C power output stage.

An automatic drive control maintains pre -set value, eliminating the the PA usual problem screen current of at a over -dissipating the screen of a tetrode during tune

-up.

THE

MODULATION SYSTEM. Harris' Pulse Duration Modulator is characterized by low plate dissipation and low peak tube currents; peak cathode currents are about one -half that of other

100 kW transmitters.

Average plate dissipation runs substantially below rated levels, and all peak voltages are maintained we

I below component ratings.

Wide frequency response is possible as large reactive compo- nents are not used in the modulation system. Control of the trans- mitter power output over a wide range is accomplished in a low

- level stage of the modulator by means of a convenient front panel vernier control.

No adjustment is necessary in any high power

RF circuit.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS.

All major components of the SW

-100A are protected by circuit breakers. Tubes and transistors are guarded by overload relays or current -limiting devices.

A quick- acting circuit protects against damage by high voltage arcs by limiting the energy in such arcs to less than

10 watt sec- onds. Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than 2.0 to 1.0 is provided.

Both forward and reflected power are metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary

RF overloads the SW -100A will recycle three times automatically. Should a third overload occur within a thirty second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between overloads is greater than thirty seconds, continuous recycling will occur.

The

SW

-100A employs a unique method of transmitter protection.

The modulator tube may be turned off in a low level state in about

TRAPEZOIDAL

RESPONSE

Trapezoidal audio processing may be used to develop greater intelligence carrying sideband power without increasing the trans- mitter carrier power.

To do this the audio input wave

(A) is flat- tened at the top, by clipping, then reamplified to form a trapezoidal wave

(B). The shaded areas in the diagram indicate the power gain.

The desired power gain lost, however, if this clipped, or flattened wave tilts downward due to poor low frequency response, or is rounded out again to its original shape by sub -standard high fre- quency response.

The

SW

-100A has the capability of passing a

100 Hz

12 dB clipped wave at 100

°% modulation with minimum tilt or rounding of the wave.

All the additional power gained by clipping the audio input is de- livered at the output of the transmitter, thus increasing volume at the receiver. www.americanradiohistory.com

five microseconds. This removes the

HV from the PA tube, thus eliminating most faults which normally occur.

The HV supply

(diodes and transformer) is capable of withstanding repeated short circuits without harming the unit.

An automatic gain control monitors the

PA screen current. The PA may be operated with no HV but with screen voltage and under condition of tuning with no damage being done to the PA tube. any

Additional protection is provided by the HV circuit breaker. Tubes and transistors are also protected by current limiting impedances.

THE

SERVO

SYSTEM.

The all solid -state servo system will auto- matically tune any of 10 pre -set channels in about 20 seconds.

Each channel is

"remembered" on one plug in card. Auxiliary switching also is provided on each pre -set channel card for an- tenna switching, programming, etc. The fast tuning time is made possible because the HV supply is not disabled during the tune cycle: the RF drive is turned off in a low level solid -state stage, and all tuning is done in parallel. When the tuning has been accom- plished, the modulator is turned back on silently and smoothly.

TRANSMITTER

The standard SW

-100A consists of two cabinets, a remote heat exchanger and an external high voltage power transformer and voltage regulator. Front doors and meter panel are magnetically latched.

SW

-100A, rear doors removed

(Air plenum not shown) www.americanradiohistory.com

SW

-100A with front doors removed

41

SW

-100A BLOCK DIAGRAM

SIM

1t4

1.11110

.44/1-

MVO

WOO

SW

-100A FLOOR PLAN

External heat exchanger, not shown is

(58" wide x

36" deep x

44" high)

147 cm wide x 91 cm deep x

112 cm high

The remote heat exchanger may be installed up to

9 meters

(30 feet) from the the materials supplied. transmitter with

SW

-100A SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: 100.000 watts nominal unmodulated.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE:

3.2 to 22

0

MHz.

METHOD

OF

TUNING: Manual, or selection of

10 pre -set channels.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

300 ohms balanced,

2.0 to

1 maximum VSWR.

RF FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+1 x 10 -6

(

+22

Hz at22

MHz).

SPURIOUS

AND

HARMONIC EMISSION:

Less than 50 mW.

CARRIER SHIFT:

Less than 2% at 95% modulation at 1000 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

_1.5 dB from 50 to 10,000

Hz ref- erenced to

1,000

Hz at 95 °° modulation.

AUDIO FREQUENCY DISTORTION:

Less than 3% from 50 to 10,000

Hz at

95% modulation.

NOISE:

55 dB below

1,000 Hz, 100% modulated level.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

0 dBm _2 dB for

100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600/150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

MODULATION LEVEL:

100% sinusoidal,

10 minutes,

500 -5000 Hz.

TRAPEZOIDAL MODULATION:

2000

Hz

Less than 5% tilt or overshoot,

100 Hz to measured using

12 dB clipped sine wave.

POWER INPUT:

Any specified voltage

380V to

480V,

3 phase,

50 or 60 Hz

Phase unbalance

5

%,

Regulation

5

%.

POWER CONSUMPTION:

No modulation

30% modulation

100% modulation

180kW

190 kW

250 kW

POWER FACTOR:

Greater than 95

°r°.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR: Electronic voltage regulation for all power supplies.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY:

55%

@ average modulation.

TUBES:

Two 4CV100.000E, two- 4CX1500A, one

F

-1099.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

0 to

+50

C ambient air temperature.

HUMIDITY: 95% relative humidity, maximum.

STORAGE

TEMPERATURE: 35'C to +60

°C.

ALTITUDE:

Up to 1829 meters (6000 feet) above sea level.

CABINET DATA:

The two cabinets measure

366 cm (12 feet) wide,

137 cm

(4.5 feet) deep, and 304 cm (10 feet) high.

SPECIFICATIONS

ARE SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

SW

-100A, 100,000 watt short wave broadcast transmitter, with remote heat exchanger

994 -8629 -001

42

CP

-1 M

-182 c

1982 Harris Corporation

ADV. 467E PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

rasareis

WATER

PURIFICATION

UNIT

Makes any water supply transmitter cooling suitably pure for

Safety interlock system extends pump life

Five

-filter purification system

LED resistivity meter monitors purity levels

Recycle feature

Mobile

"wagon" cart for go- anywhere operation

Now an abundant quantity of pure, non

-conductive cooling water for transmitters is as near as the closest water supply.

The Harris Water Purification Unit makes even the dirtiest, contaminant

-laden water suitable for Harris

SW -100, SW-

100A and VP -100A transmitters. No more buying distilled water at premium prices. Even pond water passed once through the Harris Water Purification Unit has lent to several distillations a purity equiva-

-and

it's a lot less expensive!

BACKGROUND

Pure water will not conduct electricity, but ordinary tap water is loaded with minerals and dissolved metals, making it an excellent electrical conductor.

This conductivity is unaccepta- ble in transmitter cooling applications. Water cooled and vapor cooled transmitters are designed with certain safeguards to protect components. Harris shut down automatically if the transmitters will coolant supply exceeds a safe level of contamination. The Harris Water Purification

Unit can help prevent costly down time by keeping cooling water within operational parameters. It can purify about one -half gallon of water per minute.

OPERATION

The unit is easy to use and put the collecting

-just

hose plug in it in place. near any water supply

Turning the multiport valve admits water. The raw water switch activates the main pump. A vacuum interlock senses when the water supply is gone and shuts off the pump.

A second interlock switch is activated when the raw water tank is full.

The filter pump drains water from the raw water tank and sends it through the pre -filter, which removes larger than five microns. Water is then routed all through particles the four cartridges of the Barnstead NANOPURE unit.

Cartridge

1 is a charcoal organic removal filter; Cartridges ionizing filters to

2 and 3 are de- remove minerals and dissolved metals;

Car- tridge 4 is a sub -micron

.2 filter which traps particles down to microns in size.

Reasonably priced, replaceable filters are available for the

Barnstead unit. Finally, the water passes across the resistivity meter, which provides a continuous digi-

43 www.americanradiohistory.com

tal display of water resistivity to insure a quality above trans- mitter requirements.

BUILT -IN VERSATILITY

Purified water can be tapped off the outlet valve and pumped directly into the transmitter or holding container. Alternately, an angle valve can be used to shunt water into the clean water storage tank. Should the resistivity meter indicate the need for further purification, the multiport valve can be set to route from the clean water tank for recycling.

In arid locales where ready water availability is questionable, old water may be drained from the transmitter and recycled for further use.

CONSTRUCTION

Assembled on a sturdy,

4- wheeled cart, the Harris

Water

Purification

Unit is extremely mobile and can be pulled from one location to another in multi- transmitter installations. Auto

- mative type "knuckle" steering prevents accidental tipovers.

Modern all- steel, blind rivet construction assures exceptional durability.

DRAIN

PETCOCK

CLEAN

WATER

505 ID HOSE

MULTI

PORT

VALVE

505 ID. HOSE

RAW WATER

INTAKE

DRAIN

PETCOCK

,

HOSE

RAW WATER

PUMP

PLUMBING DIAGRAM

HARRIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power Requirements:

115 VAC,

5060

Hz,

9 amperes maximum.

230 VAC, 50 60 Hz, 4.5 amperes maximum.

MECHANICAL

Height:

48 inches (121.9 cm)

Width:

26 inches

(66 cm)

Length:

52 inches

(132 cm)

Weight (unpacked):

Approximately

350 pounds dry (159 kg)

Raw Water Pump Flow: Approximately

10 gpm

(37.8 Ipm)

Filter Water Pump Flow: Approximately

0.5 gpm

(1.9 Ipm)

Raw

(5

Water Tank Capacity:

7 gallons (26.5 liters) gallons useable

-2

gallons for settling)

Clean Water Tank Capacity:

7 gallons (26.5 liters)

Raw Water Intake Purity:

Maximum salt concentration of 500 parts per million

(if salt concentration exceeds the limit, filter life will be substantially reduced).

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

ORDERING INFORMATION

Harris Water Purification

Unit

Packing Check List

994 -8676 -001

992

-6013

-001

44

RP -1.5M -182

©

1982 HARRIS CORPORATION www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV

601 PTD

IN U A.

HARRIS

SW

-50A

50,000

Watt

Short

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

High level

Pulse

Duration Modulation

Exceeds 57% overall efficiency

10-

Channel pre -set tuning, crystals included

Low power consumption

Only five tubes for

50 kW

Vapor phase cooling

Designed for trapezoidal programming

Minimum floor space

Full

front

and rear access

bility

www.americanradiohistory.com

Harris'

SW

-50A is a high -level, plate modulated short wave broadcast transmitter, featuring automatic

10- channel pre -set tuning. Utilizing the exclusive

Pulse Duration Modulator, the

SW -50A provides higher efficiency, lower operating costs and overall performance superior to that of any other short wave transmitter in the

50 kilowatt power range. The transmitter is capable of operating at any frequency between

3.2 and 22 MHz.

HIGH EFFICIENCY

EXCEEDS

57

%. The Pulse Duration Mod- ulator employed in the

SW

-50A is almost

90% efficient

(instead of the usual

50% to

60

%), enabling the transmitter to achieve an unusually high overall efficiency of greater than

57

%.

This means about one third less power consumption than that of other high level plate modulated

50 kW transmitters.

10-

CHANNEL

PRE

-SET

TUNING.

Few controls and ample meter- ing make the

SW -50A the easiest tuning high power transmitter available.

The servo system will automatically tune to any of ten pre -set channels in about

20 seconds.

Auxiliary switching is possible for each channel for antenna switching, synthesizer programming, etc. Up to ten different frequencies from

3.2 to

22

MHz can be any pre -set remembered, which allows pushbutton re- tuning to frequency.

FIVE

TUBE DESIGN. The entire transmitter employs just five tubes, with modern ceramic

4CV50,000E tetrode power tubes operating below manufacturer's dissipation ratings.

All power supplies utilize long -life solid

-state silicon rectifiers. Highest quality components, conservatively rated, are used throughout the SW -50A to assure a maximum degree of reliability.

An in- tegral hoist has been provided for ease of tube handling.

HIGH AVERAGE

MODULATION CAPABILITY.

The transmitter is capable of sustained high average modulation such as that experienced with trapezoidal audio processing

-which means greater loudness at the receiver without increased transmitter carrier power.

This is a feature of the high efficiency,

DC cou- pled

PDM modulator that avoids the use of large, inefficient transformers in the modulation process. Another feature of this high efficiency series type modulator is convenient front panel carrier power adjustment over a wide range.

VAPOR PHASE COOLING. The

SW

-50A employs the vapor cool- ing technique.

This highly efficient method of heat transfer results in constant anode temperatures and extended tube life.

This system allows a much smaller and more efficient heat exchanger than older water cooling systems.

MINIMUM

FLOOR SPACE. Due to the elimination of large iron core components such as the modulation transformer and mod- ulation reactor, the

SW -50A requires only

7 square meters

(76 square feet) of floor space.

Advanced cabinet design provides easy accessibility to all components.

RF

SECTION. The

RF chain is conventional using a transis- torized tube oscillator and

RF amplifier, and a

4CX1500A tetrode amplifier to drive a single

4CV50,000E tetrode

Class

C power output stage.

An automatic drive control maintains the

PA screen current at a pre -set value, eliminating the usual problem of over

- dissipating the screen of a tetrode during tune -up.

THE

MODULATION

SYSTEM. Harris'

Pulse

Duration Modulator is characterized by low plate dissipation and low peak tube currents; peak cathode currents are about one

-half that of other

50 kW transmitters. Average plate dissipation runs substan- tially below rated levels, and all peak voltages are maintained well below component ratings.

46

Wide frequency response is possible as large reactive compo- nents are not used in the modulation system. Control of the transmitter power output over a wide range is accomplished in a low -level stage of the modulator by means of a convenient front panel vernier control.

No adjustment is necessary in any high power

RF circuit.

iiiïiiiiïï

Rear view of

RF isolation box showing power amplifier tube assembly and vapor phase cooling boiler.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS. are protected by

All major components of the

SW

-50A circuit breakers. Tubes and Transmitters are guarded by overload relays or current

-limiting devices.

SW -50A with front doors removed. www.americanradiohistory.com

A quick- acting circuit protects against damage by high voltage arcs by limiting the energy in such arcs to less than

10 watt seconds. Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than

2.0 to

1.0 is provided.

Both forward and reflected power are metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary

RF overloads the

SW

-50A will recycle three times automatically. Should a third overload occur within a thirty second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between overloads is grea- ter than thirty seconds, continuous recycling will occur.

The

SW

-50A employs a unique method of transmitter protec- tion. The modulator tube may be turned off in a low level state in about five microseconds.

This removes the

HV from the

PA tube, thus

HV eliminating most faults which normally occur.

The supply (diodes and transformer) is capable of withstanding repeated short circuits without harming the unit.

An

PA automatic gain control monitors the

PA screen current. The may be operated with no

HV but with screen voltage and under any condition of tuning with no damage being done to the

PA tube.

Additional protection is provided by the HV circuit breaker.

Tubes and transistors are also protected by current limiting impedances.

THE SERVO SYSTEM. The all solid -state servo system will auto- matically tune any of

10 pre -set channels in about

20 seconds.

Each channel is

"remembered" on one plug -in card.

Auxiliary switching also is provided on each pre -set channel card for antenna switching, programming, etc. The fast tuning time is made possible because the

HV supply is not disabled during the tune cycle; the

RF drive is turned off in a low level solid -state stage, and all been tuning is done in parallel.

When the tuning has accomplished, the modulator is turned back on silently and smoothly.

TRANSMITTER LAYOUT. The standard

SW

-50A consists of two cabinets, a remote heat exchanger and an external high voltage power transformer and voltage regulator.

Front doors and meter panel are magnetically latched.

SW -50A

BLOCK DIAGRAM

TRAPEZOIDAL RESPONSE

Trapezoidal audio processing may be used to develop greater intelligence carrying sideband power without increasing transmitter carrier power. To do this the audio input wave

(A) is flattened at the top, by clipping, then reamplified to form a trapezoidal wave

(B)-

The shaded areas in the diagram indi- cate the power gain.

The desired power gain is lost, however, if this clipped, or flattened, wave tilts downward due to poor low frequency response, or is rounded out again to its original shape by sub -standard high frequency response.

The SW -50A has clipped wave at the capability of passing a

100 Hz 12 dB

100% modulation with minimum tilt or round- ing of the wave.

All the additional power gained by clipping the audio input is delivered at the output of the transmitter, thus increasing volume at the receiver.

i

10 CHANNEL

OSCILLATOR

AMPLIFIER

RF

DRIVER

4CIISODA

POWER

AMPLIFIER

ACAS0.000E

OUTPUT

NETWORK

DUAL PULSE

DURATION

MODULATOR

AMPLIFIERS l

W

P

SS

FILTER

MODULATOR

DRIVER

ACI1500A

MODULATOR

ICV50.000E

DAMPER

DIODE

F

-1005

NIGH VOLTAGE

POWER

SUPPLY

47 www.americanradiohistory.com

T

WALL MTG.

SCR

CONTROLLER

PRIMARY

TRANSFORMER

MODULATOR

i

POWER

AMPLIFIER

113 e.

717 lit

PONER

SUPPLY

1

VOLTASE

UEOUTATOU

4c.

..

24'. i

1

IF

OUTPUT

DUCT

====

(

17 cm

70.5'

ZOOON SMINO)

+

177 c.

54"

_

17 e.

71.3"

MOOR SMUO)

SW -50A

FLOOR PLAN

-External heat exchanger, not shown is (58" wide x

36" deep x

44" high)

147 cm wide x

91 cm deep x

112 cm high.

The remote heat exchanger may be installed up to

9 meters materials supplied.

(30 feet) from the transmitter with the

SW -50A SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: 50,000 watts nominal unmodulated.

RF FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.2 to

22.0 MHz.

METHOD OF TUNING: Manual

, or selection of

10 pre -set channels.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

300 ohms balanced,

2.0 to

1 maximum

VSWR.

RF

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±1 x 10

-61 ±22

Hz at

22

MHz).

SPURIOUS AND HARMONIC EMISSION: Less than

50 mW.

CARRIER SHIFT: Less than

2% at 95% modulation at 1000

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

+ 1.5 dB from

50 to

10,000

Hz referenced to

1000

Hz at 95% modulation.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY DISTORTION:Less than 3% from

50 to 10,000

Hz at

95% modulation.

NOISE: 55 dB below

1000

Hz,

100% modulated level.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

0 dBm +2 dB for

100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT

IMPEDANCE: 600/150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

MODULATION

LEVEL: 100% sinusoidal,

60 minutes,

500 -5000 Hz.

TRAPEZOIDAL MODULATION: Less than

5% tilt or overshoot,

100 Hz to

2000

Hz measured using

12 dB clipped sine wave.

POWER

INPUT: Any specified voltage

380V to

480V,

3 phase,

50 or 60

Hz.

Phase unbalance

5

%, Regulation

5

%.

POWER CONSUMPTION:

No modulation

30% modulation

100% modulation

89 kW

92 kW

130 kW

POWER FACTOR:

Greater than

95 %.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR: Electronic voltage regulation for all power sup- plies other than high voltage.

OVERALL EFFICIENCY: 57% or greater

@ average modulation.

TUBES: Two 4CV50,000E, two 4CX1500A, one

F

-1099.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

0 to

+50`C ambient air temperature.

Sea level decrease

2

"C

/1000 ft. altitude

(38 °C @

6000 ft.)

HUMIDITY:

95% relative humidity, maximum.

STORAGE TEMPERATURE:

-35-C to +60

C.

ALTITUDE:

Up to

1829 meters

(6000 feet) above sea level.

CABINET DATA: The two cabinets measure 366 cm

(12 feet) wide,

137 cm

(4.5 feet) deep, and

304 cm

110 feet) high.

SPECIFICATIONS

ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SW -50A, 50,000 watt short wave broadcast transmitter, with remote heat exhanger

994- 8630

-001

48

CP -1

M -582

©1982

Harris Corporation

ADV. 466E

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FMD

-50K

50-

Kilowatt

Dual

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Combines two 25- kilowatt amplifiers for highest on- air reliability

Only two low stress PA tubes, yielding low operating cost and long tube life e

Wide

RF bandwidth for maximum stereo and SCA performance

Solid -state control logic and automatic power con- trol minimize adjustments e

Featuring the exciter superior

MS -15 maximum signal FM

DSM stereo generator typ cally yields

50 dB separa- tion for increased stereo realism

DTR overshoot filter maximizes modulator level www.americanradiohistory.com

49

FMD-50K.

.

.

dual configuration for

The FMD -50K dual 50- kilowatt transmitter offers real protection against off -air time through redundancy, and through extensive use are of solid -state circuitry. Only two tubes employed in the entire

FMD -50K

..

. high -gain, highly efficient

8990 tetrodes used as the final power amplifiers. The

8990 uses a wavy fin radiator which pro- vides exceptional cooling at reduced air requirements, for quiet operation. The quarter -wave

PA cavity design eliminates troublesome sliding contacts for tuning, and assures wide

RF bandwidth. This re- sults in a signal path that is transparent to the MS -15 exciter.

The basic FMD -50K transmitter consists of two

25- kilowatt amplifiers, and a center control cabinet.

It provides redundancy in all areas except the exciters.

In case emer- gency operation is required, you stay on the air at one

-quarter normal power output.

An even higher level of redundancy is achieved in the complete

FMD -50K through an optional arrangement of switches, sen- sors and circuits that make the FMD -50K totally redundant from audio input to RF output.

The FMD -50K with the

RF output switching option provides the capability of automa- tically switching either transmitter direct- ly to the antenna, thus providing one

-half normal operating power in the event of a transmitter malfunction.

With the addition of the automatic exciter switching option, automatic backup exciter protection is provided. Also, an optional

RF input patch panel is available to con- nect either exciter directly to either trans- mitter by bypassing all of the automatic ex- citer switching equipment.

50

SOLID -STATE IPA'S

The redundancy of the dual FMD -50K is heightened when the

IPA in each

25

-kilo- watt amplifier is considered. The

IPA stages are multiple solid -state amplifiers combined in such a manner that failure of one amplifier stage will loss of IPA

RF not cause power. The IPA a total solid -state modules in the

PA are identical to those used in the

The wide booster use amplifier for of solid -state

RF the MS -15. power cir- cuits means that the FMD -50K uses only two tubes!

LOW OPERATING COST

With today's mounting energy costs, trans- mitter efficiency must be a major consid- eration in any purchase. 77% efficiency in the final power amplifiers, high efficiency in all amplifier circuits, and conservatively rated components result in comparatively low power consumption and low operating stress on heat generating components in the FMD -50K. This adds up to very impres- sive savings in operating and maintenance costs.

FINEST STEREO PERFORMANCE

Featuring the advanced -design

MS -15 ex- citer, Harris'

FMD

-50K provides the clean- est and the loudest stereo signal of any

50- kilowatt

FM transmitter available today.

The

DSM

(Digitally Synthesized Modulation) stereo generator allows the transmitter to provide stereo separation of

40 dB mini- mum (50 dB typical),

30- 15,000

Hz

-while

the DTR (Dynamic Transient Response) fil- ter permits a

2 to 6 dB increase in loud- ness, by with no degradation of audio quality, limiting overshoot to

2% or less.

The FMD -50K may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA.

The design versatility of the MS -15 exciter allows you to order mono operation origin- ally, then add stereo and

/or

SCA at a later date by plugging the appropriate module(s) into the exciter. The FMD -50K is equipped for wideband composite input in its stand- ard configuration.

AUTOMATIC

POWER CONTROL

The FMD -50K automatically monitors pow- er output, and maintains the output at the desired level. This standard feature insures against out

-of- tolerance power conditions.

Furthermore, the power set point can be re- motely adjusted independently of the limit points to allow operator control of power output. During maintenance periods, the automatic power control may be switched off.

VSWR

PROTECTION

VSWR protection is mandatory in any high

- power transmitter

-therefore,

Harris has incorporated this as a standard feature in the FMD -50K.

A high

VSWR condition will cause the transmitter to recycle

...

if three overloads occur within a given time per- iod, the transmitter will shut down until manually restarted.

The transmitter may also be programmed for single

VSWR over- load shutdown.

CONTROL CIRCUITRY

The FMD

-50K is controlled by solid -state logic circuitry.

The logic circuitry not only controls basic

On /Off functions. but also monitors critical stages for overload con- ditions. Should an overload occur, the transmitter will recycle automatically.

The control logic used in the FMD

-50K in- terfaces directly with most remote control systems, eliminating the need for an addi- tional remote control interface.

The control signals are momentary low current con- tacts.

The transmitter output parameters are buffered, and all status indicators can be remoted.

METERING AND VISUAL AIDS

Major functions, including combined out- put power,

VSWR and reject load power are displayed on easy -to

-read

4

-inch me- ters in the center cabinet. Complete moni- toring of operating functions of the individ- ual

25- kilowatt amplifiers are also dis- played. Low

-level parameters of each am- plifer are displayed on a multimeter, and

IPA

RF output and reflected power are indi- cated on another meter. Filament voltage is measured by a true RMS circuit.

The FMD -50K provides a variety of indi- cators as troubleshooting aids and quick www.americanradiohistory.com

complete redundancy

...only two tubes

references. These include illuminated On/

Off pushbuttons and numerous

LED status indicators.

HV

POWER SUPPLIES

The two high voltage power supplies are housed in the separate cabinets, and provide plate and screen voltage. The conserv- atively -rated three -phase plate supplies use silicon rectifiers with

AC line transient pro- tection.

COMPACT SIZE

The trim FMD -50K cabinet configuration measures only 90.2" wide, 72" high and

30.5" deep. Additionally, the

HV power sup- plies may be located in any convenient spots remote from the

PA cabinets.

GENERAL

There are many other operational and con- venience features incorporated into the

FMD -50K. These include:

Line Loss

Protection

-Built

-in protection against total AC failure and loss of phase is provided. The FMD -50K will restart auto- matically following a total power failure, while loss of a single phase will shut down the transmitter.

High

Altitude Rating

-High

capacity, di- rect

-drive blowers deliver sufficient air to cool the transmitter at altitudes up to

10,000 feet (3048 meters).

Additional Protection

-

Magnetic circuit breakers are utilized to protect the blower motors, the filament supplies, the IPA sup- plies and the bias supplies.

A safety inter- lock system and a drop solenoid system discharge power supplies to safe levels.

Automatic Transmitter

System

Compatibili- ty

-The

simple control logic interface and full metering in the FMD -50K permit ATS operation.

FMD -50K BLOCK DIAGRAM

-

WITH FULL COMPLEMENT OF OPTIONS

50 kW

TO ANTENNA

3 dB

BOOSTER

AMPS

3 dB

MS-15

A

REJECT

LOAD

EXCITER

SWITCHER

T7RANTMITTER

SWITCHER

RF

SWITCHING OPTION

EXCITER SWITCHING OPTION

HARRIS' FMD -50K DUAL

FM

TRANSMITTER CONFIGURATIONS

BASIC FMD -50K DUAL SYSTEM

Two FM

-25K transmitters, less exciters.

One MS -15 exciter.

One dual RF booster amplifier with low power hybrid coupler and reject load.

One 19

-inch center cabinet with control and metering circuitry.

One high power hybrid coupler with interconnecting transmission line components.

One 12.5- kilowatt reject load.

FMD -50K WITH

SWITCHING

AUTOMATIC

RF

OUTPUT

Two

FM

-25K transmitters, less exciters.

One MS -15 exciter.

One dual

RF booster amplifier with low power hybrid coupler and reject load.

One 19

-inch center cabinet with control metering and

RF control logic assembly.

One floor- mounted frame assembly with three high power coaxial switches, one high power hybrid combiner, and one

12.5

-kilowatt reject load.

All necessary interconnecting transmission line components.

OPTIONAL AUTOMATIC EXCITER

SWITCHING

One automatic

RF control logic assembly.

One coaxial transfer switch.

One test load for exciter.

All necessary cabling for system interconnect.

(Requires second exciter, which is not included in this option package).

ADDITIONAL OPTIONS

FOR FMD

-50K

Mono generator(s).

Stereo generator(s).

SCA generator(s).

RF input manual patch panel for use with exciter switching option.

80- kilowatt water -cooled test load.

Heat exchanger for test load.

51 www.americanradiohistory.com

- -

-1

I

I

I

HIGH

VOLTAGE

POWER

SUPPLY

L___J

TO

ANTENNA

64L"

EIA

HIGH

VOLTAGE

POWER

SUPPLY s t

TYPICAL FMD -50K FLOOR

PLAN

FMD -50K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

20 kW to

50 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

87.5 to

108

MHz, tuned to ing frequency. specified operat-

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

61/4" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±300

Hz 0° to 45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

AC

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

INPUT POWER:

±100 kHz.

RF

208;240

V, 3- phase,

-20

°C

50/60 to

Hz.

+45

°C

360!415

V.

3- phase,

50 60 Hz.

115

V as

Power consumption: 80,000 watts (approx.). available.

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet (3048 meters).

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

(

-4° to

+113

°F).

MAXIMUM VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

SIZE: Transmitter: 90.2 "W

(229 cm)

(77.5 cm). HV power supply cabinets: (each)

48

60.2 "H (153 cm) x

24.2 "D (61.5 cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE x

72

"H (183 cm) x 30.5

"D

"W

(122 cm) x

(Approximate):

Export:

7000 lbs. (3178 kg).

Domestic:

6800 lbs. (3087 kg). Cubage:

400

(11.3 cubic meters). cubic feet

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adapta- ble to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response Li-F, defeatable.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at

400 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre- emphasis curve ±0

5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. or

50 microcesond pre- emphasis.

Selectable: flat,

25

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less,

30- 15,000 Hz.

IMD:

0 2

%. 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE:

68 dB below 100% modulation (ref. 400

Hz @ kHz deviation).

AM NOISE:

50 dB below reference carrier

AM modulation

100

±75

%.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF MODULATION: Digitally Synthesized Modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and right)

600 ohms balanced. resistive Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: (left)andlright)1 +10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (left and right) standard

75 crosecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve

INPUT FILTERING: filter.

15

±0.5 kHz LPF, 45 dB dB 30- 15,000 lectable flat,

25 or 50 microsecond pre- emphasis. rejection at

19

Hz. Se- kHz. mi-

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response

(DTR)

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE: 2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right) 0.4% or less, 30- 15,000

Hz.

IMD:

0.4 %, 60./7000 Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

Reference:

400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis, deviation.

±75 kHz

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz ±1

Hz, 0° to 45 °C.

PILOT PHASE: Automatically controlled.

STEREO SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum

30- 15,000 Hz.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to main channel)

45 dB below 90% modulation.

SUB

CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

50 dB below 90% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION:

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo. mono

(L + controlled.

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

25

41 or 67 kHz

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

MODULATION CAPABILITY: programmable, any frequency between and

75 kHz on special order.

±500

Hz.

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT

2000

IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced

(AC coupled) and ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled).

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm, ±1 dB for 100% modulation at

400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 micro- second pre

-emphasis

±

75

DISTORTION:

Less than

FM NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

100%

55 dB minimum (ref:

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub -channel): better.

=

±5 kHz

1

1 dB, microsecond pre -emphasis. standard. Selectable: flat,

INPUT FILTERING: Programable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard.

%,

30

-5000

Hz. deviation at 400 Hz).

±5 kHz deviation.

-60

50 or dB or

CROSSTALK: (main or stereo sub -channel to SCA):

50 dB below

5 kHz deviation of SCA, with mono or stereo channels modu- lated by frequencies

30- 15,000 Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK:

SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC MUTE LEVEL: Variable from

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to

20

0 seconds. to

50 dB

-30 demodulated dBm.

INJECTION LEVEL: 1% to 30% of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: anced

Greater than

5000 ohms resistive, unbal-

INPUT LEVEL:

1

0

VRMS nominal for

AMPLITUDE RESPONSE:

PHASE LINEARITY:

±2

,

±0.25

30 Hz dB,

±75 kHz deviation.

30 Hz to 75 kHz. to 75 kHz.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FMD -50K, dual

50- operation kilowatt

FM transmitter, with automatic

RF output switching, for wideband

FMD -50K, dual

50- kilowatt

FM transmitter, basic system, for wideband operation

Automatic exciter switching option (does not include second exciter)

MS -15 exciter (does not include generator modules)

Monaural generator (add for mono operation)

DSM

SCA

RF stereo generator with

DTR (add for stereo operation) generator (add for SCA operation, specify

41 or

67 kHz) input patch panel

80- kilowatt water -cooled test load

Heat exchanger for test load

994- 8455 -001

994- 8455 -002

994- 8456 -001

994- 7950 -002

994 -8019 -001

994- 8020 -001

994- 7992 -001

994 -8473 -001

700- 0121 -000

432 -0257 -000

52

RP -2M -281

©

1981

Harns Corporation

ADV. 553A PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

fy)

HARRIS

FM

-40K

40-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Combines two 20- kilowatt amplifiers for highest reliability

Solid -state Maximum Signal Exciter

-MS

-15

Patented DSM

(Digitally Synthesized Modulation) stereo generator provides separation exceeding accurate measurement capability of most monitors

DTR

(Dynamic Transient Response) filter technique limits overshoot to 2% or less, permitting a 2 to

6 dB increase in loudness with no audio quality degradation

Lowest operating cost

Stable, easy output tuning

Built

-in connections for remote control

Automatic recycling

Full metering

Plug -in mono, stereo and SSA generators www.americanradiohistory.com

53

at only one -third its dissipation rating for maximum service life.

.r r r

VARI -LINE

SILVER -PLATED

TANK

Vari

-Line is an advanced, Harris- devel- oped method of tuning a single -ended

FM amplifier for optimum output efficiency.

A portion of a parallel tubular

2

-% -inch cop- per transmission line (silver plated for ef- ficient

RF service) is made variable in order to inductively tune the line to operating frequency.

This reduces the complexity of sliding contacts and conse- quent maintenance problems.

With Vari -Line tuning, greater reliability is possible.

Mica capacitors are not used in the tank circuit.

54

Reliability through redundancy- that's the story on

Harris'

FM -40K, 40- kilowatt trans- mitter.

The basic

FM -40K transmitter system con- sists of two 20- kilowatt amplifiers, and a center control cabinet containing the MS-

15 exciter

-and provides redundancy in all areas except the exciter and isolation amplifier.

In case emergency operation is required, you stay on the air at one -quarter normal power output.

The complete

40- kilowatt

FM transmitter system includes an optional Automatic

Ex- citer Switching

Kit and

RF

Output

Switching

Kit

-and provides total redun- dancy! Should a malfunction occur any- where in the system, you are still on the air at one -half normal power!

In the basic system, outputs of each amplifier are coupled through harmonic filters to the output combining network.

This hybrid network sums the two 20- kilowatt signals to produce a

40- kilowatt output to the transmission line. However, the two each amplifiers remain isolated from other.

With the addition of the Automatic

Exciter

Switching

Kit, automatic backup exciter protection is provided.

And with the further addition of the

RF

Output Switching

System, power output becomes one -half the normal output during emergency operation.

Either or both of these options may be you included in the FM -40K at the time order

-or

added later in the field.

FM doors removed

FINEST

STEREO

PERFORMANCE

Featuring the advanced -design

MS -15 ex- citer, Harris'

FM

-40K provides the cleanest and the loudest stereo signal of any 40- kilowatt

FM transmitter available today.

The DSM (Digitally Synthesized Modula- tion) stereo generator allows the transmit- ter to provide stereo separation of 40 dB minimum

(50 dB typical),

30- 15,000

Hz- while the

DTR

(Dynamic Transient

Response) filter permits a 2 to

6 dB in- crease in loudness, with no degradation of audio quality, by limiting overshoot to 2% or less.

The

FM

-40K may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA. The design versatility of the MS -15 exciter al- lows you to order for mono operation originally, then add stereo and later date by

/or

SCA at a plugging the appropriate module(s) into the exciter.

LOWEST

OPERATING

COST

In the FM -40K, each of the 20- kilowatt amplifiers operates at 80% efficiency or better. Add to this conservatively rated components and you have the lowest operating cost of any

FM transmitter in the

40- kilowatt power range. The 4CX15,000A output tube in each 20- kilowatt amplifier assures excellent performance

-and runs

DUAL

HV

SILICON

POWER SUPPLIES

Two separate three -phase

HV power sup- plies are used for each 20- kilowatt amplifier.

With each amplifier one

HV supply

-for

PA plate voltage

-is

housed in a separate enclosure; the other supply, which powers the

IPA plate and screen cir- cuit, and the

PA screen, is housed in the amplifier cabinet.

The

FM

-40K employs a special power sup- ply protective circuit to assure that tran- sient voltages or on

-off power surges will not damage the power transformer and related components.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING

In case of momentary overload, the trans- mitter recycles automatically. Should the overload reoccur in excess of the number of times preset in the transmitter, the FM-

40K will then remain off the air until reset, either locally or by remote control.

TESTING

Environmental tests, in conditions surpas- sing those of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter, have been imposed on the

FM

-40K. The transmitter is capable of operating at altitudes up to 7500 feet (2286 meters), in an ambient temperature range of

20° to 45°

C

(

-4° to 113°

F).

In addition, your

FM -40K is fully tuned and operationally tested on your frequency before shipment.

REMOTE

CONTROL

All connections for remote control are built www.americanradiohistory.com

in

-just

connect the

FM

-40K to a transmit- ter control unit, and you are ready for remote operation.

No additional equip- ment is required.

GENERAL

There are many other operational and convenience features incorporated into the

FM

-40K. These include:

PUSHBUTTON OPERATION. Daily opera- tion of the

FM

-40K is simple, with on

-off functions controlled by lighted pushbut- tons, which are clearly marked "Filament

On

-Off" and "Plate On-Off".

HIGH

CAPACITY BLOWERS. (one in each

20- kilowatt amplifier). Backed up by preci- sion air

-pressure switches, these blowers provide complete protection to the IPA and PA tubes.

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE. The FM

-40K is designed to allow quick accessibility to all components for easier maintenance and troubleshooting.

HANDSOME STYLING.

Transmitter cabinets are attractively yet functionally styled, with double front doors on each 20- kilowatt amplifier. The finish is white, blue and black.

TYPE ACCEPTANCE. Harris' FM

-40K is

FCC type accepted for mono, stereo and

SCA broadcasting in the 87.5 to

108

MHz band.

FM

-40K

BLOCK DIAGRAM

ANTENNA r

67 MHz

INPUT

SCA r

LEFT AUDIO

INPUT o

DUMMY

OAD

Tr 2

HYBRID

COUPLER

AUTOMATIC

CHANGEOVER

PANEL

J

DUMMY

LOAD

R.(

'CK DIAL,RAI,I

IOLDR KEY

AUTOMATIC EXCITER/

ISOLATION AMPLIFIER

SWITCHING KIT

(OPTIONAL)

(LIGHT SLUE)

RF

OUTPUT

SWITCHING (OPTIONAL(

(DRAY) t-

COAXIAL

SWITCH

CONTROL

PANEL

J

HARRIS'

FM

-40K

FM

TRANSMITTER CONFIGURATIONS

Basic Dual System

Two FM -20K transmitters, less exciters

One MS -15 exciter

One isolation amplifier with power sup- ply

One center cabinet

One high

-power hybrid coupler (com- biner) with plumbing to interconnect two transmitters

One low -power hybrid coupler

One 10- kilowatt reject load

One 50

-watt reject load

Automatic Exciter /Isolation Amplifier

Switching Kit

(Optional)

For exciter redundancy, the following ad- ditional equipment (included in this kit) should be added to the basic system:

One MS -15 exciter

One isolation amplifier with power sup- ply

One test load for exciter

One automatic changeover contact panel

(mounts in center cabinet)

RF

Output Switching (Optional)

For RF switching of the high

-power output amplifiers, the following equipment

(included in this kit) should be added to the basic system:

One control panel

(mounts in center cabinet)

Three coaxial transfer switches

One kit consisting of rigid coaxial line, elbows and flanges

One 50- kilowatt test load required (not included in kit)

Optional Equipment For FM

-40K

Mono generator module

Stereo generator module

SCA generator module(s)

VSWR overload protection for each 20- kilowatt amplifier

Status light system for each 20- kilowatt amplifier

50- kilowatt air -cooled load

50- kilowatt water -cooled load

55 www.americanradiohistory.com

TRANSMITTER

BASIC

FM

-40K BLOCK DIAGRAM

EM

MS -IS

EXCITER

MONAURAL GENERATOR

(OPTIONAL,

I

STEREO

GENERATOR

SCA GENERATOR

-AT

(OPTIONAL;

X

SCA

GENERATOR-6710M

OPTIONAL,

SOIAT,ON

AMPIIEIEP

60O

O C

SU PLr or

RID

COU

LER

SO

LOAD

10

LW

REJECT

LOAD

TRANSMIT TER

PID

COU

IFR

-y40LW

FM

-40K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT: 20 kW to 40 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to

108 MHz, tuned to specified operating fre- quency.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

34"

EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±300

Hz OR to

45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

1_100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER: 208/240

V,

3- phase,

60 Hz. (50 Hz available on special order.) Power consumption: 60,000 watts (approx.). 115/230

V, 60 or 50 Hz,

150 watts for MS -15.

RF HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE: 7500 feet (2286 meters).

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

RANGE:

-20

°C to +45

°C

(

-4° to +113

°F).

MAXIMUM VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

SIZE:

Transmitter:

113

"W (287cm) x

78 "H (198cm) x 33

"D (84cm).

HV power supply cabinets

(2): each 30 x 49 "H

(125cm) x 30 "D (76cm).

FRONT DOOR SWING:

21" (53cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE: Export: 6800 lbs. (3087 kg).

Domestic: 6000 lbs. (2724 kg). 270 cubic feet (7.5 cubic meters).

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response

(DTR) filter.

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE: 2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right)

0.4% or less, 30- 15,000 Hz.

IMD:

0.4 %,

60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation. Reference:

400

Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis, ±75 kHz deviation.

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz ±1 Hz,

0° to 45 °C.

PILOT PHASE:

Automatically controlled.

STEREO SEPARATION: 40 dB minimum

30- 15,000

Hz.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to main channel)

45 dB below

90°/6 modulation.

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

50 dB below

90% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION: 60 dB minimum below

100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo. mono

(L

+

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre

- emphasis curve +0.5 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz.

Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsec- ond pre- emphasis.

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

0.2% or less, 30- 15,000

Hz.

IMD: 0.2

%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: 68 dB below

100

° /6 modulation (ref. 400

Hz

Q_75 kHz deviation).

AM NOISE:

50 dB below reference carrier AM modulation

100 %.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF MODULATION: Digitally Synthesized Modulation (DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and right)

Adaptable to other impedances.

600 ohms balanced, resistive.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: (left and right) +10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% modulation at

400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve +0.5 dB

30- 15,000 Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre -emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz LPF, 45 dB rejection at 19 kHz.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz programable, any frequency between kHz on special order.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: +500

Hz.

25 and

75

MODULATION CAPABILITY: +7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced (AC coupled) and 2000 ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled).

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: -10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: emphasis

1

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre

- dB, standard. Selectable: flat,

50 or

75 microsecond pre emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING: Programable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

Less than

1

%, 30 -5000

Hz. +5 kHz deviation.

FM

NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref: 100%

_

±5 kHz deviation at

400

Hz).

CROSSTALK:

(SCA to main or stereo sub -channel): -60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK: (main or stereo sub -channel to SCA): 50 dB below +5 kHz devia- tion of SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated by frequencies

30-

15,000

Hz,

SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC MUTE LEVEL: Variable from

0 to

-30 dBm.

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to

20 seconds.

INJECTION LEVEL:

1% to

30°/6 of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT LEVEL:

1.0

VRMS nominal for ±75 kHz deviation.

AMPLITUDE RESPONSE: +0.25 dB,

30 Hz to 75 kHz.

PHASE LINEARITY:

-2

°,

30 Hz to 75 kHz.

56

JK-2M-979

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM -40K, 40- kilowatt

FM transmitter, basic system, for wideband operation,

60 Hz

Automatic exciter

/isolation amplifier switching kit

RF output switching package

Monaural generator (add for mono operation)

DSM stereo generator with

DTR (add for stereo operation)

SCA generator (add for SCA operation, specify

41 or 67 kHz)

VSWR interlock unit (two required for

FM -40K)

Status light system (two required for

FM

-40K)

50- kilowatt air -cooled test load

50- kilowatt water -cooled test load

994- 8053 -001

994- 6876 -001

994 -6877

-001

994- 8019 -001

994- 8020

-001

994- 7992 -001

994-

7004 -001

994

-7108

-001

700- 0317 -000

700 -0239 -000

ADV. 510A PTD.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FM

-25K

25-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

First one -tube high -power

FM transmitter

High efficiency, low operating cost

Solid- state, redundant

IPA

Wide

RF bandwidth, minimum tunable components

Driven by the most advanced

FM in the world

-MS

-15 exciter

Patented DSM stereo generator

...

separation

40 dB minimum,

50 dB stereo typical

DTR filter technique limits overshoot to 2% or less

Solid -state control logic

Automatic power control standard

Harris' technology has combined advances in both tube and transistor designs, to bring you a major step forward in high -power FM transmitters.

Transistors are now available which provide 50 watts of

RF power at reasonable gain and low junction temperatures. By combining several of these transistors in wideband

RF circuits, enough power can be generated to drive an advanced high -gain Eimac tetrode tube, the 8990.

This tube, when grid driven in a grounded cathode, quarter -wave cavity, can produce 25 kilowatts with 350 watts of drive at nearly 80% plate efficiency!

The

FM

-25K, twenty -five kilowatt

FM transmitter reflects Harris' design philosophy that transmitters should deliver

RF

FM power efficiently, should not limit exciter performance, and should integrate dependable solid -state control logic.

In the

FM

-25K, these features are teamed with efficient, single -tube design, most advanced exciter and with the world's

-the

MS -15.

The

FM

-25K was designed for applications with tower limitations or specific coverage requirements.

The higher

RF power output reduces the number of antenna bays required for a given

ERP; and fewer bays mean a reduction in windloading and mounting area, so that tower size and/or height may be reduced. Also, fewer antenna bays, with less gain, can mean improved close -in coverage and the elimination of null fills.

SINGLE TUBE DESIGN. The

FM

-25K is the first high -power FM transmitter to utilize a single -tube design. A high -gain, highly efficient is the used as the

8990 tetrode only tube in the entire transmitter, and is final power amplifier.

The tube uses a

57 www.americanradiohistory.com

58

Harris'

FM-25K... high efficiency

wavy fin radiator which provides exceptional cooling at reduced wave

PA air requirements, for quiet operation.

The quarter

- cavity design eliminates troublesome sliding contacts for tuning, and assures wide

RF bandwidth.

This results in a signal path that is transparent to the

MS

-15 exciter.

SOLID -STATE IPA. Five solid -state power amplifier modules

(2 amplifiers per module) are combined to produce

350 watts of drive power, with plenty of reserve. One module functions as the

IPA driver, and the other four as driver power amplifiers. All of these modules are identical, so that in case the IPA driver should fail, one of the power amplifier modules may be inserted in its place. Loss of one of the four driver amplifier modules will not result in an off -air condition, as these solid -state amplifiers are isolated from each other. All five solid -state amplifier modules are broadbanded, and require no individual tuning over the entire

88

-108 MHz

FM band. The solid- state, modular concept affords back -up capability for greatly improved reliability, and reduces overall transmitter tuning requirements.

LOW OPERATING COST. With today's mounting energy costs, transmitter efficiency must be a major consideration in in any purchase.

77% efficiency the final power amplifier, high efficiency in all amplifier circuits, and conservatively rated components result in comparatively low power consumption and low operating stress on heat generating components in the

FM -25K.

This adds up to very impressive savings in operating and maintenance costs.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL. The FM

-25K automatically monitors power output, and maintains the output at the desired level.

This standard feature insures against out -of- tolerance power conditions. Furthermore, the power set point can be remotely adjusted independently of the limit points to allow operator control of power output. During maintenance periods, the automatic power control may be switched off. a

VSWR PROTECTION. VSWR protection is mandatory high -power transmitter

-

in any therefore, Harris has incorporated this as a standard feature in the

FM -25K. A high

VSWR condition will cause the transmitter to recycle

...

if three overloads occur within given time period, the transmitter will shut down until manually restarted. The transmitter may also be programmed for single

VSWR overload shutdown.

CONTROL CIRCUITRY. The

FM

-25K is controlled by solid -state logic circuitry.

The logic circuitry not only controls basic

On/Off functions, but also monitors critical stages for overload conditions. Should an overload occur, the transmitter will recycle automatically, according to the number of times pre -set (one or three).

The control logic used in the

FM

-25K interfaces directly with most remote control systems, eliminating the need for an additional remote control interface.

The control signals are momentary low current contacts to ground. The transmitter output parameters are buffered, and all status indicators are remoted.

METERING AND VISUAL AIDS.

Major functions, including

RF output,

VSWR and

PA parameters are displayed on easy -to -read four -inch meters.

Low -level parameters are displayed on a multimeter, and

IPA RF output and reflected power are indicated on another meter. Filament voltage is measured by a true RMS circuit.

The

FM -25K provides a variety of indicators as trouble shooting aids and quick references. These include four illuminated

On

/Off pushbuttons and 26 LED's not including those on the MS -15 exciter.

HV POWER SUPPLY. The high voltage power supply is housed in a separate cabinet, and provides the plate and screen supplies. The conservatively -rated three -phase plate supply uses silicon rectifiers with

AC line transient protection.

COMPACT

SIZE. The trim

PA cabinet can fit as a replacement for all older

20- to 25- kilowatt

FM transmitters.

The cabinet is only

35 inches wide,

72 inches high and

31 inches deep. Additionally, the

HV power supply may be located in any convenient spot remote from the

PA cabinet.

GENERAL. There are many other operational and convenience features incorporated into the

FM

-25K.

These include:

Line

Loss

Protection

-

Built-in protection against total

AC failure and loss of www.americanradiohistory.com

only one tube

...wide

RF bandwidth

phase is provided. The

FM

-25K will restart automatically following a total power failure, while loss of a single phase will shut down the transmitter.

High Altitude Rating

-A

high- capacity, direct -drive blower delivers sufficient air to cool the transmitter at altitudes up to 10,000 feet (3048 meters).

Additional Protection

-Four

magnetic circuit breakers are utilized to protect the blower motor, the filament supply, the

IPA supply and the bias supply. A wide -ranging interlock system and a drop solenoid system quickly discharge power supplies to safe levels.

ATS

Compatibility

-The

simple control logic interface and full metering in the FM

-25K permit

ATS operation.

MS -15 EXCITER. The solid -state

MS -15 exciter employs

Digitally Synthesized Modulation (DSM), overshoot compensation, and other Harris exclusive design techniques, to give you an FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, noticeably louder than any competitive signal.

The DSM stereo generator is a

Harris development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type stereo generators (poor separation at high frequencies) and balanced modulator types of stereo generators

(poor harmonic rejection and SCA crosstalk). The DSM stereo generator is capable of both

50 dB separation

(typical) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean baseband, promoting minimal interaction between stereo and SCA service. Also, pilot phase is automatically controlled so that high separation can be maintained under varying operating conditions.

A

Dynamic Transient Response (DTR) filter has been developed by

Harris for

FM stereo, which holds overshoot to 2% or less on any program material processed by any limiter. As a result, a 2 to

6 dB increase in loudness can be achieved without degradation of audio quality. Controlled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk and low intermodulation distortion are all maintained with increased loudness. For monaural stations wishing to protect

41 and/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a linear phase lowpass filter is provided for defeatable optimal linear control of overshoot.

The MS -15 is available for wideband, mono or stereo operation, with or without SCA. The modular construction of the MS -15 allows you to change the mode of operation or to add SCA at any time, by simply plugging in the appropriate module(s).

HARRIS

59 www.americanradiohistory.com

ISO

SOLIO

SIIII olllll

SSH If wrwl fl10 e

1

SCA

OSMIUM-A/

OPTIONAL u

LOI

10nAL1

Surre

SC ITN

Senn

FM

-25K BLOCK DIAGRAM

FM

-25K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER

RF

OUTPUT:

10 kW to

25 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified oper- ating frequency. Exciter programmable in 50 kHz increments.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

31/e" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY: ±300

Hz 0° to 45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±100 kHz.

AC

3

INPUT POWER: 208/240

V, 3- phase, 50

/60

Hz and 360/415

V, phase, 50/60

Hz, 4

-wire. Power

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: consumption:

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet (3048 meters).

-20

°C to +50

40kW

°C. typical.

Maximum temperature

50 °C @ sea level, decreasing

2

°C per

1000 feet

(305 meters) to

30 °C maximum at 10,000 feet

(3048 meters).

MAXIMUM VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

SIZE:

Transmitter cabinet, 34.6"

W (87.8 cm) x

71.7"

H (182.1 cm) x

(121.9

31.0"

D

(78.7 cm). HV power supply cabinet: 48.0"

W cm) x

60.2"

H

(152.9 cm) x

24.2"

D

(61.5 cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE: (Estimated) Export: 3000 lbs. (1361 kg).

Domestic:

2700 lbs. (1225 kg).

Cubage:

150 cubic feet.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right) 0.4% or less, 30- 15,000

Hz.

IMD:

0.4

%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modula- tion. Reference: 400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis, kHz deviation.

±75

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

±1

Hz, 0° to

45 °C.

PILOT PHASE:

Automatically controlled.

STEREO typical.

SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum

30- 15,000 Hz, 50 dB

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to main channel)

45 dB below 90% modulation.

SUB

76

CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

50 dB below 90% modulation. kHz SUPPRESSION:

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

+

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre- emphasis curve

25

±0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

Selectable: flat,

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less, 30- 15,000 Hz.

IMD: 0.2 %, 60/7000 Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE:

68 dB below 100% modulation

(ref. 400 Hz @ kHz deviation).

AM NOISE: 55 dB below reference carrier AM modulation

±75

100

%.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE

OF

MODULATION:

AUDIO INPUT

Digitally Synthesized Modulation

(DSM).

IMPEDANCE: (left and right)

600 ohms balanced, resistive. Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: (left and right) modulation at 400 Hz.

+10 dBm ±1 dB for 100%

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (left and right) Standard 75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve ±0.5 dB 30- 15,000

Selectable: flat.

25 or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz LPF, 45 dB rejection at

19 kHz.

Hz.

OVERSHOOT filter.

PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response (DTR)

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE: 2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or

67 kHz programable, any frequency between

25 and 75 kHz on special order.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±500

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

Hz.

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced (AC coupled) and 2000 ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled).

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

+10 dBm ±1 dB for

100% modulation at

400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 second pre- emphasis

75

±

1 dB, standard. Selectable: flat, microsecond pre- emphasis. micro-

50 or

INPUT FILTERING: Programable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

FM

100%

±5

Less than

±5 kHz

1%,

30 deviation at 400 Hz).

±5

-60 dB or modulated by frequencies

30- 15,000

Hz,SCA demodulated with

150 kHz deviation of SCA, with mono or stereo channels microsecond de- emphasis.

-4500 Hz. kHz deviation.

NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref:

=

CROSSTALK:

(SCA to main or stereo sub -channel): better.

CROSSTALK: (main or stereo sub -channel to SCA):

50 dB below

CROSSTALK:

SCA to SCA (41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC MUTE LEVEL: Variable from

0 to

-30 dBm.

MUTE DELAY:

Adjustable

0.5 to

20 seconds.

INJECTION LEVEL: 1% to

30% of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Greater than

5000 ohms resistive, unbal- anced.

INPUT LEVEL: 1.0 VRMS

AMPLITUDE RESPONSE:

PHASE

LINEARITY:

±2

°, nominal for ±75

±0.25 dB,

30 Hz to 75 kHz.

30 Hz to

75 kHz. kHz deviation.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM -25K, 25,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter with

MS -15 exciter, for wideband operation, 50/60 Hz

(specify

50 or 60 Hz)

Spare tube

Mono

DSM generator

(add for mono operation) stereo generator with DTR (add for stereo operation)

SCA generator (add for

SCA operation, specify

41 or

67 kHz)

994 -8258 -001

374 -0151 -000

994 -8019 -001

994 -8020 -001

994 -7992 -001

60

RP

-2.5M -880

Harris Corporation 1980

ADV. 540A PTO. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FM

-20K

20-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

MS -1S

Exciter

-

Ultra linear modulated oscillator for minimum distortion and maximum signal clarity

Digitally

Synthesized

Modulaticn

-

DSM stereo generator provides high stereo separation under all programming conditions!

Dynamic Transient Response

Filter

-

Permits

2 to

6 dB crease in loudness ... yields dominant signal in- without overmodulating

E0% Final PA

Efficiency

-

Yields long tube life, low power consumption, for direct operating cost savings

VSWR

Protection

-

Provides fault protection antenna and transmission line equipment to your costly

Convenient Operation

-

Full remote control metering, status lights and termination are jJst a few of the standard features which minimize installation, maintenance and time www.americanradiohistory.com

61

FM view, doors open. plies are used for the

FM

-20K

-both fea- turing

"avalanche" silicon rectifiers for greatest reliability and protection against transient voltages or on

-off power surges.

One

HV power supply

-for

PA plate volt

- age-is housed in a separate enclosure, while the supply powering the IPA plate and screen circuit, and the PA screen, is housed in the main transmitter cabinet.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING. momentary overload, the

In case transmitter of re- cycles automatically.

Should the over- load reoccur in excess of the desired num- ber of times preset in the transmitter, the

FM -20K it is will then remain off the air until reset, either locally or by remote control.

TESTING. Environmental tests, in condi- tions surpassing those of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter, have been imposed on the

FM

-20K. The trans- mitter is capable of operating at altitudes to

7500 feet, in an ambient temperature range of

-20

to

-

45

C.

In addition, your

FM

-20K is fully tuned and operationally tested on your fre- quency before shipment.

REMOTE CONTROL. All remote control provisions are built

-in.

No additional trans- mitter kits or options are needed.

The FM -20K employs Harris' exclusive, advanced- design

MS -15 solid -state ex- citer, with Digitally

Synthesized

Modula- tion (DSM), to stereo signal provide the very finest available.

Technical specifi- cations are other 20 exceptional compared to kilowatt

FM transmitters on the market. And

DSM with overshoot com- pensation allows a

2 to

6 dB increase in loudness with no degradation of audio quality. With

Harris'

FM -20K you not only get the cleanest sound in town

-you get the loudest!

LOW OPERATING

COST.

80% effi- ciency in the final amplifier, plus high efficiency in all amplifier circuits, plus conservatively rated components com- bine to give the

FM -20K the lowest oper- ating cost of any transmitter in its power range.

As amplifier tubes are operated at only a fraction of their actual rating, maximum service life is assured.

You save both on power bills and on tube costs.

62

THREE TUBES.

Only three tubes (two tube types) are used in the

FM

-20K.

The

MS -15 drives the intermediate power amplifier, consisting of two parallel

4CX250B's.

The final single -ended power amplifier is a

4CX15000A ceramic tet- rode, which provides excellent perform- ance, and runs at only one

-third its dis- sipation capability.

"VARI-

LINE"

SILVER PLATED

TANK.

Vari

-Line is an advanced,

Harris- devel- oped method of tuning a single -ended

FM amplifier for optimum output effi- ciency. A portion of a parallel tubular

258

-inch copper transmission line (silver plated for efficient

RF service) is made variable in order to inductively tune the line to operating frequency.

With Vari

-Line tuning, greater is possible. Mica reliability capacitors are not used in the tank circuit.

This reduces the com- plexity of sliding contacts and consequent maintenance problems.

PLUG

-IN MONO,

STEREO

AND

SCA

GENERATORS.

The

FM

-20K may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA. The design versa- tility of the exciter allows you to order for mono operation originally, then add stereo and

/or

SCA at a later date by plugging the appropriate module(s) into the have exciter.

Since the SCA spectrally pure filtered generators outputs,

41 and 67 kHz SCA channels may be oper- ated simultaneously, while in the mono mode, without harmonic interference.

DUAL HV SILICON POWER SUPPLY.

Two separate three -phase power sup-

FULL METERING.

Eight easy -to -read meters, including a multimeter, provide full monitoring of the seventeen parame- ters of the measures operating tubes and exciter.

There is also a directional coupler which forward power and

VSWR, and an elapsed time meter.

GENERAL. There are many other oper- ational and convenience features incor- porated into the FM

-20K.

These include:

Pushbutton Operation

-

On

-off functions are the controlled by lighted pushbuttons at top left of the transmitter.

These are clearly marked "Filament

On- Off ", "Plate

On

-Off ".

High- Capacity precision

Blower

-

backed up by a air

-pressure switch gives com- plete protection to the

IPA and

PA tubes.

Straightforward

Design

-

allows easy ac- cessibility to all components.

Front Panel

Test Points

-

-- permit fast checking of exciter circuit conditions.

Handsome Styling

-- the net is transmitter cabi- attractively yet functionally styled, with double front doors.

The finish is white and blue, with black meter panel.

FCC

FCC

Type Acceptance type accepted

-

the

FM -20K is for mono or stereo broadcasting in the 87.5 to

108 MHz

FM band. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS' MS- 15...THE

MOST

ADVANCED FM

EXCITER IN

THE INDUSTRY

The solid -state MS -15 exciter employs

Digitally Synthesized

Modulation, over- shoot compensation, and other exclusive design techniques, to give you an

FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, notice- ably louder than any competitive signal.

The exciter is available for mono or stereo operation, with or without SCA. The mod- ular construction of the MS -15 allows you to change the mode of operation, or to add

SCA, at any time, by simply plugging in the appropriate module(s).

FCC approval of a system for quadra- phonic

FM will not obsolete the MS -15.

Module positions exist which are ready to accept a quad generator.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED

MODULA-

TION.

The

DSM stereo generator is a new development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and stereo balanced modulator types of generators

-poor separation at high frequencies in the former or poor harmonic rejection and

SCA crosstalk in the latter.

The DSM stereo generator is capable of both 50 dB separation (typi- cal) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean baseband, promoting minimal in- teraction between stereo and

SCA ser- vice. Also, pilot phase is automatically controlled so that high separation can be maintained under varying operating con- ditions.

OVERSHOOT

COMPENSATION. A Dy- namic Transient Response (DTR) filter has been developed by Harris for

FM stereo, with overshoot no greater than

2% on any program material processed by any limiter.

As a result, from

2 to 6 dB in- creased loudness can be achieved with- out degradation of audio quality.

Con- trolled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk, and low inter

- modulation distortion are all maintained with increased loudness.

For monaural stations wishing to protect

41 and timal linear control of overshoot.

/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a phase lowpass defeatable linear filter is provided for op-

COMPATIBILITY. The

MS -15 exciter is mechanically and electrically compatible with the

Harris

TE

-3 exciter. Mountings are in the same hardware. location and use the same

RF output power is

15 watts into 50 ohms, continuously adjustable to

3 watts by one control. A directional coupler samples and meters forward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A har- monic filter is placed at the

RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level.

The balanced 600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum com- mon mode rejection and excellent re- sponse. Inputs will withstand high transi- ents or steady state voltages above or below ground reference.

The basic exciter audio response is wide

- band and flat, and can be used directly with a studio -transmitter link. The is exciter self- contained, including the power supply.

OTHER FEATURES. The

Harris MS -15 ex- citer can be quickly and easily program- med to any carrier frequency in the 87.5 to 108

MHz

The

RF band in

50 kHz increments. output network is broadband and requires no tuning. Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthe- sizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard. The

TCXO has improved crystal aging char- acteristics and does not require an oven.

The synthesizer also provides outputs at

2.5,

5, 10, 15,

20 and 25 MHz for easy frequency comparison to the

National

Bureau of Standards

WWV transmissions.

Pre -emphasis is selectable to 75, 50, 25 or 0 microseconds in either monophonic or stereophonic operation.

Remote control capability includes switch- ing between stereo and mono, and selec- tion of left, right, or left- plus

-right inputs for monophonic operation.

SCA

OPERATION. SCA operation is added to the exciter through a plug -in module. It is or mono available with either stereo operation; up to two channels can be added to mono exciters, or a single SCA used with stereo. nel

Any chan- between

25 kHz and 75 kHz can be used, although

41 kHz and 67 kHz are normally provided. Either frequency is selectable on the SCA channel card.

Pre -emphasis is selectable to 150, 75,

50 or

0 microseconds. The input audio is applied to a programable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre

- emphasis can be used with no degrada- tion of SCA to main channel crosstalk.

Each

SCA module has a pair of audio inputs, one AC the coupled for audio, and other

DC coupled for data and video transmission.

The subcarrier level is adjustable to pro- vide from 1% to

30% composite base

- band SCA injection. When an SCA sub

- carrier is turned on or off, an automatic composite level switcher noiselessly com- pensates for the change in baseband in- jection level.

100% peak modulation is maintained independent of

SCA status.

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE.

The entire exciter is modular for ease of trouble- shooting and maintenance. An extender card is provided to allow easy servicing.

Extensive metering is provided, and

LED status lights on the modules indicate various performance features.

63 www.americanradiohistory.com

MS-1S r

STEREO

11

FM EXCITER

MONAUFAL GENERATOR

"

GENERATOR

I

1L GENERATOR

-41

(OPTIONAL)

1-

SCA GENERATOR-E7 H.

(OPTIONAL)

IPA

4C

GRID HAS

SUPPLY

PA

4CXIS000A

PLATE & SCREEN

POWER

SUPPLY

IF

OUTPUT

20 kW

HIGH VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY

FM -20K

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

78

1

34 t

17

29

TOP VIEW

4.

-17'.

-SIP?

7

AIR

OUT

.C===:OC1

RE

MON TOR

CABLE ACCESS

WILL SWIVEL

]A0`

!DODO

lo

I='

MICRO

MATCH

I

E=.I

EI

I

]'.

FIA

FLANGE

IF OUT

FM

-20K

FLOOR PLAN

FM -20K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

10 kw to 20 kW (type accepted to 21.5 kW).

FREQUENCY RANGE:

87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating fre- quency.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

3I/E" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±300

Hz

0° to 45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER: 208/240

V, 3- phase, 60 Hz. (50 Hz available on spe- cial order.) Power consumption: 30,000 watts (approx.). 115/230

V, 60 or 50 Hz, 150 watts for

MS -15.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY

RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 7500 feet.

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

SIZE:

Transmitter cabinet,

42

"W

(107cm) x 78

"H (198cm) x

33

"D

(84cm).

HV

-power supply cabinet,

30

"W

(76cm) x

49 "H (125cm) x 30

"D

(76cm).

FRONT DOOR

SWING:

21"

(53cm).

FINISH:

WEIGHT

White, blue and black.

AND

CUBAGE: Export: 2800 lbs. (1270 kg). Domestic: 2300 lbs.

(1043 kg).

141 cubic feet.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced, resistive, other impedances. adaptable to

INPUT

FILTER:

AUDIO

AUDIO

INPUT

Controlled response

LEVEL:

FREQUENCY emphasis curve

+10 dBm

RESPONSE:

LPF,

+1 defeatable. dB for 100% modulation at

400 Hz.

Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre

- x-0.5 dB, 30-

15,000 Hz.

Selectable: flot,

25 or 50 micro- second pre- emphasis.

HARMONIC

DISTORTION: 0.2% or less,

IMD:

0.2

%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

30- 15,000 Hz.

FM NOISE: 68 dB deviation). below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz (rg

AM

NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulation 100%.

+75 kHz

STEREOPHONIC

MODE

TYPE OF sistive.

MODULATION:

Digitally

Synthesized Modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and right)

Adaptable to other impedances.

600 ohms balanced, re-

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and right) lation at 400

Hz.

+10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% modu-

AUDIO

FCC

FREQUENCY

RESPONSE: pre- emphasis curve

(left and right) Standard

75 microsecond, x-0.5 dB 30. 15,000 Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre

-emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz

LPF,

45 dB rejection at

19 kHz.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION:

Dynamic transient response

(DTR) filter.

AUDIO

TRANSIENT

RESPONSE:

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state.

Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right) 0.4% or less,

30. 15,000

Hz.

IMD: 0.4

%,

60; 7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE:

(left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

Refer. ence: 400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

PILOT OSCILLATOR:

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

'

1

Hz,

0" to 45 °C.

PILOT PHASE:

Automatically controlled.

X75 kHz deviation.

STEREO

SEPARATION: 40 dB minimum

30- 15,000 Hz.

CROSSTALK:

(main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub to main channel)

45 dB below

90% modulation.

SUB

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 50 dB below

90% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION: 60 dB minimum below

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

R), mono

(L), mono

100% modulation.

(R).

Remoteable.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz programable, any frequency between

25 and

75 kHz on special order.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

7.5 kHz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced

(AC ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled).

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL: 10 dBm

1 dB for 100% modulation at

400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE.

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre -emphasis pre- emphasis.

'

1 dB, standard. Selectable: flat, coupled) and

50 or 75

2000 microsecond

INPUT FILTERING: Programable

LPF,

4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

Less than

1

%,

30

-5000

Hz.

±5 kHz deviation.

FM

NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref: 100%

4-5 kHz deviation at

400 Hz).

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub

-channel):

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK: (main or stereo sub

-channel to SCA): 50 dB below

±5 kHz deviation of

SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated quencies 30- 15,000 Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 by fre. microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA microsecond de- emphasis.

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

AUTOMATIC

MUTE DELAY:

MUTE LEVEL:

Adjustable

Variable from

0.5 to 20 seconds.

INJECTION

LEVEL: 1°/0 to

30% of composite.

0 to

-30 dBm.

Adjustable.

150

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT

LEVEL: 1.0

VRMS nominal for

14-75 kHz deviation.

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE:

-

_*0.25 dB, 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

PHASE LINEARITY:

±2

°, 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM

-20K, 20,000

Mono watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

MS -15 exciter, for wideband operation, generator (add for mono operation)

DSM

SCA stereo generator with

DTR (add for stereo operation) generator

(add for

SCA operation, specify

41 or

67 kHz)

60 Hz 994 -8052 -001

994- 8019 -001

994

-8020

-001

994 -7992 -001

64

CP-1.5M-1280 çiHARRIS CORPORATION

1980

ADV. 487B PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

I-LARRIS

FM

-10

K

10-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Solid

-state

Maximum Signal Exciter

-MS

-1S

Patented

DSM Stereo

Generator provides separation ex- ceeding accurate measurement capability of most mon- itors

'

DTR filter technique limits overshoot to

2% or less, per- mitting a 2 to 6 dB increase in loudness with no audio quality degradation

Low operating cost

Stable, easy output tuning

Built -in connections for remote control

Automatic recycling

Full metering

Plug -in mono, stereo and

SCA generators www.americanradiohistory.com

65

66

Featuring the advanced- design

MS -15 ex- citer, Harris'

FM -10K provides the cleanest and loudest stereo signal of any

10 kilowatt

FM transmitter available today.

The DSM tion) stereo

(Digitally

Synthesized Modula- generator allows the transmit- ter to provide stereo separation of 40 dB minimum,

30-

15,000

Hz

-while

the

DTR

(Dynamic Transient

Response) filter per- mits a

2 no to

6 dB increase in loudness, with degradation of audio quality, by limit- ing overshoot to 2% or less.

Add to this high efficiency plus conservatively rated components and you have a really excep- tional

FM transmitter

-the

Harris

FM -10K.

ONLY TWO

TUBES. Just two tubes are employed in the FM

-10K

-a

4CX10,000D

PA and a

4CX300A

IPA. The ceramic -type

4CX10,000D is a high -gain tetrode that operates with a

2

-to

-1 dissipation safety margin, and was selected as the power amplifier because of its proven longer useful life.

"VARI-

LINE"

SILVER PLATED TANK.

Vari

-Line is a

Harris -developed method of tuning a single -ended

FM amplifier for op- timum output efficiency.

A portion of a parallel tubular

15 /e inch copper transmis- sion line (silver ice) is made plated for efficient

RF serv- variable in order to inductively tune the line to operating frequency.

VSWR PROTECTION.

To protect the trans- mitter

PA, a

VSWR overload circuit has been incorporated.

The VSWR circuit monitors the reflected power from the out- put directional coupler and interrupts the high voltage power supply when the VSWR exceeds a pre- determined level.

The trans- mitter will attempt to restart, and if the

VSWR clears, return to air. Multiple

VSWR trips within a given period will cause the transmitter to shut down.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING.

In case of momentary overload, the transmitter recy- cles automatically.

Should the overload reoccur in excess of the desired number of times preset in the transmitter, the FM -10K will then remain off the air until it is reset, either locally or by remote control.

HV SILICON

POWER SUPPLY. One three

- phase

HV

10K.

It power supply is used in the FM- provides the

PA plate voltage,

PA screen voltage, and powers the

IPA plate and screen circuits.

The bias supply for the

PA is a bridge circuit of four silicon rec- tifiers.

The transmitter employs a special power supply protective circuit to assure maximum protection from transient voltages or on

-off power surges.

BUILT

-IN

REMOTE CONTROL. Connect the transmitter control unit to the transmit- ter, tie in the telephone line to the studio control unit, and you are ready for com- plete remote control operation.

All neces- sary functions can be ly controlled remote-

-and

no additional equipment is re- quired for a

Harris control system.

TESTING. Environmental tests, in condi- tions surpassing those of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter, have been imposed on the FM

-10K.

The transmitter is capable of operating at altitudes up to

10,000 feet (3000 meters), in an ambient temperature range of

-20°

to

+45°

C.

In addition, your

FM

-10K is fully tuned and operationally tested on your frequency before shipment.

METERING

AND

VISUAL AIDS.

Six easy

- to -read meters, including four multimeters, provide full monitoring of twenty -eight parameters in the transmitter and the ex- citer.

To aid in fault location, a system of indicator lights provides status display of important transmitter parameters.

GENERAL.

There are many other opera- tional and convenience features incorpo- rated into the FM -10K.

These include:

Pushbutton

Operation

-On

-off functions are controlled by lighted pushbuttons at the top left of the transmitter.

These are clearly marked "Filament

On-

Off ", "Plate

On-

Off ".

High-

Capacity

Blower- backed up by a precision air

-pressure switch gives complete protection to the IPA and

PA tubes.

Straightforward

Design

-allows easy ac- cessibility to all components.

AC

Interruption

Restart

-this

feature provides for automatically returning the transmitter "on air" after a temporary or indefinite outage of the AC power source.

A front panel override switch is also provided.

FCC Type

Acceptance

-the

FM -10K is

FCC type accepted for mono or stereo broad- casting in the

87.5 to 108

MHz FM band. www.americanradiohistory.com

t

1 t

! r

HARRIS' MS

-15

...

THE MOST

ADVANCED

FM EXCITER

IN THE

INDUSTRY

The solid -state MS -15 exciter employs

Digitolly

Synthesized

Modulation, over- shoot compensation, and other exclusive design techniques, to give you an FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, noticeably louder than any competitive signal. The ex- citer is available for mono or stereo opera- tion, with or without

SCA.

The modular construction of the MS -15 allows you to change the mode of operation, or to add

SCA, at any time, by simply plugging in the appropriate module(s).

FCC approval of a system for quadra- phonic

FM will not obsolete the MS -15.

Module positions exist which are ready to accept a quad generator.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED MODULA-

TION.

The

DSM stereo generator is a new development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and balanced modulator types of stereo gen- erators

-poor

separation at high frequen- cies in the former or poor harmonic rejec- tion and

SCA crosstalk in the

DSM stereo latter.

The generator is capable of both

50 dB separation (typical) through 15 and an kHz exceptionally clean baseband, pro- moting minimal interaction between stereo and

SCA service. Also, pilot phase is auto- matically controlled so that high separa- tion can be maintained under varying operating conditions.

OVERSHOOT

COMPENSATION. A Dy- namic Transient Response

(DTR) filter has been developed by Harris for FM stereo, with overshoot no greater than

2% on any program material processed by any limiter.

As a result, from

2 to

6 dB increased loudness can be achieved without degra- dation of audio quality. Controlled trans- ient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk, and low tion are all intermodulation maintained with distor- increased loudness. For monaural stations wishing to protect

41 and

/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a defeatable linear phase lowpass filter is provided for optimal linear control of over- shoot.

COMPATIBILITY. The MS -15 exciter is mechanically and electrically compatible with the

Harris

TE

-3 exciter. Mountings are in the same location and use the same hardware.

RF output power is

15 watts into 50 ohms, continuously adjustable to

3 watts by one control.

A directional coupler samples and meters forward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A harmonic filter is placed at the

RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level. The balanced

600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum common mode rejection and excellent response. In- puts will withstand high transients or steady state voltages above or below ground reference.

The basic exciter audio response is wide

- band and flat, and can be used directly with a studio -transmitter link. The exciter is self- contained, including the power supply.

OTHER FEATURES. The

Harris

MS -15 ex- citer can be quickly and easily program- med to any carrier frequency in the

87.5 to

108 MHz band in

50 kHz increments.

The

RF output network is broadband and re- quires no tuning.

Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthesizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard. The

TCXO has improved crystal aging characteristics and does not require an oven. The syn- thesizer also provides outputs at 2.5,

5, 10,

15, 20 and

25

MHz for easy frequency comparison to the

National

Bureau of

Standards WWV transmissions.

Pre emphasis is selectable to

75, 50, 25 or

0 microseconds in either monophonic or stereophonic operation.

Remote control for monophonic capability includes switch- ing between stereo and mono, and selec- tion of left, right, or left- plus

-right inputs operation.

SCA OPERATION.

SCA ed to the operation is add- exciter through a plug

-in module.

It is available with either stereo or mono operation; up to two channels can be add- ed to mono exciters, or a single SCA used with stereo. Any channel between 25 kHz and

75 kHz can be used, and 67 kHz are although

41 kHz normally provided.

Either frequency is selectable on the SCA channel card.

Pre

-emphasis is selectable to 150, 75, 50 or

0 microseconds. The input audio is to a applied programable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre- emphasis can be used with no degradation of SCA to main channel crosstalk.

Each SCA module has a puts, one AC coupled pair of audio in- for audio, and the other

DC coupled for data and video transmission.

The subcarrier level is adjustable to provide from

1°/0 to

30% composite baseband

SCA injection. When an SCA subcarrier is turned on or level off, an automatic composite switcher noiselessly compensates for the change in baseband injection level.

100% peak modulation is maintained in- dependent of SCA status.

EASE OF card is

MAINTENANCE.

The entire ex- citer is modular for ease of trouble- shooting and maintenance. An extender provided to allow easy servicing.

Extensive metering is provided, and

LED status lights on the modules indicate various performance features. 67 www.americanradiohistory.com

I

RF

TOR

VIEW

CABLE

MON TOR

ACCESS

J

T

0

1

AIR

OUT

I

M-Jd

--I w1LL

SwIVE p

760

17

Ri

29

MS IS

FM EXCITER

MONAURAL GENERATOR

OPTIONAL

STEREO GENERATOR

OPTIONAl

L

SCA

I

GENERATOR

-41

SFy iOPTIONAI,

I

SC

GENERATION-

67

SN

!OPTIONAL.

I

LAN, ..

RI

G

'

FM -LOK BLOCK DIAGRAM

FM-10K

FLOOR PLAN

I

FM-10K

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

10 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5

RF to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating frequency.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

31/9" EIA flange.

±300

Hz 0° to 45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF

MODULATION:

Direct

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

Carrier Frequency

Modulation.

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER: su5mption

208/240

V, 3- phase,

60

Hz

(50

17,000 watts (approx.). 115/230

V, 60

Hz or available.)

50

Hz,

150

Power watts for con

MS-

1

RF

HARMONICS:

Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS: Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet

(3000 meters).

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE

RANGE:

MAXIMUM

VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

-20

°C to +45

°C.

SIZE: Transmitter cabinet, 42 "W

(107cm) x

78 "H (198cm) x

FRONT DOOR SWING: 21"

(53cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE: Export: 2200 lbs. (998 kg). kg).

120 cubic feet.

33

"D

(84cm).

Domestic: 1800 lbs. (817

SPECIFICATIONS

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right)

IMD:

FM

0.4 %, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum

400

Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

0.4% below 100% modulation.

±75 or kHz less,

30-15,000 deviation.

Hz.

Reference:

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

PILOT PHASE:

±1

Hz, 0° to 45 °C.

Automatically controlled.

STEREO SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum

30-15,000

Hz.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to main channel) 45 dB below

90% modulation.

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

76 kHz

SUPPRESSION:

60

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

50 dB below

90% dB minimum below modulation.

100% modulation.

+

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteoble.

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms impedances. balanced, resistive, adaptable to other

INPUT

FILTER:

Controlled response

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: curve

±0 emphasis.

5 dB, 30-

+10 dBm

15,000

Hz.

LPF,

±1 dB defeatable. for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

Standard

75 microsecond

Selectable: flat,

25

FCC pre -emphasis or 50 microsecond pre

-

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

IMD:

0

0.2% or less, 30-

15,000

Hz.

2%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE:

68 dB below 100% modulation

(ref. 400

AM

NOISE: 50 dB

Hz

â

±75 below reference carrier AM modulation kHz deviation).

100 %.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Digitally

Synthesized

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and

Adaptable

Modulation right) 600 ohms

(DSM). balanced, resistive. to other impedances.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL: (left and right)

400

Hz.

+10 dBm

±l dB for 100% modulation at

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

FCC pre -emphosis curve microsecond pre- emphasis.

(left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

±0.5 dB

30-15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz

LPF,

45 dB rejection at

19 kHz.

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response

(DTR)

AUDIO TRANSIENT

RESPONSE: filter.

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state.

Defeatable for test purposes.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION:

Direct FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz kHz on special programable, any frequency between

25 and

75 order.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: unbalanced

(DC coupled).

±7.5

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 kHz. ohms balanced

(AC coupled) and 2000 ohms

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: emphasis

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre

-

+1 dB, standard.

Selectable: flat, emphasis.

50 or 75 microsecond pre

-

INPUT FILTERING:

DISTORTION:

FM

Less

Programable

LPF,

4.5 kHz than 1%,

30 -5000

Hz. standard.

±5 kHz deviation.

NOISE: (main channel not modulated) deviation at 400

Hz).

55 dB minimum (ref: 100%

=

-60 dB or better.

±5 kHz

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub -channel):

CROSSTALK: (main or tion of SCA,

15,000

Hz,

SCA stereo sub -channel to SCA): 50 dB with mono or stereo channels below demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

-30 dBm.

±5 kHz devia- modulated by frequencies 30- microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC MUTE

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable 0.5 to 20 seconds.

INJECTION

LEVEL:

LEVEL:

1% to

Variable from

0 to

30%

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

150 of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

INPUT

Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

LEVEL: 1.0 VRMS nominal for

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE: ±0.25 dB,

±75

30

Hz kHz deviation. to 75 kHz.

PHASE LINEARITY: ±2

°, 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-10K, 10,000 watt

FM transmitter with

MS

-15 exciter, for

As above, except for 50

Hz

Mono operation generator

(add for mono operation)

DSM

SCA stereo generator with

DTR

(add for stereo generator (add for

SCA operation, specify operation)

41 or

67 kHz) wideband operation,

60

Hz. 994

-8051 -001

994-

8051 -002

994 -8019 -001

994 -8020

-001

994

-7992

-001

68

JK-3M-479

ADV. 501A

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FM-5K

5-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Solid

-state

Maximum

Signal

Exciter-MS-15

Patented

DSM

Stereo

Generator provides separation ex- ceeding accurate measurement capability of most mon- itors

DTR filter technique limits overshoot to

2% or less, per- mitting a

2 to

6 dB increcse in loudness with no audio quality degradation

Low operating costs

Stable, easy output tuning

Built -in connections for remote control

Automatic recycling

Full metering

Plug

-in mono, stereo and

SCA generators www.americanradiohistory.com

69

HV SILICON

POWER SUPPLY. All power supplies are housed inside the transmitter cabinet. One three -phase supply provides the

PA plate voltage, and powers the

IPA plate and screen circuits.

The transmitter employs a special power supply protective circuit to assure maximum protection from transient voltages or on

-off power surges.

Featuring the advanced- design

MS -15 ex- citer, the Harris

5 kW

FM -5K provides the cleanest and the loudest stereo signal of any

FM transmitter in its power range.

The

DSM

(Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation) stereo generator allows the transmitter to provide stereo separation of

40 dB minimum,

30-

15,000

Hz

-while

the

DTR

(Dynamic Transient

Response) filter permits a

2 to

6 dB increase in loudness, with no degradation of audio quality, by limiting overshoot to 2% or less.

Add to this high efficiency plus conservatively rated compo- nents and you have a transmitter. truly exceptional

FM

ONLY TWO

TUBES. Just two tubes are employed in the transmitter.

A type 4CX-

250B tube amplifies the solid -state exciter output and supplies a nominal 250 watts to drive the ceramic 4CX5000A final amplifier.

This power tetrode operates as a single ended amplifier to produce

5 kilowatts of

RF power.

70

"VARI- LINE"

SILVER PLATED

TANK.

Vari

-Line is a

Harris -developed method of

BUILT

-IN

REMOTE CONTROL. Connect the transmitter control unit to the transmit- ter, tie in the telephone line to the studio control unit, and you are ready for com- plete remote control operation.

All neces- sary functions can be ly controlled remote-

-and

no additional equipment is re- quired for a

Harris remote control system.

TESTING. Environmental tests, in condi- tions surpassing those of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter, have been imposed on the FM -5K.

The transmitter is capable of operating at altitudes up to

7,500 feet (2250 meters), in _,, ambient temperature range of

-20°

to

+45°

C.

In addition, your transmitter is fully tuned and operationally tested on your frequency before shipment.

METERING AND VISUAL AIDS.

Six meters, including four large, front

-panel meters, provide full monitoring of the trans- mitter's operating parameters. Included is a power indicator that permits direct reading of both power output and standing wave ratio.

To aid in fault loca- tion, a system of indicator lights provides status display of parameters. important transmitter tuning a single -ended

FM timum amplifier for op- output efficiency.

A portion of a parallel tubular

15/8 inch copper transmis- sion line (silver plated for efficient

RF serv- ice) is made variable in order to inductively tune the line to operating frequency.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING.

In case of momentary overload, recycling takes place automatically.

Should an overload reoccur in excess of the number of times preset, the transmitter will then remain off the air until it is reset, either trol. locally or by remote con-

VSWR PROTECTION.

To protect the trans- mitter

PA, a

VSWR overload circuit has been incorporated.

The

VSWR circuit monitors the reflected power from the out- put directional coupler and interrupts the high voltage power supply when the VSWR exceeds a mitter will pre- determined level. The trans- attempt to restart, and if the

VSWR clears, return to air. Multiple

VSWR trips within a given period will cause the transmitter to shut down.

GENERAL.

There are many other opera- tional and convenience features incorpo- rated into the FM -5K transmitter.

These in- clude:

Pushbutton Operation

-On

-off functions are controlled by lighted pushbuttons at the top left of the transmitter.

These are clearly marked "Filament

On-

Off ", "Plate

On

-Off

High- Capacity

Blower- backed up by a precision air -pressure switch gives complete protection to the

IPA and

PA tubes.

Straightforward

Design

-allows easy ac- cessibility to all components.

AC

Interruption

Restart

-this

feature provides for automatically returning the transmitter "on air" after a temporary or indefinite outage of the AC power source.

A front panel override switch is also provided.

FCC Type Acceptance

-The

transmitter is

FCC

SCA

FM type accepted for mono, stereo and broadcasting in the

87.5 to 108 MHz band. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS'

5

.

...

THE

MOST

ADVANCED

FM EXCITER

IN

THE

INDUSTRY

The solid -state MS -15 exciter employs

Digitally Synthesized

Modulation, over- shoot compensation, and other exclusive design techniques, to give you an FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, noticeably louder than any competitive signal. The ex- citer is available for mono or stereo opera- tion, with or without SCA. The modular construction of the MS -15 allows you to change the mode of operation, or to add

SCA, at any time, by simply plugging in the appropriate module(s).

FCC approval of a system for quadra- phonic

FM will not obsolete the MS -15.

Module positions exist which are ready to accept a quad generator.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED MODULA-

TION.

The

DSM stereo generator is a new development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and balanced erators modulator types of stereo gen-

-poor

separation at high frequen- cies in the former or poor harmonic rejec- tion and

SCA crosstalk in the latter.

The

DSM stereo generator is capable of both

50 dB separation (typical) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean baseband, pro- moting minimal interaction between stereo and SCA service.

Also, pilot phase is auto- matically controlled so that high separa- tion can be maintained under varying operating conditions. loudness. For monaural stations wishing to protect

41 and

/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a defeatable linear phase lowpass filter is provided for optimal linear control of over- shoot.

COMPATIBILITY. The

MS -15 exciter is mechanically and electrically compatible with the

Harris

TE

-3 exciter. Mountings are in the same location and use the same hardware.

RF output power is

15 watts into 50 ohms, continuously adjustable to

3 watts by one control. A directional coupler samples and meters forward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A harmonic filter is placed at the

RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level.

The balanced 600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum common mode rejection and excellent response. In- puts will withstand high transients or steady state voltages above or below ground reference.

The basic band and exciter audio response is wide

- flat, and can be used directly with a studio- transmitter link.

The exciter is self

-contained, including the power supply.

OVERSHOOT

COMPENSATION. namic Transient Response (DTR)

A Dy- filter has been developed by Harris with overshoot no for

FM stereo, greater than

2% on any program material processed by any limiter.

As a result, from

2 to loudness can be achieved

6 dB increased without degra- dation of audio quality. Controlled tran- sient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk, and low intermodulation distor- tion are all maintained with increased

OTHER

FEATURES.

The

Harris MS -15 ex- citer can be quickly and easily program- med to any carrier frequency in the

87.5 to

108

RF

MHz band in 50 kHz increments. The output network is broadband and re- quires no tuning. Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthesizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard. The

TCXO has improved crystal aging characteristics and does not require an oven. The syn- thesizer also provides outputs at 2.5, 5, 10,

15, 20 and 25 MHz for easy frequency comparison to the

National

Standards WWV transmissions.

Bureau of

Pre -emphasis is selectable to 75, 50, 25 or

0 microseconds in either monophonic or stereophonic operation.

Remote control capability includes switch- ing between stereo and mono, and selec- tion of left, right, or left- plus

-right inputs for monophonic operation.

SCA OPERATION.

SCA operation is add- ed to the

It is exciter through a plug -in module. available with either stereo or mono operation; up to two channels can be add- ed to mono exciters, or a single SCA used with stereo. Any channel between 25 kHz and 75 kHz can be used, although

41 kHz and 67 kHz are normally provided.

Either frequency is selectable on the SCA channel cord.

Pre

-emphasis is selectable to 150, 75, 50 or

0 microseconds. The input audio is to a applied programable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre- emphasis can be used with no degradation of SCA to main channel crosstalk.

Each SCA module has a puts, one AC coupled pair of audio in- for audio, and the other DC coupled for data and video transmission.

The subcarrier level is from 1% to adjustable to provide

30% comps site baseband

SCA injection. When an SCA subcarrier is turned on or level off, an automatic composite switcher noiselessly compensates for the change in baseband injection level.

100% peak modulation is maintained in- dependent of SCA status.

EASE OF card is

MAINTENANCE.

The entire ex- citer is modular for ease of trouble- shooting and maintenance.

An extender provided to allow easy servicing.

Extensive metering is provided, and

LED status lights on the modules indicate various performance features.

71 www.americanradiohistory.com

72

JK-3M-479

MS IS

PM EaCI1FR

MONAURAL

GINFPIOP

OPTION AI

STFRFO

GFNFIAIOI

OPTIONAL

ISCA

GINIRTOI

AI

OPTIONAL

IN,

~AGINIPATOI-

Pr

OPTIONAL

IN

I

RE

OUTPUT

15

T kw

IPA

ACa7SOB

GRID BIAS

SUPPLY

PA

Kx5000A

NI

VO TAGE

POWER

SUPPLY

FM -5K BLOCK

DIAGRAM

1-4-

RE

CABLE

TOPVIEw

1'4

T

y

AIR

OUI

MON

TOR

ACCESS

-

Ì

I

9

WILL SWIVEL

I

I

360

B

1-I0000l=DJ

II

I

MICRO

MATON

29

30'.

3'.

FIA

/

FLANGE

RF OUT

FM-5K

FLOOR

PLAN

FM -5K

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT: 1.0 to

5.1 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to

108

MHz, tuned to specified operating frequency.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

3'Á"

EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

TYPE OF

±300

Hz

0° to 45 °C TCXO.

MODULATION:

Direct

Carrier

Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER: sumption

208/240

V, 3- phase,

60

Hz

(50

Hz available.)

Power con-

(approx.):

10 kW consumption at

5 kW output. 115/230

V,

60 or 50

Hz, 150 watts for

MS -15.

RF

HARMONICS:

Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS: Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 7,500 feet (2250 meters).

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

SIZE: Transmitter cabinet, 42 "W

(107cm) x

78 "H (198cm) x

33

"D

(84cm).

FRONT DOOR

FINISH:

SWING: 21"

(53cm).

White, blue and black.

WEIGHT

AND CUBAGE:

Export: 2100 lbs. (953 kg). Domestic: 1700 lbs. (771 kg). 120 cubic feet

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right)

IMD:

0.4

%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

0.4% or less,

30-15,000

FM

NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

400

Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

PILOT

OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

±75 kHz deviation.

Hz.

Reference:

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

PILOT PHASE:

±1

Hz,

0° to 45 °C.

Automatically controlled.

STEREO

SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum 30- 15,000

Hz.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to -main channel) 45 dB below

90% modulation.

SUB CARRIER

SUPPRESSION: 50 dB

76 kHz SUPPRESSION: 60 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

+

R), mono below

(L),

90% mono modulation.

(R).

Remoteable.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other

Impedances.

INPUT

FILTER:

Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard 75 microsecond FCC pre -emphasis curve

±0.5 dB, 30-

15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50 microsecond pre

- emphasis.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less,

30-15,000

Hz.

IMD: 0.2 %, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: 68 dB below 100% modulation (ref. 400

Hz

â

±75 kHz deviation).

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulation

100 %.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and right) 600 ohms balanced, resistive.

Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and right)

400

Hz.

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modulation at

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre -emphasis curve

±0.5 dB 30-

15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50 microsecond pre

-emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz

LPF,

45 dB rejection at

19 kHz.

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response

(DTR) filter.

AUDIO TRANSIENT

RESPONSE:

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state.

Defeatable for test purposes.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION:

Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz programable, any frequency between 25 and 75 kHz on special order.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: unbalanced

(DC coupled).

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced

(AC coupled) and 2000 ohms

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre

- emphasis ±1 dB, standard.

Selectable: flat,

50 or 75 microsecond pre

- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

Programable

LPF,

4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1%, 30-5000

Hz.

±5 kHz deviation.

FM NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref: 100% _ deviation at 400

Hz).

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable 0.5 to 20 seconds.

-60 dB or better.

±5 kHz

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub -channel):

CROSSTALK: (main or

50 dB below tion of

SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated

15,000 Hz, SCA stereo sub -channel to SCA):

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA

(41 kHz microsecond de- emphasis.

/67 kHz) 50 dB

±5 kHz demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis. devia- by frequencies 30- demodulated with

150

AUTOMATIC MUTE

LEVEL:

Variable from

0 to

-30 dBm.

INJECTION

LEVEL:

1

% to

30% of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND

MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PHASE

LINEARITY:

Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT

LEVEL: 1.0 VRMS

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE: nominal for ±75

±0.25 dB, 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

±2

°, 30

Hz to 75 kHz. kHz deviation.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM

-5K,

5 kW

FM

As transmitter above, except for 50

Hz with

MS

-15 exciter, for wideband operation,

60

Hz operation

Mono

DSM generator

(add for mono operation) stereo generator with

DTR

(add for stereo operation)

SCA generator

(odd for

SCA operation, specify

41 or

67 kHz)

994

-8049

-001

994 -8049 -002

994 -8019

-001

994 -8020

-001

994 -7992 -001

ADV. 507A

PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

aa

HARRIS

FM

-2.5K

2.5-Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Solid -state

Maximum Signal Exciter-

-MS

-15

Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation for high stereo separation

Overshoot compensation

Low power consumption

Single phase power

Stable, easy output tuning

All connections for remote control built in

Automatic recycling

Full metering

Plug in mono, stereo and SCA generators www.americanradiohistory.com

73

FM -2.5K, rear view, door off.

The FM -2.51( employs Harris' exclusive, advanced- design

MS -15 solid state ex- citer, with

Digitally

Synthesized Modula- tion (DSM), to provide the very finest stereo signal cations are available.

Technical specifi- exceptional compared to other 2.5 kilowatt

FM transmitters on the market. And

DSM with overshoot com- pensation allows a 2 to

6 dB increase in loudness with no degradation of audio quality!

The transmitter consumes only

4.8 kilo- watts at full output

-and

will provide

3000 watts effective both horizontal radiated power in and vertical planes when used with a

Harris

3

-bay

FMC

-3A Dual

Cycloid

Ill antenna.

This assumes a co- axial cable efficiency of as low as 82

%.

The FM -2.5K uses single phase power

...

in areas where this is the only type of power available, no additional lines are required.

74

Two tubes are employed in the

FM -2.5K

-the

4X150A intermediate power ampli- fier, and the 5CX1500A single -ended final power amplifier.

PLUG

-IN MONO,

STEREO

AND

SCA

GENERATORS.

The FM

-2.5K may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA. The design versa- tility of the exciter allows you to order for mono operation originally, then add stereo and

/or

SCA at a later date by plugging the appropriate module(s) into the exciter.

Since the SCA generators have spectrally pure filtered outputs,

41 and 67 kHz SCA channels may be oper- ated simultaneously while in the mono mode without harmonic interference.

STABLE, EASY OUTPUT TUNING.

Plate tuning of the final amplifier is stable and easily adjusted.

The plate circuit is a shorted, one -quarter wavelength config- uration,

DC with ground potential.

Coarse plate tun- ing is pre

-set the plate line operated at for the operating frequency on the plate line.

Fine adjustment is made with the panel. plate tuning knob on the front

Amplifier loading is changed by a variable output loading control.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING. is

The recycle circuitry in the FM -2.5K adjustable, self

- clearing and uncomplicated.

Should a momentary ter overload occur, the transmit- will recycle automatically.

If the over- load occurs in excess of the number of times pre -set, the transmitter will remain off the air until it is reset, either manu- ally or by remote control.

POWER OUTPUT CONTROL.

The trans- mitter has a built

-in motor -operated rheo- stat connected to the screen supply for adjusting the power output.

A built

-in re- flectometer with a

VSWR power meter makes adjustments of the power output easy and accurate.

REMOTE

CONTROL.

The FM -2.5K fea- tures built

-in remote metering for the plate voltage, plate current and power output. No interface components are re- quired to adapt a

Harris remote control system to the ter's remote transmitter.

The transmit- control circuitry can also be interfaced easily to other manufacturers' remote systems.

PUSHBUTTON

OPERATION.

Manual operation of the transmitter is simple. On-

Off functions are controlled by lighted, dual pushbuttons at the top left of the cabinet. They are clearly marked Fila- ment On and Off,

Plate On and Off.

After the filaments of the tubes are turned on, a time -delay relay allows the cath- odes to reach operating temperatures before the plate power can be turned on.

COMPLETE

TESTING. Environmental tests, in conditions surpassing those of any location a transmitter is likely to en- counter, have been imposed on the

FM

-2.5K.

The transmitter is capable of operating at altitudes to

7500 feet, in an ambient temperature range of

-20

to

45 C.

In addition, your

FM -2.5K is fully tuned and operationally tested on your fre- quency before shipment.

HARMONIC

FILTER

STANDARD.

Sup- plied with a

Harris -designed harmonic filter, the transmitter fully meets FCC re- quirements for spurious radiation. All fil- tering is mounted inside the transmitter cabinet and provides rapid cut

-off of second and higher order harmonics.

QUALITY COMPONENTS.

Every trans- mitter component is conservatively oper- ated and chosen to give optimum per- formance in continuous duty service.

In

Harris'

MS -15 exciter, only performance proven solid -state devices and precision

- temperature compensated components are used throughout.

STYLING. Handsomely yet styled, the functionally transmitter cabinet is finished in white and blue, with a black meter panel.

The FM -2.5K is completely self. contained in one cabinet, and simplicity of design allows easy access to all com- ponents.

TYPE ACCEPTANCE.

The FM -2.5K is

FCC type accepted for mono or stereo broad- casting in the 87.5 to

108

MHz band. www.americanradiohistory.com

The solid -state MS -15 exciter employs

Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation, over- shoot compensation, and other exclusive design techniques, to give you an FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, notice- ably louder than any competitive signal.

The exciter is available for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA. The mod- ular construction of the MS -15 in the allows you to change the mode of operation, or to add

SCA, at any time, by simply plugging appropriate module(s).

FCC approval of a system for quadra- phonic

FM will not obsolete the MS -15.

Module positions exist which are ready to accept a quad generator.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED

MODULA-

TION.

The DSM stereo generator is a new development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and stereo balanced modulator types of generators

-poor

separation at high frequencies in the former or poor harmonic rejection and

SCA crosstalk in the latter.

The DSM stereo generator is capable of both 50 dB separation (typi- cal) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean baseband, promoting minimal in- teraction between stereo and

SCA ser- vice.

Also, pilot phase is automatically controlled so that high separation can be maintained under varying operating con- ditions.

OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION.

A Dy- namic Transient Response (DTR) filter has been developed by Harris with overshoot no greater for

FM than stereo,

2% on any program material processed by any limiter.

As a result, from

2 to 6 dB in- creased loudness can be achieved with- out degradation of audio quality.

Con- trolled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk, and low inter

- modulation distortion are all maintained with increased loudness.

For monaural

HARRIS' MS- 15...THE

MOST

ADVANCED

FM EXCITER

IN

THE INDUSTRY

stations wishing to timal protect

41 and linear control of overshoot.

/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a phase lowpass defeatable linear filter is provided for op-

COMPATIBILITY.

The

MS -15 exciter is mechanically and electrically compatible with the Harris

TE

-3 exciter. Mountings are in the same location and use the same hardware.

RF output power is

15 watts into 50 ohms, continuously adjustable to

3 watts by one control. A directional coupler samples and meters forward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A har- monic filter is placed at the

RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level.

The balanced 600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum com- mon mode rejection and excellent re- sponse.

Inputs will withstand high transi- ents or steady state voltages below ground reference. above or

The basic exciter audio response is wide

- band and flat, and can be used directly with a studio -transmitter link. The is exciter self- contained, including the power supply.

OTHER FEATURES.

The

Harris

MS -15 ex- citer can be med to quickly and easily any carrier frequency in program- the 87.5 to

108

MHz band in 50 kHz increments.

The

RF output network is broadband and requires no tuning.

Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthe- sizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard.

The

TCXO has improved crystal aging char- acteristics and does not

The synthesizer also require an oven. provides outputs at

2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20 and 25 MHz for easy frequency comparison to the National

Bureau of Standards

WWV transmissions.

Pre

-emphasis is selectable to 75, 50, 25 or

0 microseconds in either monophonic or stereophonic operation.

Remote control capability includes switch- ing between stereo and mono, and selec- tion of left, right, or left- plus

-right inputs for monophonic operation.

SCA

OPERATION.

SCA operation is added to the exciter through a plug

-in module.

It is available with either stereo or mono can be operation; up to two channels added to mono exciters, or a single

SCA used with stereo.

Any chan- nel between 25 kHz and 75 kHz can be used, although

41 kHz and 67 kHz are normally provided.

Either frequency is selectable on the SCA channel card.

Pre -emphasis is selectable to

150, 75, 50 or

0 microseconds. The input audio is applied to a programable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre

- emphasis can be used with no degrada- tion of

SCA to main channel crosstalk.

Each SCA module has a inputs, one AC pair of audio coupled for audio, and the other

DC coupled for data and video transmission.

The subcarrier level is adjustable to pro- vide from 1% to 30% composite base

- band

SCA injection. When an SCA sub

- carrier is turned on or off, an automatic composite level switcher noiselessly com- pensates for the change in baseband in- jection level. 100% peak modulation is maintained independent of

SCA status.

EASE OF exciter is

MAINTENANCE.

The entire modular for ease of shooting and maintenance. An trouble- extender card is provided to allow easy servicing.

Extensive metering is provided, and

LED status lights on the modules various performance features. indicate

75 www.americanradiohistory.com

TOP

VIEW

MS-IS

PM EXCITER

MONAURAL GENERATOR

(OPTIONAL)

I r

STEREO GENERATOR

(OPTIONAL)

I

SCA

SCA

-

GENERATOR-E1

I

-

-

LHr

GENERATOR-117 LNr

-4

(OPTIONAL)

IPA

4X 150A

PA

SCxIS00A

-

RP

OUTPUT

2.3 kW

7 r

,.

RI

OUWUT

3

SIA UNE

GRID SIAS

SUPPLY

PLATE

I

SCREEN

POWER

SUPPLY

NIGH

VOLTA

G

SUPPLY

FM

-2.5K

BLOCK

DIAGRAM o

O

0000

7t

FRON1

VOW

FM

-2.5K

FLOOR PLAN

FM -2.5K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT: 800 W to 2.5 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified quency.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION: 1%"

EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+300

Hz

0° to 45 °C TCXO. operating fre-

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation

IDCFM,`.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

197/250

V, 60 or 50 Hz, single phase, two wire.

Power consumption: 4800 watts

(approx.). 115/230

V, 60 or 50 Hz,

150 watts for

M5 -15.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY

RECTIFIERS: Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 7500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

-1

-45 °C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

OVERALL CABINET

SIZE:

29

"W

(74cm)

FRONT DOOR

FINISH:

SWING:

29"

(74cm).

White, blue and black. x

78

"H (198cm) x

33

"D

(84cm).

WEIGHT 8 CUBAGE:

Export: 1350 lbs.

(612 kg). Domestic: 1100 lbs.

(499 kg).

104 cu. ft. (2.9 cu. m).

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL: 10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY

RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre- empha- sis curve

X0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50 micro- second pre emphasis.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less, 30.

15,000

Hz.

IMD: 0.2 %, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE: 68 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400

Hz deviation).

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulation

`d

+75 kHz

100

%.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Digitally

Synthesized Modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and right)

600 ohms balanced, resistive.

Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and right) ulation at 400

Hz.

-10 dBm

+1 dB for 100% mod-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and right) Standard

FCC preemphasis curve

75 microsecond,

+0.5 dB 30-

15,000

Hz. Selectable. flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz

LPF, 45 dB

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: rejection at

Dynamic transient

19 kHz. response

(DTR) filter.

AUDIO state.

TRANSIENT

RESPONSE: 2% maximum overshoot beyond steady

Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC

DISTORTION: (left or right) 0.4%

IMD: 0.4 %, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio. or less, 30- 15,000 Hz.

FM NOISE:

(left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation. ence: 400

Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis, +75 kHz deviation.

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

+1

Hz, 0° to 45 °C.

PILOT PHASE: Automatically controlled.

Refer.

STEREO

SEPARATION: 40 dB minimum 30- 15,000

Hz.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub

-channel or stereo sub -to main channel)

45 dB below 90% modulation.

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 50 dB below 90% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION: 60 dB minimum below

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

100% modulation.

-

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

SCA

SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz

75 kHz on special

FREQUENCY STABILITY: programable, any frequency between

25 and order.

-500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: +7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced

(AC ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled). coupled) and

2000

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

-

10 dBm

AUDIO

FREQUENCY

RESPONSE

+1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre- emphasis

_`_ 1 dB, standard. Selectable: flat,

50 or 75 microsecond pre-emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

DISTORTION:

Less

Programable

LPF,

4.5 kHz standard. than

1

%,

30 -5000 Hz.

+5 kHz deviation.

FM

NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

±5 kHz deviation of 400 Hz).

55 dB minimum (ref: 100%

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub- channel):

CROSSTALK:

-60 dB or better.

(main or stereo sub

-channel to SCA): 50 dB below

+5 kHz deviation of SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated by fre- quencies 30- 15,000

Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL:

Variable from

0 to

MUTE DELAY:

Adjustable

0.5 to 20 seconds.

INJECTION

LEVEL:

1% to

30% of composite.

-30 dBm.

Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT

LEVEL: 1.0 VRMS nominal for +75 kHz deviation.

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE: +_0.25 dB, 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

PHASE LINEARITY.

+2

°, 30 Hz to 75 kHz.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM -2.5K 2500

As above, watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

MS -15 exciter, for wideband operation, except

50 Hz

100

°a spare tube kit

Mono generator (add for mono operation)

DSM stereo generator with

DTR

(add for stereo operation)

SCA generator

(add for

SCA operation, specify

41 or 67 kHz)

60 Hz

.

994 -8047 -001

994 -8047 -003

990 -0587

-001

994- 8019

-001

994

-8020

-001

994 -7992

-001

76

CP-3M-479

ADV.489A

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

RIM

HARRIS

FM-1

K

1-

Kilowatt

FM

Broadcast

Transmitter

Solid

-state Maximum Signal Exciter

-MS

-15

Patented

DSM

Stereo

Generator provides separation ex- ceeding accurate measurement capability of most mon- itors

DTR filter technique limits overshoot to

2% or less, per- mitting a

2 to 6 dB increase in loudness with no audio quality degradation

Low operating cost

Stable, easy output tuning

Built -in connections for remote control

Automatic recycling

Full metering

Plug

-in mono, stereo and

SCA generators www.americanradiohistory.com

77

section harmonic filter, the transmitter fully meets FCC requirements for spurious radia- tion.

The second harmonic shorting stub is mounted inside the transmitter cabinet, leaving the easy -to- install low

-pass in

-line filter as the only external component.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING.

In case of momentary overload, the transmitter recycles automatically.

Should the overload reoccur in excess of the desired number of times preset in the transmitter, the FM -1K will then remain off the air until it is reset, either locally or by remote con- trol.

REMOTE CONTROL. All necessary operating functions can be remote con- trolled.

No additional equipment is re- quired to adopt a

Harris remote control system to the transmitter. Connections are easily and simply made at a terminal strip in the cabinet.

TESTING. Environmental tests, in con- ditions surpassing those of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter, have been imposed on the FM -1K.

The transmitter is capable of operating at altitudes up to

10,-

000 feet (3000 meters), in an ambient temperature range of

-20°

to

+45°

C.

In addition, your

FM-1K is fully tuned and operationally tested on your frequency before shipment.

The

FM -1K employs Harris' exclusive, advanced- design

MS -15 solid -state exciter to provide the cleanest and the loudest

FM signal of any one -kilowatt

FM transmitter available today.

The

DSM

(Digitally

Synthesized Modulation) stereo generator allows the transmitter to provide stereo separation of 40 dB minimum,

Hz

30-

15,000

-while

the

DTR

(Dynamic Transient

Response) filter permits a

2 to

6 dB increase in loudness, with no degradation of audio quality, by limiting overshoot to

2% or less.

78

PLUG

-IN MONO,

STEREO

AND

SCA

GENERATORS.

The FM -1K may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without

SCA. The design versatility of the exciter allows you to order for mono operation originally, then add stereo and

/or

SCA at a later date by plugging the appropriate module(s) into the exciter.

STABLE, EASY

OUTPUT

TUNING.

Plate tuning of the final amplifier is stable and easily adjusted.

The plate circuit is a shorted one

-quarter wavelength configura- tion, with the plate -line operated at

DC ground potential. Coarse plate tuning is preset for the operating frequency on the quarter -wave tank circuit.

Fine adjustment is made with the plate tuning knob on the front panel. Amplifier loading is changed by a variable output loading capacitor.

ONE TUBE DESIGN.

Just one tube

4CX1000A tetrode

-a

-is

all that is needed to supply 1000 watts output in the

FM -1K.

Driven directly by the MS -15 exciter, the

4CX1000A serves as the power amplifier and is operated well within its ratings for long tube life.

POWER OUTPUT CONTROL.

The transmitter's output loading control is motor -driven for smooth power ad- justments, either locally or from a remote point.

This feature allows the screen voltage of the

4CX1000A to be Zener- diode regulated for exceptional stability and tube life. operating

HARMONIC

FILTERS STANDARD.

Supplied with a

Harris- designed multi-

FULL

METERING.

Six meters, including four large, front

-panel meters, provide full monitoring of the transmitter's operating parameters. Included is a power indicator that permits direct reading of both power output and standing wave ratio.

GENERAL.

There are many other opera- tional and convenience features incorpor- ated into the FM -1K. These include:

Pushbutton Operation

-On

-off functions are controlled by lighted pushbuttons at the top left of the transmitter.

These are clearly marked "Filament

On-

Off ", "Plate

On-

Off ".

High-

Capacity

Blower

-backed up by a precision air

-pressure switch, gives com- plete protection to the final amplifier tube.

Straightforward

Design

-allows

easy accessibility to all components.

Handsome Styling

-the

transmitter cabinet is attractively yet functionally styled, and features a white and blue finish, with a black meter panel.

FCC Type Acceptance

-the

FM -1K is

FCC type accepted for mono or stereo broad- casting in the 87.5 to 108 MHz

FM band. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS' MS

-15

...

THE

MOST ADVANCED

FM EXCITER IN THE

INDUSTRY

The solid -state MS -15 exciter employs

Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation, over- shoot compensation, and other exclusive design techniques, to give you an FM sound that is noticeably cleaner, noticeably louder than any competitive signal.

The ex- citer is available for mono or stereo opera- tion, with or without

SCA. The modular construction of the MS -15 allows you to change the mode of operation, or to add

SCA, at any time, by simply appropriate module(s). plugging in the

FCC approval of a system for quadra- phonic

FM will not obsolete the MS -15.

Module positions exist which are ready to accept a quad generator.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED MODULA-

TION.

The DSM stereo generator is a new development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and balanced modulator types of stereo gen- erators

-poor

separation at high frequen- cies in the former or poor harmonic rejec- tion and

SCA crosstalk in the latter.

The

DSM stereo generator is capable of both

50 dB separation (typical) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean baseband, pro- moting minimal interaction between stereo and

SCA service. Also, pilot phase is auto- matically controlled so that high separa- tion can be maintained under varying operating conditions.

OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION.

A Dy- namic Transient Response

(DTR) filter has been developed by Harris with overshoot no greater for than

FM stereo,

2% on any program material processed by any limiter.

As a result, from

2 to

6 dB increased loudness can be achieved without degradation of audio quality. Controlled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk, and low intermodulation dis- tortion are all maintained with increased loudness.

For monaural stations wishing to protect

41 and

/or

67 kHz SCA channels, a defeatable linear phase lowpass filter is provided for optimal linear control of overshoot.

COMPATIBILITY.

The

MS -15 exciter is mechanically and electrically compatible with the Harris

TE

-3 exciter. Mountings are in the same hardware. location and use the same

RF output power is

15 watts into 50 ohms, continuously adjustable to

3 watts by one control.

A meters directional coupler samples and forward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A harmonic filter is placed at the

RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level.

The balanced

600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum common mode rejection and excellent response.

In- puts will withstand high transients or steady state voltages obove or below ground reference.

The basic band and exciter audio response is wide

- flat, and can be used directly with a studio -transmitter link.

The exciter is self

-contained, including the power supply.

OTHER FEATURES.

The

Harris MS -15 ex- citer can be quickly and easily programm- ed to any carrier frequency in the 87.5 to

108

RF

MHz band in 50 kHz increments.

The output network is broadband and re- quires no tuning. Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthesizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard.

The

TCXO has improved crystal aging characteristics and does not require an oven.

The syn- thesizer also provides outputs at 2.5,

5, 10,

15, 20 and

25

MHz for easy frequency comparison to the

National

Standards WWV transmissions.

Bureau of

Pre

-emphasis is selectable to 75, 50, 25 or

0 microseconds in either monophonic or stereophonic operation.

Remote control capability includes switching between stereo and mono, and selection of left, right, or left- plus

-right in- puts for monophonic operation.

SCA

OPERATION.

SCA operation is add- ed to the exciter through a plug

-in module.

It is available with either stereo or mono operation; up to two channels can be add- ed to mono exciters, or a single SCA used with stereo.

Any channel between

25 kHz and 75 kHz can be used, although

41 kHz and 67 kHz are normally provided. Either frequency is selectable on the SCA channel card.

Pre

-emphasis is selectable to 150, 75, 50 or

0 microseconds.

The input audio is applied to a programable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre- emphasis can be used with no degradation of SCA to main channel crosstalk.

Each

SCA module has a puts, one AC coupled pair of audio in- for audio, and the other

DC coupled transmission. for data and video

The subcarrier level is adjustable to provide from 1% to

SCA

30% composite baseband injection. When an SCA subcarrier is turned on or level off, an automatic composite switcher noiselessly compensates for the change in baseband injection level.

100% peak modulation is maintained in- dependent of

SCA status.

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE.

The entire ex- citer is modular for ease of trouble- shooting and maintenance. An extender cord is provided to allow easy servicing.

Extensive metering is provided, and

LED status lights on the modules indicate various performance features.

79 www.americanradiohistory.com

MS.

I 5

FM EXCITER

MONAURAL GENERATOR

1OPTIONAL

-

_

_

-

- -

STEREO

GENERATOR

.OPTIONAL

SC

GENERATOR

OPTIONAL

-

41 kHL

SCA

GENERATOR

67 hNr

OPTIONAL

PA

IC

X10004

RF

OUTPUT

I kW

«-

29

PF

OUTPUT

F

A

UNt p°p10000

FRONT VIEW

GRIT) BIAS

SUPPLY

SCREEN

POWER

SUPPLY

H OH

VOLTAGE

SUPPLY 78

FM

-1K

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

FM-1K

FLOOR PLAN

J

FM -1K SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER

OUTPUT:

One kilowatt.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108

RF

MHz, tuned to specified operoting frequency.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION:

15/a"

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

EIA flange.

±300

Hz

0° to 45 °C TCXO.

TYPE OF MODULATION:

Direct

Carrier

Frequency

Modulation

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

(DCFM).

AC INPUT POWER: consumption:

208/240

V, 60 or 50 Hz, single phase, three wire.

Power

2100 watts (approx.). 115/230

V,

60 or 50

Hz, 150 watts for

MS -15.

RF

HARMONICS:

Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS: Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet (3000 meters).

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR:

1.7 to

1.

OVERALL CABINET

SIZE: 29

"W

(74cm) a

78 "H (198cm) x

33

"D

(84cm).

FRONT DOOR

SWING: 29"

(74cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

WEIGHT i3

CUBAGE: Export: 1300 lbs. (590 kg).

Domestic: 1050 lbs. (476 kg).

104 cu. ft. (2.9 cu. ml.

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

+10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard 75 microsecond curve

±0

5 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25

FCC

Hz. pre -emphasis or 50 microsecond pre

- emphasis.

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

IMD:

0

2

%,

0.2% or less,

30-15,000

Hz.

60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE: 68 dB below 100% modulation

(ref. 400

Hz

â

±75 kHz

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulation

100 deviation).

%.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF MODULATION: Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left to right) 600 table to other impedances. ohms

(DSM). balanced, resistive. Adop-

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL: (left and right)

400

Hz

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modulation at

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and right) Standard

FCC pre- emphasis curve

75 microsecond,

±0.5 dB

30-15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz

LPF,

45 dB rejection at

19 kHz.

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response (DIR) filter.

AUDIO TRANSIENT

RESPONSE:

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state.

Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right)

IMD: 0.4 ° /e, 60 7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: (left or right) 65 dB minimum

400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

0.4% or less,

30-15,000

Hz. below 100% modulation.

Reference:

±75 kHz deviation.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

PILOT PHASE:

±1

Hz,

0° to 45 °C.

Automatically controlled.

STEREO

SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum 30- 15,000 Hz.

CROSSTALK: imam to stereo sub -channel below

90% modulation. or stereo sub -to -main channel) 45 dB

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 50 dB below

90% modulation.

76 kHz

SUPPRESSION: 60 dB minimum below 100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo, mono

(1

+

R), mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

SCA

SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION:

Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz

;kHz on special order. programable, any frequency between 25 and 75

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±7.5

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 kHz. ohms balanced

(AC coupled) and 2000 ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled;.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: emphasis

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre

-

±1 dB, standard.

Selectable: flat, 50 or

75 microsecond pre

- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING: Programable

LPF,

4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

Less than

1

%, 30-5000

Hz.

±5 kHz deviation.

FM NOISE: (main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref: 100% _ deviation at 400

Hz).

CROSSTALK: (SCA to main or stereo sub -channel):

-60 dB or better.

±5 kHz

CROSSTALK: (main or stereo sub -channel to SCA): 50 dB tion of SCA, below

±5 kHz devia- with mono or stereo channels modulated by frequencies 30-

15,000

Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK: SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demodulated with

150 microsecond de-emphasis.

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL

Variable from

0 to

-30 dBm.

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to 20 seconds.

INJECTION

LEVEL:

1% to 30% of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND

MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT

LEVEL: 1.0 VRMS nominal for ±75 kHz deviation.

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE:

PHASE LINEARITY:

±0.25 dB, 30 Hz to 75 kHz.

±2 °,

30

Hz to 75 kHz.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM

-1K,

Mono

1 kW FM transmitter with

MS -15 exciter, for wideband operation,

50/60

Hz. generator (add for mono operation)

DSM

SCA stereo generator with

DTR

(add for stereo generator

(add for

SCA operation, specify operation)

41 or

67 kHz)

994 -8046

-001

994 -8019 -001

994 -8020 -001

994 -7992 -001 so

JK

-1.5M -1279

ADV.

508A

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

Solid -State

FM-300K

300

-Watt

FM

Transmitter

FM-300KD

Solid -State Main

FM

/Alternate

Transmitter

300

-Watt

Advanced all solid -state design

Final PA

PA design allows continued operation should a module fail

Advanced

MS -15

Exciter yields minimum distortion for maximum signal clarity

Digitally

Synthesized

Modulation

(DSM)

Stereo

Generator provides maximum separation under all programming conditions, offering new stereo realism

DTR in

Stereo Generator Filter* yields loudness without overmodulating

2 to

6 dB increase

Extensive status indicators and metering functions minimize costly maintenance and troubleshooting

Modular construction permits rapid repairs, minimizing down time

Complete up redundancy against off-air time in the

FM

-300KD for

100

°° back-

'Patented

FM

-300KD Main

/Alternate Transmitter i

Harris'

300

-watt

FM transmitter is available in two configurations

-the

standard model

(FM

-300K) and the main

/alternate version

(FM- 300KD) with optional automatic changeover.

The

FM

-300KD is a to completely redundant transmitter designed give you total protection against off -air time. Consisting of two

300

-watt

FM transmitters and an optional automatic changeover panel mounted in a single

24

-inch wide cabinet, the

FM

-300KD will automatically switch to the alternate transmitter in case of

RF loss from the main unit. This configuration also allows you to perform transmitter maintenance during broadcast hours with no down time.

The

FM -300K single transmitter is mounted in the same size cabinet as the FM- 300KD, and the extra cabinet space may be utilized for monitoring and test equipment.

Both transmtters are 100% solid state for top reliability, and represent two of the first all- solid -state

300

-watt broadband trans- mitters ever developed. Harris was the first equipment manu- facturer to introduce an all- solid -state radio broadcast transmit- ter

-the

MW -1, one -kilowatt AM transmitter

-and

has been de- livering these transmitters since early 1975.

This solid -state transmitter engineering experience and technology has now been applied to

Harris'

300

-watt

FM transmitters to bring you the most advanced design available anywhere.

The as transmitters also incorporate such Harris -developed features

Digitally Synthesized Modulation (DSM) for the very finest stereo signal available; and the Dynamic

Transient Response

(DTR) filter, which holds overshoot on any program material to

2% or less.

Additional features include automatic recycling; an air cooling system with replaceable dust filter; availability of two SCA channels; a wideband input for use with microwave studio

-transmitter links; and modular design for ease of mainte- nance.

81 www.americanradiohistory.com

CONTROL, METERING

&

IPA

/PA

MS -15 SOLID STATE

EXCITER

AUTO CHANGE -OVER

PANEL the event of an IPA failure for operation at reduced power. Optimum broadband matching of the input provides a low

VSWR to the

FM exciter over the entire

FM band.

CONTROL CIRCUITS. Control function cir- cuits are provided for transmitter turn on,

AFC lock,

RF mute, air flow,

PA overload, and VSWR protection.

Remote control in- terface is also provided. Status lights with memory are provided for

VSWR and ampli- fier overloads.

The transmitters are equipped for

AC restart in case of a power failure while on the air.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLING. The recycle cir- cuitry is self -clearing and uncomplicated.

Should a momentary overload occur, the transmitter will recycle automatically.

If the overload occurs in excess of the num ber of times pre -set, the transmitter will remain off the air until it is reset, either manually or by remote control.

HARMONIC FILTER. An tained) harmonic internal (self -con- filter is provided which assures compliance with

RF harmonic out- put requirements.

It allows coverage of the entire

FM band.

CONTROL, METERING

&

IPA

/PA

DIRECTIONAL COUPLER. An internal di- rectional coupler provides local and re- mote indication of both forward output power and reflected power. The reflected power section is connected to the control circuit for the purpose of initiating ampli- fier shutdown in the event of excessive

VSWR. The forward power section initiates changeover to the spare amplifier after the output power drops to a pre- determined level

(FM

-300KD only).

MS -15 SOLID STATE

EXCITER

POWER AMPLIFIER

(PA). The power am- plifier consists of four modules, each module containing two transistor amplifiers in a highly efficient broadband amplifier circuit. Each module has an individual cur

- rert protection circuit and voltage regula- tor. LED status lights indicate the condition of each amplifier.

A front panel test point allows a measurement os relative

RF power output with a DC voltmeter. The

PA RF

82

FM -3OCKD

300

MAIN /ALTERNATE

-WATT

FM

TRANSMITTER

POWER SUPPLY. The DC power supplies for the control circuits and amplifier mod- ules are capable of operation from any conventional

200 -260 VAC, 50/60

Hz single phase AC power supply. The

PA RF ampli- fier modules are supplied by a feedback

- type integrated circuit voltage regulator whose output is adjustable with a single front panel control.

Each voltage regulator can operate with a continuous short on its output safely, without causing further dam- age, due to its current foldback capability.

The IPA voltage regulator is also adjust- able. Cooling is provided for regulator devices. Silicon power rectifiers are used throughout. broadband output combiner network allows the failure of an amplifier module without causing is an off -air condition.

Each module rated at

100 watts, with transmitter power output

300 watts nominal.

INTERMEDIATE

POWER

AMPLIFIER (IPA).

The

IPA is identical to the

PA modules, and can be interchanged with a

PA module in

METERING.

Ample transmitter metering is provided for functions including

RF out- put, VSWR,

PA DC rents,

IPA DC input voltages and cur- input voltage and current, and unregulated supply voltage.

LED indi- cators on the IPA module and

PA module front panels give indication of correct

RF output for easy fault location. www.americanradiohistory.com

CONTROL, METERING

&

IPA

/PA

MS -15

SOLID STATE

EXCITER advanced development which eliminates the tradeoff that exists between switching type and balanced modulator types of stereo generators

-poor

separation at high frequencies in the former or poor harmonic rejection and SCA crosstalk in the latter.

The DSM stereo generator is capable of both

50 dB separation (typical) through

15 kHz and an exceptionally clean base - band, promoting minimal interaction be- tween stereo and

SCA service. Also, pilot phase is automatically controlled so that high separation can be maintained under varying operating conditions.

FM

-300K

300

-WATT

FM

TRANSMITTER

OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION. A

Transient Response (DTR)

Dynamic filter has been developed by

Harris for

FM stereo, with overshoot no greater than 2% on any pro- gram material processed by any limiter. As a result, from

2 to

6 dB increased loudness can be achieved without degradation of audio quality.

Controlled transient re- sponse, high stereo talk, and separation, low cross- low intermodulation distortion are all maintained with increased loudness.

For monaural stations wishing to protect 41 and /or 67 kHz SCA channels, a defeatable linear phase low pass filter is provided for optimal linear control of overshoot.

1nnKD

SCA OPERATION. Up to two SCA channels can be a added to monaural transmitters, or single SCA channel added to a stereo transmitter through module(s) plugged into the exciter. Any channel between

25 kHz and 75 kHz can be used, although

41 kHz and 67 kHz are normally provided. Either frequency is selectable on the SCA chan- nel card.

-1

AUDIO

CONTROL.

L

TRANSMITTER

AUTOMATIC SWITCHER

ITCH

ANTENNA

Pre -emphasis is selectable to

150,

75,

50 or

0 microseconds. The input audio is applied to a programmable lowpass filter, and the output of the SCA generator filtered so that

150 microseconds pre- emphasis can be used main with no degradation of channel crosstalk.

SCA to

SOLID STATE

POWER

AMPLIFIER

FM300K

Each SCA module has a pair of modula- tion inputs, one balanced and AC coupled for audio, and the other DC coupled for data and video transmission.

Block diagram of

FM

-300KD transmitter system, with optional equipment shown inside dotted lines.

QUALITY COMPONENTS.

Every transmit- ter component is conservatively operated and chosen to give in optimum performance continuous duty service.

PLUG -IN MONO, STEREO AND SCA GEN-

ERATORS. The FM

-300K and FM -300KD transmitters may be equipped for mono or stereo operation, with or without SCA. The design versatility allows you to order for mono operation originally, then add stereo and

/or

SCA at a later date by plugging the appropriate module(s) into the exciter.

Since the SCA generators have spectrally pure filtered outputs,

41 and

67 kHz SCA channels may be operated simultaneously while in the mono mode without harmonic interference.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED MODULATION

(DSM). The DSM stereo gene'ator is an

The subcarrier level is adjustable to pro- vide from 1% to 30% composite baseband

SCA injection. When an

SCA subcarrier is turned on or off, an automatic composite level the switcher noiselessly compensates for change in baseband injection level.

100% peak modulation is maintained inde- pendent of SCA status.

GENERAL. The MS -15 exciter

RF output power is 3 to 15 watts into

50 ohms, con- tinuously adjustable by one control. A di-

83 www.americanradiohistory.com

rectional coupler samples and meters for- ward and reflected power, with remote metering capability.

A harmonic filter is placed at the RF module output, reducing harmonics to a low level. The balanced.600 ohm audio input is transformerless to give maximum common mode rejection and ex- cellent transient response. Inputs will with- stand high transients or steady voltages above or below ground reference.

The transmitters can be quickly and easily programmed to any carrier frequency in the 87.5 to

108 MHz band in 50 kHz ments. incre-

Carrier frequencies are generated through a digital synthesizer which is locked to a 10

MHz TCXO high stability frequency standard.

The TCXO has im- proved crystal aging characteristics and does not require an oven. The TCXO out- put may be conveniently and directly com- pared with any one of several worldwide frequency standards.

EASE

OF MAINTENANCE. The transmitters are and modular for ease of trouble

-shooting maintenance.

An extender card is pro- vided to allow easy servicing. Extensive metering is provided, and LED status lights on the exciter modules indicate various performance features.

FM- 300K

/FM

-300KD SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

300 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz. in 50 kHz

Exciter programmable increments.

IPA and

PA wideband.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

OUTPUT TERMINATION: Type

N female.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±300

Hz 0° to 45°

C

TCXO.

TYPE

OF

(DCFM).

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208 to 245 VAC,

50 or 60 Hz.

±5% variation.

Single phase,

RF

HARMONICS:

60 dB or better.

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

ALTITUDE:

12,000 ft. (3658 meters) maximum at rated ambient.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0°C to

+50`C.

HUMIDITY:

Up to 95% non

-condensing.

MAXIMUM VSWR:

1.2 to

1.

OVERALL CABINET SIZE:

D

Approx.

273/4" W x 713/4"

H x

293/4"

(70.5 cm x

182.3 cm x

75.6 cm).

FINISH: White, blue and black.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (Left or right) 0.4% or less, 30- 15,000

Hz.

IMD:

0.4

%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE: (Left or right)

65 dB minimum below

100% modula- tion. Reference:

400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

±75 kHz deviation.

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

±1

Hz, 0° to

45 °C.

PILOT PHASE: Automatically controlled.

STEREO SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum

30- 15,000 Hz.

CROSSTALK: (Main to stereo sub

-channel or stereo sub -to -main channnel)

45 dB below 90% modulation.

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

60 dB below 90% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION:

60 dB

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L

Remoteable. minimum below

100% modulation.

+

R), mono (L), mono

(R).

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances.

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

400 Hz.

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modulation at

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: pre- emphasis or 50 curve ±0.5

Standard

75 microsecond

FCC dB, 30- 15,000 microsecond pre- emphasis.

Hz.

Selectable: flat,

25

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

0.2% or less,

30- 15,000 Hz.

IMD: 0.2%, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE:

68 dB kHz deviation). below

100% modulation

(ref.

400 Hz @

±75

AM NOISE:

65 dB below reference carrier

AM modulation

100 %.

STEREOPHONIC

MODE

TYPE

OF

MODULATION: Digitally Synthesized Modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: (Left to resistive. right)

600 ohms balanced,

Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: (Left and modulation at 400

Hz. right) +10 dBm

±1 dB for

100%

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (Left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve ±0.5 dB 30- 15,000

Hz.

Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz LPF,

19 kHz. greater than

45 dB rejection at

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic filter. transient response

(DTR)

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE: 2% maximum overshoot be- yond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes.

SCA

SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

FREQUENCY:

41 or

67 kHz tween

25 and 75 kHz on programmable, any frequency be- special order.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

±500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 and 2000 ohms ohms balanced

(AC coupled) unbalanced

(DC coupled).

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

400 Hz.

+10 dBm ±1 dB for 100% modulation at

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 micro- second pre- emphasis ±1 dB, standard. Selectable: flat,

50 or

75 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING: Programmable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1%,

30 -4500

Hz.

±5 kHz deviation.

FM

NOISE: (Main

100% = channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum

(Ref:

±5 kHz deviation at 400

Hz).

CROSSTALK:

(SCA to main or stereo sub

-channel): better.

-60 dB or

CROSSTALK: (Main or stereo sub

-channel to SCA):

50 dB below

±5 kHz deviation of SCA, with mono or stereo channels modu- lated by frequencies

30- 15,000

Hz,

SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

CROSSTALK:

SCA to SCA

(41 kHz /67 kHz)

50 dB demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis.

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL: Variable from

0 to

-30 dBm.

MUTE

DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to 20 seconds.

INJECTION LEVEL:

1% to 30% of composite. Adjustable.

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Greater than

5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT LEVEL:

1.0

VRMS nominal for ±75 kHz deviation.

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE: ±0.25 dB,

30 Hz to

75 kHz.

PHASE LINEARITY:

±2

°, 30 Hz to 75 kHz.

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM -300K,

300

Watt All Solid -State Transmitter

-mounted female connector. equipped for wide band operation in a

24" cabinet, for

50!60 Hz operation.

50 ohm type

N

FM- 300KD, Two

Identical

300 Watt All Solid -State Transmitters

-mounted in a single

24" cabinet, for

50 operation,

50 ohm type

N female output connectors. Equipped for wide band operation with

STL

60 Hz

Specifications subject to change without notice.

994- 8296 -001

994- 8297

-001

84

RP-1 5M-1280 c

1980 HARRIS CORPORATION

ADV 534B PTD

IN U.S.A www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FM

-100K

100

WATT

FM

TRANSMITTER

Two separate

configurations

(transmitter, or stand alone

100 watt amplifier)

Plug -in power amplifier module

Extensive

amplifier

protection

Feed

Forward amplification

Built -in redundancy

Easy -to -read control and status indicators

Amplifier

can be driven with

virtually

any

10 watt exciter

MS -15 exciter

'"

1

I r

n

1.11

1

J

1].

= a.

c

= = a

FM

-100K TRANSMITTER

Two separate configurations give the

Harris

FM

-100K flexibility to meet the needs of low power, Class

D

Educational broadcasters and for

International broadcasters requiring low power

FM stations broadcasting or program relay.

The standard

FM

-100K is a complete transmitter, incorporating the solid

-state

100 watt broadband amplifier and the high

- performance

MS

-15 exciter. The

FM

-100K 100 watt amplifier is available as a separate unit and can be driven with virtually any

10 watt exciter.

The

FM

-100K amplifier and MS -15 exciter both mount in a standard

19

-inch equipment rack. Tolerating temperatures from

0'C. to 50' C., the complete transmitter is uniquely suitable for broadcasting environments and eliminates the need for heating or air conditioning equipment to maintain operating stability.

The amplifier can be driven with the MS -15 exciter or with most other exciters delivering 10 watts of power. Low power educa- tional broadcasters desiring a power increase to

Class

A channel requirements will find this unit superbly suited to their needs.

A simple connection to the existing

10 watt exciter /transmitter is all that's required.

PLUG -IN POWER AMPLIFIER MODULE

The heart of the

FM

-100K transmitter is the plug -in 100 watt am- plifier module. This power module, providing reliable service in hundreds of worldwide installations, is the same one used in the field -proven Harris FM

-300K and

FM -25K transmitters.

The mod- ule contains two RF transistors along with a common solid -state voltage regulator. The regulator controls collector voltage of the transistor stage, permitting continuous transmitter output power variance over a 10 to 100 watt range. By varying the collector voltage of the transistor stage rather than the RF drive, high PA efficiency is maintained over a wide output power adjustment range.

EXTENSIVE

AMPLIFIER PROTECTION

The solid -state regulator performs several other important func- tions, including automatic current fold -back. Should a velop in one of the short de- transistors, the regulator senses excessive current draw and shuts down the amplifier. Should a fault occur, the and automatic current fold -back feature limits excessive current minimizes dissipation and resultant damage. The solid -state

85 www.americanradiohistory.com

86

HARRIS'

FM

-100K TRANSMITTER

Front view of the

FM

-100K

Amplifier show- ing easy to read meter and plug

-in wide band amplifier module regulator also implements VSWR protec- tion. Should a high antenna VSWR be de- tected by the built -in directional coupler, the voltage regulator automatically turns down the supply voltage to the amplifier.

FEED FORWARD AMPLIFICATION

The

FM

-100K utilizes a circuit called

Feed

Forward Amplification. Figure

1 shows in detail how the Feed Forward Amplifier works. The left block diagram depicts a con- ventional combiner configuration.

Here a

20 watt input signal is split into equal

10 watt signals, which are amplified by PA stages into two

50 watt signals. These

50 watt sig- nals are then combined to yield

100 watts.

Unfortunately, in this conventional config- uration 20 watts of drive signal is required for

100 watts output, precluding the use of most exciters as drivers.

Harris has devised a unique

RF amplifier which resolves the problems of conven- tional combining, the Feed Forward

Am- plifier, shown in the right portion of figure

1.

Here a 10 watt signal is amplified by PA stage

"B" to yield

55 watts. The

55 watts is asymmetrically split into a

45 watt and

10 watt signal. The

10 watt signal is further am- plified by PA stage "A ", while the 45 watt signal is fed forward through a delay com- pensation network to the output combiner.

Hence the term "Feed Forward ". Phase er- ror between the two signals is eliminated by the delay compensation network, assuring proper output combining. The Harris

Feed

Forward

Amplifier obtains

100 watts output power from

10 watts of drive signal.

BUILT

-IN REDUNDANCY

Built -in redundancy gives the FM -100K am- plifier a fail -safe capability.

If an RF transis- tor fails, you can remain on the air at a re- duced power of

55 watts by simply patching around the defective stage. Just unplug the printed circuit combiner board, rotate it 90

", and plug it back in. No clip leads to install: no wires to reposition.

CONTROL

AND STATUS INDICATORS

From the large 4" front panel meter, you can quickly read five major operating parame- ters:

PA collector voltage;

PA collector cur- rent; forward power; VSWR; and input drive level. The

RF amplifier module also incorpo- rates two

LED "go /no -go" status indicators monitoring each

PA transistor.

Remote control provisions are built

-in. Sam- ples are provided for remote indication of collector voltage, collector current, and for- ward power. Remote on

/off, along with raise and lower power, requires only momentary low rect current contact closure. This permits di- connection to most remote control systems, eliminating the cost of interface panels.

Figure

1

20 WATTS

INPUT DRIVE

10

AMP

A

50 WATTS

100

WATTS

10

WATTS

INPUT

DRIVE

AMP

B

55

WATTS

FEED FORWARD COMBINER

45

WATTS 45

WATTS

100

WATTS

OUTPUT

WATTS

CONVENTIONAL COMBINER

10

WATTS

55

WATTS www.americanradiohistory.com

WITH

FEED FORWARD AMPLIFICATION

MS -15 EXCITER

The Harris FM

-100K transmitter is equipped with the high performance MS -15 exciter.

The MS -15 exciter offers the broadcaster several features combining outstanding sig- nal quality with high reliability.

GENERAL

The

MS -15 mainframe is ruggedly con- structed.

A positive guidance system permits easy removal and reinsertion of all modules. All modules can be serviced from the front of the extender card. exciter using the supplied

Transformerless audio inputs are balanced to give maximum common mode rejection while maintaining excellent response.

In- puts will withstand high transients or steady state voltages above or below ground refer- ence. The basic exciter audio response is wideband and flat, and can be used without interface directly with a studio

/transmitter link.

The exciter is configured to accept a plug -in quadraphonic FM generator, and provides metering of left and right rear audio inputs.

All five competing quadraphonic systems currently under FCC consideration can be accommodated by the MS -15.

Status LED to aid in indicators are used throughout troubleshooting. Metering is pro- vided to monitor

20 functions. A peak read- ing audio voltmeter aids in setting up the exciter on tones, and can serve as an accu- rate peak program indicator.

ULTRA -LINEAR VCO

The unique VCO of the MS -15 features superb linearity not found in conventional modulated oscillator designs. The 0.2% maximum monaural distortion specification is conservative: typical readings below this limit are not unusual. The importance of this ultra linearity can be easily seen.

Non

- linearities in any direct

FM modulated oscil- lator severely limit stereo performance. No tuning adjustments are required. Perform- ance is not compromised by complexity.

DIGITAL SYNTHESIZER

The

MS -15 uses a 10

MHz TCXO high

- stability reference oscillator and program- mable divider chain in its dual -state phase locked loop AFC system. The synthesizer provides outputs at

2.5,

5, 10, 15,

20, and 25

MHz, permitting direct comparison against

WWV transmissions on these frequencies.

The synthesizer can be easily programmed to any carrier frequency in the 87.5 to 108

MHz band in 50 KHz increments. The dual

- state AFC circuit will lock the VCO over a

+

10

MHz range in a maximum of

5 seconds, starting from an unlocked condition. Once locked, AFC passband is narrowed, improv- ing FM signal to noise.

The high -performance

MS

-15

Exciter, above, and the

FM

-100K

Amplifier utilize modular construction throughout for ease of service

POWER

AMPLIFIER

The power amplifier module, conservatively rated at 15 watts output, requires no tuning across the

VSWR entire FM band. The output is protected to prevent accidental dam- age to the PA. justments to a bare minimum, and adjust- ments are relatively non

-critical in nature.

An automatic pilot phase control makes it virtually impossible to misadjust this critical parameter.

PLUG -IN MONO,

STEREO AND SCA GENERATORS

Harris' new, patented DSM stereo generator obsoletes switching and balanced mod- ulator forms of stereo generation.

The earlier types of stereo generation suffer from degraded separation at the lower and upper frequency limits (50 Hz and 15

KHz), and

/or poor harmonic rejection resulting in degraded crosstalk.

DSM has neither of these trade -offs. The result is the cleanest

- sounding stereo performance of any FM ex- citer. Minimum separation is

40 dB from

30 to

15,000 Hz.

Typically, separation will ex- ceed 50 dB over this entire band. Since this exceeds guaranteed accuracy of most mod- ulation monitors, only carefully calibrated test equipment can accurately measure the actual performance of the MS -15.

The high performance characteristics of the

DSM generator are easily maintained year after year. Digital circuitry reduces user ad-

OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION

A

Dynamic Transient Response (DTR) filter, developed and patented by

Harris for

FM stereo, holds overshoot on any program material to 2% or less. As a result, from

2 to

6 dB increased loudness can be achieved with no degradation of audio quality. Controlled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk and low intermodulation dis- tortion are all maintained with increased loudness.

SCA OPERATION

Up to

2 optional SCA generators may be plugged into the exciter mainframe.

A balanced 600 ohm input is provided for nor- mal SCA program audio. A separate

DC coupled wideband input to the exciter's di- rect

FM modulator allows telemetry or data transmission where

DC coupling is re- quired. Crosstalk plagues many SCA gen- eration systems under dynamic program- ming conditions, but is virtually inaudible in the MS -15 exciter system.

87 www.americanradiohistory.com

AMPLIFIER ONLY

FM

-100K TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 875 -108

MHz

POWER OUTPUT:

100 watts

DRIVE REQUIREMENT

FOR 100 WATT TPO:

10 watts

LINE

VOLTAGE:

1

10

-125 Vac (230 Vac

50 -60 Hz available)

250 watts

PA EFFICIENCY: 55%

ALTITUDE:

3658 meters (12,000 feet)

TEMPERATURE:

0 °C

-

50

°C ambient

@ sea level (derate maximum operating temperature

2

°C

/1000 feet)

DIMENSIONS:

17" wide x

51/4" high x 15" deep

SHIPPING WEIGHT: Domestic

- apx. 45'/4 lbs

(21 kg)

Export

- apx.

571/4 lbs (26 kg)

HARMONIC SUPPRESSION: better than

66 dB

REMOTE CONTROL: standard

FM NOISE CONTRIBUTION:

1 dB Maximums

AM NOISE CONTRIBUTION:

3 dB Maximums

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms (1.2:1 for full performance

VSWR protected)

CONNECTORS:

PA input and mod monitor sample

-

BNC

Output

-

N

Connector

ACTIVE STAGES:

2

PA transistors

1 regulator

(1) To FCC type accepted

10 watt transmitter

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (Left or right) 0.4% or less,

30- 15,000 Hz

IMD: 0.4

%,

60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio

FM

NOISE: (Left or right)

65 dB minimum below 100% modulation. Reference:

400 Hz, 75 microsecond de- emphasis,

+75 kHz deviation

PILOT OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

+

1

Hz,

0° to 45

°C

PILOT PHASE: Automatically controlled

STEREO SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum 30- 15,000

Hz

CROSSTALK:

(Main to stereo sub -channel or stereo sub -to -main channel)

45 dB below 90% modulation

SUB CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

60 dB below 90% modulation

76 kHz SUPPRESSION:

60 dB minimum below

100% modulation

MODES:

Stereo, mono

(L

+

R), mono (L), mono

(R).

Remoteable

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

FM

-100K TRANSMITTER

(EXCITER AND AMPLIFIER)

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances

INPUT FILTER: Controlled response

LPF, defeatable

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

+

10 dBm

+

1 dB for

100% modulation at 400 Hz

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre- emphasis curve +0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less,

30- 15,000 Hz

IMD:

0.2

%,

60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio

FM

NOISE:

68 dB

AM NOISE:

55 dB

STEREOPHONIC

MODE

TYPE

OF

MODULATION: Digitally Synthesized

Modulation

(DSM)

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(Left to right) 600 ohms balanced, resistive. Adaptable to other impedances

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: (Left and right)

+ 10 dBm

+

1 dB for

100% modulation at

400

Hz

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (Left and right) Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre- emphasis curve +0.5 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or 50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT FILTERING:

15 kHz LPF, greater than

45 dB rejection at 19 kHz

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION: Dynamic transient response

(DTR) filter

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE:

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes

MODULATION:

Direct

FM

FREQUENCY:

41 or 67 kHz programmable, any frequency between 25 and

75 kHz on special order

FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±500

Hz

MODULATION CAPABILITY: +7.5 kHz

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced,

(AC coupled) and 2000 ohms unbalanced

(DC coupled)

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

l

10 dBm

1 dB for 100% modulation at

400

Hz

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 150 microsecond pre- emphasis

±

1 dB, standard. Selectable: flat,

50 or 75 microsecond pre- emphasis

INPUT FILTERING: Programmable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard

DISTORTION:

Less than

1%, 30

-4500

Hz.

+5 kHz deviation

FM NOISE: (Main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum

(ref:

100 %

_

+5 kHz deviation at 400 Hz)

CROSSTALK:

(SCA to main or stereo sub -channel): or better

-60

dB

CROSSTALK: (Main or stereo sub -channel to SCA):

50 dB below +5 kHz deviation of SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated by frequencies

30- 15,000

Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis

CROSSTALK:

SCA to SCA

(41 kHz

/67 kHz) 50 dB demod ulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis

AUTOMATIC MUTE

LEVEL: Variable from

0 to

-30

dBm

MUTE DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to 20 seconds

INJECTION LEVEL:

1% to 30% of composite. Adjustable

WIDEBAND

MODE

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced

INPUT LEVEL:

1.0 VRMS nominal for +75 kHz deviation

AMPLITUDE

RESPONSE: +0.25 dB, 30 Hz to 75 kHz

PHASE LINEARITY: +2

°,

30 Hz to 75 kHz

DIMENSIONS: 17.7" wide x 191/4" high x

15" deep

SHIPPING WEIGHT: Domestic

- apx.

115,/4 lbs (53 kg)

Specifications subject to change without notice

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM

-100K Transmitter with

MS -15 exciter for wideband operation

100

Watt

FM

Amplifier

Mono Module for mono operation

DSM

Stereo Generator for stereo operation

SCA Generator for SCA operation (specify

41 and

/or

67 KHz)

994- 8453 -001

994

-8453 -002

994 -8019

-001

994

-8020

-001

994- 7992

-001

88

CP -2.5M -380 c Harris Corporation

1980

ADV 572 PTD. in

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

1-

IARRIS

MS -15

Maximum

Signal

FM

Exciter

Patented DSM

Stereo

Generator provides separation exceeding accurate measurement capability of most monitors

DTR filter technique permits

2 to

6 dB loudness increase by eliminating overshoot

Ultra linear VCO for minimum distortion

Ovenless TCXO provides maximum stability

System design and SCA virtually eliminates crosstalk into

L

-R chanrels under dynamic and steady state conditions

Automatic pilot phase cortrol and digital circuitry give long -term high performarce

MS- 15

--the first significant over a decade advance in FM exciters in www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS'

MS

THE

MOST

ADVANCEC

Harris'

MS -15 FM

Exciter features modular versatility and ease of maintenance. construction for great

90

A few years ago, Harris introduced

PDM to the AM broadcaster and sent hundreds of conventional AM transmitters to standby service.

The MS -15 FM

FM exciter now makes all other exciters as obsolete as the plate modulated

AM transmitter.

Using patented

DSM

(Digitally

Synthesized Modulation) and

DTR

(Dynamic Transient Response) techniques, the

MS -15 offers the quality

- minded

FM broadcaster the first real alternative to the "me

-too" designs, based on

FM decade -old technology, found in other exciters.

ULTRA -LINEAR VCO.

The unique

VCO of the

MS -15 features superb found in linearity not conventional modulated oscillator designs.

The 0.2% maximum monaural distortion specification is conservative, and typical readings below this limit are not unusual.

Since non -linearities in any direct

FM modulated oscillator severely limit stereo performance, the importance of this ultra linearity can easily be seen. Performance is not compromised by complexity.

There are no tuning adjustments required of any kind. Only a single jumper is used to select either the lower or upper half of the

FM band!

DIGITAL SYNTHESIZER.

The MS -15 uses a

10

MHz TCXO high -stability reference oscillator and programable divider chain in its dual -state phase locked loop AFC system.

The synthesizer provides outputs at

2.5,

5, 10, 15, 20 and

25

MHz, direct comparison against WWV permitting transmis- sions on these frequencies.

The synthesiz- er can be easily programmed to any carrier frequency in the 87.5 to

108 MHz band in

50 kHz increments.

The dual state AFC will acquire the

VCO over a

±

10

MHz range in www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

EXCITER

IN

THE

INDUSTRY

a maximum of

5 seconds, starting from an unlocked condition.

Once locked, the AFC passband is narrowed, maximizing

FM signal to noise.

DIGITALLY SYNTHESIZED MODULATION.

The DSM stereo generator is a new, patented development that obsoletes switching and balanced modulator forms of stereo generation. While these earlier types of stereo generation suffer from degraded separation at the lower and upper frequency limits

(50 Hz and 15 kHz), and

/or poor harmonic rejection resulting in degraded crosstalk,

DSM has neither of these trade -offs. This results in the cleanest- sounding stereo performance of any

FM exciter. dB

Minimum separation from

30 to 15,000

Hz and is 45 typically separation will exceed

50 dB over this entire band. Since this exceeds guaranteed accuracy of most modulation monitors, only carefully calibrated test equipment will be able to accurately measure the actual performance of the MS -15.

The high performance characteristics of the DSM generator are easy to year after year. The maintain digital circuitry employed reduces user adjustments to a bare minimum, and these are relatively non

-critical in nature.

An automatic pilot phase control makes it virtually impossible to misadjust this critical parameter.

OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION. A

Dy- namic Transient Response (DTR) filter was developed by

Harris for

FM stereo which holds overshoot on any program material to 2% or less. As a result, from

2 to increased loudness can be achieved

6 dB with no degradation of audio quality.

Con- trolled transient response, high stereo separation, low crosstalk and low inter

- modulation distortion are all maintained with the increased loudness.

SCA OPERATION. Up to

2 generators may be optional

SCA plJgged into the exciter mainframe.

A balanced 600 ohm input is provided for normal SCA program audio, and a separate DC coJpled wideband input to the generator's direct FM provided for modulator is telemetry or data transmis- sion where

DC coupling is required.

Crosstalk under dynamic programming conditions, which Plagues many SCA generation systems, is virtually inaudible in the MS -15 exciter system.

POWER

AMPLIFIER. The power module is amplifier conservatively rated at 15 watts output, and requires no tuning across the entire FM band. A lowpass filter with one tuning adjustment keeps

RF harmonics to less than -53 dB. The output is VSWR protected to prevent accidental damage to the

PA.

GENERAL. The MS -15 mainframe is ruggedly constructed from interlocking aluminum extrusions.

A positive guidance system permits easy removal and reinser- tion of all modules. All modules can be serviced from the front of the exciter using the extender card supplied with the exciter.

Audio inputs are transformerless and balanced to give maximum common mode rejection while maintaining excellent re- sponse. Inputs will withstand high tran- sients or steady state voltages above or below ground reference.

The basic exciter audio response is wideband and flat, and can be used, without interface, directly with a studio

- transmitter link.

The exciter is configured to accept a plug -in quadraphonic

FM generator and provides metering of Left and Right rear audio inputs. All of the five competing quadraphonic systems currently under consideration by the

FCC can be accom- modated by the MS -15.

Status

LED indicators are used throughout to aid in provided to troubleshooting. Metering is monitor

20 functions.

A peak reading audio voltmeter aids in setting up the exciter on tones, and can serve as an accurate peak program indicator.

1

.IBT

.1111111YR

The Harris DSM stereo generator, with digitally synthesized modulation, provides

45 dB stereo separation minimum,

30-

15,000 Hz, and no overshoot greater than 2%.

91 www.americanradiohistory.com

GENERAL

MS -15

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: 3W to 15W, continuously variable.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

87.5 to

108 MHz, tuned to specified operating frequency (programmable,

50 kHz channel spacing).

RF OUTPUT

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms, open and short

CONNECTION: BNC. circuit proof.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

±300

Hz 0° to

50

°C,TCXO.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation

(DCFM).

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±

100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

100 to

130 VAC or 200 to 260 VAC, 60

RF or

50 Hz, 150 W.

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements for

10 watt educational

(53 dB).

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

ALTITUDE:

15,000 ft.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

0

°C to

50

°C

(operational to

-

20

°C).

OVERALL

CABINET SIZE: 17.7"

W (44 cm) x

14

"H

(35 cm) x 12

"D

(30 cm). (19" rack mounting standard)

FINISH: Black

AUDIO /CONTROL CONNECTIONS:

2 x

18 pin barrier strips paralleled by

36 pin and socket connector.

MODULATION METER:

10 position, fast rise

A/C metering (adjustable to meet FCC ballistics).

MULTIMETER:

10 position,

DC metering.

AUDIO TRANSIENT RESPONSE:

2% maximum overshoot beyond steady state. Defeatable for test purposes.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: (left or right). 0.4% or less, 30- 15,000 Hz.

IMD: 0.4 %, 60/7000

Hz,

4:1 ratio.

FM

NOISE: (left or right)

65 dB minimum below

100%

Reference:

(400 Hz,

75 microsecond de- emphasis, deviation, measured

30 Hz to

15 kHz). modulation.

±

75 kHz

PILOT

PILOT

PILOT

OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

STABILITY:

19 kHz

PHASE:

±

1

Hz, 0° to

50

°C.

Automatically controlled.

STEREO SEPARATION:

45 dB minimum,

30- 15,000

Hz.

DYNAMIC

STEREO SEPARATION:

40 dB minimum under normal programming conditions.

CROSSTALK: (main to stereo sub

-channel or stereo sub -to -main channel)

45 dB below

90% modulation.

SUB

-CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 60 dB below

100% modulation.

76 kHz SUPPRESSION:

60 dB minimum below

100% modulation.

MODES: Stereo, mono

(L + R) mono

(L), mono

(R).

Remoteable.

SCA SPECIFICATIONS

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable other impedances. to

INPUT

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

+ 10 dBm

Hz.

FILTER: Controlled response LPF, defeatable.

±

1 dB for

100% modulation at 400

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard

75 microsecond

FCC pre

- emphasis curve

-!-

0.5 dB,

30-

15,000 Hz. Selectable: flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre- emphasis.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.2% or less,

30-

15,000 Hz.

IMD: 0.2 %, 60/7000

Hz, 4:1 ratio.

FM NOISE:

68 dB below

100% modulation

(ref. 400

Hz @ deviation, measured

30 Hz to

15 kHz with de- emphasis).

75

±

75 kHz microsecond

AM NOISE:

70 dB below reference carrier

AM modulation

100 %,

P out

= 15 W.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

TYPE OF MODULATION:

Digitally synthesized modulation

(DSM).

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: (left and right)

600 ohms balanced, resistive. Adaptable to other impedances.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

(left and right) +10 dBm

±1 dB for

100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: second,

FCC pre- emphasis curve flat,

25 or

50 microsecond pre -emphasis.

INPUT

FILTERING:

15 kHz

OVERSHOOT PROTECTION:

(left and right). Standard

75 micro-

LPF,45

±

0.5 dB 30- 15,000 Hz. dB rejection at 19

Dynamic transient response

Selectable: kHz.

(DTR) filter.

MODULATION: Direct

FM

FREQUENCY:

41 or

67 kHz programmable, any frequency between and

75 kHz on special order.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

±

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

500 Hz.

±

7.5 kHz.

25

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced

(AC coupled) and 2000 ohms unbalancd

(DC coupled,

BNC connections on rear panel).

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

+ 10 dBm

±

1 dB for

100% modulation at

400 Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 150 pre microsecond

-emphasis

-!-

1 dB, standard.

Selectable: flat,

50 or

75 microsecond pre- emphasis.

INPUT

DISTORTION: Less than

FM

FILTERING: Programmable

LPF, 4.5 kHz standard.

1

%,

30

-4,500 Hz.

±5 kHz deviation.

NOISE: (Main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref:

100% _

±

5 kHz deviation at 400 Hz).

CROSSTALK:

(SCA to main or stereo sub -channel);

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK: (Main

±5 kHz by frequencies

30- 15,000 Hz, SCA demodulated with

150 microsecond de- emphasis. or stereo sub

-channel to SCA);

50 dB below deviation of

SCA, with mono or stereo channels modulated

CROSSTALK:

SCA to SCA

(41 kHz /67 kHz)

50 dB microsecond de- emphasis. demodulated with

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL: Variable from

0 to -30 dBm.

MUTE

DELAY: Adjustable

0.5 to

20 seconds.

INJECTION LEVEL:

1% to 30% of composite. Adjustable.

150

WIDEBAND MODE

INPUT CONNECTOR:

BNC.

INPUT

PHASE

IMPEDANCE: Greater than 5000 ohms resistive, unbalanced.

INPUT LEVEL:

1

.0

LINEARITY:

VRMS

AMPLITUDE RESPONSE:

± nominal for

±

2

°, 30 Hz

±

75 to

75 kHz. kHz deviation.

0.25 dB,

30 Hz to 75 kHz.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

ORDERING INFORMATION:

MS -15

Mono

DSM

SCA exciter, for wideband operation,

19 inch rack mounted option (add for mono operation) stereo generator with

DTR

(add for stereo operation) generator (add for

SCA operation, specify

41 or

67 kHz)

994- 7950 -002

994- 8019 -001

994 -8020 -001

994- 7992 -001

92

CP -2M

-1180 d

Harris Corporation

1980 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 492D PTD.

IN

U.S.A.

HARRIS

FMH

SUPER -POWER

CIRCULARLY POLARIZED

FM

ANTENNA

High power handling capability

Silver soldered internal feed point to each radiating element

Multi- station

capability

Excellent

bandwidth characteristics

Rugged brass

construction

Silver

plated inner -conductor connectors

Radiused element tips to avoid corona problems

Stainless steel support brackets and hardware

Radiating element is machine extruded for added

strength

The Harris super -power

FMH circularly polarized

FM antennas feature unusually high power handling capabilities, excellent bandwidth characteristics, and multi- station capability.

RADIATING ELEMENT. The radiating element is of brass con- struction, and has an outside diameter of

3

-1,e

".

The silver sol- dered feed point is completely internal, with a pressurized envi- ronment up to the feed point. Each element is rated at

40 kW, with the exceptions of the

"A" series end fed

1 and

2 bay antennas and the center fed

2 bay, which are rated at 32 and 39 kW respectively.

Element ratings are limited only by the average power handling capability of the

3

-1

/a" rigid coaxial line, which we have conserva- tively derated from

48 kW to 40 kW. www.americanradiohistory.com

93

The rugged construction means these antennas will withstand the most severe weather extremes and wind velocities up to 150 miles per hour.

BANDWIDTH CAPABILITY.

The FMH antenna has a low standing wave ratio of 1.07:1 or less,

±

200 kHz per given channel with field trimming.

VSWR at antenna input without field trimming is 1.2:1 for pole mounting atop a tower. VSWR at antenna input without field trimming is 1.5:1 or less when side mounted on a tower.

Due to the excellent bandwidth characteristics of the radiating element, multi- station operation is possible using a common an- tenna system.

The necessary filtering components are available from Harris for such diplexing or multiplexing operations. Stations having a frequency separation of up to

4

MHz may be diplexed on a common antenna. However, in the case of 40 kW transmitters, a minimum frequency separation of

1.2

MHz is advisable to avoid excessive heating of filter components. Field tuning requiring multiple slug technology may be required for multiple station operation.

CIRCULARITY. The horizontally polarized radiation pattern is omni

-directional when the antenna is pole mounted atop a tower, and circularity is typically

±

2 dB when the antenna is mounted on a

14" diameter steel pole. When side mounted, the antenna pat- tern will be somewhat affected by the supporting structure.

DEICING. Deicers are not required in a normal environment, as the typical

VSWR is 1.5:1 or less with

1/2

-inch of radial ice. How- ever, heaters for deicing and

/or radomes are available at addi- tional cost, and should be specified at time of purchase.

ANTENNA MODELS.

The Harris

FMH super -power

FM antenna is available in three versions. The

"A" version uses a

3

-'

/e" element feed stem, and

3 -Ve" rigid interbay line.

It is available in

3

-'

/e" end fed,

3

-'

/e" center fed and

6 -1/4" center fed models, in arrays of up to

16 bays.

The FMH

"B" version uses a 4 -1/4" element feed stem, and a 4 -Ve" rigid interbay line.

It is available in either

6

-1

/e" end fed or

6 -1/4" center fed models in arrays of up to

12 bays.

The FMH

"C" version uses a 4

-1

/e" element feed stem, and

6 -1/e" rigid interbay line, with

6

-1

/e" end feed.

It is available in arrays of up to

6 bays.

Each antenna is supplied with a 6

-foot input transformer. The input is 50 ohm EIA with either a 3

-'

/e" flange or a

6 -1/4" flange, depend- ing on the model type. All antennas are completely assembled and tuned to the customer's frequency at the factory. Also, pressure testing is done at that time to assure the customer of a leak

-free antenna, provided the antenna is properly installed by a qualified erector and is free of damage.

"A"

TYPE

NO.

FMH -1AE

Model,

POWER GAIN1 FEMALE

50

POWER2 CALCO-

INPUT

LATED

CALCO-3

LATED

WIND

-

POWER dB

OHM

INPUT

CAPA

-

BILITY

WT.

[LBS]

LOAD

[LBS]

0.4611

31/4"

Interbay Line,

-3.3623

31/e"

3-Vs"

Element Stem

FMH -2AE

FMH -3AE

0.9971

-0.0128

31/4"

FMH -2AC 0.9971 -0.0128

31/4"

39kW

250

FMH -2AC6 0.9971 -0.0128

6'

/s

64kW

301

1.5588 1.9278 3'/1"

32kW

32kW

225

336

FMH -4AE

FMH

-4AC

2.1332 3.2903

2.1332 3.2903

31/4"

32kW

39kW

447

472

FMH

-4AC6

2.1332 3.2903 6'/s"

64kW 523

FMH -5AE

FMH

-6AE

2.7154 4.3384 3'

3.3028 5.1888

31/4"

FMH -6AC 3.3028 5.1888

3141"

FMH -6AC6

3.3028 5.1888

6'41"

FMH -7AE

FMH -8AE

FMH -8AC

3.8935 5.9034

4.4872 6.5197

4.4872 6.5197

FMH -8AC6 4.4872 6.5197

31/e"

31/1"

3'

/s"

6'/s"

FMH

-10AC

5.6800 7.5435

31/4"

FMH -10AC6 5.6800 7.5435

6'

FMH -12AC 6.8781 8.3747

FMH -12AC6

6.8781 8.3747

6'/s"

32kW

32kW

32kW

39kW

64kW

32kW

32kW

39kW

64kW

39kW

64kW

39kW

64kW

114

558

669

694

745

780

891

916

967

1138

1189

1360

1411

137

304

319

421

470

637

652

758

804

971

986

1096

1138

1305

1320

1433

1653

1770

1987

2108

TYPE

NO.

"B

'

Model,

41/4"

Interbay

Line,

4

-Vs" Element

Stem

POWER

GAIN'

FEMALE

50

POWER2

CALCU-

INPUT

LATED

POWER dB

OHM

INPUT

CAPA-

BILITY

WT.

[LBS]

CALCU

-3

LATED

WIND

-

LOAD

[LBS]

FMH -1BE 0.4611 -3.3623

6'/s"

FMH -2BE 0.9971 -0.0128

6'/e"

FMH

-2BC

0.9971 -0.0128

61/4"

FMH -3BE

1.5888 1.9278

FMH -4BE 2.1332 3.2903

FMH -4BC

FMH -5BE

FMH -6BE

2.1332 3.2903

2.7154 4.3384

3.3028 5.1888

FMH -6BC

FMH -7BE

FMH -8BE

FMH -8BC

3.3028 5.1888

3.8935 5.9034

4.4872 6.5197

4.4872 6.5197

6'/1"

6141"

614"

61/e"

6'

/e"

61/4"

6'/e"

614"

40kW

56kW

80kW

56kW

56kW

112kW

56kW

56kW

56kW

56kW

159

297

336

435

573

612

711

849

6'h"

112kW 888

112kW

987

1125

1164

FMH -10BC 5.6800 7.5435

FMH

-12BC

6.8781 8.3747

6'41"

112kW

112kW

1440

1716

"C"

Model,

6

-Vs"

Interbay Line

4

-Vs"

Element Stem

MOUNTING. Stainless steel mounting brackets and hardware are supplied for standard constant cross section towers having less than

4 ft. face or steel poles at no additional cost. Brackets for mounting on tapered towers are available at additional cost.

TYPE

NO.

POWER

GAIN'

FEMALE

POWER2 CALCU- LATED

POWER dB

50

OHM

INPUT

INPUT

LATED WIND

-

CAPA-

WT. LOAD

BILITY

[LBS]

[LBSI

DIMENSIONS. Each FMH element is approximately

47

-1/2 inches long, and

30 inches high. Weight is approximately

57 pounds per element with line block.

94

MODEL NUMBERS. Because of the many variations within each

FMH model category, it is helpful in ordering to understand the

Harris model numbers:

FMH

-1

BE FMH -4AC6

1=

1 bay

B

=

"B"

Model

E

=End Fed

4

=4 bay

A =

"A "'

Model

C= Center Fed

6=

6

-1

/e" input

CP-2M-381

©

Harris Corporation

1981

FMH

-10E

0.4611 -3.3623

6'/e"

FMH -2CE

0.9971

-0.0128

6'

/e

80kW 410

FMH

-3CE 1.5888 1.9278 6'/e"

40kW

205

120kW

615

FMH -4CE 2.1332

3.2903

61/e"

120kW

820

FMH -5CE 2.7154 4.3384 6'/s"

120kW 1025

FMH -6CE

FOOTNOTES

-(Apply to all models)

1.

Horizontal and vertical power gain and dB gain are the same.

2.

Power input capability up to 2,000 ft. above mean sea level. Derating required above 2,000 ft.

3.

Windload based on 50/33

PSF. 112 m.p.h. actual wind velocity.

NOTE: Brackets included in weight and windload calculations. www.americanradiohistory.com

3.3028 5.1888

61/4"

120kW 1230

260

520

780

1040

1300

1560

ADV. 462B PTD.

IN

U.S.A.

201

407

468

613

818

879

1024

1229

1290

1435

1641

1702

2113

2524

HARRIS

Radomes or deicers not needed in most environments

- eliminates associated maintenance and operating costs.

Excellent bandwidth minimizes VSWR problems.

Rugged brass element

construction

with stainless steel support brackets impedes corrosion.

Wide power input rating permits

transmitting

system design.

flexibility

in

FML

LOW

POWER

CIRCULARLY

POLARIZED

FM

ANTENNA

The Harris low power

FML circularly polarized

FM antenna fea- tures excellent bandwidth characteristics and the same rugged construction as

Harris' higher -power

FM antennas.

RADIATING ELEMENT. The radiating element of the FML an- tenna is of brass tubular construction, with an outside diameter of

1

-3/4 inches. The feed point is completely internal, with a pres- surized environment up to the feed point.

ANTENNA MODELS. Two versions of the FML are available. The

"E" version is an end fed model mounted on

1

-5/e inch,

50 ohm rigid line. The

"C" version is center fed, and uses

3

-"e inch,

50 ohm rigid line. www.americanradiohistory.com

95

End fed models have a power input capability of

9 kW, limited by the average power capability of the

1

-% inch rigid coaxial line, which we have conservatively derated from

15 kW to

9 kW. The center fed versions have a power input capability of

12 kW with the

3

-1 /e inch input feed. Each antenna comes with a 6 foot input transformer.

The antenna system feed point is

6 feet below the bottom bay for end fed models, and approximately

6 feet below the center of the antenna for center fed antenna systems.

The input is standard

1

-% inch EIA female flange for end fed models, and

3

-1/4 inch EIA female flange for center fed models.

The element stem is of heavy wall brass tubing assuring that the element will withstand rugged environmental conditions.

CIRCULARITY.

The horizontally polarized radiation pattern is omnidirectional when the antenna is pole mounted, and circularity is typically ±

2 dB when the antenna is mounted on a 14 inch diameter steel pole. When side mounted, the antenna pattern will be affected by the structure.

LOW

VSWR. The typical

VSWR of the FML antenna with

1/2 inch of radial ice is 1.5:1, or less, thus almost totally eliminating the need for deicers.

Only in extremely cold mountainous environments experiencing several inches of radial ice on antenna elements would the

FML antenna encounter VSWR problems. For areas experiencing over

1/2 inch of radial ice, radomes are offered to prevent excessive

VSWR during severe icing conditions.

RADIATION PATTERN. Complete are antenna patterning available for measuring the antenna radiation patterns.

An electrically equivalent full size tower section, approximately

20 feet long, is set up on the antenna range. The exact size and location of the ladder, coaxial transmission lines, conduits and cables are duplicated on this tower section, and an identical an- tenna element is mounted on the tower for such measurements.

Pattern both optimization for the vertical polarization component, or vertical and horizontal polarization components is available to improva the pattern circularity. Antenna pattern measurement and optimization is at additional cost. facilities

CONSTRUCTION. The radiating element and support stem are of brass tubular construction, using thick wall brass in the support stem. This provides a rugged construction capable of survival under severe weather extremes and with wind velocities up to 150 miles per hour (90 lbs. per square foot on flat members,

60 lbs. per square foot on cylindrical members).

Each antenna is completely assembled and tuned to the custom- er's frequency at the factory. The antenna is also pressure tested at that time in order to assure an antenna free of leaks.

The mounting brackets are supplied for uniform cross section towers having face dimensions of less than

4 feet or steel poles.

Brackets for mounting on tapered towers are available at extra cost. All brackets and hardware are made of stainless steel.

MODEL NUMBERS. The Harris model numbers for the low power

FML circularly polarized

FM antenna are interpreted as follows:

1

FML

-1 E

=

1 bay

FML -12C

12 = 12 bay

E

= end fed

C = center fed

BANDWIDTH CAPABILITY.

The FML antenna has a low standing wave ratio of 1.1:1 or less,

4

200 kHz per given channel with field trimming.

VSWR at antenna input, without field trimming is 1.2:1 for pole mounting atop a tower. VSWR at antenna input, without field trimming, is 1.5:1 or less, when side mounted on a tower.

FML LOW POWER

TYPE

NO.

POWER GAIN1

POWER dB

TYPE

FEED

FEMALE

50

OHM

INPUT

POWER2

INPUT

CAPABIL-

ITY

CALCU-

LATED

WEIGHT

[LBS.]

CALCU

-3

LATED

WIND

LOAD

[LBS.]

FML -1E

FML -2E

FML -3E

FML -4E

FML -4C

04611

0

9971 t

5588

2 t322

2

1322

-3.3623

-0.0128 t

9278

32903

32903

END

END

END

END

CENTER

1

-vs"

1

1

-54

-K"

1

-4"

3

-'4"

9 kW

9kW

9kW

9kW

12 kW

57

114

170

227

260

102

212

323

433

509

FML -5E

FML -5C

FML -6E

FML -6C

FML -7E

FML -7C

FML -8E

FML -8C

FML -9C

FML -10C

FML-1

1C

FML -12C

FML

13C

FML -14C

2

7154

2

7154

3

3028

3

3028

3

8935

3

8935

4

4872

4.4872

5.0826

5.6800

6.2783

6

8781

7.4785

8.0800

4

3384

4

3384

5 t888

5.1888

5.9034

5.9034

6.5197

6.5197

7.0608

7

5435

7.9785

8 3747

8.7381

9.0741

END

OFF CENTER

END

CENTER

END

OFF CENTER

END

CENTER

OFF CENTER

CENTER

OFF CENTER

CENTER

OFF CENTER

CENTER

1

-;4"

3'4"

1

-s4-

3

-'4"

1

-94"

3

-'4 t

-st"

3

-'4"

3

-'4"

3

-'4"

3'4"

3

-'4-

3

-'4"

3

-'4-

9kW

12 kW

9kW

12 kW

9kW

12 kW

9 kW

12 kW

12 kW

12 kW

12 kW

12 kW

12 kW

12 kW

283

317

340

373

396

430

453

486

543

599

656

712

769

825

543

620

654

730

764

840

874

950

1060

1171

1281

1391

1501

1612

FOOTNOTES.

1.

Horizontal and vertical power gain and dB gain are the same.

2.

Power input capability up to

2,000 ft. above mean sea level. Derating required above 2,000 ft.

3.

Wind load based on

112 mph wind velocity (50/30 psf) and the wind blowing normal to the side of the antenna. calculations include brackets, interbay line and the transformer section. Calculations based on the frequency of 95 MHz.

Weight and wind load

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

96

CP

-1 M

-182

:c,

Harris Corporation

1982

ADV. 519C PTO.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

FMS

DUAL

-CYCLOID

CIRCULARLY

POLARIZED

FM

ANTENNA

The

Harris Dual -Cycloid Type

FMS antenna transmits circular polarization as authorized by FCC rules and regulations.

The sta- tion's effective radiated power will still be determined by the signal radiated in the horizontal plane. This is determined by the antenna gain (see table) in the input to the antenna. horizontal plane multiplied by the power

Any number of elements from one to sixteen may be utilized, providing maximum flexibility in the selection of power gain for a particular installation.

Antennas with null fill, beam tilt, and special horizontal to vertical power splits (other than

50/50) are available.

Radomes or deicers are available for climates that experience icing conditions.

The Dual -Cycloid consists of two basic parts:

(1) the radiating element and, (2) interconnecting transmission line sections. The radiating elements in an array are all identical electrically and mechanically. Utilizing the effective ring design of the Cycloid as the basic unit, two vertical elements have replaced the fixed end plates: the rear terminal block is now a matching balun mating the antenna impedance to the interconnecting transmission line.

The vertical sections have adjustable caps for a fine adjustment of the horizontal

/vertical radiation ratio which is set at the factory.

Corona suppression balls are included as a standard item.

De- signed for rugged trouble -free operation, all antenna elements are fabricated of a durable weather resistant brass alloy with excellent electrical properties.

Antenna elements are normally spaced one wave length apart with interconnecting transmission line sections and feed through a common system input termination of 50 ohms, which is a standard

31/4"

EIA female flange.

CIRCULARITY. Both the horizontal and vertical radiation pattern of the Dual

-Cycloid antenna have been measured within ± 2dB in free space. When side mounted, the antenna pattern will be some- what affected by the supporting structure.

Supplied on a standard 3' EIA line, the antenna is complete with mounting brackets for standard

AM and FM towers. www.americanradiohistory.com

97

TYPE

NO.

FMS

-1

FMS -2

FMS -3

FMS -4

FMS -5

FMS -6

FMS -7

FMS -8

FMS -9

FMS -10

FMS

-11

FMS -12

FMS -13

FMS -14

FMS -15

FMS -16

FEED POINT. Antennas of

8 bays or less are usually end fed; a 6 foot matching transformer is connected to the bottom bay.

Anten- nas of

9 bays or more are center fed if an even number of bays, or at a point one -half way below the antenna center if an odd number of bays; a 10 foot matching transformer is connected to an elbow attached to the center feed tee.

MOUNTING. The antenna is mounted on a specially designed stainless steel supporting bracket, fabricated to mate with the tower in a mounting arrangement specified by the purchaser.

An- tennas are usually mounted on the leg or tower face of a guyed or self supporting tower.

A special quotation will be made for brackets on TV towers and non -standard radiators and poles.

Order Type FMS -(X)

(X indicates number of bays required)

Radomes available for

FMS

Antenna

FMS DUAL -CYCLOID SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: Factory tuned to one frequency in the 88 to 108

MHz band.

POLARIZATION: Circular, clockwise.

POWER GAIN: See table below. Referred to a half -wave dipole in free space.

AZIMUTHAL PATTERN: Circular

±

2.0 dB in free space for horizontal polarization: same for vertical polarization.

VSWR AT INPUT

(Without field trimming):

Top mounting,

1.2:1 or better.

Side mounting,

1.5:1 or better.

VSWR AT INPUT (With better over

± 100 kHz. field trimming):

Top or side mounting,

1.1:1 or

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

INPUT CONNECTION: 3'

/8 inch, 50 ohm EIA female flange.

POWER INPUT RATING: Approximately

10 kW per bay (see table).

WINDLOAD:

50 lbs. per square foot for flat surfaces;

33 lbs. per square foot for cylindrical surfaces. Figures available for other wind loading.

DIMENSIONS:

(One bay) 30 in. high x 351/2 in. typical.

FEED POINT: One to eight bays, end fed. Nine bays and over, center fed with even number of bays, or at a point

'h bay below center with odd number of bays.

FMS DUAL -CYCLOID ANTENNA

POWER GAIN

[in each polarization]

POWER

0.4611

0.9971

1.5588

2.1332

2.7154

3.3028

3.8935

4.4872

5.0826

5.6800

6.2783

6.8781

7.4785

8.0800

8.6818

9.2846 dB

-3.3623

-0.0128

1.9278

3.2903

4.3384

5.1888

5.9034

6.5197

7.0608

7.5435

7.9785

8.3747

8.7381

9.0741

9.3861

9.6776

FIELD1

0.6790

0.9985

1.2485

1.4605

1.6478

1.8174

1.9732

2.1183

2.2545

2.3833

2.5057

2.6226

2.7347

2.8425

2.9465

3.0471

INPUT

POWER

RATING

KW

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10

20

30

40

40

APPROX.

LENGTH

FT.2

110

120

130

140

150

60

70

80

90

100

-

10

20

30

40

50

WEIGHT

[INCL.

BRACKETS]

LBS.3

606

692

799

885

971

1057

1143

1229

1315

1401

80

176

262

348

434

520

WIND LOAD

LBS.4

WIND LOAD

W

/RADOMES

LBS.4

133

296

458

620

783

945

1108

1270

1506

1668

1831

1993

2156

2318

2480

2643

2924

3212

3500

3788

4076

4364

4652

259

547

835

1123

1411

1699

1987

2275

2636

FOOTNOTES

1.

To obtain the effective free space field intensity at one mile in mv/m for one kilowatt antenna input power, multiply field gain by 137.6.

2.

When determining coax line length on end feed antenna. add

10' to allow for matching stub. When determining coax line lengths on center feed antenna, termination will be 6' below center due to matching stub.

3.

Radome weight is 20 lbs. additional per bay. Heaters are not included in weights given. Heater weight, including junction boxes and interbay cable is

7 lbs. additional per bay. Heater elements replaceable in the field.

4.

Based on

50 psf wind pressure on flat surfaces,

33 psf on cylindrical surfaces

(1

12 mph actual wind velocity). Antenna will withstand velocities up to 150 mph.

EQUIPMENT FURNISHED: Antenna elements as ordered: antenna mount- ing hardware (specify tower manufacturer and type). interconnecting rigid coax transmission line: standard 3' inch EIA female flange.

ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT: Deicer system, 300 watts or 500 watts per bay, 115 volts or

230 bolts, 50/60 Hz...complete with conduit boxes and

RF shielded interbay wiring harness. Radomes also available.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

CP -2M -381 c

Harris Corporation

1981

ADV. 463B PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

mak

HAIS

DUAL

-CYCLOID

II

DUAL

-CYCLOID

III

Circularly

Polarized

FM

Antennas

DUAL -CYCLOID

II.

Harris'

Dual -Cycloid

II circularly polarized FM antenna provides all of the electrical advantages of the Dual

-

Cycloid, in a lighter weight, low silhouette design for minimum windloading. The antenna features center feed for medium power handling capabilities

-from

four to twelve bays handle transmitter powers through

10 kilowatts. Antenna elements are normally spaced one wavelength apart with interconnecting transmission line sections and feed through a common antenna system input termination of

50 ohms, with a standard 3'

/e inch EIA female flange.

All antenna elements are fabricated of a durable, weather

- resistant brass alloy. Null fill and beam tilt are available. Standard stainless steel brackets for mounting the antenna on the tower leg are included with the antenna. Optional deicers are available, consisting of two 150

-watt heating elements per bay, for either 115 volts or 230 volts, as specified. The heater elements are replace- able in the field.

Junction boxes and shielded interbay wiring is included. Heater weight including junction boxes and interbay cable, is

6 lbs. additional per bay. Order type

FMC -(X) cates number of bays). Optional radomes are available.

B (X indi-

FMC

-[X]

B

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: Factory tuned to one specific frequency in the 88 to

108 MHz band.

POLARIZATION: Circular. clockwise.

FREE SPACE PATTERN: Horizontal component circular ± 2 dB.

Vertical component circular ± 2 dB.

VERTICAL TO

HORIZONTAL

POWER

RATIO: Fixed at

50/50.

VSWR:

1.2 to

1 or better

*

200 kHz as tuned at the factory. VSWR when tower mounted 1.5 to

1 or better

±

200 kHz as tuned at the factory. VSWR when tower mounted 1.5 to

1 or better ± 200 kHz. Capable of adjustment

1 to

1

+

100 kHz with field tuning.

.

1

POWER see

GAIN: Horizontal polarization: see table. Vertical polarization: table. Referred to a half wave dipole in free space.

POWER INPUT RATING: Maximum of

12 kW.

INPUT CONNECTION: 3' /e" EIA female flange.

50 ohm.

WINDLOAD: Designed for 50 psf for flat surfaces.

33 psf for cylindrical surfaces.

WEIGHT: Single bay 24 lbs., less brackets. weighs approximately

13 lbs. per section.

11" interbay coaxial line

DIMENSIONS: Single bay height approximately

30 ".

Length approximately

27 ".

DUAL -CYCLOID

III. Designed for lower power stations. Harris'

Dual -Cycloid III circularly polarized FM antenna is an end -fed version of the Dual -Cycloid Il

-it

is lighter in weight, and has less windloading. From one to eight bays handle transmitter powers through 7.5 kilowatts.

The antenna consists of

15/e

-inch transmission line with individual bays separated by approximately one wavelength at the operating frequency.

All antenna elements are fabricated of durable, weather- resistant brass alloy. Null fill and beam tilt are not avail- able on the Dual -Cycloid Ill.

Deicers are available, they consist of two 150

-watt or 300 -watt heating elements per bay for either 115 volts or

230 volts, as specified. Junction boxes and shielded interbay wiring harness are included. These elements are factory installed, and are replaceable in the field. Heater weight, including junction boxes and interbay cable, is 6 lbs.

Standard stainless steel brackets for mounting the antenna on the tower leg are included with the antenna. Order type

FMC -(X)

A (X indicates the number of bays required). Optional radomes are available.

FMC

-[X] A SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: Factory tuned to one specific frequency in the 88

-

108 MHz band.

POLARIZATION: Circular, clockwise.

FREE SPACE PATTERN: Horizontal component circular component circular ± 2 dB.

± 2 dB.

Vertical

VERTICAL

TO

HORIZONTAL RATIO:

Fixed at

50/50.

VSWR: 1.2 to

1 or better

+

200 kHz as tuned at the factory. VSWR when tower mounted 1.5 to

1 or better

i

200 kHz. Capable of adjustment to 1.1 to

1

+

100 kHz with field tuning.

POWER GAIN: Horizontal polarization: see table. Vertical polarization: see table. Referred to a half wave dipole in free space.

POWER INPUT RATING: Maximum of 7.5 kW for three to eight bays.

3 kW for single bay.

6 kW for two bays.

INPUT CONNECTION:

A six foot transformer section is attached to the bottom bay of each antenna system which has a

11"

50 ohm EIA female connector.

WINDLOAD: Designed for 50 psf for flat surfaces, 33 psf for cylindrical surfaces.

WEIGHT: Single bay 24 lbs., less brackets.

11/4" interbay coaxial line weighs approximately

13 lbs. per section.

DIMENSIONS: Single bay height approximately 30 ".

Length approximately 27 ".

99 www.americanradiohistory.com

DUAL -CYCLOID

II

DUAL -CYCLOID

III

TYPE

NO.

WIND -3

LOAD

POWER GAIN

1

POWER

POWER WIND

-3

W/RAD-

INPUT WT.2

LOAD OMES dB FIELD [kW] [LBS.] [LBS.] [LBS.)

FMC -4B

FMC -5B

FMC -6B

FMC -7B

2.1332 3.2903 1.4605

12

2.7154

4.3384

1.6478

12

3.3028 5.1888

1.8174

12

3.8935

5.9034 1.9732

12

FMC -8B

FMC -9B

4.4872

6.5197 2.1183

12

5.0826 7.0608 2.2545

12

FMC -10B 5.6800 7.5435 2.3833

FMC-11B 6.2783 7.9785 2.5057

FMC -12B 6.8781

8

3747

2

6226

12

12

12

197

238

279

320

361

402

443

484

525

415

505

595

685

775

865

764

941

1118

1296

1473

1650

955

1828

1045

2005

1135

2182

NO.

WIND -3

LOAD

POWER GAIN

POWER

POWER

WIND-3

INPUT WT.2

LOAD OMES dB FIELD [kW] [LBS.] [LBS.] [LBS.]

FMC

-1

A

0.4661 -3.3623 0.6790

FMC -2A 0.9971

-0

0128

0 9985

FMC -3A 1.5588

1

9278

1

2485

3

6

7 5

FMC -4A 2.1332 3.2903

1

4605

7

5

FMC -5A 2.7154

4

3384

1

6478

7 5

FMC -6A

3

3028

5.1888 1.8174

7

5

FMC -7A

3

8935

5

9034

1

9732

FMC -8A

4

4872

6

5197

2

1183

7 5

7 5

36

77

118

159

200

241

282

323

74

164

254

344

434

524

614

704

161

338

515

693

870

1047

1224

1402

FOOTNOTES.

1.

Power gain in each polarization.

To obtain effective free space field intensity at one mile

MV

/M for one kilowatt an enna power. mu tiply field gain by 137.6.

2.

Weights given include brackets, interbay transmission line and transformer section (center fed tee section and elbow weight also included in

Dual -Cycloid

Ill weight). Weight per radome is 18 lbs. for Dual -Cycloid

II and

18 lbs. for Dual -Cycloid Ill (should

Windload based on 50 psf on flat surfaces and 33 psf for cylindrical surfaces (actual wind velocity

112 mph). be multiplied times

Computed for

100 MHz the number of bays).

3. antenna with mounting brackets but less heater junction boxes and heater cables.

DUAL -CYCLOID

II- Length of 4 bay antenna is approximately

30 feet. To determine the length of other antennas. add antennas fed at center if an even number of bays, or at a point '/2-bay below antenna center if

10 feet per an odd number of bays.

A 10

-ft. additional bay. Dual matching transformer is

-Cycloid attached

II to an elbow attached to the center feed tee.

DUAL- CYCLOID Ill-

Length of

2 bay antenna is approximately coax length, add six feet to antenna length.

10 feet. To determine length of other antennas, add

10 feet per additional bay When determining

EDUCATIONAL

FM

ANTENNAS

The Harris FM-11 series of

FM antennas uses lightweight horizon- tally polarized ring type radiators having a horizontal plane radia- tion pattern that is essentially omni- directional.

The FM-11 uses a single ring element; the

FM -22 uses two ring elements; the

FM

-33 uses three elements; and, the

FM -44 uses four ring elements.

Antennas having more than one ring element use a vertical spac- ing of one wavelength between elements.

The an antennas are designed for mounting on a pipe or pole having outside diameter of

2 to

21/2 inches. Two "U" bolts are provided on each antenna element for mounting.

The mounting pole is not supplied, but can be provided at additional cost, as can the proper coaxial cable.

FM -11 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: Factory tuned to one specific frequency in the

88 -108 MHz band.

POLARIZATION: Horizontal.

TYPICAL PATTERN

WHEN MOUNTED

ON SMALL STEEL POLE:

Hori- zontal plane pattern circularity of approximately ±

3 dB.

TYPICAL VSWR:

1.5 to

1, or less,

+

1.2 MHz.

INPUT CONNECTOR: Type

UHF female which mates with the type UHF male (PL -259 or 83

-1

SP).

WINDLOAD CALCULATION:

Based on 50 lbs.

/sq. ft. for flat surfaces, 33 lbs.

/sq. ft. for cylindrical surfaces

(wind velocity of 112 miles per hour).

DIMENSIONS: Single bay height approximately

9

". Length approximately

23 ". Two bay antenna

11 ft. high;

3 bay is 22 ft.:

4 bay is 33 ft.

TYPE

NO.

FM11 SERt=S

POWER GAIN

POWER dB FIELD

POWER

RATING WT.

[WATTS]

[LBS.]

ORDERING INFORMATION

FM

-11A

Single ring antenna

FM -22A

2

-ring antenna

FM

-33A

3

-ring antenna

FM

-44A

4

-ring antenna

710- 0102 -000

710

-0103 -000

710- 0201 -000

710- 0202 -000

FM-11

FM

-22

FM -33

FM -44

0.80 -0.969

0.894

1.80

2.75

2.55 1.342

4.39 1.658

3.72

5.70 1.929

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

500

800

800

800

7.5

16.5

27.5

36

100

CP-1M-1081

Harris Corporation

1981

WIND-

LOAD

[LBS.]

52.5

117

196

257

ADV. 464C

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

W

HARRIS

DIRECTIONAL DUAL

POLARIZED

FM

ANTENNA

No de

-icing required under normal environmental conditions

Internal feed point to radiating element

Pattern testeo

Field trimming normally not required

High power handling capability

Rugged brass construction

Stainless steel support brackets

Wide bandwidth characteristics www.americanradiohistory.com

101

102

Harris'

FMD -(X) is a directional dual polarized FM antenna designed for pole and mounting.

It is available with up to eight bays with either

1- ae inch or

3-

Ide inch

EIA 50 ohm female input.

The

"X" in the type number indicates the number of bays. The suffix "A" following the complete type number signifies

1-

5/11

" input and the suffix "B" indicates

3- lie

" input. (Example

FMD-4A is a 4

-bay antenna with

1-

1

" input).

-

UP TO 40 KW

INPUT POWER. The maximum power input capability for the

"A" series is

12 kilowatts.

The maximum power input capability for the bay, and

40

"B" series is

20 kilowatts for a single kilowatts for two

(2) through eight

(8) bays.

The interbay lines use

3-

Ide inch rigid, with three such lines used between bays, one two for the horizontal element feeds and for the vertical element feeds.

A combiner, for combining the three

A six transmission line feeds, is used below the bottom bay. foot transformer section is used immediately below this combiner.

BROADBAND

DIPOLE ELEMENTS. The antenna uses broad- band

3

-'

/e

" diameter dipole elements, and these will not require deicing under normal environmental conditions.

Each bay level normally uses two driven horizontal elements, one horizontal parasitic reflector and one driven vertical element.

In some cases, vertical parasitic elements may be used on each bay for the purpose of further shaping the vertical polarization component.

Heaters are not normally required for antenna deicing purposes due to the excellent bandwidth characteristics exhibited by the antenna.

Typically, as measured between 1.5:1 VSWR points, the bandwidth is in the region of

5 to

7

MHz. As a result, the antenna could probably experience icing of up to

3/4 inch thickness without the VSWR going above

1

.5:1

. o

141410 liaRiku*r*0,#.011

WiN1111Wiellgil iql.#47104111111111

,44604.1

rtaisso

FUD

DUAL rDLmuieD

DIRECTIONAL

IY

Typical

N.14.nW ew.

Pail.,

NYS

N.YNwI

.

0.T66 ilül.Nhn

00

ANTENNA

SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION. The antenna system is designed to be pressurized, using dry air or dry nitrogen, and the system should be purged and then pressurized to a positive pressure of

0.35 approximately

2 to

5 pounds per square inch (0.14 to kilograms per square centimeter) immediately following installation.

CUSTOM MOUNTING POLE.

The FMD a antenna is supplied with custom matching pole, thereby permitting the support pole to be drop shipped directly to the customer.

The directional antenna may be purchased without the pole only on a special quotation basis, in which case there will be an added engineering charge made, and the cost of the Harris pole deducted from this total price. The pole is a hot dip galvanized pedestal mount, with removable step bolts. For poles

30 feet or more in length the minimum wall thickness is 0.500 inch.

A plate is provided on the top of the pole as a support for a beacon.

Should a buried pole support be desired, specific requirements will be needed for a special price quotation.

ANTENNAS

PATTERNED AT FACTORY.

Each

Harris FMD directional antenna is patterned on a test range, not at the customer's site.

A single bay of the antenna (in accordance with

FCC

(or pattern test requirements) is mounted on a pole identical electrically equivalent) to that on which the antenna is to be finally installed.

If the customer supplies his own pole, then complete data on the pole must be submitted for final pattern testing.

The antenna is patterned with the test pole erected vertically on a turntable on the antenna range, and measurements made in the xy, or horizontal plane, for both the horizontal and vertical

00

8. polarization components. Normally, the antenna bay being patterned is operated in the transmitting mode.

A special dipole

PATTERN

2

#

M°.4$

41

0 ill

I

41 a

1

2

I

1

1

i

01/1

044,1

1

CMS"

11,0

.-..:,.... pi f

.YD

DUAL

TT.NN

.OLSNReD DIRECTIONAL a

N.nL.nW

F.

N.YIM.IW

..Ihn

NYS

-

0.00I

Pattern

000 IOC

00

.70 www.americanradiohistory.com

receiving antenna, located a with its sufficient distance away, is used output feeding an accurate field intensity meter, and the pattern of the antenna plotted as the test pole is rotated.

Patterns for each of the two polarization components are plotted separately. Adjustments are made to the antenna bay in order to achieve a suitable antenna radiation pattern.

The complete antenna is assembled on a steel pole and carefully tuned at the factory.

As a result, field trimming should normally not be required.

The final pattern achieved may be expected to differ slightly from the initial pattern proposed, so it may be necessary to file an application to modify the construction permit to comply with the exact measured pattern, which the customer will upon the completion of the antenna pattern tests. receive

Following the completion of the final patterning of the antenna,

Harris will provide the station, and

/or its consultant, with the final measured antenna radiation pattern, calculated gain data, and

This the details of the antenna pattern measurement procedure. final data is then submitted by the station to the FCC or other broadcasting authority.

ORDERING INFORMATION. Orders for the Harris

Dual

Polarized

Directional

FM

Antenna should specify the desired true azimuth orientation, maximum

ERP permitted, radiated power limita- tions and their true orientation, transmission line efficiency

(or specify the type of transmission line and its length), and the transmitter power output capability. Such antenna pattern requirements are normally specified by the stations'sconsultant.

Ideally, a copy of the FCC construction permit should be supplied so that the manufacturer can assure full compliance with the requirements of such authorization relative to the antenna.

PATTERNS tF

I-4AFiRIS

.Mw TlenoNA

,

N.U.e«NA i.0u

ROUNTEOI

.:.wN,°a;

«.w.. wE....1=.

WOIUN

PORED GAIN

EMENH

Mw1N.Y

M.Y.....M

N

II

P1 vbIIwIM.INIrE.MI. TISI

The pattern shown above is that of a three -bay Harris

FMD -3 Dual

Polarized Directional FM

Antenna designed specifically for the

107.7

MHz frequency. ea

.41

401

11,404

AP

,00

ammtmatraw*aiiisi

200

0.

MARRIS

=

.- ...- .......

PMO DUAL POLARIZED DIRECTIONAL FM

ANTENNA

TTIICII MaltOnl.l PI.M

RMNINI FIRM

P.Mwn

I.Ilan

111115 0 TEO www.americanradiohistory.com

see

HARRIS

PROD

DUAL POLARIZED DIRECTIONAL FM

ANTENNA

TTPIC.! MMNOnC.I

PNM

RM.T

PNM

P.ITwn

ROM

O.ICI

P.Nwn

103

Horizontal

Reflector

Supporting

Pole

1

HARRIS

TYPE

NO.

FMD-1A

FMD-1B

FMD -2A

FMD -2B

FMD -3A

FMD-3B

FMD -4A

FMD -4B

FMD -5A

FMD -5B

FMD -6A

FMD -6B

FMD -7A

FMD -7B

FMD -8A

FMD-8B

Horizontal

A

Radiating

Element

Horizontal

Radiating

Element

13/4" x

19"

[Diameter]

Vertical

Radiating

Element

1

V8

Drilled

[12]

-

" Diameter Holes

HARRIS FMD DUAL POLARIZED

DIRECTIONAL

FM

ANTENNA

-TOP VIEW

POLE MOUNTING FLANGE

For Harris

Dual Polarized

Directional

FM Antenna

[Does not apply to FMD -1A or

1

BI

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

DATA

INPUT

POWER

RATING

KW

12

20

12

40

12

40

12

40

12

40

12

40

12

40

12

40

FEMALE

INPUT

FLANGE

1

3

Vs

"

"

13+8

3

Vs

"

"

1

38

3 vs

"

"

1 are

3Vs

"

"

1 5/8

3 vs

"

"

1 are

3 vs

"

"

1

3

3s

" v "

1

%

3 vs

"

"

POLE

LENGTH

FT

50

50

62

62

72

72

82

82

92

92

20

20

30

30

40

40

WEIGHT

POLE

AND

ANTENNA

LBS

606

626

2240

2260

2994

3014

4245

4265

5901

5921

7956

7976

9250

9270

11305

11325

TOTAL

WIND LOAD

[BASED

ON

50/33

PSF]

LBS

796

832

1821

1856

2557

2593

3490

3526

4680

4716

5523

5559

6350

6386

7192

7227

OVER-

TURNING

MOMENT

FT

LBS

9595

10000

30024

30593

54917

55682

89308

90254

153210

154407

208204

209581

271315

272872

343159

344847

HEIGHT

ELEC-

TRICAL

CENTER

ABOVE

TOWER

TOP

FT

16

16

43

43

48

48

31

31

38

38

53

53

21

21

26

26

BOLT

CIRCLE

DIAMETER

INCHES

9

9

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

17

HARRIS

TYPE

NO.

FMD-(1A or

1B)

FMD -(2A or

2B)

FMD -(3A or 3B)

FMD -(4A or 4B)

FMD-

(5Aor5B)

FMD-

(6Aor6B)

FMD -(7A or 7B)

FMD -(8A or 8B)

MAXIMUM

POWER

GAIN

FOR

TYPICAL PATTERNS

1

-4

ON

PREVIOUS PAGES

PATTERN

1

PATTERN

2

PATTERN

3

PATTERN

4

HORIZ.

0.81

1.74

2.71

3.70

4.71

5.71

6.73

7.75

VERT.

0.72

1.53

2.39

3.26

4.14

5.03

5.92

6.82

HORIZ.

0.79

1.70

2.64

3.61

4.58

5.56

6.55

7.55

VERT.

0.70

1.49

2.33

3.18

4.03

4.90

5.77

6.64

HORIZ.

0.76

1.63

2.54

3.47

4.40

5.35

6.29

7.25

VERT.

0.70

1.50

2.34

3.19

4.05

4.92

5.79

6.67

HORIZ.

0.72

1.54

2.39

3.26

4.14

5.03

5.92

6.82

VERT.

0.69

1.47

2.29

3.13

3.98

4.83

5.68

6.54

NOTE: The above power gain figures are approximate only, but are useful as a guide in determining the number of bays required. with the pattern shape, and the exact gain figures are determined when the final antenna pattern is achieved.

The gain figures will vary

The power gain for the vertical polarization component is less than the horizontal polarization component since it the vertically polarized component can not exceed the horizontally polarized component at any azimuth. will differ a bit in shape, and in addition,

104

CP -1.5M -180 © Hams Corporation

1980

ADV.

468A

PTD.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV

-50H

50-

Kilowatt

VHF

High

Band

Color Television

Transmitter

TVD- l

00H

100-

Kilowatt

Dual

VHF

High Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Compact

TV

-50H design permits

100

-kW dual configura- tion for

CP use in approximately same floor spar

: as ex- isting

50 -kW transmitters

Solid -State IPA's

Only

3 tubes

(TV

-50H)

6 tubes

(TVD

-100H)

Transversal SideBand filter

-ro

group delay, no

'

Jning adjustments required

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Automatic power control standard

Excellent cooling system

Latest design for unattended operation

Modular, pre

-wired cabinets for easiest installation www.americanradiohistory.com

105

106

TV-

50H...

SOLID -STATE

IPA/

THREE

-TUBE DESIGN

The

IPA

Harris

TV

-50H features a solid -state and a three -tube design to greatly enhance reliability, reduce tuning re- quirements and allow an unusually com- pact cabinet configuration.

This advanced high band

VHF -TV trans- mitter requires only one aural and two visual tubes to provide a

50- kilowatt visual and a 5- kilowatt aural output.

A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements tube change. after a

The solid -state

IPA contains broadband amplifiers so that no tuning is re- quired

-and

it is fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations. Graduial

(1 to

2 seconds)

RF turn

-on permits

DC voltage stabilization before

RF drive application to power amplifiers, for added transmitter protection.

The IPA is fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while ex- cellent cooling helps maintain long tran- sistor life.

DUAL CONFIGURATION

FOR CP

APPLICATIONS

The compact design of the

TV

-50H makes it ideal for

100

-kilowatt dual configurations for use with circularly polarized

TV antennas.

A

100- kilowatt configuration, employing two

TV -5011's and a center control cabinet, would re- quire only as one about the same floor space existing 50- kilowatt transmitter!

SUPERB

PERFORMANCE

In addition to a solid -state IPA, the

TV-

50H incorporates such state -of- the -art features as

Harris' Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter;

IF

(intermediate frequency).

Modulation; true linear operation of power amplifiers; and solid -state visual and aural exciter

/modulators, to provide the finest color performance and sound no fidelity available today.

As envelope delay correction or adjust- ments are required for the sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced.

Fre quency adjustment, power output con trol and amplifier tuning are straight forward and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated components assure long -term

"hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The TV

-50H consists of a

1.7- kilowatt exciter

/driver, an aural power ampli- fier, a visual power amplifier, and an external

HV power supply.

The trans- mitter employs a single -ended visual

PA www.americanradiohistory.com

(8984 tetrode) for low power consump- tion, and

DC filaments in the visual and aural stages for improved signal -to- noise ratios.

r

.

.r.F:

çr-eT-,;^m- r.r c!,...w-..r-.'?''.

.O'F.T:!;'

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND (TSB)

FILTER

The

Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF frequency, rather than

"on fre- quency" at the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous

VSB filters, which require from 600 to 1000 nsec of group delay correction and many ad- justments, the TSB filter has an inherent linear phase characteristic and requires no group delay correction. Other VSB filters need 6 to

12 tuning controls, while the

Harris

TSB filter needs no tun- ing controls as it requires no tuning ad- justments

-ever!

Additionally, the

TSB filter has steeper skirts and higher attenuation outside the channel passband for improved VSB wave shaping.

Only

11/2 square inches in size, the TSB filter is mounted on a PC board in the visual exciter.

The

MCP-1V visual exciter modulator is a solid -state, independent,

,elf- contained "on- channel" signal source. Harris' TSB filter (right) is mounted on a PC board in the visual exciter, and measures only

l'i

inches square. drawer extended for test purposes.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER

/MODULATORS

The

Harris solid -state MCP -1V visual ex- citer

/modulator is an independent, self

- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal.

Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retun- ing of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes. A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain con- trols ore motor driven with manual override provision.

The

MCP -1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is also designed for minimum maintenance and set

-up time, and and unattended for remote control operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including

Harris' solid -state

TSB filter.

The

Harris aural exciter

/modulator is a solid -state self

-contained unit which fur- nishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up be set to

10 watts. Power output can with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

The aural ex- citer

/modulator is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the

IF

MODULATION

One of the important features of

50H is its true low -level

IF the TV-

Modulation, which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reli- ability and simplicity of operation.

In the TV

-50H the visual and citers generate aural ex- fully modulated low

- level

IF signals. The output of a common crystal used controlled reference oscillator is to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired "on channel" output fre- quency.

As it occurs at much lower power levels than other designs, intermediate fre- quency modulation needs fewer circuits to produce a fully processed, quality picture signal.

Less than one volt of video signal is needed to modulate the

RF carrier.

The mits

Harris ring modulator design per- modulation percentages to approx- imately 2% without compromis transmitter performance

ñg

-and

elimi- nates most pre- distortion circuitry. This results in exceptional color perform- ance and nearly perfect signal linearity.

Even such colors as highly saturated yel- low and cyan are with

IF faithfully

Modulation. reproduced

Due to the low

-level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an ex- tremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear the broadband amplifiers, broadcast signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

IF results in

Modulation low incidental phase noise, and the elimination of many transmis- sion means problems at their source.

This that no half

-way measures

-such as numerous correction, compensation and feedback circuits

-are

required to eliminate the effects of these problems later.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits

-employing

CMOS IC's for design simplicity and enhanced reli- ability

-offer

complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions.

Built

- in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air auto- matically in the stage it was operating prior to a partial or full power failure.

The memory is continuous, and is main- tained without an emergency power source during power failures.

The control logic and protective cir- cuitry, in addition to commanding nor- mal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system.

These indicator lights allow isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring cir- cuits have been designed specifically for remote control and unattended opera- tion.

The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built

-in on accessi- ble terminal boards.

Today, Harris

TV transmitters are being operated successfully worldwide in an unattended mode, with and remote control access. In without addition,

Harris' with transmitter design is consistent anticipated automatic transmitter needs in the future.

107 www.americanradiohistory.com

AUTOMATIC

POWER CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all

RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, in- sures constant power output, even with variations in line voltages.

This feature is standard in the

TV

-50H. venient access during maintenance.

A complete system of is also overload indicators provided in each cabinet for monitoring transmitter event of a operation.

In the transmitter malfunction, an examination of the indicators will locate the problem area.

The transmitter has been built in a modular fashion so that cabinets may be separated into convenient, easy -to- handle sub

-assemblies to facilitate in- stallation. Additionally, the compact design of the

TV

-50H minimizes space requirements in the transmitter building.

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of a solid -state IPA and conserv- atively rated

Type

8988 and 8984 ceramic tetrodes operating as

VHF linear amplifiers.

These operate in a common amplifier stages grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the

TV

-50H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

Tube manufacturers' recommendations are met or exceeded at altitudes

7,500 feet, enhancing tube life up to without power derating.

POWER SUPPLIES

The HV power supply is a multi -phase full wave rectifying system exhibiting very low ripple content prior to output filtering.

It is designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

This power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally from the transmitter.

Routine mainten- ance access is provided by a removable panel.

Vacuum tube filaments are fed with

DC to maximize the output signal

-to -noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies use solid -state regulators.

The 1700

-watt driver cabinet has an in- dependent solid -state HV power supply, and the visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

108

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

AND INSTALLATION

Total transmitter component accessibili- ty is provided, front and back. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the exciter /driver cabinet. Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy to read, and mounted at eye -level,

4

-inch meters are provided to monitor required transmitter functions. Meter panels are double- hinged for con-

TVD

-100H

HIGH BAND

-

100-

COLOR

Designed for use with circularly polarized television antennas, the

TVD

-100H furnishes a

100- kilowatt visual power output, yet occupies ap- proximately the same floor space as existing

50- kilowatt

TV transmitters!

This dual transmitter consists of two completely independent

50- kilowatt transmitters

(TV- 50H's) operating in parallel, combined through the Har- ris unique- design

Dualtran

RF switch- ing system.

With the TVD -100H you get two aural exciter /modulators, two visual exciter -modulators, two

TSB filters, two solid -state visual and aural

IPA's, two visual and aural

PA's and two

HV power supplies

-in

short, total redundancy. Complete reli- ability.

The

Dualtran switching system is fac- tory assembled in one cabinet, and can a interface with either a hybrid or notch diplexer.

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING.

In the event the of a malfunction of one

-half of parallel combination, the

Harris

TVD -100H offers automatic and in- stantaneous reduction to one

-fourth authorized power.

This function will occur without interruption of the car- rier. With the touch of a button, half

- power operation is achieved in less than three seconds.

Visual and aural exciters are con- nected in a hot and will standby condition, automatically switch in less than

10 milliseconds in case of failure in either unit.

In all modes, aural fol- lows visual for simplified logic con- trol and reliable operation.

OPERATING VERSATILITY.

Four modes of operation may be obtained electrically by means of control pushbuttons on the output switcher; by control buttons on the transmitter control panel; or by remote control.

These are:

Transmitters

A and

B combined and diplexed to the antenna (nor- mal operating mode).

Transmitter

A diplexed to the antenna and transmitter

B to the station loads (alternate /main or

KILOWATT

DUAL

TV TRANSMITTER

emergency operation).

Transmitter

B antenna and diplexed to the transmitter

A to the station loads emergency

(alternate /main or operation).

Transmitters

A and

B combined to the station loads

(test mode).

The switching operation from one mode to any other mode requires less than three seconds.

When using a notch other diplexer, three operating modes may be selected manually by changing links on the Dualtran output switching cabinet; transmitters

A and

B com- bined and diplexed to the station loads; transmitter

A diplexed to the station loads; and transmitter diplexed into station loads.

B

CONTROL

CABINET.

The

RF

Phasing and Control

Pai,

Exciter

1 and the Automatic

/Modulator

Switcher are standard equipment with the

TVD

-

100H, and are located in a control cabinet that is typically placed between the two independent 50- kilowatt transmitters.

The cabinet is the same height as the transmitters, and the same color, to provide a pleasing installation. All adjustments for dual operation may be made at this cabinet.

The

Harris exciter /modulators, with

IF

Modulation, allow phasing of transmitters for dual operation to be accomplished simply and low power levels from the reliably

RF at

Phasing and Control

Panel.

In addition to phasing control, the panel has provi- sions for monitoring total combined aural power and visual power in total combined forward and reflected modes.

The

Automatic

Exciter

/Modulator

Switcher is also a the standard part of control cabinet, and allows for either manual or automatic selection of exciters.

SPECIFICATIONS. Visual and aural performance specifications of the

TVD

-100H are the same as those of the

TV

-50H (with the exception of visual power output and aural power output). www.americanradiohistory.com

Al,

MCP

VISUAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

SOLID STATE

I

P

A

AMPLIFIER

8988

L_

PS

_J

AURAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

SOLID STATE v

A

PA

8981

P5

P A

8807

HARMONIC

FILTER

LL

ARA,

ONU

Tu'ER

COLOR

NOTO

POWER SUPPLY

(52"

HIGH)

70"

DOOR SWING

(TYP.) i

35"

TV -50H

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

TV

-50H

FLOOR

PLAN

50 kw

35.3"

102.7"

32.1"

DRIVER

AURAL

AMPLIFIER

(72"

HIGH)

VISUAL

AMPLIFIER

35.3" i

106" www.americanradiohistory.com

109

TV

-50H SPECIFICATIONS

(NOTE:

TVD

-1001-1 visual and aural performance specifications some os below except for visual power output and aural power output.)

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER

STABILITY:'

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT POWER (Block to

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT

(over one white frame): pic.):

VISUAL SIDEBAND

RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS. BRIGHTNESS:?

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:2

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:4

INCIDENTAL

PHASE

MODULATION:

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

FCC

50 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector: 3'

/e" EIA standard.

174.216

MHz (Channels

7.13).

±250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to

+4.20

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

±0.75 dB.

1% of sync peak.

0.5 dB or better.

-42 dB or better

-23 dB or better

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

±0.5 dB

-30 dB or better

1.0 dB or better.

±1° or better.

±3° or better.

-55 dB or better (RMS) below sync level.

2t

2

%, 12.5t less than 5%

.05 to 2.1

MHz: baseline disturbance.

±40 ns at 3.58 MHz: at 4.18 MHz:

±30 ns

±60 ns

(referenced to standard curve

-FCC).

75 ohm system.

-80 dB.

VIDEO INPUT:°

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM NOISE:

AM NOISE:'

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:'

5 kW at diplexer output.

(10 kW optional).

50 ohms. Output connector: 3'/e" EIA Std.

+10 dBm,

±2 dB.

±25 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis with ±25 kHz deviation

-60 dB or better rel. to

±25 kHz dev.

-55 dB relative to 100% modulation.

±250

Hz.

SERVICE

CONDITIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL

AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

0° to

0 to

+45

°C (at sea level).

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7500 ft.

106 "W x

32.1"D x

72"H. Weight: 2600 lbs.

Power supply: 70 "W x

35

"D x

52 "H.

Weight: 2600 lbs.

Power input: 480

Volts, ±25

Volts and 208/240 volts,

±11 volts,

3 phase, 60

Hz. Power consumption:

125 kVA, black picture. Power factor:

.9 or better.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

'

After initial aging of 60 days.

° r

Measured at

65% and 15% of modulation.

Reference 100 % =peak of sync.

Maximum variation of sub- carrier amplitude from

'

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from 75% to 10

Bridging, loop through input with

-30 dB or

75% to 10% of mod. Sub

-carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak. better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

%.

Sub- carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

After de- emphasis.

Relative to frequency offset by 4.5 MHz (FCC) from the visual carrier.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TV -SOH, solid -state rectifiers, crystals, required pre -correction notch

50 kW VHF -TV filters transmitter for

FCC standards service,

Channels

7

-13, circuitry, low -level with operating tubes, transistors, IC's, vestigial sideband filter, harmonic and color

TVD

-100H, 100 kW dual

VHF -TV transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13, equipped as above

994 -8225 -001

994- 8457 -001

110

1K

-2M -979

ADV. 525A

PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV

D

-50

H

50-

Kilowatt

Dual

VHF

High Band

Color

Television

Transmitter

Two independent, complete 25- kilowatt transmitters for total redundancy and on- the -air reliability

"Hot" standby exciters, modulators and sideband filter for maximum redundancy

Harris' Dualtran output switch ng system allows parallel, single transmitter or alternate 'main operation

Advanced Transversal SideBand (TSB) filters

-no

group delay, no tuning adjustments required

Solid

-State exciters and IPAs enhance reliability

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers for superb color and sound reproduction

Superior color performance

-minimal

corrections re- quired

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Simple solid

-state logic control

Fast turn

-on time

Modular pre

-wired cabinets for fast and easy installation www.americanradiohistory.com

111

112

TOTAL REDUNDANCY

FOR

COMPLETE RELIABILITY

The

Harris

TVD -50H, 50- kilowatt dual high bond

VHF TV transmitter, is designed for television broadcasters who most in want the ut- reliability and performance

-with

the flexibility for remote control or automatic operation.

This dual transmitter consists of two completely independent

25- kilowatt transmitters operating in parallel, combined through the Harris unique- design

Dualtran

RF switching system.

With the TVD -50H you get two aural ex- citer /modulators, two visual exciter/ modulators, two

TSB filters, two solid -state visual

PA's, and aural

IPA's, two visual and and two

HV power supplies aural

-in

short, total redundancy! Complete reliability!

The

Dualtran switching system is factory as- sembled in one cabinet, and can be sup- plied to interface with either a hybrid or a notch diplexer.

IF

(intermediate frequency)

Modulation, low

-level sideband filtering, true linear operation of power amplifiers and solid

- state visual and aural exciter /modulators combine to provide outstanding color and sound fidelity.

As no envelope delay correc- tion or adjustments are required for the solid-state Transversal SideBand filter(s), stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced.

Frequency adjustment, power output con- trol and amplifier tuning ore straight- forward and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated compo- nents in the TVD

-50H assure long -term

"hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

DC filaments in the visual and aural stages provide improved signal

- to

-noise ratios.

The transmitter is

FCC type accepted, and factory power testing assures performance to specifications.

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING.

In the event of a malfunction of one

-half of the parallel combination, the Harris

TVD -50H offers automatic and instantaneous reduction to

TVD-50H

Transmitters

A and

B combined

On

-Air.

Transmitter

A On

-Air and transmitter into the station loads.

B

Transmitter

B

On

-Air and transmitter

A into the station loads.

Transmitters

A and

B combined to the station loads

(test mode).

The switching operation from one mode to any other mode requires less than two se- conds.

When using a notch diplexer, three other operating modes may be selected manually by changing links on the Dualtran output switching cabinet: transmitters

A and

B combined and diplexed to the station loads; transmitter

A diplexed into station loads; and transmitter

B diplexed into sta- tion loads. one

-fourth authorized power.

This function will occur without interruption of the car- rier. With the touch of a button, half -power operation is achieved in less than two se- conds.

Visual and aural exciters are connected in a hot standby condition, and will auto- matically switch in less than

10 milli- seconds in case of failure in either unit.

In all modes, aural follows visual for simpli- fied logic control and reliable operation.

OPERATING

VERSATILITY. Four modes of operation may be obtained electrically by means of control pushbuttons on the output switcher; by control buttons on the trans- mitter control panel; or by remote control.

These are:

EXCELLENT

PERFORMANCE

Surface acoustic wave technology is ap- plied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The

Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

CCIR Systems

"M"

(FCC) and

"B" bandwidths.

This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, of- fers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded color information without adjustment.

DUALTRAN OUTPUT

SWITCHER CABINET

All switches, patch panels, com- biners, reject and dummy loads, couplers, sensors and control logic are factory assembled, tested and optimized for best

VSWR across the channel.

The only external transmission line connections ters, are for the transmit- antenna and diplexer.

This saves installation labor and time, and insures excellent per- formance without field op- timization. Motorized coaxial switches accomplish

RF switch- ing the at the push of a button on output switcher control pan- el, center transmitter control cabinet or via remote control.

Solid

- state control logic auto- matically routes command signals to turn off plate voltages, operate proper coax- ial switches and re

-apply plate voltage...all in two seconds or less. www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-50H

CENTER

CONTROL CABINET

All adjustments and control of dual tran- smitter operation can be accomplished from the control cabinet, supplied as stan- dard equipment in pll Harris Dualtran systems. This cabinet is normally mounted between the two independent transmitters to provide a pleasing installation.

The

RF phasing and control panel, the exciter/ modulator switcher, and the local control panel are standard equipment with the

Harris

Dualtran systems.

RF

Phasing and Control Panel:

Here the output of the on

-air exciter

/modulator is split to drive the two transmitters.

Phasing controls and attenuators provide adjust- ment of the two signals to assure maximum combined transmitter output. Switchable visual and aural power meters are provided to monitor combined forward, combined reflected and reject power levels.

Also,

Dualtran output switcher control logic pushbuttons on this panel can select

B

Air

", "A

Air

",

"B

Air" or

"A +

B

"A +

Test" modes.

Local

Control Panel:

Provides simul- taneous control of both transmitters includ- ing filament and plate on

/off and aural and visual raise

/lower functions. All system remote control terminals are available on this panel.

Exciter

/Modulator Switcher:

Solid -state control logic provides manual or automatic switching of the two exciter /modulators from case

"hot standby" to "on -air" status in of exciter failure.

Switching occurs in

10 milliseconds for no perceptible loss of signal.

Input

Patch Panel

(Optional):

Permits bypassing the exciter

/modulator switcher via BNC cables to patch any combination of aural /visual exciters to any transmitter.

This provides extra flexibility for emer- gency situations and tenance and testing. for system main-

RF

Not

Input

Bypass

Switcher (Optional

-

Shown)

In single transmitter modes this switcher removes the

3 dB coupler in the

RF phasing

/control panel from input circuitry, thereby putting full rated power of any one transmitter on the air.

113 www.americanradiohistory.com

SOLID -STATE IPA

Each 25- kilowatt transmitter features a solid -state

IPA to greatly enhance reliability and reduce tuning requirements.

The solid -state

IPAs contain broadband amplifiers, so that periodic bandposs ad- justments are not required

-and

they are fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection,

RF drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits DC voltage stabilization before full

RF drive application to power amplifiers.

The IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

Each 25- kilowatt transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA

(8916 tetrode), and

DC filaments in every stage for an excellent signal -to -noise ratio.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB) FILTER

The

Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF fre- quency, rather than "on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter.

Unlike previous

VSB filters, the

TSB filter has an in- herent linear phase characteristic and re- quires no group delay correction or tuning.

114

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL

AND

AURAL

EXCITER

/MODULATORS

The

Harris solid -state MCP -1V visual ex- citer

/modulator is an independent, self

- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The

MCP

-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set

-up time, and for remote control and unattended operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, in- cluding Harris' solid -state TSB filter.

The

Harris aural exciter

/modulator is o solid- state, self

-contained unit which fur- nishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power set with a single knob on the output can be front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retun- ing.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be tended operated for test with purposes. the drawer ex-

TVD-50H

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the features of the

TVD -50H is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of solid -state IPA'S and conservatively rated

Type 8988, 8807 and 8916 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear amplifiers.

These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

Due to the low

-level techniques, which in- clude the use of devices such as an extreme- ly linear broadband diode ring modulator, low

-level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TVD -50H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL

CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic cir- cuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built -in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power inter- ruption.

The control logic, in easily remoted. addition to com- manding normal

AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through in- dicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights al- low easy isolation of circuit faults, and are

POWER

SUPPLIES

The

HV power supplies for the TVD

-50H visual and aural

PAs exhibit very low ripple content. They are designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

In addition, for ease of maintenance, the two power supplies, including transformers and solid

- state rectifiers, are housed in two separate assemblies, mounted externally from the transmitter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by removable panels.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual trans- mitters are operated from

DC power sup- plies to maximize the output signal -to -noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are

100% solid state.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring cir- cuits have been designed specifically for remote control and

ATS.

The power con- trols are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built

-in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Har- ris TV transmitters are being operated suc- cessfully worldwide with a variety of remote control systems.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all

RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures essentially constant power output, even with varia- tions in line voltages.

This feature is stan- dard in the TVD

-50H.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state power supplies.

EASE

OF

MAINTENANCE regulated

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet.

Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy

-to

-read, eye -level 4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter func- tions. Meter panels are of double- hinged construction for easy access during main- tenance. www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-50H

Or

1

.14.000

VA

P3

--

L

_

I.11

1600

>.

0641.0.1., r?

RF

FLOW

TVD-50H WITH NOTCH

DIPLEXER

J

.1

OUTPUT

SWITCH''

/7 HIGH

18

SUP.,

ISO,

HIGH

36

T

POWER

SUPPL

.1).. HIGH

36

T

VISUAL

P

AURAL

PA

97

3

DRIVEN

77

HIGH

!IOW

OWl 1( 1111

(WWI.

22 12

AUOAL

PA

973

VISUAL

P

T

31

5

TVD-50H

FLOOR

PLAN www.americanradiohistory.com

115

TVD

-50H SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER STABILITY:

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT POWER

(Black to

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT (over one white frame): pic.):

VISUAL SIDEBAND

RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS.

BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:'

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

INCIDENTAL

PHASE

MODULATION:

1.0 dB or better.

±3° or better.

FCC

(System "M")

50 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector:

174 -216 MHz (Channels

7

-13).

EIA standard.

±250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to

+4.20

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

±0.75 dB.

1% or better.

3% or better.

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:'

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT

ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO

INPUT:'

HARMONIC RADIATION:

± lo or better.

-55 dB or better (RMS) below sync level.

2t

2

%, 12.5t less than

5% baseline disturbance.

.05 to

2.1

MHz:

± 40 ns. at 3.58 MHz:

± 30 ns. at 4.18 MHz: ± 60 ns.

(referenced to standard curve

-FCC).

75 ohm system.

-

80 dB.

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY

RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM

NOISE:

AM NOISE:°

FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

10 kW at

50 ohms. diplexer output.

Output connector:

+

10 dBm,

±2 dB.

±25 kHz.

3'

/e" EIA Std.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis

-

with ±25

60 dB or kHz deviation. better rel. to

±25 kHz dev.

-55 dB relative to

100% modulation.

±250

Hz.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

-10° to

+50

°C (14° to

122 °F).

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7500 ft.

216.72"

W o

31.5"

D x

72.0"

H.

Weight: 6,770 lbs.

Power supplies

(2) each:

Weight: 950 lbs.

36"

W x

24"

D x

60.4"

H.

Output switcher:

34" W x

48"

D x

72"

H.

Weight:

1,350 lbs.

Power input: 208 240 volts, ±

1 1 volts,

3 phase,

50/60

Hz.

Power consumption (approx.):

116 kVA, black picture, 10% aural;

98 kVA, average picture

(50%

APL),

10% aural;

124 kVA, black picture at 20% aural;

106 kVA, average picture at

20% aural.

-42 dB or better

-26 dB or better

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

±0.5 dB

-30 dB or better

SPECIFICATIONS

SUBJECT TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

'

'

'

°

'

After initial aging of 60 days.

Measured at 65% and 15% of modulation.

Reference

100%= peak of sync.

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier amplitude from 75% to 10% of mod. Sub- carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak

Maximum variation of sub -carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from 75% to

Bridging, loop through input with

-30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

10 to peak.

%.

Sub- carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

After de- emphasis.

Relative to frequency offset by 4.5 MHz (FCC) from the visual carrier.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVD -50H, 50 kW crystals,

VSB dual

VHF

-TV transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13, filter, color notch filter, harmonic filters, input and output switchers with operating tubes, semiconductors,

994

-

8408 -001

116

JP

;M flC

^.:RRIt

:

OCROR,1'ON '080

ADV 556 PTO IN

U

S A www.americanradiohistory.com

n

V'

RIS

36-

Kilowatt

Dual

VHF

High Band

Color

Television

Transmitter

Two independent, complete

1

3- kilowatt transmitters for total redundancy and on- the -air reliability

"Hot" standby exciters, modulators and sideband filter for maximum redundancy

Harris' Dualtran output switching system allows parallel, single transmitter or alternate !main operation

Advanced Transversal SideBand

(TSB) delay, no tuning adjustments required filters

-no

group

Solid

-State exciters and

IPAs enhance reliability

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers for superb color and sound reproduction

Superior color performance

-minimal

corrections re- quired

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Simple solid

-state logic control

Fast turn

-on time

Modular pre

-wired cabinets for fast and easy installation www.americanradiohistory.com

117

118

TOTAL REDUNDANCY

FOR

COMPLETE RELIABILITY

The

Harris

TVD

-50H,

50- kilowatt dual high band VHF TV transmitter, is designed for television broadcasters who most in want the ut- reliability and performance

-with

the flexibility for remote control or automatic operation.

This dual transmitter consists of two completely independent 25- kilowatt transmitters operating in parallel, combined through the

Harris unique- design

Dualtran

RF switching system.

With the TVD -50H you get two aural ex- citer /modulators, two visual exciter/ modulators, two

TSB filters, two solid -state visual

PA's, and aural IPA's, two visual and and two HV power supplies aural

-in

short, total redundancy! Complete reliability!

The

Dualtran switching system is factory as- sembled in one cabinet, and can be sup- plied to interface with either a hybrid or a notch diplexer.

IF

(intermediate frequency) low

-level sideband filtering,

Modulation, true linear operation of power amplifiers and solid

- state visual and aural exciter

/modulators combine to provide outstanding color and sound fidelity.

As no envelope delay correc- tion or adjustments are required for the solid -state Transversal SideBand filter(s), stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced.

Frequency adjustment, power output con- trol and amplifier tuning are straight- forward and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated compo- nents in the TVD -50H assure long -term

"hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

DC filaments in the visual and aural stages provide improved signal

- to -noise ratios.

The transmitter is

FCC type accepted, and factory power testing assures performance to specifications.

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING.

In the event of a malfunction of one-half of the parallel combination, the

Harris

TVD -50H offers automatic and instantaneous reduction to

TVD-36H

Transmitters

A and

B combined

On

-Air

Transmitter

A On

-Air and transmitter into the station loads.

f-

Transmitter

B

On

-Air and transmitter

A into the station loads.

Transmitters

A and

B combined to the station loads (test mode).

The switching operation from one mode to any other mode requires less than two se- conds.

When using a notch diplexer, three other operating modes may be selected manually by changing links on the Dualtran output switching cabinet: transmitters

A and

B- combined and diplexed to the station loads; transmitter

A diplexed into station loads; and transmitter

B tion loads. diplexed into sta- one-fourth authorized power.

This function will occur without interruption of the car- rier. With the touch of a button, half -power operation is achieved in less than two se- conds.

Visual a hot and aural exciters ore connected in standby condition, and will auto- matically switch in less than

10 milli- seconds in case of failure in either unit.

In all modes, aural follows visual for simpli- fied logic control and reliable operation.

OPERATING VERSATILITY. Four modes of operation may be obtained electrically by means of control pushbuttons on the output switcher; by control buttons on the trans- mitter control panel; or by remote control.

These are:

EXCELLENT

PERFORMANCE

Surface acoustic wave technology is ap- plied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The

Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

CCIR Systems

"M"

(FCC) and

"B" bandwidths. This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, of- fers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded color information without adjustment.

DUALTRAN OUTPUT

SWITCHER CABINET

All switches, patch panels, com- biners, reject and dummy loads,) couplers, sensors and control logic are factory assembled, tested and optimized for best

VSWR across the channel.

The only external transmission line connections are for the transmit- ters, saves antenna and diplexer.

This installation labor and time, and insures excellent per- formance without field op- timization. Motorized coaxial switches accomplish

RF switch- ing at the push of a button on the output switcher control pan el, center transmitter control cabinet or via remote control.

Solid

- state control logic auto- matically routes command signals to turn off plate voltages, operate proper coax- ial switches and re

-apply plate voltage...all in two seconds or less. www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-36H

CENTER

CONTROL CABINET

All adjustments and control of dual trans- mitter the operation can be accomplished from control cabinet, supplied as standard equipment in all Harris Dualtran systems.

This the cabinet is normally mounted between two independent transmitters to provide o pleasing installation.

The

RF phasing and control panel, the exciter/ modulator switcher, and the local control panel are standard equipment with the

Harris Dualtran systems.

RF

Phasing and

Control Panel:

Here the output of the on

-air exciter

/modulator is split to drive the two transmitters. Phasing controls and attenuators provide adjust- ment of the two signals to assure maximum combined transmitter output. Switchable visual and aural power meters are provided to monitor combined forward, combined reflected and reject power levels.

Also, Dualtran output switcher control logic pushbuttons on this panel can select

"A +

B

Air

", "A

Air

",

"B

Air" or

"A +

B

Test" modes.

Local

Control

Panel:

Provides simul- taneous control of both transmitters includ- ing filament and plate on

/off and aural and visual raise

/lower functions.

All system remote control terminals are available on this panel.

Exciter

/Modulator Switcher:

Solid -state control logic provides manual or automatic switching of the two exciter

/modulators from case

10

"hot standby" to "on -air" status in of exciter failure.

Switching occurs in milliseconds for no perceptible loss of signal.

Input

Patch Panel

(Optional): Permits bypassing the exciter

/modulator switcher via

BNC cables to patch any combination of aural /visual exciters to any transmitter.

This provides extra flexibility for emer- gency situations and for system main- tenance and testing.

RF

Not

Input

Bypass

Switcher

(Optional

-

Shown): In single transmitter modes switcher removes the

3 dB coupler in this the

RF phasing /control panel from input circuitry, thereby putting full rated power of any one transmitter on the air.

119 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-36H

SOLID -STATE IPA

Each

18- kilowatt transmitter features a solid -state

IPA to greatly enhance reliability and reduce tuning requirements.

The solid -state

IPAs contain broadband amplifiers, so justments that periodic bandpass ad- are not required

-and

they are fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection,

RF drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage stabilization before full

RF drive

The IPAs application to power amplifiers. are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

Each 18- kilowatt transmitter employs a single -ended visual

DC

PA (8916 tetrode) and filaments in every stage for an excellent signal -to -noise ratio.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the features of the TVD -36H is its true low

-level

IF top

Modulation, which offers a quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, operation. reliability and simplicity of

Due to the low

-level techniques, which in- clude the use of devices such as an extreme- ly linear broadband diode ring modulator, low

-level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL

CIRCUITS

STABILITY

One solid -state

IPA'S and conservatively rated

Type factor assuring

RF stability is the use of

8988, 8807 and 8916 ceramic tetrodes operating amplifiers.

These as VHF linear amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TVD

-36H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB)

FILTER

The Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF fre- quency, rather than "on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous

VSB filters, the

TSB filter has an in- herent linear phase quires no characteristic and re- group delay correction or tuning.

Solid -state memory, timing and logic cuits cir- offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built -in memory circuitry enables the return to the entire transmitter to air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power inter- ruption.

The control logic, in addition to com- manding normal

AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through in- dicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights al- low easy isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

POWER

SUPPLIES

The

11V visual power supplies and for the

TVD -36H aural

PAs exhibit very low ripple content.

They are designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

In addition, for ease of maintenance, the two power supplies, including transformers and solid

- state rectifiers, are housed in two separate assemblies, mounted externally from the transmitter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by removable panels.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND

AURAL

EXCITER /MODULATORS

The citer

Harris solid -state MCP -1V visual ex-

/modulator is an independent, self

- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The

MCP-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set

-up time, and for remote control and unattended operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, in- cluding Harris' solid -state

TSB filter.

120

The Harris aural exciter

/modulator is a solid- state, self

-contained unit which fur- nishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retun- ing.

It is mounted in a pull -out may be drawer, and operated with the drawer ex- tended for test purposes.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and ris

TV transmitters are being cessfully operated suc- worldwide with a variety of remote control systems.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL monitoring cir- cuits have been designed specifically for remote control and

ATS. The power con- trols are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built

-in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Har-

Automatic gain control of all

RF stages, in conjunction with the amplifier exciters' automatic power control, insures essentially constant power output, even with varia- tions in line voltages.

This feature is stan- dard in the TVD -36H.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual trans- mitters are operated from

DC power sup- plies to maximize the output signal -to

-noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are 100% solid state.

The visual power and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state supplies. regulated

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet.

Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy

-to -read, eye

-level

4 -inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter func- tions. Meter panels are of double- hinged construction for easy access during main- tenance. www.americanradiohistory.com

E

TVD-36H o f

L

-

Y

r

_1

I

-

L

_ J

I.

RF

FLOW

TVD-36H WITH NOTCH DIPLEXER

P

OUTPUT

SWITCH!,

77

HIGH

T

.8

60

POW'.

SUMH

Y

HIGH

36

T

',OWEN

60

SUPPLY

HIGH

36

VISUAL

101

P

97

3

D1011

73

HIGH

12

1

/

D1011 u

VISUAL

P

97

1

TVD-36H

FLOOR

PLAN www.americanradiohistory.com

Jl

121

TVD

-36H SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER STABILITY:

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT POWER (Black to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT over one

VISUAL SIDEBAND

RESPONSE: frame):

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS.

BRIGHTNESS::

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:'

LINEARITY LOW FREQUENCYI:

INCIDENTAL

PHASE MODULATION:

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:'

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY

FCC

(System

"M

")

36 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector:

3'

/s

174

-216 MHz (Channels

7

-13).

EIA standard.

±250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to

+4.20

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

±0.75 dB.

1% or better.

3% or better.

1.0 dB or better.

±3° or better.

±1° or better.

-55 dB or better (RMS) below sync level.

2t

2

%,

12.5t less than

5% baseline disturbance.

.05 to 2.1

MHz: at 3.58 MHz: at 4.18 MHz:

(referenced to

± 40 ns.

±

30 ns.

±

60 ns. standard curve

-FCC).

75 ohm system.

-80 dB.

-42 dB or better

-26 dB or better

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

±0.5 dB

-30 dB or better

VIDEO INPUT

HARMONIC RADIATION.

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM NOISE:

AM NOISE:^

FREQUENCY STABILITY:"

SERVICE

CONDITIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

7.2 kW at diplexer output.

50 ohms. Output connector: 3'/s"

EIA Std.

+10 dBm,

±2 dB.

±25 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis with ±25 kHz deviation.

-60 dB or better rel. to

±25 kHz dev.

-55 dB relative to 100% modulation.

±250

Hz.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

-10° to

+50

°C (14° to 122 °F).

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7500 ft.

216.72"

W x

31.5"

D x

72.0"

H.

Weight: 6,770 lbs.

Power supplies

(2) each:

36"

W e

24"

D x

60.4"

H.

Weight: 950 lbs.

Output switcher:

34" W x

48"

D x

72"

H.

Weight:

1,350 lbs.

Power input: 208/240 volts, ±

11 volts,

3 phase,

50/60

Hz. Power consumption (approx.):

110 kVA, black picture, 10% aural; 93.6 kVA, average picture (50%

APL),

10% aural;

118 kVA, black picture at 20% aural; 100.4 kVA, average picture at 20% aural.

SPECIFICATIONS

SUBJECT TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

'

After initial aging of

60 days.

°

'

Measured at 65% and

15% of modulation.

Reference

100%= peak of sync.

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier amplitude from

Bridging, loop through input with

-30 dB or

75% to better return

10% of loss mod. Sub -carrier up to 5.5 MHz. mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

'

Maximum variation of sub -carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from 75% to

10

%.

Sub- carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

After de- emphasis.

' Relative to frequency offset by 4.5 MHz (FCC) from the visual carrier.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVD

-36H, 36 kW crystals,

VSB dual

VHF -TV transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13, filter, color notch filter, harmonic filters, input and output switchers with operating tubes, semiconductors,

994- 8499 -001

122

1x

2M180 ©HARRIS COPRORATION 1980 www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV-35H

35-

Kilowatt VHF

High Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Ultra- linear driver with solid -state IPAs for maximum re- liability and signal transparency

Advanced no

-ransversal SideBand (TSB) group delay correctio', no

filter-

requires tuning adjustments

Superior color performance, with minimal correction circuitry

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Automatic power control insures constant power out- put

Solid -state memory. timing and logic circuits

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Parallel operation available for higher maximum redundancy power and www.americanradiohistory.com

123

TV-35H.

.

.

straightforward design for top

Harris' TV -35H,

35- kilowatt high band

VHF television transmitter, is the most cost -effective

TV transmitter available in its power range.

Its straightforward design requires less complicated circuitry to meet the high performance standards demanded by today's discriminating broadcaster.

And less complicated circuitry means greater reliability

...

the type of year

-in, year -out dependability broadcasters need for impressive bottom line results.

The ultra -linear driver employs a broadband Class

A solid -state

IPA and a single conservatively- operated tetrode to drive the final visual amplifier. This means maximum linearity and signal transparency without the need for complicated correction circuitry

...

for unmatched reliability and maintainability.

The solid -state visual and aural IPAs not only enhance reliability, but also reduce tuning requirements, as they contain broadband amplifiers so that periodic bandpass adjustment is not required. They are fully protected against damage caused by

RF overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection, drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits to

DC voltage stabilization before full RF drive application power amplifiers.

The IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter. The Harris solid

- state Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for Systems

M

(FCC) and

B bandwidths.

This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded information.

The TSB filter requires no group delay correction or tuning. Only

11/2 square inches in size, it is located on a

PC board in the visual exciter.

This compact transmitter requires only three tubes -visual

PA,

PA visual driver and aural

-to

provide a

35- kilowatt visual and a

4.5- kilowatt aural output. Under normal operating conditions the quick heat tubes permit transmitter turn -on within

120 seconds; faster turn -on times are possible in emergency conditions.

A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements after a tube change.

SUPERB COLOR

PERFORMANCE

124

In addition to the ultra -linear driver, solid -state IPAs and TSB filter, Harris' TV -35H incorporates such features as IF Modulation, true linear operation of power amplifiers, and a solid -state visual exciter, modulator, to

+ provide the finest color performance available today.

As no the envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power output control and sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are amplifier tuning are straightforward and uncomplicated, while conservatively -rated components assure long -term

"hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA (8984 tetrode), and DC filaments in every visual stage for an signal

-to -noise ratio. excellent

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER MODULATORS

The Harris

MCP-1V visual exciter modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain controls are motor driven with manual override provision to local and remote adjustment. permit both

.dlfà t)

'* y.

;

; t;

f

ó'

:trt

S r

Ultra- linear driver with solid -state

IPA.

.

The MCP-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set- up time, and for remote control is and all unattended operation. This made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including Harris' solid -state TSB filter.

The Harris aural exciter modulator is a solid- state, self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer extended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the important features of the

TV -35H is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

In the TV -35H the visual and aural exciters generate fully modulated low -level

IF signals. www.americanradiohistory.com

reliability and color performance

The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator is used to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired

"on channel" output frequency.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

SOLID -STATE CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid

-state memory, timing and logic circuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions.

Built -in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power interruption.

The control logic, in addition to commanding normal

AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights allow isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS.

The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built

-in on accessible terminal boards.

Today, Harris TV transmitters are successfully operated worldwide with a variety of remote control systems, including the versatile, cost -saving Harris

9100 Facilities Control.

MCP

VISUAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

AURAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

SOLID STATE

PA

LV

SPEI

SOLID

AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures constant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the TV -35H.

STABILITY

One factor assuring RF stability is the use of solid -state IPAs and conservatively rated Type 8988, 8807 and 8984 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear amplifiers. These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EXCELLENT COOLING SYSTEM

The cooling system of the

TV -35H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

POWER SUPPLIES

The HV power supply for the visual and aural PAs exhibits very low ripple content.

It is designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance. In addition, for ease of maintenance, this power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally from the transmitter. Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual and aural transmitters are operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal -to -noise ratios. Grid and screen supplies are 100% solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

EASE

OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters

AMPLIFIER

8988

HV

SP?

F

AGC SAMPLE

PA

89N

HV POWER

SUPPLY

CABINET

PA

8807

*GC SAMPLF

HARMONIC

FILTER

HARMONIC

FILTER

TV -35H slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet. Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to

-read, eye -level 4 -inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions. Meter panels are of double- hinged construction for easy access during maintenance.

35 kW

5 W

BLOCK DIAGRAM

DUAL TRANSMITTER

The TV -35H is also available in a dual transmitter configuration, the TVD -70H, with

70 kW peak visual power. Using the famous Harris "Dualtran"

RF switching concept, the TVD

-7OH can be full used as main/alternate

35- kilowatt transmitters or as a parallel 70- kilowatt transmitter for high power circularly polarized applications.

125 www.americanradiohistory.com

TV -35H SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

LOAD

IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF RF OUTPUT POWER (All black to all white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:'

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS.

BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:4

INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):''

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:'

SIGNAL -TO- NOISE:

K-

Total random and periodic noise unweighted:

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

System

M

/NTSC

(Systems

B

PAL and B/SECAM specifications available on request.)

35 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connectors:

31/4"

EIA standard.

174 -216 MHz (Channels

7

-13).

-250

Hz (maximum variation over 30 days).

2 Hz with optional precise frequency control.

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than 2%.

-

3.58 MHz

1.25 MHz and

0.75 MHz to lower

+4.10

MHz

4.18 MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

-

0.75 dB.

-

42 dB or better

26 dB or better

-0.5 dB

+

0.5,

-

1 dB

-30 dB or better

3 or better.

-3 or better relative to blanking.

1.0 dB or better.

-1- or better.

55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak.

2T 2%, 20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

0.2 to

2.1 MHz at 3.58 MHz at4.18MHz

-

-

40 ns

25 ns

-60ns

(referenced to FCC standard curve)

75 ohm, 30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:`'

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION CAPABILITY:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE- EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:'

FM

NOISE:

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION

AM

NOISE:

SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE:8

FREQUENCY STABILITY:9

(noise):

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:10

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

4.5 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector: 3'%' EIA standard, unflanged.

10 dBm,

-

50 kHz.

-2 dB.

600 ohms. balanced.

75

-

- microseconds.

0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis curve.

0.5% THD or

Less with

(30- 15,000 Hz).

-

25 kHz deviation from 30- 15,000 Hz.

60 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

25 kHz dev.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

25 kHz dev.

55 dB RMS rel. to 100% amplitude modulation of aural carrier.

-

40 dB RMS or better.

-

20 Hz

(maximum variation over

30 days).

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

0° to

+

50° C (32' to 122° F).

0 to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7.500 feet.

Trans.: 106" W x

32.2"

D x

72"

H.

2,385 lbs. Power supply:

Weight:

69.9" W x

33.9"

D x

54" H.

Weight: 3.000 lbs.

Power input: 208,240 volts.

3

-11 volts, phase. 60 Hz. Power consumption (typical): 78 kW. black picture, 10% aural:

66 kW. average picture (50

°-o

APL).10

°o aural: power factor better than 0.97.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

2

°

6

'

'

After initial aging of 60 days.

Response speafied for transmitter operating into

Measured using 20%

Measured with p: p. amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set

5

-step riser signal from 75% to a resistive load

COR REC of

1

05 VSWR or better

421 -3. e

'

After de- emphasis.

°

'0

Rel. to 100% amplitude modulation at rated deviation.

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5 MHz from the visual carrier. after initial aging of 60 days. berate

2° C per 1000 feet (305 meters) altitude above sea level.

.

12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

Measured with a

5 -step riser signal. Test signal No

3

Capable of additional 0.5 dB power output above rated output to at black

10% white 90% with reference: to grey level 50

%.

All percentages relative to blanking to white excursion. compensate for diplexer loss.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TV

-35H, 35 kW VHF -TV pre- transmitter for System

M service, Channels

7

-13, complete with operating tubes, semiconductors, crystals, required correction circuitry. low -level vestigial sideband filter. harmonic and color notch filters,

208 240 volts.

60 Hz

TVD -70H.

70 kW dual VHF -TV required pre- transmitter for System

M service. Channels

7

-13, complete with operating tubes, semiconductors, crystals, correction circuitry. low -level vestigial sideband filter. harmonic and output combiner. input and output switchers.

208 240 volts.

60 Hz color notch filter,

994-8498-001

994- 8667 -001

126

RP -2M -981 ©HARRIS CORPORATION

1981 ADV. 595 PTO. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV-25H

25-

Kilowatt

VHF

High Band

Color

Television

Transmitter

Advanced Transversal SideBand (TSB) group delay correction, no

filter-

requires tuning adjustments no

Solid

-state exciters and

IPA

Superior color performance

-minimal corrections required

Fast turn

-on time

Automatic power control is a standard feature

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Solid

-state control circuits

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Compact design, with excellent accessibility

Pre

-wired cabinets for fast and easy installation www.americanradiohistory.com

127

TV-25H

M

;i

;t state -of- the -art features as

IF

(intermediate frequency)

Modulation, true linear opera- tion of power amplifiers, and solid -state visual and aural exciter

/modulators, to provide the finest color performance and sound fidelity available today.

As no envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for the sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power are output control and amplifier tuning straightforward and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated components assure long -term

"hands -off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA

(8916 tetrode), and

DC filaments in every stage for an excellent signal -to- noise ratio.

AEI

F.

1

MI

_.-

.4-

:1M

....

-s.

Ultra- linear driver cabinet with solid -state

IPA

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB)

FILTER

The

Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF fre- quency, rather than

"on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous

VSB filters, the

TSB filter has an in- herent linear phase characteristic and re- quires no group delay correction or tuning.

Additionally, the

TSB filter has steep skirts and high attenuation outside the channel passband for excellent

VSB wave shaping.

Only

11/2 square inches in size, the

TSB filter is mounted on a PC board in the visual ex- citer.

The

Harris

TV

-25H features a solid -state

IPA to greatly enhance reliability and reduce tuning requirements, with a com- pact cabinet configuration.

This advanced high -band

VHF -TV transmit- ter requires only one aural and two visual tubes to provide a

25- kilowatt visual and a

5- kilowatt aural output.

Under normal operating conditions the quick -heat tubes permit transmitter turn

-on within 20 sec- onds. A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements after a tube change.

Surface acoustic wave technology is ap- plied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

CCIR Systems

"M"

(FCC) and

"B" bandwidths.

This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, of- fers excellent reproduction of puke

128 waveforms and encoded color without adjustment. information

The solid -state

IPA contains broadband amplifiers, so that periodic bandpass ad- justment is not required

-and

it is fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection,

RF drive i; applied over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage

RF drive stabilization before full application to power amplifiers.

The IPA is fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

SUPERB

COLOR

PERFORMANCE

In addition to the solid -state

IPA and the

TSB filter, Harris'

TV

-25H incorporates such

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND

AURAL

EXCITER

/MODULATORS

The

Harris solid -state MCP-1V visual ex- citer

/modulator is an independent, self

- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain controls are motor driven with manual override provision to permit both local and remote adjustment. www.americanradiohistory.com

The

MCP-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set

-up time, and for remote control and unattended operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, in- cluding Harris' solid -state

TSB filter.

The

Harris aural exciter

/modulator level up to

10 watts. Power is a solid- state, self- contained unit which fur- nishes a fully processed aural signal at a output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retun- ing.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer ex- tended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE

FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the important features of

25H is its true low -level

IF the TV-

Modulation, which offers a cels in top quality picture, and ex- electrical performance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

In the

TV

-25H the visual and generate aural exciters fully modulated low -level

IF signals. The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator is used to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired

"on channel" output frequency.

Due to the low

-level techniques, which in- clude the use of devices such as an extreme- ly linear broadband diode ring modulator, low-level sideband filtering and very lineur broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

TV-25H

REMOTE

CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring cir- cuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS. The power con- trols are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Har- ris TV transmitters are being successfully operated worldwide with a variety of remote control systems.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all

RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures essentially constant power output, even with varia- tions in line voltages. This feature is stan- dard in the

TV

-25H.

POWER

SUPPLIES

The HV power supply for the visual and aural

PAs exhibits very low ripple content.

It is designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

In addition, for ease of maintenance, this power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted ex- ternally from the transmitter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual and aural transmitters are operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal -to -noise ratio. Grid and screen sup- plies are

100% solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of a solid -state IPA and conservatively rated

Type 8988 and 8916 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear amplifiers.

These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the

TV

-25H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet.

Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to

-read, eye -level 4 -inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter func- tions.

Meter panels are of double- hinged construction for easy access during maintenance.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic cir- cuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built

-in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior ruption. to an AC power inter-

The control logic, in addition to com- manding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through in- dicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights al- low isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

MCP wSUAI

MODUL

I

OR

SOLID

SIAMI

IPA

AURAI

EPCIIER

MODULATOR

Iv

POWER

SUPPLY

SOLID STATE

P

AGC SAMPLE

MP16i1R

8988

HV

POwER

SUPPLY

PA

8916

HV

POwEP

SUPPLY

C

ABINE

T

8801

AGC SAMPLE

HARMONIC

TRIER

>

15

Lw

HARMONIC

TRIER

r

SLW

TV

-25H

BLOCK DIAGRAM

129 www.americanradiohistory.com

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER

OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER

STABILITY:'

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT POWER

(Block to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND

RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS.

BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:'

INCIDENTAL

PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:'

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT

ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEOINPUT:'

HARMONIC RADIATION:

INTERCARRIER PHASE

MODULATION (noise):

HIGH FREQUENCY TRANSIENT

RESPONSE,

15 kHz and 250 kHz:

TV

-25H SPECIFICATIONS

FCC

(System

"M")

25 kW peak.

50 ohms.

Output connectors:

3'h

EIA standard.

174 -216 MHz (Channels

7

-13).

*250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to +4.20

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

-42 dB or better

-26 dB or better

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

*0.5 dB

-30 dB or better

+0.75 dB

1% or better.

3% or better.

±3° or better.

1.0 dB or better.

±

1° or better.

-

55 dB or better

(RMS) below sync level.

2t

2

%,

12.5t less than 5% baseline disturbance.

.05to2.1MHz:

±40ns. at 3.58 MHz: at 4.18 MHz:

±

30 ns.

*

60 ns.

(referenced to standard curve

-FCC).

-

80 dB.

(Not applicable).

(Not applicable).

CCIR

(System "Br')

21 kW peak.

50 ohms.

Output connector: 3'/s"

EIA standard.

174-230 MHz (Bond

III).

±250

Hz

(Maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-4.43

MHz

-1.25

MHz

-0.75

MHz

-0.50

MHz

Carrier

+

1.5 MHz

+3.0

MHz

+4.43

MHz

+5.0

MHz

+5.5

MHz

±0.75 dB.

1% or better.

3% or better.

-30 dB or better

-26 dB or better

+0.5,

-3

dB

+0.5,

+0.5.

-1

dB

-0.5 dB

Reference

+0.5,

+0.5,

*0.5 dB

-1

dB

-2.5 dB

-26 dB or better

± 3° or better.

Amplitude dev.

'min

's max better than 0.85 mod with signal

No.

3

CCIR, from 10% to 85% in frequency range

1 to

5

MHz.

±

1° or better.

-

40 dB below black to white transition.

2t

2

%, 20t 3% or better. up to 4.5 MHz: ±50 ns. from 4.5 MHz to 4.8 MHz:

*

100 ns.

(measured with Nyquist demodulator meeting ARD specifications.)

75 ohm system. dB.

14800 dB

±75 ns or better with ref. to

-10%

±50 kHz dev.

±200 ns

+7%

±100 ns

+ 11%

400 -1000 ns

±400

-1000 ns

±3% for

LF variation.

±5%

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY

RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM NOISE:

AM NOISE:'

SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE:'

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:'

5 kW at diplexer output.

50 ohms. Output connector:

+10dBm,

*2 dB.

±

25 kHz.

3'A"

EIA Std.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis with ±25 kHz deviation.

-

60 dB

55 dB or better rel. to

*25 kHz dev. relative to 100% modulation.

(Not applicable).

±250

Hz.

Up to

5 kW at diplexer output.

50 ohms. Output connector:

31/1" EIA Std.

+10 dBm,

±2 dB.

±50 kHz.

600 ohms.

50 microseconds

±5 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis (30-

15,000

Hz).

Less than 1% from

30 to 15,000 Hz with ±50 kHz dev. (Less deviation). than twice measured amount at 70 kHz

-60 dB or better rel. to

±50 kHz dev.

-55 dB relative to

100% modulation.

-40 dB or better.

±250

Hz.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

-10° to

+50

°C (14° to 122 °F).

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7500 ft.

97.3"

W x supply:

31

5"

D x

72"

H.

Weight: 3235 lbs. Power

36-

W x

24"

D x

60.4"

H.

Weight: 950 lbs.

Power input: 208/240 volts, ±

11 volts,

3 phase,

50/60

Hz. Power consumption

(approx.):

58 kVA, black picture, 10% aural;

49 kVA, overage pic- ture (50%

APL),

10% aural;

62 kVA, block pic- ture at 20% aural; 53 kVA, overage picture at

20% aural.

-10° to

+50

°C

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 2286 meters.

247.1 cm

W x

80 cm D x 183 cm

Power supply: 91.5 cm

H.

Weight 1,470

Kg.

W x

61 cm

D x

153.4 cm

H.

Weight:

432

Kg.

Power input: 380/415 volts,

3 phase, 50/60

Hz.

Power consumption (approx.):

58 kVA, black picture,

10% aural; 49 kVA, average picture (50%

APL).

10% aural: 62 kVA, black picture at

20% aural;

53 kVA, average picture at

20% aural.

SPECIFICATIONS

SUBJECT TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. r o

'

After initial aging of 60 days. o s

3

' Measured at 65% and 15% of modulation-

Reference

100% =peak of sync.

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier amplitude from 75% to 10% of mod. Sub-carrier mod. percentage:

'

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from 75%

10% peak to peak to

10

%.

Sub

-carrier mod. percentage 10% peak to peak.

Bridging, loop through input with

-30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz-

After de- emphasis.

Rel. to 100% AM modulation at

Relative to

±50 kHz deviation. frequency offset by 4.5 MHz

(FCC), 5.5 MHz (CCIR) from the visual carrier.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TV

-25H, 25 kW

VHF -TV transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13, state rectifiers, crystals, required pre- correction circuitry, with operating tubes, transistors, low -level vestigial sideband filter, harmonic and color

ICs, solid notch

- filters 994 -8405 -001

TV

-25H

21 kW VHF -TV ped as above transmitter for

CCIR System

"B" service, 174 -230

MHz (Band III),

380/415 volts,

50/60

Hz, equip-

994 -8405 -003

130

A-7

5M-180 ©HARRIS COPRORATION 1980

ADV 547 PTD IN

U S

A www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV-18H

1

8-Kilowatt

VHF

High Band

Color

Television

Transmitter

Advanced Transversal SideBand

(TSB)

filter-

requires no group delay correction, no tuning adjustments

Solid

-state exciters and IPA for enhanced reliability

Superior color performance

-minimal

corrections re- quired

Fast turn

-on time

Automatic power control is a standard feature

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Solid -state control circuits

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Compact design, with excellent accessibility

Pre

-wired cabinets for fast and easy installation www.americanradiohistory.com

131

TV-18H

INN

Ultra- linear driver cabinet with solid -state

IPA

I

The

Harris

TV

-18H features a solid -state

IPA to greatly enhance reliability and reduce tuning requirements, with a com- pact cabinet configuration.

This advanced high -band

VHF -TV transmit- ter requires only one aural and two visual tubes to provide an

18- kilowatt visual and a

3.6- kilowatt aural output. Under normal operating conditions, the quick -heat tubes permit transmitter turn

-on within 20 sec- onds.

A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements after a tube change.

132

Surface acoustic wave technology is ap- plied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The

Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for COR

Systems

"M"

(FCC) and

"B" bandwidths.

This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, of- fers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded color information without adjustment.

The solid -state IPA contains broadband amplifiers, so that periodic bandpass ad- justment is not required

-and

it is fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection at turn on,

RF drive is brought up to operating level over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage stabilization before full

RF drive application to power amplifiers.

The IPA is fully metered for monitoring and main- tenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

SUPERB

COLOR

PERFORMANCE

In addition to the solid -state

IPA and the

TSB filter,

Harris'

TV

-18H incorporates such state -of- the -art features as

IF

(intermediate frequency) Modulation, true linear opera- tion of power amplifiers, and solid -state visual and aural exciter

/modulators, to provide the finest color performance and sound fidelity available today.

As no envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for the sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power output control and are straightforward amplifier tuning and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated components assure long -term

"hands -off" operation and minimum main- tenance.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA

(8916 tetrode), and

DC filaments in every stage for an excellent signal

-to- noise ratio.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB)

FILTER

The Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF fre- quency, rather than "on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous

VSB filters, the

TSB filter has an in- herent linear phase characteristic and re- quires no group delay correction or tuning.

Additionally, the

TSB filter has steep skirts and high attenuation outside the channel passband for excellent

VSB wave shaping.

Only

11/2 square inches in size, the

TSB filter is mounted on a PC board in the visual ex- citer.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND

AURAL

EXCITER

/MODULATORS

The

Harris solid -state MCP -1V visual ex- citer

/modulator is an independent, self

- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be

'.Dried up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters.

Power and video gain controls are motor driven with manual override provision to permit both local and remote adjustment.

The

MCP

-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set

-up time, and for remote control and unattended www.americanradiohistory.com

operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, in- cluding Harris' solid -state TSB filter.

The

Harris aural exciter

/modulator is a solid- state, self

-contained unit which fur- nishes o fully processed aural signal at a level set up to 10 watts. Power output con be with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retun- ing.

It is mounted in o pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer ex- tended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE

FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the cels in important features of electrical performance, the

TV-

18H is its true low which offers a top

-level quality

IF

Modulation, picture, and ex- reliability and simplicity of operation.

In the

TV

-18H the visual and aural exciters generate fully modulated low

-level

IF signals. The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator is used to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired

"on channel" output frequency.

Due to the low -level techniques, which in- clude the use of devices such as an extreme- ly linear broadband diode ring modulator, low

-level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

TV-18H trots are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Har- ris TV transmitters ore being successfully operated worldwide with a variety of remote control systems.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all

RF stages, in amplifier conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures essentially constant power output, even with varia- tions in line voltages. This feature is stan- dard in the

TV

-18H.

STABILITY

One a factor assuring

RF stability is the use of solid-state

IPA and conservatively rated

Type 8988, 8807 and 8916 ceramic tetrodes operating as

VHF linear ampli- fiers.

These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EXCELLENT

COOLING SYSTEM

The cooling system of the

TV

-18H is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

POWER SUPPLIES

The

HV power supply for the visual and aural

PAs exhibits very low ripple content.

It is designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

In addition, for ease of maintenance, this power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted ex- ternally from the transmitter. Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual and aural transmitters ore operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal -to -noise ratio. Grid and screen sup- plies ore

100% solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

EASE

OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet.

Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to

-read, eye -level

4 -inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter func- tions.

Meter panels are of double -hinged construction for easy access during main- tenance.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic cir- cuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built

-in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power inter- ruption.

The control logic, in addition to com- manding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through in- dicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system.

These indicator lights al- low isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring cir- cuits have been designed specifically for remote control and

ATS. The power con-

MCP

VISUAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

SOLID STATE

IPA

LV

POWER

SUPPLY

AURAL

MODULATOR

-

SOLID

STATE

EXCITER

IPA

AMPLIFIER

8988

HV

POWER

SUPPLY

AGC

SAMPLE

HV POWER

SUPPLY

CABINET

AGC

SAMPLE

PA

8916

PA

8807

H

ARMONIC

FILTER

HARMONIC

FILTER

TV

-18H

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

18 kW

>

36 kW f

133 www.americanradiohistory.com

TV

-18H SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER

STABILITY:'

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT

POWER

(Black to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND

RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS.

BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:'

INCIDENTAL

PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

DIFFERENTIAL

PHASE:'

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO

INPUT:'

HARMONIC RADIATION:

INTERCARRIER PHASE

MODULATION (noise):

HIGH FREQUENCY TRANSIENT

RESPONSE,

15 kHz and 250 kHz:

FCC

(System

"M ")

18 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector:

3'/s EIA standard.

174 -216 MHz (Channels

7

-13).

±250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3°/o or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to

+4.20

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

-42

-26 dB dB or better or better

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

±0.5 dB

--30 dB or better

±0.75 dB.

1°/o or better.

3% or better.

±3° or better.

1.0 dB or better.

±

1° or better.

-55 dB or better

(RMS) below sync level.

2t

2

%, 12.5t less than 5% baseline disturbance.

.05 to

2.1

MHz:

± 40 ns. at 3.58 MHz:

±

30 ns. at 4.18 MHz:

(referenced to standard curve

± 60 ns.

-FCC).

75 ohm system.

-80 dB.

(Not applicable).

(Not applicable).

CCIR

(System

"B")

18 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector: standard.

174-230 MHz

(Band Ill).

±250

Hz

(maximum variation over 30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-4.43

MHz

-1.25

MHz

-0.75

MHz

- -0.50

MHz

Carrier

+1.5

MHz

+3.0

MHz

+4.43

MHz

+5.0

MHz

+5.5

MHz

±0.75 dB.

1% or better.

3% or better.

-30 dB or better

-26 dB or better

+0.5,

-3

dB

+0.5,

+0.5,

-1

dB

-0.5 dB

Reference

+0.5,

+0.5,

±0.5 dB

-1

dB

-2.5 dB

26 dB or better

±3°

Amplitude dev. smin /s max better than 0.85 mod. with signal No.

3 CCIR, from 10% to 85% in frequency range

1 to

5

MHz.

±

1° or better.

-50 dB or better

(RMS) below

2t

2

%,

20t 3% or better. sync level. up to 4.5 MHz:

±50 ns. from 4.5

MHz to 4.8 MHz: ±

100 ns.

(measured with Nyquist demodulator meeting ARD specifications.)

75 ohm system.

-80 dB.

--40 dB or better with ref. to

±50 kHz dev.

±75 ns

-10%

±200 ns

+7%

± 100 ns

+ 11%

400 -1000 ns

±400.

1000 ns

±3% for

LF variation.

±5%

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY

DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE-

EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM NOISE:

AM NOISE:°

SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE:.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:'

3.6 kW at diplexer output.

50 ohms. Output connector: 3'/e"

EIA Std.

+10 dBm,

±2 dB.

±25 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis with ±25 kHz deviation.

-60 dB or better

(Not applicable). rel. to

±25 kHz dev.

-55 dB relative to 100% modulation.

±250

Hz.

Up to 3.6

50 ohms.

+10 dBm, kW at diplexer output.

Output connector:

±2 dB.

3' /d'

EIA Std.

±50 kHz.

600 ohms.

50 microseconds

±5 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis (30- 15,000

Hz).

Less than 1% from

30 to 15,000

Hz with

±50 kHz dev. (less than twice measured amount at 70 kHz

-

- deviation).

60 dB or

55 dB better rel. to

±50 kHz dev. relative to

100% modulation.

--

40 dB or better.

±250

Hz.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

-10° to

+50

°C (14° to 122 °F).

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to

7500 ft.

- 10" to

0 to

+50

°C.

95% relative humidity.

97.3"

W x

31.5"

D o

72"

H.

Weight: 3235 lbs. Power supply:

36"

W x

24"

D x

60.4"

H.

Weight: 950 lbs.

Sea level to 2286 meters.

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

247.1 cm

W x

80 cm

D z

183 cm

H.

Weight

1,470

Kg.

Power supply: 91.5 cm

W x 61 cm D e

153.4 cm H.

Weight: 432

Kg.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE

WITHOUT NOTICE.

'

' o

Power input:

208/240 volts, ±

11 volts,

3 phase,

50/60 ture

Hz. Power consumption (approx.):

55 kVA, black picture,

10% aural; 46.8 kVA, average pic-

(50%

API),

10% aural;

59 kVA, black pic- ture at 20% aural; 50.2 kVA, average picture at

20% aural.

Power input: 380/415 volts,

3 phase,

50/60

Hz.

Power consumption (approx.): 63.8 kVA, block picture,

10% aural;

54.3 kVA, average picture (50%

APL),

10% aural; 68.4 kVA, black picture at 20% aural; 58.2 kVA, average picture at 20% aural.

After initial aging of 60 days.

Measured at 65% and

15% of modulation.

Reference

100% =peak of sync.

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier amplitude from 75% to 10% of mod. Sub

-carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

Maximum variation of sub

-carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from

Bridging, loop through input with

After de- emphasis.

-30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

75% to

10

%.

Sub

-carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

'

Rel. to r

100%

AM modulation at

Relative to

±50 kHz deviation. frequency offset by 4.5 MHz (FCC), 5.5 (CCIR) from the visual carrier.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TV

-18H,

18 kW VHF -TV state rectifiers, crystals, ters transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13, with operating tubes, transistors,

ICs, solid required pre -correction circuitry, low

-level vestigial sideband filter, harmonic and color notch fil-

-

TV

-18H

18 kW VHF -TV transmitter for

CCIR

System ped as above

"B" service, 174

-230

MHz (Band III),

380/415 volts,

50/60

Hz, equip-

994 -8497 -001

994- 8497 -003

134

JK-2M-180 HARRIS COPRORATION 1980

ADV 548

PTD IN

U

S

A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV

-10H

10-

Kilowatt

CCIR

Band Ill

Color Television

Transmitter

The is

Harris

TV -10H, ten

-kilowatt

CCIR

Band Ill color

TV transmitter, designed specifically for use in CCIR

Systems

"B" and

"M

"-

with many features of particular interest to international broadcasters.

The solid -state

IPA

/three

-tube design greatly enhances reliability, reduces cabinet tuning requirements and allows an unusually compact configuration.

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter, so that the

Transversal SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near

-ideal bandpass function for

CCIR

Systems

"B"

and

"M"

bandwidths.

This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent pulse and color transmissions without adjustment.

The solid -state

IPA contains broadband amplifiers, so no tuning is www.americanradiohistory.com

required

-and

it is fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load vari- ations. Gradual

(1 to

2 seconds)

RF turn

- on permits

DC voltage stabilization be- fore

RF drive application to power am- plifiers, for added transmitter protection.

The IPA is fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cool- ing helps maintain long transistor life.

SUPERB

PERFORMANCE

In addition to the solid -state

IPA and the

TSB filter, Harris'

TV

-10H incorporates such state -of- the -art features as IF

(in- termediate frequency) Modulation, true linear operation of power amplifiers, and solid -state visual and aural exciter/ modulators, to provide the finest color performance and sound fidelity available today.

As no envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for the side

- band filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power output control and amplifier tuning are straightforward and uncomplicated, while design simplicity and conservatively rated components as- sure long -term

"hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA (8807 tetrode) for low power consumption, and

DC filaments in the vis- ual stage for improved signal -to

-noise ratio.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB)

FILTER

The

Harris solid -state sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF fre- quency, rather than

"on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter.

Unlike previous

VSB filters, which re- quire from

600 to 1000 nsec of group delay the TSB characteristic and requires no group delay correction, and many adjustments, filter has an inherent linear phase correction. Other VSB filters need

6 to

12 tuning controls, while the Harris

TSB filter needs no tuning controls, as it requires no tuning adjustments

-ever!

Additionally, the

TSB filter has steeper skirts and higher attenuation outside the channel passband for improved

VSB wave shaping.

Only

11/2 square inches in size, the

TSB filter is mounted on a

PC board in the visual exciter.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER

/MODULATORS

The

Harris solid -state

MCP -1V visual

135

136 exciter

/modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal.

Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain con- trols are motor driven with manual over- ride provision.

The MCP -1V and provides great reliability stability, excellent frequency re- sponse, and designed truest color quality.

It is also for minimum maintenance and set -up time, and for remote control and unattended operation.

This is all made possible through the use of the latest de- sign techniques, including Harris' solid

- state

TSB filter.

The

Harris aural exciter

/modulator is a solid -state self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer extended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE

FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the features of the TV -10H is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

In the

TV -10H the visual and aural excit- ers generate fully modulated low -level

IF signals. The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator is used to raise the sired individual

IF signal

"on channel" output to the de- frequency.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an ex- tremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the broadcast signal is a faithful reproduc- tion of the signal applied to the transmit- ter input. tinuous, and is maintained without an emergency power source during power failures. and tube neutralization is not required.

The in control logic and protective circuitry, addition to commanding normal

AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights allow iso- lation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

EXCELLENT

COOLING SYSTEM

The cooling system of the

TV -10H is quiet and efficient, and employs a direct drive blower, with the motor fully protected by automatic reset devices. Tube man- ufacturers' recommendations are met or exceeded at altitudes up to 3000 meters, enhancing tube life derating. without power

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and unattended opera- tion.

The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control sam- pling points are built

-in on accessible terminal boards.

POWER SUPPLIES

The

HV power supply is a 3

-phase choke input supply, exhibiting very low ripple content.

It is designed for excellent regu- lation and low video impedance for op- timum picture performance.

This power supply, including transformer and solid

- state rectifiers, is housed in a single as- sembly, mounted externally from the transmitter. Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

Today, Harris

TV transmitters operated successfully are worldwide being in an unattended mode, with and without re- mote control access.

In addition, Harris' transmitter design is consistent with anticipated automatic transmitter needs in the future.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual transmitter are operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal

- to -noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies use solid -state regulators.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies. AUTOMATIC

POWER CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all

RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures essen- tially constant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the

TV

-10H.

EASE

OF

MAINTENANCE

Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet. Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, mod- ulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be re- moved for maintenance or replacement.

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of a solid -state

IPA and conservatively rated Type

8988 and 8807 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear am- plifiers.

These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration

Easy -to -read, eye -level

4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions.

Meter panels are of double

- hinged construction for convenient ac- cess during maintenance.

MCP

VISUAL

MOOULAATTO

AMPLIFIER

IMOS

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits sign

-employing

CMOS IC's for de- simplicity and enhanced reliability

-

offer complete and foolproof control of all ory transmitter functions.

Built

-in mem- circuitry enables the entire transmit- ter to return to the air automatically in the stage it was operating prior to a partial or full power failure.

The memory is con-

AURAL

ECM,

MODULATOR

LV

SOLID-STATE rA

PA

Mm

RT

POMP

M zEISwA.

T i

I

.IIC

r

TV -10H BLOCK DIAGRAM

Aw www.americanradiohistory.com

TV -10H SPECIFICATIONS

CCIR

System M, 525 Lines, 60 Hz (FCC

Type)

VISUAL

PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER

STABILITY: t

REG. OF RF

OUTPUT POWER (Black

VARIATION OF

OUTPUT to white

(over one frame): pic.):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS. BRIGHTNESS:2

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:3

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:4

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

2t

K

FACTOR:

12.5t GAIN & DELAY RESPONSE.

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

13 kW peak.

50 ohms.

Output connector: 3%" EIA standard.

(FCC

Channels

7

-13).

174 -216 MHz.

1250 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

3% or less.

Less than

2

%.

-3.58

MHz

-1.25

MHz and lower

Carrier to

-0.75

MHz

Carrier

Carrier to +4.20 MHz

+4.75 MHz and higher

10.75 dB.

-42 dB or better

-26 dB or better

0 dB

10.5 dB reference

10.5 dB

-30 dB or better

0 %.

3% or better.

10% or better.

1.1 or better.

-55 dB or better (RMS) below sync level.

2% maximum.

5%

.05

Total Baseline disturbance. to

2.1

MHz:

140 ns at at

3.58 MHz:

4.18 MHz:

130 ns

160 ns

(referenced to standard curve

-FCC)

75 ohm system.

-

80 dB.

13 or less relative to blanking.

VIDEO INPUT:5

HARMONIC RADIATION:

INCIDENTAL PHASE

MODULATION:

AURAL

PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:8

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY

DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:

FM NOISE:6

AM

NOISE:

INTERCARRIER PHASE

MODULATION:6

FREQUENCY STABILITY:7

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.3 kW at diplexer output.

50 ohms. Output connector: Type

N bulkhead.

+10 dBm, 12 dB.

125 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre

-emphasis

(30- 15,000

Hz).

0.5% or less after

75 microseconds de- emphasis with ±25 kHz deviation.

-60 dB or better rel. to

125 kHz dev.

-

55 dB relative to 100% modulation of the aural carrier.

-46 dB or better relative to ±25 kHz deviation.

20 Hz.

Power input: 208/240 Volts, 111 Volts,

3 phase, 60

Hz.

Typical power consumption:

30 kVA, black picture;

27 kVA, average picture.

Power factor:

.97 typical.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY

RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

-10 to +50 C(14 to122

F).

0 to 95%

Sea relative humidity. level to 10,000 feet (3048 meters).

Transmitter cabinet:

71 in. W x 32.3 in.

D x

71.7 in. H.

(180 cm x

82 cm x

182 cm).

Weight: 1,874 lbs. (850 kg).

Power supply:

48 in.

W x 24 in.

D x

60.7 in

H. (122 cm x 61 cm x 153 cm).

Weight:

1,477 lbs. (670 kg).

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

After initial aging of 60 days.

?Pedestal set to 50

IRE

Units carrier from

20 to 80

IRE units. plus 200 kHz set to

0 dB reference. Sweep amplitude set to 20 IRE units peak to peak. Pedestal varied

3Maximum variation of sub -carrier amplitude from

75% to 10% of mod. Sub

-carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

4Maximum variation of sub -carrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage from 75% to 10 %. Sub

-carrier mod. percentage:

10% peak to peak.

5Bridging, loop through input with -30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

6After de- emphasis.

7Relative to frequency offset by 4.5 MHz from the visual carrier.

88.2 kW aural available on special order.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TV -10H 10 kW VHF -TV transmitter for

CCIR

System

"M" level sideband filter, harmonic filters, color notch filter service, 174

-216 MHz

208/240 volts,

60 Hz, with operating tubes, transistors, IC's, solid -state rectifiers, crystals, required pre

-correction circuitry, low

994- 8224 -003 www.americanradiohistory.com

137

TV -10H SPECIFICATIONS

CCIR

System

B,

625 Lines,

50 Hz

VISUAL

PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

COLOR

SYSTEM:

TYPE MODULATION:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL:

RF

OUTPUT:

AM NOISE:2

HUM AND LOW FREQUENCY:

PERIODIC NOISE

10 KHz

UNWEIGHED: to

5.2 MHz:

TOTAL RANDOM AND PERIODIC NOISE

MODULATION

CAPABILITY:

RF

POWER OUTPUT VARIATION:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VARIATION:3

LUMINANCE NONLINEARITY:4

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:4

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:4

2t

K

FACTOR:

20t GAIN

& DELAY RESPONSE:

CHROMANANCE INTERMODULATION:S

BLANKING VARIATION:

FIELD FREQUENCY SQUARE WAVE TILT:

INCIDENTAL PHASE

MODULATION:

EQUIVALENT

ENVELOPE DELAY:

CARRIER STABILITY:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL

PERFORMANCE

TYPE OF EMISSION:

POWER OUTPUT:8

CARRIER STABILITY:

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

AUDIO DISTORTION:

AM

NOISE:

FM NOISE:6

SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE:

INTERCARRIER NOISE:6

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

7

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

10 kW.

PAL, SECAM.

A5C negative.

174 -230 MHz, Band

III,

Channels

E5 -E12.

75 ohms.

.7

50 to 2.0 ohms. volts, peak to peak, sync. negative.

Output connector:

31/4" EIA, flanged with unflanged adapter.

-

60 dB or better peak to peak.

-

40 dB peak to peak.

-

55 dB RMS or better.

0 %, sync equal to

100 %.

Less than 2%

Less than total variation for pedestal levels

±0.75

10% or better. dB.

10% to 75% of sync.

-4.43

MHz

-1.25

MHz

-0.75

MHz to 5.5 MHz

+5.5 MHz

-30 dB

-22 dB

.±.0.5 dB

-

22 dB

3%

2% or better.

±1 or better. maximum. or less

5% total baseline disturbance.

Less than 2%

Less than

2%

Less than

2% total distortion. total variation. total variation.

±3 or less relative to blanking.

Complies with system requirements.

1250 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

-

80 dB or better below sync peak.

FM.

1 kW at diplexer output.

±250

Hz (for 30 days relative to frequency offset from

5.5 MHz visual carier).

50 ohms output connector:

600 ohms, balanced.

Oto +12 dBm.

Type

N bulkhead.

±50 kHz.

±.5 dB relative

Less than

1% to

50 from microsecond

30 for ±70 kHz deviation. to 15,000

Hz pre- emphasis. with

50 kHz deviation; less than 2%

-

55 dB or better relative to 100% modulation of the aural carrier.

-

60 dB or better relative to

± 50 kHz deviation.

Less than

1% relative to 100% AM modulation from

30 to 15,000

Hz with ±50 kHz deviation.

-

46 dB or better relative to 150 kHz deviation.

t

20 Hz.

Power Input: 380/415 volts,

± 18 volts,

50 Hz.

Typical power consumption;

30 kVA, Black picture;

26 kVA

Average picture.

Power factor:

.97 typical.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY

RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

-10 to +50

0 to 95%

Sea

C

(14 relative humidity. level to 3048 meters

(10,000 feet).

Transmitter cabinet:

180 cm W x

"x32.3 "x71.7 to

122

F).

").

82 cm

D x 182 cm

H.

(71

Weight:

850 kg

(1,874 lbs.).

Power supply:

122 cm W x

61 cm

D

153 cm

H.

Weight:

670 kg

(1,477 lbs.).

(48" x

24" x

60.7

").

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

1

Bridging, loop through input with

2Noise measured with

3Pedestal set to 42% from

15 to

65 %.

4Measured

5Measured respect

-30 dB or better return loss up to

5.5 MHz. to black to white transition. of sync, carrier plus 200 kHz set to

0 dB reference. Sweep amplitude with a 5 step riser signal.

Test signal No.

3

CCIR REC

421.3. with a three level chromanance signal with constant pedestal level.

6After de- emphasis.

7Relative to frequency offset by

5.5 MHz from the visual carrier.

88.2 kW aural available on special order. set to 20

IRE units peak to peak. Pedestal varied

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TV -10H

10 kW VHF -TV

50 Hz, transmitter for

CCIR

System

"B" service,

174 -230 MHz (Band with operating tubes, transistors,

IC's solid -state rectifiers, crystals, required low level sidband filter, harmonic filters

III), 380/415 volts, pre- correction circuitry,

994- 8224 -001

138

CP

-2M

-981 (C

Harris Corporation

1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 561A

PTD. IN U.S.A.

HARRIS

TVD -60L

60-

Kilowatt

Dual

VHF

Low Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Ultra- linear drivers with sclid

-state IPAs for maximum reliability and signal transparency

Two independent, complete 30- kilowatt transmitters for total redundancy and on- the -air reliability

"Hot" standby exciters. modulators and sideband filter for maximum redundancy

Harris' Dualtran output switching system allows paral- lel, single transmitter or alternate main operation

Advanced Transversal SideBand (TSB) filters group delay, no tuning adjustments required

-no

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Superior color performance. with minimal correction circuitry

Ideal for circularly polarized applications

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems www.americanradiohistory.com

139

TVD-60L

likti.m®

TOTAL REDUNDANCY

...

COMPLETE RELIABILITY

The Harris TVD -60L, 60- kilowatt dual low band VHF TV transmitter, is designed for tele- vision broadcasters who want the utmost in reliability and performance

-with the flexibility for remote control or automatic operation.

Ideal for circularly polarized applications, this powerful dual transmitter incorporates such state -of- the -art features as ultra -linear drivers with solid -state IPAs, and Harris' Transversal

SideBand (TSB) filters. The TVD -60L consists of two completely independent

30- kilowatt transmitters operating in parallel, combined through the Harris Dualtran

RF switching sys- tem.

Each of the two ultra -linear drivers employs a broadband Class

A solid -state IPA and a single conservatively- operated tetrode to drive the final visual amplifier. This means maximum linearity and signal transparency without the need for complicated correction circuitry

...

for unmatched reliability and main- tainability.

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual ex- citers. The Harris Transversal SideBand filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

Systems

M

(FCC) and

B bandwidths. This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded information.

With the TVD -60L you get two visual exciter modulators, two aural exciter modulators, two

TSB filters, two solid -state visual and aural

IPAs, two visual and aural PAs, and two

HV power supplies

-in

short, total redundancy!

Complete reliability!

The Dualtran switching system is factory as- sembled in one cabinet, and can be supplied to interface with either a hybrid or a notch dip

- lexer.

140

IF

(intermediate frequency) Modulation, low

- level sideband filtering, true linear operation of power amplifiers and solid -state visual and aural exciter /modulators combine to provide outstanding color and sound fidelity. As no en- velope delay correction or adjustments are re- quired for the solid /state Transversal

SideBand filter(s), stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced.

Frequency adjustment, power output control and amplifier tuning are st'aightforward and uncomplicated, while conservatively rated components in the TVD -60L assure long -term

"hands -off" operation.

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING

In the event of a malfunction of one -half of the parallel combination, the Harris TVD -60L of- fers automatic and instantaneous reduction to one -fourth authorized power This function will occur without interruption of the carrier. With the touch of a button, half -power operation is achieved in less than two seconds.

Visual and aural exciters a-e connected in a hot standby condition, and will automatically switch in less than

10 milliseconds in case of failure in either unit.

In all modes, aural follows visual for simplified logic control and reliable operation.

OPERATING VERSATILITY

Four modes of operation may be obtained electrically by means of control pushbuttons on the output switcher; by control buttons on the transmitter control panel; or by remote control.

These are:

Transmitters

A and

B combined On -Air.

Transmitter

A

On -Air and transmitter

B into the station loads.

Transmitter

B

On -Air and transmitter A into the station loads.

Transmitters

A and

B combined to the sta- tion loads (test mode).

The switching operation from one mode to any other mode requires less than two seconds.

When using a notch diplexer, three other operating modes may be selected manually by changing links on the Dualtran output switch- ing and cabinet: transmitters

A and

B combined diplexed to the station load; transmitter

A diplexed into the station load; and transmitter

B diplexed into the station load.

DUALTRAN OUTPUT

SWITCHER CABINET

All switches, patch panels, corn

- biners, reject and dummy loads, couplers, sensors and control logic are factory assembled, tested and optimized for best

VSWR across the channel. The only external transmission line connections are for the transmit- ters, antenna and diplexer. This saves installation labor and time, and insures excellent perfor- mance without field optimization.

Motorized coaxial switches ac- complish

RF switching at the push of a button on the output switcher control panel, center transmitter control cabinet or via remote control. Solid -state con- trol logic automatically routes command signals to turn off plate voltages, operate proper coaxial switches and re -apply plate voltage

...

all in two sec- onds or less. www.americanradiohistory.com

-

t14 i

I.

11111111111

T

r:

s

r

r

- e

-

C-22.7

C-

-I1oit.

C-

1 i

-

w e e e

TVD-60L

CENTER CONTROL CABINET

All adjustments and control of dual transmitter operation can be accomplished from the con- trol cabinet, supplied as standard equipment in all

Harris Dualtran systems. This cabinet is normally mounted between the two indepen- dent transmitters to provide a pleasing instal- lation. The

RF phasing and control panel, the exciter modulator switcher, and the local con- trol panel are standard equipment with the

Harris Dualtran systems.

RF

PHASING AND CONTROL PANEL

Here the output of the on -air exciter modulator is split to drive the two transmitters. Phasing controls and attenuators provide adjustment of the two signals to assure maximum combined transmitter output. Switchable visual and aural power meters are provided to monitor com- bined forward, combined reflected and reject power levels. Also,

Dualtran output switcher control logic pushbuttons on this panel can select "A B

Air

",

-A Air

",

"B Air" or "A

+

B

Test" modes.

LOCAL CONTROL PANEL

Provides simultaneous control of both trans- mitters including filament and plate on off and aural and visual raise lower functions.

All sys- tem this remote control terminals are available on panel.

EXCITER MODULATOR SWITCHER

Solid -state control logic provides manual or automatic switching of the two ulators from

"hot standby" to "on excitermod-

-air' status in case of exciter failure. Switching occurs in

10 milliseconds for no perceptible loss of signal.

INPUT PATCH PANEL

(Optional)

Permits bypassing the exciter modulator switcher via BNC cables to patch any combi- nation of aural /visual exciters to any transmit- ter.

This provides extra flexibility for emergency situations and for system mainte- nance and testing.

RF

Not

INPUT BYPASS SWITCHER

(Optional

-

Shown)

In single transmitter modes this switcher re- moves the

3 dB coupler in the RF phasing control panel from input circuitry, thereby put- ting full rated power of any one transmitter on the air.

141 www.americanradiohistory.com

SOLID -STATE IPAs

The solid -state visual and aural IPAs contain broadband amplifiers, so that periodic bandpass adjustments are not required

-and they are fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection,

RF drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage stabilization before full RF drive application to power amplifiers.

The IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

TVD-60L

modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which nel provides a fully processed on -chan- picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a trol, or from a single front panel con- remote location, without retun- ing of any kind.

The MCP-1V provides great reliability and sta- bility. excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and setup time, and for remote control and unattended operation. This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including Harris' solid -state

TSB filter.

The two 30- kilowatt transmitters each employ a single -ended visual

PA (9007 tetrode) and

DC filaments in every visual stage for an ex- cellent signal

-to -noise ratio.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB) FILTER

The Harris solid -state sideband filter is an ad- vanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF frequency, rather than

"on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous VSB filters, the TSB filter has an inherent linear phase characteristic and requires no group delay correction or tuning.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER MODULATORS

The Harris solid -state MCP-1V visual exciter

The Harris aural exciter modulator is a solid

- state, self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be op- erated with the drawer extended for test pur- poses.

INTERMEDIATE

FREQUENCY

(IF) MODULATION

One of the features of the TVD -60L is its true low -level

IF

Modulation. which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical perfor- mance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful repro- duction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL

CIRCUITS

Solid

-state memory, timing and logic circuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built

-in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power interruption.

The control logic, in addition to commanding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system.

These indicator lights allow easy isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote con-

RF

OUTPUT

SWITCHER

(72 HIGH)

48'

POWER

SUPPLY

(54.25"

HIGH)

57..

POWER

SUPPLY

(54

25" HIGH)

142

DRIVER

(72' HIGH)

VISUAL

PA

98.3"

AURAL

PA

INPUT

SWITCHER

DRIVER

M,

22.12"

4,

VISUAL

PA

98.3"

AURAL

PA

32"

TVD

-60L FLOOR PLAN www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-60L

C

--o4fo-1 v

SUM

,..

LJ

IX

OI

0.40

0400

-0)

r-

111

°-±4? r?

_11.7

J

RF

FLOW TVD -60L WITH NOTCH DIPLEXER

_J trol sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Harris TV transmitters are being operated successfully worldwide with a variety of remote control systems, in- cluding the versatile, cost -saving Harris 9100

Facilities Control.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TVD -60L is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blow- ers, with the motors fully protected by automa- tic reset devices. ters are operated from DC power supplies to maximize the output signal

-to -noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are 100

°ró solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' au- tomatic power control, insures essentially con- stant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the TVD-

60L.

STABILITY

One factor assuring RF stability is the use of solid -state IPAs and conservatively rated Type

8988 and 9007 ceramic tetrodes operating as

VHF linear amplifiers. These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen config- uration and tube neutralization is not required.

POWER

SUPPLIES

The HV power supplies for the TVD -60L visual and aural PAs exhibit very low ripple content.

They are designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture per- formance.

In addition, for ease of mainte- nance, the two power supplies, including transformers and solid -state rectifiers, are housed in two separate assemblies, mounted externally from the transmitter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by removable panels.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual transmit-

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily main- tained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmit- ter outside the cabinet. Various exciter cir- cuits, such as oscillators, modulators and pro- cessing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or re- placement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level

4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions.

Meter panels are of double- hinged construc- tion for easy access during maintenance.

143 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD -60L SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF RF

OUTPUT POWER (All black to all white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT

(over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:7

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS.

BRIGHTNESS.

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:4

INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):5

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:''

SIGNAL -TO- NOISE:

Hum and low frequency:6

Periodic noise

10 kHz to 5.2 MHz:6

Total random and periodic noise unweighted:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

System

M

/NTSC

60 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output

54 -88 MHz connectors:

31/4'

EIA standard.

(Channels

2 -6).

-

250 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

2

Hz with optional precise frequency control.

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than

2 %.

3.58 MHz

-

-

+

1.25 MHz and lower

0.75 MHz to

+4.10

MHz

4.18 MHz

4

4.75

MHz and higher t-

0.75 dB.

0 %.

3% or better. blanking. 3" or better relative to

1.0 dB or better.

-

1° or better.

-

42 dB or better

-

26 dB or better

0.5 dB

*0.5,

- 1 dB

-

30 dB or better

-

-

55 dB or better peak to peak.

40 dB peak to peak.

-

55 dB

RMS or better relative to

0.2 to

2.1 MHz at

3.58

MHz sync peak.

2T

2

%, 20T less than 5% baseline disturbance. at

4.18 MHz

(referenced to FCC standard curve)

75 ohm, 30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

-

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

-40

-

25

-

60 ns ns ns

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:'

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE

-EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:6

FM NOISE:8

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION

(noise):°

AM NOISE:

SYNCHRONOUS

AM NOISE:6

FREQUENCY STABILITY:10

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:"

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL

AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

12 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector:

15

/á' EIA standard, unflanged.

+

10 dBm,

-2 dB.

-

25 kHz.

600 ohms, balanced.

75 microseconds.

-0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve, (30- 15,000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with

-

25 kHz

-

60 dB RMS or better rel. to

- deviation from

25 kHz dev.

30- 15,000 Hz.

-

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

55 dB RMS rel. to 100%

40 dB RMS or better.

20 Hz w

25 kHz dev. amplitude modulation

(maximum variation over

30 days). of aural carrier.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

0

10° to to

*50°

C (14° to

122'

F).

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7,500 feet.

Transmitters

72"

H.

1,350 lbs.

1,500 lbs.

(2): each 98.3" W

Weight: 300 lbs. RF x 32" D x

72"

H.

Weight cabinet (without side panels): 221/4' W x 245/0" D

(with

Output Switcher: 48" W x

Power Supplies

(2): each 57" W x

34"

D x each: 2,200 lbs.

34"

D x

72"

H.

54.25"

H.

Switcher front and rear doors) x

Weight:

Weight each:

Power input: 208 /240 volts, -.11 volts,

3 phase, 50 60 Hz.

132 kW, black picture; 108 kW, average picture.

Power consumption:

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

After initial aging of 60 days.

2

3

4

5

6

7

6

Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05 VSWR or better.

Measured using 20% p.p. amplitude swept video modulation percentages relative to blanking to white excursion. with pedestal set at black

10 %, white 90% with reference

Measured with

5

-step riser signal from 75% to 12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

Measured with a 5

-step riser signal. Test signal No. 3 CCIR REC

421 -3. to grey level 50 %. All

Noise measured with respect to a blanking to white transition.

Capable of additional 0.5 dB power output above rated output

After de- emphasis. to compensate for diplexer loss.

9

Rel. to 100% amplitude modulation at rated deviation.

10

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5

"

Derate

2'

C

MHz (System M), from the visual carrier, atter initial aging of 60 days. per 1000 feet (305 meters) altitude above sea level.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVD -60L, 60 kW dual

VHF -TV transmitter for

System

M standards service, Channels

2 -6, with operating tubes, semiconductors, crystals,

VSB filter, harmonic and color notch filters, output combiner. input and output switchers

994 -8616

144

RP 2M 381 h'APRIS CORPORATION

1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 582 PTD.

IN

U.S.A.

HARRIS

TV

D

-40

L

45-

Kilowatt Dual

VHF Low Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Ultra- linear drivers with solid

-state IPAs for maximum reliability and signal transparency

Two independent, complete 22.5

-kilowatt transmitters for total redundancy and on- the -air reliability

"Hot" standby exciters, modulators and sideband filter for maximum redundancy

Harris' Dualtran lel, output switching system allows paral- single transmitter or al-ernate main operation

Advanced Transversal

SideBand (TSB) filters group delay, no tuning adjJstments required

-no

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Superior color performance, with minimal correction circuitry

Ideal for circularly polarized applications

Easily interfaced with ATS and remote control systems www.americanradiohistory.com

145

TVD-40L

-11113M111131.1131111Mens

IMP

111,1e,

146

TOTAL REDUNDANCY...

COMPLETE RELIABILITY

The Harris TVD -40L, 45- kilowatt dual low band VHF TV transmitter, is designed for tele- vision broadcasters who want the utmost in reliability and performance

-with the flexibility for remote control or automatic operation.

Ideal for circularly polarized applications, this powerful dual transmitter incorporates such state -of- the -art features as ultra -linear drivers with solid -state

IPAs, and Harris' Transversal

SideBand (TSB) filters. The TVD -40L consists of two completely independent 22.5- kilowatt transmitters operating in parallel, combined through the Harris Dualtran

RF switching sys- tem.

Each of the two ultra -linear drivers employs a broadband Class

A solid -state IPA and a single conservatively- operated tetrode to drive the final visual amplifier. This means maximum linearity and signal transparency without the need for complicated correction circuitry

...

for unmatched reliability and main- tainability.

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual ex- citers. The Harris Transversal SideBand filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

Systems

M

(FCC) and

B bandwidths. This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded information.

With the TVD -40L you get two visual exciter modulators, two aural exciter'modulators, two

TSB filters, two solid -state visual and aural

IPAs, two visual and aural

PAs, and two

HV power supplies

-in

short, total redundancy!

Complete reliability!

The Dualtran switching system is factory as- sembled in one cabinet, and can be supplied to interface with either a hybrid or a notch dip

- lexer.

IF

(intermediate frequency) Modulation, low

- level sideband filtering, true linear operation of power amplifiers and solid -state visual and aural exciter modulators combine to provide outstanding color and sound fidelity. As no en- velope delay correction or adjustments are re- quired for the solid /state Transversal

SideBand filter(s), stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced.

Frequency adjustment, pcwer output control and amplifier tuning are straightforward and uncomplicated, while ccnservatively rated components in the TVD -40L assure long -term

"hands -off" operation.

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING

In the event of a malfunction of one -half of the parallel combination, the -iarris TVD -40L of- fers automatic and instantaneous reduction to one -fourth authorized power. This function will occur without interruption of the carrier. With the touch of a button, half -power operation is achieved in less than two seconds.

Visual and aural exciters are connected in a hot standby condition, and will automatically switch in less than

10 milliseconds in case of failure in either unit.

In all modes, aural follows visual for simplified logic control and reliable operation.

OPERATING VERSATILITY

Four modes of operation may be obtained electrically by means of control pushbuttons on the output switcher; by control buttons on the transmitter control panel; or by remote control.

These are:

Transmitters

A and B combined On -Air.

Transmitter

A On -Air and transmitter

B into the station loads.

Transmitter

B

On -Air and transmitter

A into the station loads.

Transmitters

A and

B combined to the sta- tion loads (test mode).

The switching operation from one mode to any other mode requires less than two seconds.

When using a notch diplexer, three other operating modes may be selected manually by changing links on the Dualtran output switch- ing cabinet: transmitters

A and

B combined and diplexed to the station load; transmitter

A diplexed into the station load; and transmitter

B diplexed into the station load.

Aar

DUALTRAN OUTPUT

SWITCHER CABINET

All switches, patch panels, com- biners, reject and dummy loads, couplers, sensors and control logic are factory assembled, tested and optimized for best

VSWR across the channel. The only external transmission line connections are for the transmit- ters, antenna and diplexer. This saves installation labor and time, and insures excellent perfor- mance without field optimization.

Motorized coaxial switches ac- complish

RF switching at the push of a button on the output switcher control panel, center transmitter control cabinet or via remote control. Solid -state con- trol logic automatically routes command signals to turn off plate voltages, operate proper coaxial switches and re -apply plate voltage

...

all in two sec- onds or less. www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-40L

C www.americanradiohistory.com

CENTER CONTROL

CABINET

All adjustments and control of dual transmitter operation can be accomplished from the con- trol cabinet, supplied as standard equipment in all

Harris Dualtran systems. This cabinet is normally mounted between the two indepen- dent transmitters to provide a pleasing instal- lation. The RF phasing and control panel, the exciter /modulator switcher, and the local con- trol panel are standard equipment with the

Harris Dualtran systems.

RF

PHASING AND CONTROL PANEL

Here the output of the on -air exciter /modulator is split to drive the two transmitters. Phasing controls and attenuators provide adjustment of the two signals to assure maximum combined transmitter output. Switchable visual and aural power meters are provided to monitor com- bined forward, combined reflected and reject power levels. Also, Dualtran output switcher control logic pushbuttons on this panel can select "A

+

B

Air

",

"A

Air

",

"B Air" or "A

+

B

Test" modes.

LOCAL CONTROL PANEL

Provides simultaneous control of both trans- mitters including filament and plate on off and aural and visual raise /lower functions.

All sys- tem remote control terminals are available on this panel.

EXCITER

MODULATOR SWITCHER

Solid -state control logic provides manual or automatic switching of the two exciter,mod- ulators from "hot standby" to "on -air" status in case of exciter failure. Switching occurs in 10 milliseconds for no perceptible loss of signal.

INPUT PATCH PANEL

(Optional)

Permits bypassing the exciter modulator switcher via BNC cables to patch any combi- nation of aural /visual exciters to any transmit- ter.

This provides extra flexibility for emergency situations and for system mainte- nance and testing.

RF

INPUT BYPASS SWITCHER

Not Shown)

(Optional

-

In single transmitter modes this switcher re- moves the

3 dB coupler in the RF phasing/ control panel from input circuitry, thereby put- ting full rated power of any one transmitter on the air.

147

SOLID -STATE IPAs

The solid -state visual and aural IPAs contain broadband amplifiers, so that periodic bandpass adjustments are not required

-and they are fully protected against damage caused by overloads or load variations. For added transmitter protection,

RF drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage stabilization before full RF drive application to power amplifiers.

The IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

SOLID -STATE

VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER MODULATORS

The Harris solid -state MCP-1V visual exciter

TVD-40L

modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on

-chan- nel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel con- trol, or from a remote location, without retun- ing of any kind.

The MCP-1V provides great reliability and sta- bility, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and setup time, and for remote control and unattended operation. This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including Harris' solid -state

TSB filter.

The two 22.5- kilowatt transmitters each em- ploy a single -ended visual

PA (9007 tetrode) and

DC filaments in every visual stage for an excellent signal -to -noise ratio.

TRANSVERSAL

SIDEBAND

(TSB) FILTER

The Harris solid -state sideband filter vanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF frequency, rather than on frequency' at is an ad- the full output power of the transmitter. Unlike previous VSB filters, the TSB filter has an inherent linear phase characteristic and requires no group delay correction or tuning.

The Harris aural exciter modulator is a solid

- state, self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be op- erated with the drawer extended for test pur- poses.

INTERMEDIATE

FREQUENCY

(IF) MODULATION

One of the features of the TVD -40L is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which offers a top quality picture, and excels in electrical perfor- mance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful repro- duction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL

CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built

-in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power interruption.

The control logic, in addition to commanding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system.

These indicator lights allow easy isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC

OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote con-

RF

OUTPUT

SWITCHER

(72' HIGH)

48"

POWER

SUPPLY

(54.25" HIGH)

57,,

34"

POWER

SUPPLY

(54.25" HIGH)

-I

57"

34"

148

DRIVER

(72" HIGH)

VISUAL

PA

98.3"

AURAL

PA

INPUT

SWITCHER

DRIVER

22.12"

VISUAL

PA

98.3"

AURAL

PA

TVD -40L FLOOR PLAN www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD-40L ntrIS

0

:(

--0.,-

-o4J-K)

-IL

I

.--04-0°-

1K:0 MO

Awe

-.-

°w° v .44:.

...

(000110

0.00,01108

RF

FLOW TVD -40L WITH HYBRID DIPLEXER trol sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards. Today, Harris TV transmitters are being operated successfully worldwide with a variety of remote control systems, in- cluding the versatile, cost -saving Harris 9100

Facilities Control.

EXCELLENT

COOLING

SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TVD -40L is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blow- ers, with the motors fully protected by automa- tic reset devices. ters are operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal -to -noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are 100% solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

AUTOMATIC

POWER

CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' au- tomatic power control, insures essentially con- stant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the TVD

-

40L.

STABILITY

One factor assuring RF stability is the use of solid -state IPAs and conservatively rated Type

8988 and 9007 ceramic tetrodes operating as

VHF linear amplifiers. These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen config- uration and tube neutralization is not required.

POWER

SUPPLIES

The HV power supplies for the TVD -40L visual and aural PAs exhibit very low ripple content.

They are designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture per- formance.

In addition, for ease of mainte- nance, the two power supplies, including transformers and solid -state rectifiers, are housed in two separate assemblies, mounted externally from the transmitter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by removable panels.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual transmit-

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily main- tained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmit- ter outside the cabinet. Various exciter cir- cuits, such as oscillators, modulators and pro- cessing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or re- placement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level used to

4

-inch meters are monitor required transmitter functions.

Meter panels are of double- hinged construc- tion for easy access during maintenance.

149 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVD -40L SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF

RF OUTPUT POWER (All black to all white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT

(over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:'

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS.

BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:°

INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):'

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:°

SIGNAL -TO- NOISE:

Hum and low frequency:6

Periodic noise

10 kHz to 5.2 MHz:6

Total random and periodic noise unweighted:

K-

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

System

M

/NTSC

45 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output

54 -88 MHz connectors:

31/4"

EIA standard.

(Channels

2 -6).

-

250 Hz

(maximum variation over

30 days).

2 Hz with optional precise frequency control.

3% or less relative to

Less than

2

%.

3.58 MHz

1.25 MHz and sync lower peak.

-

0.75 MHz to

4.18 MHz

+

4.10 MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

0.75 dB.

0 %.

3% or better.

-

3' or better relative to blanking.

1.0 dB or better.

-

1' or better.

-

42 dB or better

-

26 dB or better

0.5,

-0.5 dB

1 dB

-30 dB or better

55 dB or better peak to peak.

40 dB peak to peak.

55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak.

2T

2

20T less than

5 °r° baseline disturbance.

0.2 to 2.1 MHz at 3.58 MHz at

4.18 MHz

(referenced to FCC standard curve)

75 ohm,

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

-40

25

-60 ns ns ns

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:'

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE -EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:"

FM

NOISE:8

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION

(noise):8

AM NOISE:

SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE:9

FREQUENCY STABILITY:1'

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:''

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

9 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector:

15i8' EIA

10 dBm,

-2 dB. standard, unflanged.

25 kHz.

600 ohms, balanced.

75 microseconds.

0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve.

(30- 15.000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with

-

25 kHz

60 dB RMS or better rel. to deviation from

-

25 kHz dev.

30- 15,000 Hz.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

25 kHz dev.

55 dB RMS rel. to 100% amplitude modulation of aural carrier.

40 dB RMS or better.

20 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

-

0

10' to

+

50°

C

(14" to

122' to 95% relative humidity.

F).

Sea level to 10,000 feet.

Transmitters (2): each 98.3" W x

32"

D x

72"

H. cabinet (without side panels):

72"

H.

221/4"

W x

Weight each: 2,200 lbs. Switcher

245/8" D (with front and rear doors) x

Weight: 300 lbs. RF Output Switcher: 48" W x

34" D x

72"

H.

Weight:

1,350 lbs. Power Supplies

(2): each 57 W x

34" D x

54.25"

H.

Weight each:

1,500 lbs.

Power input: 208 240 volts.

112 kW, black picture; 96

- kW.

11 volts.

3 phase. 50 60 Hz. Power average picture. consumption:

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

After initial aging of

60 days.

3

4

''

Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05

VSWR or better.

Measured using 20% p.p. amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal percentages relative to blanking to white excursion. set at black

10 %. white 90% with reference

Measured with

5

-step riser signal from 75% to 12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

Measured with a 5

-step riser signal. Test signal No.

3

CCIR REC 421 -3. to grey level

50 %. All

"

Noise measured with respect to a blanking to white transition.

7

8

9

Capable of additional

0.5 dB power output above rated output to compensate for diplexer loss.

After de- emphasis.

Rel. to 100% amplitude modulation at rated deviation.

10

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5 MHz (System M), from the visual carrier, after initial aging of 60 days.

"

Derate

2'

C per 1000 feet (305 meters) altitude above sea level.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVD -40L. 45 kW dual VHF -TV transmitter for System

M standards service. Channels

2 -6. with operating tubes, semiconductors. crystals, VSB filter, harmonic and color notch filters. output combiner. input and output switchers

994 -8609 -001

150

RP -2M -381 ©HARRIS CORPORATION

1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV.

581 PTO. IN U.S.A.

W

HARRIS

TV-30L

30-

Kilowatt VHF

Low Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Ultra- linear driver with solid -state IPAs for maximum re- liability and signal transparency

Advanced Transversal SideBand

(TSB) no

filter-

requires group delay correction, no tuning adjustments

Superior color performance, with minimal correction circuitry

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Automatic power control insures essentially constant power output

Solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits

Easily interfaced with ATS and remote control systems

Emergency multiplex option www.americanradiohistory.com

151

TV-30L.

.

.

straightforward design for top

152

Harris' TV -30L, 30- kilowatt low band VHF television transmitter, is the most cost -effective TV transmitter available in its power range.

Its straightforward design requires less complicated circuitry to meet the high performance standards demanded by today's discriminating broadcaster. And less complicated circuitry means greater reliability

...

the type of year -in, year

-out dependability broadcasters need for impressive bottom line results. provide the finest color performance available today.

As no envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for the sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power output control and amplifier tuning are straightforward and uncomplicated, while conservatively -rated components assure long -term "hands -off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The ultra -linear driver employs a broadband Class

A solid -state

IPA and a single conservatively- operated tetrode to drive the final visual amplifier. This means maximum linearity and signal transparency without the need for complicated correction circuitry

...

for unmatched reliability and maintainability.

The solid -state visual and aural IPAs not only enhance reliability, but also reduce tuning requirements, as they contain broadband amplifiers so that periodic bandpass adjustment is not by required. They are fully protected against damage caused overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection,

RF drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits DC voltage stabilization before full RF drive application to power amplifiers.

The IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain long transistor life.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA (9007 tetrode), and DC filaments in every visual stage for an signal -to

-noise ratio. excellent

SOLID -STATE VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER /MODULATORS

The Harris MCP-1V visual exciter /modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kird.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain controls are motor driven with manual override provision to permit both local and remote adjustment.

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The Harris solid -state

Transversal

SideBand (TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

Systems

M

(FCC) and

B bandwidths. This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded information.

The

TSB filter requires no group delay correction or tuning. Only

11/2 square inches in size, it is located on a

PC board in the visual exciter.

The MCP-1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set- up time, and for remote control and unattended operation. This is all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including Harris' solid -state TSB filter.

This compact transmitter requires only three tubes

-visual

PA,

PA visual driver and aural

-to

provide a

30- kilowatt visual and a 6- kilowatt aural output. Under normal operating conditions the quick heat tubes permit transmitter turn -on within

120 seconds; faster turn -on times are possible in emergency conditions.

A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements after a tube change.

SUPERB COLOR

PERFORMANCE

In addition to the ultra -linear driver, solid -state IPAs and TSB filter, Harris' TV -30L incorporates such features as IF

Modulation, true linear operation of power amplifiers, and a solid -state visual exciter' modulator, to

Ultra

-linear driver with solid -state IPAs.

The Harris aural exciter /modulator is a solid- state, self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer extended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

(IF) MODULATION

One of the important features of the TV -30L is its true low -level

IF top

Modulation, which offers a quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reliability and simplicity of operation.

In the TV -30L the visual and aural exciters generate fully modulated low -level

IF signals. www.americanradiohistory.com

reliability and color performance

The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator used to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired "on channel" output frequency. is

Due to the low

-level techniques, which include the devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode modulator, low -level sideband filtering amplifiers, the color signal is a and use of ring very linear broadband faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input. the visual and aural signals in the visual RF amplifier chain event of an aural amplifier failure. This type of in the operation is possible in the TV

-30L because of the low distortion and broadband circuits that are designed into the visual amplifier chain.

EXCELLENT COOLING SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TV

-30L is quiet and efficient, employs direct drive blowers, with the motors and fully protected by automatic reset devices.

SOLID -STATE CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing state it and logic circuits offer complete foolproof control of all transmitter functions. circuitry enables automatically in the the entire transmitter

Built -in memory to return to the air and was operating prior to an AC power interruption.

The control logic, in addition to commanding normal functions, is also used to

AC control visually indicate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indicator lights allow isolation circuit faults, and are easily of remoted.

POWER SUPPLIES

The HV power supply for the visual and aural PAs low ripple content.

It is designed for exhibits very excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance.

In addition, for ease of maintenance, this power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally from the transmitter. Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards.

Today, Harris

TV transmitters are successfully operated worldwide with a variety of remote control systems, including the versatile, cost -saving Harris

9100 Facilities Control.

MCP

VISUAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

AURAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

^r

SOLID STATE

IPA

LV

POWER

SUPPLY

SOLIDSTATE

A

AMPI A

R989

NV

POWER

SUPP,

PA

900)

RV

POWEu

SUPPLY

CABINE

T

A,0 0q,A'

ADC SAMPLE

,ARMOh,

TV

-30L BLOCK DIAGRAM nN

AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures constant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the TV -30L.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual transmitter

DC are power supplies to maximize the output signal

-to operated from

-noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are 100°ío solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, regulated power supplies. solid -state

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of solid and conservatively rated Type 8988 and

9007 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear amplifiers. These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

-state

IPAs

EMERGENCY MULTIPLEX OPTION

This mode of operation enhances and the reliability of the transmitter minimizes lost air time by permitting common amplification of

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet. Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level

4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions. Meter panels are of double- hinged construction for easy access during maintenance.

153 www.americanradiohistory.com

TV -30L

SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER

OUTPUT:

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

System

M'NTSC

30 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output

54 -88

MHz connectors:

(Channels

2

-6).

3' /1' EIA standard.

250 Hz

- 2

(maximum variation over 30 days).

Hz with optional precise frequency control.

Systems

B

/PAL and

B

/SECAM

25 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output

54 -68 MHz

- connector: 3'

/o" EIA

(Channels

E3 and E4, Band

250 Hz (maximum variation

I

`{','.ard over 30 days).

REG. OF

RF to all

OUTPUT POWER (All black white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:2

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS. BRIGHT-

NESS:3

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:'

INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):'

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:'

SIGNAL

-TO- NOISE:

Hum and low frequency:6

Periodic noise

10 kHz to

5.2

MHz:"

Total random and periodic noise

K- unweighled:

FACTORS:

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than

2

%.

-

3.58 MHz

1.25 MHz and lower

0.75 MHz to

4.18 MHz

+

4.10 MHz

4.75 MHz and higher

1-0.75 dB.

0 %.

3% or better.

4:3° or better relative

1.0 dB or better.

-

1" or better. to blanking.

55 dB or better peak to peak.

--40 dB peak to peak.

-

-

42 dB or better

-

26 dB or better

-

0.5 dB

+

0.5,

-

1 dB

30 dB or better

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than 2 %.

-4.43

MHz

-

1.25 MHz

+

0.75 MHz to 5.0 MHz

5.5 MHz

-

0.75 dB.

0 %.

3% or better.

-2:3° or better relative to blanking.

10% or better.

-2:1° or better.

-

55 dB or better peak to peak.

40 dB peak to peak.

-

30 dB or better

-

22 dB or better

-0.5 dB

-

22 dB or better

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

-

55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak.

2T

2

%, 20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

0.2 to 2.1 MHz

-

40 ns at 3.58 MHz at

4.18 MHz

-

25- ns

-

60 ns

(referenced

75 ohm, to FCC standard curve)

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

-

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

--

55 dB RMS or better relative to

2T

2

°r°,

20T less than

5 baseline disturbance.

°r° sync peak.

Transmitter supplied with receiver equalizer compliant with CCIR Report

624, Figure

3.

Curve A or

B.

VIDEO INPUT

LEVEL:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:'

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

75 ohm,

-

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

-

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE- EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:"

6 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector:

15/8"

EIA standard, unflanged.

10 dBm,

-2 dB.

-2-25 kHz.

600 ohms, balanced.

75 microseconds.

-

0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve,

(30. 15,000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with

-

25 kHz deviation from 30- 15.000 Hz.

- 60 dB RMS or better rel. to

-25 kHz dev.

Up to 6 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector: 1%° EIA standard, unflanged.

O to - 12 dBm.

-

50 kHz.

600 ohms, balanced.

50 microseconds.

1

0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve,

(30- 15.000 Hz).

THD from 30 to 15,000 Hz with

Less than

2°r° at

-

70 kHz deviation.

-

60 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

-

50 kHz

50 kHz dev. deviation.

FM NOISE:"

INTERCARRIER

PHASE MODULATION

(noise):"

AM NOISE:

SYNCHRONOUS

AM NOISE:`'

FREQUENCY STABILITY:10

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:"

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL

AND MECHANICAL

SIONS:

DIMEN-

0

46 dB RMS or

55 dB RMS rel. to

100°r° of aural carrier. better rel. to

-

25 kHz dev. amplitude modulation

40 dB RMS or better.

-20

Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

-10 to +50

°C(14

"tol22

°F). to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7,500 feet.

-

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

50 kHz dev.

-

55 dB RMS rel. to 100

°r° of aural carrier.

40 dB RMS or better. amplitude modulation

-20

Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

0

-

10' to

.50'

C. to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 2286 meters.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

Trans.: 98.3" W x

32"

D x

72"

H.

2,200 lbs. Power supply:

57" W x

34"

D x

Weight:

54.25"

H.

Weight:

1,500 lbs.

Power input: 208.240 volts,

3 phase,

60 kW,

-11 volts,

50'60

Hz. Power consumption: black picture,

10% aural; 53 kW, average picture (50%

APL), 10% aural;

67 kW, black picture at

20% aural; 60 average picture at 20 aural kW,

Trans.: 249.7 cm W x

81.3 cm

D x

182.9 cm

Weight: 998 kg.

Power supply:

144.8 cm W x

86.4 cm

D x

137.8 cm

H.

680 kg.

H.

Weight:

-

17 volts,

Power input: 380415 volts,

3 phase, 50 60 Hz.

53 kW.

Power consumption:

60 kW, black picture, 10% aural; average picture (50%

APL),

10 aural; 67 kW, black picture at

60 kW,

20% aural: average picture at 20% aural.

'

2

3

6

2

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

After initial aging of 60 days.

Response specified for transmitter operating into

Measured using 20% p.p.

Measured with amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set

5

-step riser signal from 75% to

Measured with a 5

Noise measured with respect to

Capable of a a resistive load of 1.05 VSWR or better

12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

No 3 CCIR REC

421 -3. blanking to white transition.

After de- emphasis.

Rel. to 100% amplitude modulation at rated deviation. at additional 0.5 dB power output above rated output to compensate for diplexer loss.

2'

C per 1000 feet (305 meters) altitude above sea level.

B), from the visual carrier, after initial aging of 60 days to blanking to white excursion.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TV -30L, 30 kW VHF -TV pre- transmitter for correction circuitry. low -level

System

M service, Channels

2

-6, vestigial sideband filter, harmonic complete with operating tubes. semiconductors, crystals, required and color notch filters.

208 240 volts,

50 60 Hz

TV -30L. 25 kW VHF -TV transmitter for ductors, crystals. required pre-

System

B service.

54 -68 MHz correction circuitry. low -level

(Channels

E3 and

E4,

Band

I). vestigial sideband filter, harmonic filter,

308 415 volts,

50 60 Hz

994 -8532

-001

994- 8532 -002

154

RP -2M -281 ©HARRIS CORPORATION

1981

ADV. 580 PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TV-20L

22.5 -Kilowatt

VHF

Low Band

Color Television

Transmitter

Ultra- linear driver with solid -state IPAs for maximum re- liability and signal transparency

Advanced Transversal

SideBand (TSB) no

filter-

requires group delay correction. no tuning adjustments

Superior color performance. with circuitry minimal correction

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers

Automatic power control insures essentially constant power output

Solid -state memory. timing and logic circuits

Easily interfaced with

ATS and remote control systems

Emergency multiplex option www.americanradiohistory.com

155

156

TV-20L.

.

.

straightforward design for top

Harris' TV -20L, 22.5- kilowatt is low band VHF television transmitter, the most cost

-effective TV transmitter available in its power range. Its straightforward design requires less complicated circuitry to meet the high performance standards demanded means greater reliability

...

the type of year -in, year -out dependability broadcasters need for profitable results. by today's discriminating broadcaster. And less complicated circuitry

The ultra -linear driver employs a broadband Class

A solid -state

IPA and a final single conservatively- operated tetrode to visual amplifier. This means maximum linearity transparency without the need for circuitry

...

for unmatched reliability and drive the and complicated correction maintainability. signal

The solid -state visual and aural IPAs not only enhance reliability, broadband amplifiers so that periodic bandpass adjustment not by

RF but also reduce tuning requirements, as they contain is required. They are fully protected against damage caused overloads or load variations.

For added transmitter protection, drive is applied over a one to two second interval, which permits

DC voltage stabilization before full RF drive application to power amplifiers. The

IPAs are fully metered for monitoring and maintenance, while excellent cooling helps maintain transistor life. long

Surface acoustic wave technology is applied to vestigial sideband filtering in the visual exciter.

The Harris solid -state

Transversal

SideBand

(TSB) filter displays a near -ideal bandpass function for

Systems

M

(FCC) and

B bandwidths. This, combined with the filter's true linear phase characteristic, offers excellent reproduction of pulse waveforms and encoded information. The

TSB filter requires no group delay correction or tuning. Only

11/2 square inches in size, it is located on a

PC board in the visual exciter.

This compact transmitter requires only three tubes -visual

PA,

PA visual driver and aural

-to

provide a

22.5- kilowatt visual and a

4.5- kilowatt aural output. Under normal operating conditions the quick heat tubes permit transmitter turn -on within

120 seconds; faster turn -on times are possible in emergency conditions.

A circulator between the visual stages minimizes retuning requirements after a tube change.

SUPERB COLOR

PERFORMANCE

In addition to the ultra

-linear driver, solid -state IPAs and TSB filter, Harris' TV -20L incorporates such features as

IF

Modulation, true linear operation of power amplifiers, and a solid -state visual exciter /modulator, to provide the finest color performance available today.

As no envelope delay correction or adjustments are required for the sideband filter, stability, reliability and color quality are greatly enhanced. Frequency adjustment, power output control and amplifier tuning are straightforward and uncomplicated, while conservatively -rated components assure long- term "hands

-off" operation and minimum maintenance.

The transmitter employs a single -ended visual

PA (9007 tetrode), and

DC filaments in every visual stage for an signal -to

-noise ratio. excellent

SOLID -STATE VISUAL AND AURAL

EXCITER /MODULATORS

The Harris MCP -1V visual exciter,modulator is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal. Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control, or from a remote location, without retuning of any kind.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

A switch and meter mounted on the front panel permit monitoring exciter parameters. Power and video gain controls are motor driven with manual override provision to local and remote adjustment. permit both

Ultra -linear driver with solid -state IPAs.

The MCP -1V provides great reliability and stability, excellent frequency response, and truest color quality.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set- is up time, and for remote control and unattended operation. This all made possible through the use of the latest design techniques, including Harris' solid -state TSB filter.

The Harris aural exciter modulator is a solid- state, self- contained unit which furnishes a fully processed aural signal at a level up to

10 watts. Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

It is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated with the drawer extended for test purposes.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

(IF)

MODULATION

One of the important features of the

TV -20L is its true low -level

IF top

Modulation, which offers a quality picture, and excels in electrical performance, reliability and simplicity df operation.

In the TV -20L the visual and aural exciters generate fully modulated low -level

IF signals. www.americanradiohistory.com

reliability and color performance

The output of a common crystal controlled reference oscillator is used to raise the individual

IF signal to the desired "on channel" output frequency. the visual and aural signals in the visual RF amplifier chain in the event of an aural amplifier failure. This type of operation is possible in the TV -20L because of the low distortion and broadband circuits that are designed into the visual amplifier chain.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the color signal is a faithful reproduction of the signal applied to the transmitter input.

EXCELLENT COOLING SYSTEM

The cooling system of the TV -20L is quiet and efficient, and employs direct drive blowers, with the motors fully protected by automatic reset devices.

SOLID -STATE CONTROL CIRCUITS

Solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits offer complete and foolproof control of all transmitter functions. Built -in memory circuitry enables the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating prior to an AC power interruption.

POWER SUPPLIES

The

HV power supply for the visual and aural PAs exhibits very low ripple content.

It is designed for excellent regulation and low video impedance for optimum picture performance. In addition, for ease of maintenance, this power supply, including transformer and solid

-state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally from the transmitter. Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel.

The control logic, in addition to commanding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indicate, through indicator lights, the the operating status of transmitter system. These indicator lights allow isolation of circuit faults, and are easily remoted.

AGC SAMPLE

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED

AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and ATS. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control sampling points are built -in on accessible terminal boards.

Today, Harris TV transmitters are successfully operated worldwide with a variety of remote control systems, including the versatile, cost -saving Harris

9100 Facilities Control.

MCP

E

VISUAL xCiI

ER

MODULATOR

E

AURAI xCIT ER

MODULATOR

SOLIDSTATE

A

L

POWER

SUPPL

SOLID STATE

PA

AMPI iEIER

ISBA

T s

HV

POWER

SUPPLY

PA

900)

HV

POWER

SUPPLY

CABINET

PA

9C910

OOOA)

AOC SAMPLE

HARMONIC

EIL

TER

?35LW

HARMONIC

E,LTER

E-4.SLW

r

TV -20L BLOCK DIAGRAM

AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL

Automatic gain control of all RF amplifier stages, in conjunction with the exciters' automatic power control, insures constant power output, even with variations in line voltages. This feature is standard in the TV -20L.

Vacuum tube filaments in the visual transmitter are operated from

DC power supplies to maximize the output signal -to

-noise ratio. Grid and screen supplies are 100% solid state.

The visual and aural exciters have their own independent, solid -state regulated power supplies.

STABILITY

One factor assuring

RF stability is the use of solid -state IPAs and conservatively rated Type 8988 and 9007 ceramic tetrodes operating as VHF linear amplifiers. These amplifier stages operate in a common grid and screen configuration and tube neutralization is not required.

EMERGENCY MULTIPLEX OPTION

This mode of operation enhances the reliability of the transmitter and minimizes lost air time by permitting common amplification of

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

Convenient access to components is provided, permitting the transmitter to be easily maintained. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the transmitter outside the cabinet. Various exciter circuits, such as oscillators, modulators and processing circuitry, are of modular construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level 4 -inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions. Meter panels are of double -hinged construction for easy access during maintenance.

157 www.americanradiohistory.com

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

TV -20L SPECIFICATIONS

System

M

/NTSC

22.5 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connectors:

31/2"

EIA standard.

54 -88 MHz (Channels

2

-6).

-

250 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

2

Hz with optional precise frequency control.

Systems

B

/PAL and

B

/SECAM

20 kW peak.

50 ohms. Output connector:

54 -68 MHz

3' EIA standard.

(Channels

E3 and E4, Band

I).

-

250 Hz (maximum variation over 30 days).

REG. OF RF to all

OUTPUT POWER (All black white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:'

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS.

BRIGHT-

NESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL

GAIN:4

INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION:

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):'

DIFFERENTIAL

PHASE:4

SIGNAL -TO- NOISE:

Hum and low

Periodic noise

K- unweighted:

FACTORS: frequency:"

10 kHz to

5.2

MHz:"

Total random and periodic noise

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than

2 %.

-

4

3.58 MHz

-

1.25 MHz and lower

-0.75

MHz to

+4.10

MHz

4.18 MHz

4.75 MHz and higher

-

0.75 dB.

0

%.

3% or better.

-

3° or better relative to blanking.

1.0 dB or better.

+

1° or better.

-

55 dB or better peak to peak.

-

40 dB peak to peak.

-42 dB or better

-26 dB or better

-0.5 dB

0.5.

1 dB

-

30 dB or better

3% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than

2

%.

4.43 MHz

1.25 MHz

-

-

0.75 MHz to 5.0 MHz

5.5 MHz

-

0.75 dB.

0 %.

3% or better.

+3° or better relative to blanking.

10% or better.

-

1' or better.

-

55 dB or better peak to peak.

40 dB peak to peak.

-

30 dB or better

-22 dB or better

-

0.5 dB

-

22 dB or better

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

-

55 dB RMS or better relative to

2T 2 %. 20T less than 5% disturbance. baseline sync peak.

0.2 to

2.1

MHz

-40 ns at at

3.58

MHz

4.18

MHz

-

-

25 ns

60 ns

(referenced to FCC standard curve)

75

- ohm,

-

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

-

55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak.

2T

2 °o,

20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

Transmitter supplied with receiver equalizer compliant with CCIR Report 624, Figure

3.

Curve

A or

B.

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL

PERFORMANCE

POWER

OUTPUT:'

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

75 ohm,

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.5 MHz.

80 dB relative to peak of sync.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE -EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:"

FM NOISE:"

INTERCARRIER

PHASE MODULATION

(noise):"

AM NOISE:

4.5 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector: standard, unflanged.

15

- tO dBm,

-

25 kHz.

-2 dB.

600 ohms, balanced.

75 microseconds.

0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve,

(30- 15.000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with from 30- 15,000 Hz.

+25 kHz deviation

60 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

25 kHz dev.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

- 55 dB RMS rel. to 100%

-

25 kHz dev. amplitude modulation of aural carrier.

40 dB RMS or better.

-20

Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

Up to 4 kW.

50 ohms. Output connector:

15/8"

EIA standard, unflanged.

O to

4

12 dBm.

-

50 kHz.

600 ohms, balanced.

50 microseconds.

-0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis curve,

(30- 15.000 Hz).

1% THD from 30 to

15,000 Hz with

Less than

2 °b at

-

70 kHz deviation.

60 dB RMS or better rel. to

-50 kHz deviation.

-

50 kHz dev.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

-

55 dB RMS rel. to 100

°x°

-

50 kHz dev. amplitude modulation of aural carrier.

40 dB RMS or better.

20 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

SYNCHRONOUS

AM NOISE:"

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

°

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:"

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL

AND MECHANICAL

DIMEN-

SIONS:

-

10° to

+50`

C

(14° to 122"

0 to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 10.000 feet.

F).

10' to *

50° C.

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to

3048 meters.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

Trans.: 98.3"

W x

32" D x

72"

H.

Weight:

2,200 lbs.

Power supply:

57" W x 34" D x

54.25" H.

Weight:

1,500 lbs.

Power input: 208 240 volts, -11 volts,

3 phase, 50 60 Hz.

Power consumption:

55 kW, black picture. 108/ aural: 47 kW, average picture (50% APL), 10% aural:

60 kW, black picture at 20% aural:

51 kW. average picture at 20% aural.

Trans.: 249.7 cm

W x

81.3 cm

D x

182.9 cm

H.

Weight: 998 kg. Power supply:

144.8 cm W x

86.4 cm D x

137.8 cm

H.

680 kg.

Weight:

Power input: 380 415 volts,

3 phase, 50 60 Hz.

-

17 volts.

Power consumption:

55 kW, black picture, 10% aural:

47 kW, average picture

(50°r° APL).

10% aural: 60 kW. black picture at 20°r° aural:

51 kW, average picture at 20 °o aural.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

2

3 a

'

After initial aging of 60 days.

Response specified for transmitter operating into

Measured using 20

Measured with

Measured with

5

°r° p.p. a resistive load of 1.05 VSWR or better. amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at black

10 %. white 90°° with reference to grey level 50 °°. All percentages relative to blanking to white excursion.

-step riser signal from 75% to 12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

5 e a 5

-step riser signal. Test signal

No 3 CCIR REC

421 -3.

Noise measured with respect to a blanking to white transition.

Capable of additional 0.5 dB power output above rated output

"

After de- emphasis. to compensate for diplexer loss.

° Rel. to 100% amplitude modulation at rated deviation.

10

"

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5 MHz (System

M). 5.5 MHz (System B).

Derate

2'

C per 1000 feet (305 meters) altitude above sea level. from the visual carrier, after initial aging of 60 days.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TV

-20L, 22.5 kW VHF -TV pre- transmitter for System

M service. Channels

2-6, correction circuitry. low -level vestigial sideband filter, harmonic complete with operating tubes. semiconductors, crystals, required and color notch filters,

208 240 volts.

50

60 Hz

TV -20L, 20 kW VHF -TV transmitter for ductors. crystals. required pre-

System

B service.

54 -68 MHz

(Channels

E3 and

E4,

Band

I). complete with operating tubes, semicon- correction circuitry, low -level vestigial sideband filter. harmonic filter.

308 415 volts,

50

60 Hz

994-8608 -001

994- 8608 -002

RP-2M-281 PHARRIS

CORPORATION

1981

ADV. 579 PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

MCP

-1V

VHF

-TV

Visual

Exciter/Modulator

More than a performance two -to

-one improvement in color specifications

TSB delay

(Transversal SideBand) filter requires no group correction, no adjustments

-only

11/2 inches square

Exciter interfaces transmitters with all

Harris'

VHF

IF

Modulation

Excellent reliability and stability

Easy serviceability

With the introduction of the MCP -1V visual exciter /modulator,

Harris presents the television industry with the best color performance specifications ever offered in

VHF -TV transmitting equipment! This dramatic advancement in color performance is made possible through the use of

IF

Modulation, pioneered in the

Jnited

States by Harris, and through the use of recent break- throughs in filtering technology.

In the MCP-1V, Harris has combined

IF

Modulation and

Transversal SideBand filtering to achieve better than two -to -one improvements in the important color parameters of differential phase, differential gain and frequency response.

TRANSVERSAL SIDEBAND FILTER. The Harris solid -state vestigial sideband filter is an advanced surface acoustic wave design, and shapes visual sidebands at the

IF frequency, rather than

"on frequency" at the full output power of the transmitter.

Unlike conventional filters, the TSB filter has an inherent linear phase characteristic, which means that it requires no group delay correction.

A conventional nsec of group delay

TSB filter requires from 600 to 1000 correction, and many adjustments

-the

filter requires no correction or adjustments

-ever!

A conventional filter needs

6 to

12 tuning controls

-the

TSB filter needs no tuning controls. As ro envelope delay correction or adjustments are required, color quality, stability and reliability are greatly enhanced. The TSB filter also offers temperature stability, and is unaffected by aging. great

In addition, the TSB filter has steeper skirts and higher attenuation outside the channel passband for improved wave shaping.

Only

11/2 square inches in size, the board in the MCP-1V. filter is mounted on a

PC

IF

MODULATION. The refined

IF

Modulation techniques used in the MCP-1V offer inherently low values in differential phase and differential gain without the use of complex precorrection or feedback circuits. Additional gain and phase corrector boards may be plugged into the exciter to permit optimum performance at either of two transmitter power levels.

INDEPENDENT, SELF -CONTAINED UNIT. The maximum color performance MCP-1V is an independent, self- contained unit which provides a fully processed on- channel picture signal.

Power output can be varied up to one watt with a single front panel control with no adjustment of transmitter tuning controls.

The exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer, and may be operated outside the main transmitter for test purposes.

It is designed for minimum maintenance and set -up time, and for remote control and unattended operation.

The MCP-1V is standard in all of Harris' L2 and H2 TV transmitters

-and

interfaces easily with any Harris VHF IF

Modulation transmitter.

See the reverse side for specifications and ordering information. www.americanradiohistory.com

0 dB

-1.25 MHz

VISUAL

CARRIER

FREQUENCY

4.75 MHz

0 dB

-20 dB

-35 dB

-35 dB-

160

-1.25 MHz VISUAL

CARRIER

FREQUENCY

MODULATING FREQUENCY i

MHz)

Sideband response of MCP -1V exciter

(in blue) showing improvement over typical response of older exciters (shown

In gray).

Waveforms of 12.5t, 2t and window pulses showing response through the MCP -1V visual exciter.

MCP -1V

SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

FCC

One watt peak of sync.

50 ohms unbalanced. Output connector:

BNC.

Channels

2 -6

(54 -88 MHz) or Channels

7

-13 (174-

216 MHz).

±

250 Hz

(maximum variation per month).

CCIR (System "B

")

One watt peak of sync.

50 ohms unbalanced. Output connector:

BNC.

Band

I: E3

-E4

(54

-68 MHz) or Band

Ill:

E5 -E11

(174 -223 MHz).

±

250 Hz

(maximum variation per month).

CARRIER

STABILITY:

REG. OF RF OUTPUT POWER

(Black to white pic.):

VARIATION OF OUTPUT over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS. BRIGHTNESS:2

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN.

3

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:

4

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO:

K

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO INPUT:

HARMONIC RADIATION

6

1% or

1% or less. less.

-1.25 MHz and lower

Carrier to -0.75 MHz

Carrier

Carrier to

+

4.20 MHz

+

4.75 MHz and higher

±0.25 dB.

3% or

3% better. maximum.

0.5 dB or better.

± 1 maximum.

-58 dB or

2t

2

%, 12.5t less than 5%

0.5 to

2.1

MHz:

± baseline disturbance.

40 ns at

3.58 MHz:

±

30 ns at 4.18 better (RMS) below sync level.

MHz:

±

60 ns

(referenced to standard curve

-FCC)

75 ohm, terminated.

-20 dB.

-30 dB

±0.5 dB

0 dB reference

±

0.5 dB

-30 dB

1% or less.

1% or less.

-1.25 MHz and

+ lower

1.5

MHz to -0.75 MHz

+

1.5 MHz

+1.5

MHz to5.OMHz

+

±

5.5 MHz and

0.25 dB. higher

0

-30 dB

±0.5dB dB reference

±0.5dB

-30 dB

3% or

3% better. maximum.

Amplitude dev. smin

/s max. better than

0.5 dB mod. with signal

No.

3

CCIR, from 10% to 85% in

± frequency range

1 to

5

MHz.

1 maximum.

-40 dB pp below black to white transition.

2t

2

%,

201

3% or better.

0.5to4.5MHZ: ±50ns

4.5to4.8MHZ: ±100ns

(measured with Nyquist demodulator meeting

ARD specifications).

75 ohm, terminated.

-20 dB.

SERVICE

CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

-10' to

+

60'

C

(14' to

140'

F).

0 to 95%

Sea level to 10,000

24" W x relative humidity.

22"

D x consumption: feet.

5.25"

150 VA

H.

Weight:

105 -125 VAC or 210 -250 VAC,

50

38 lbs.

/60

Hz.

Power maximum.

-10' to

+

60'

C.

0 to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 3000 meters.

61 cm

W x

55.9 cm

D x

13.3 cm H. kg.

Weight:

17.3

105 -125 VAC or 210 -250 VAC,

50

/60 Hz. Power consumption:

150 VA maximum.

1

2

3

4

5

Alter mmai aging of 60 days

Measured at 10% and 90% APL relative to reponse al 50% APL.

Maximum variation of sub -carrier amplitude from

75%

Maximum variation of sub to 10% of mod. Sub- carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

-wrier phase with respect to burst for mod. percentage front 75% to

10

%. Sub-carrier mod. percentage: 10% peak to peak.

-30 dB or better return loss up to 5.0 MHz. e

The MCP -1V Exciter does not provide used in a

Harris

IF sufficient selectivity in the exciter alone to meet FCC and CCIR transmitter specifications for -3.58 MHz suppression modulated transmitter,

FCC and CCIR performance requirements in these areas will be met or exceeded. or harmonic radiation. However, when the MCP -1V is

ORDERING

INFORMATION

MCP -1V visual exciter/ modulator for

FCC standards service, Channels 2-6

MCP1V retrofit visual exciter /modulator for

FCC standards service, Channels

2

-6

MCP -1V visual exciter /modulator for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13

MCP -1V retrofit visual exciter /modulator for

FCC standards service, Channels

7

-13

MCP -1V visual exciter

/ modulator for

CCIR

System

"B" service, Band

I

(54

-68 MHz(

MCP -1V visual exciter/ modulator for

CCIR

System

"B" service, Band Ill

(174 -223

MHz)

Precise Frequency Control (optional)

Phase

Gain

Corrector

PC

Board

(optional)

Corrector

PC

Board

(optional)

Automatic Exciter/ Modulator Swltcher (optional)

RAK -96 basic rack

(24 ") for mounting backup exciter, automatic exciter switcher

Side panel kit for

RAK -98.

Includes two panels

In

Harris' white finish

Front

Door trim kit for RAK -96.

Trim

In brushed aluminum with Harris' blue Insert handle with lock for rear door of RAK -96

994 -7861 -002

994 -8136

-001

994 -7861 -003

994

-8135

-001

994 -7861 -005

994-

7861

-006

994- 6760

-001

992- 4717 -001

992- 4718 -001

994- 7016

-001

448- 0636 -000

448-0589-000

448- 0637 -000

448 -0559 -000

CP-3.5M-677

ADV.

502 PTD. IN

U.S.r, www.americanradiohistory.com

uLP

HARRIS

Series

"E'

TVE-1

1

0

110

-Kilowatt UHF

Color Television

Transmitter

Variable Visual Couple- for higher klystron efficiency

Advanced new

SAW filter

-built

-in receiver equalizer eliminates separate correction modules

New Quadrature Corrector cancels klystron distortions

High efficiency

5- cavity klystrons

Highly linear

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers for superior color and sound reproduction

Mod

Anode

Pulser for increased transmitter efficiency

Straightforward design for high stability, reliability

Low -loss waveguide diDlexer www.americanradiohistory.com

161

HARRIS'

TVE -110

DESIGNED

FOR

TOP

COLOR PERFORMANCE, ENERGY CONSERVATION

",

drN

1=1:11114111inaimming

M

8111

SI

UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE

The Harris TVE -110 is designed to meet the critical performance standards demanded by today's discriminating broadcaster. State

-of- the -art technology, such as

Harris' VIDEO'

SAW receiver equalized filter and the

Quadra- ture Corrector, is used to provide the highest levels of performance, reliability and stability.

This performance level assures standard and subscription television broadcasters the best quality picture and sound, now and in the fu- ture.

SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION

IN

POWER CONSUMPTION

The TVE -110 transmitter includes a newly de- veloped device that significantly reduces power consumption. This is the Variable Visu- al

Coupler (VVC), which greatly increases the visual klystron's operating efficiency over pre- viously used fixed couplers.

Several other energy- saving devices are also standard in the TVE -110, including

"H" type

162

'Visual

IF

Delay Equalized Output high- efficiency klystrons, the

Mod Anode

Pulser, and a high- efficiency aural klystron coupler.

For maximum efficiency, high power

RF losses are kept to a minimum by using a waveguide visual combiner, a

100% waveguide diplexer and color notch filter.

KLYSTRONS

The three

5- cavity, vapor -cooled klystrons em- ployed as visual and aural amplifiers in the

TVE -110 are housed in separate cabinets containing identical control logic, magnetic supplies and overload sensors, and operate independently of one another.

"H" type high -efficiency integral- cavity klys- trons are used. This type of klystron features high efficiency, easy tuning (only

5 adjust- ments), long life and no cavity maintenance.

The klystrons are mounted in special as- semblies which pivot to allow easy installation or replacement by one man using the carriage provided.

MAXIMUM COLOR PERFORMANCE

WITH MCP -2U EXCITERS

The MCP -2U visual exciter provides the televi- sion industry with the best color performance specifications ever offered in

UHF -TV trans- mitting equipment. The advanced -design re- ceiver equalized SAW vestigial sideband filter and the new

Quadrature Corrector offer per- formance that exceeds even that of the indus- try standard Harris MCP -1U exciter.

Harris' new VIDEO SAW filter provides vesti- gial sideband shaping plus the required FCC group delay pre- correction. This new filter eliminates conventional receiver equalizers that require periodic maintenance with special test equipment. The equalized VIDEO SAW filter offers excellent performance year after year with absolutely no costly and time -con- suming periodic realignment.

The precise equalization and the smooth, pla- nar amplitude response of the new filter en- sure a high degree of transparency to all types of video signals and test waveforms.

The MCP -2U visual exciter uses a new www.americanradiohistory.com

and unique Quadrature Corrector that com- pensates for several types of klystron non

- linearities, such as differential gain, incidental phase and intermodulation distortions. This highly versatile corrector supplies the quality of transmitter performance that is required by modern receivers and subscription television decoders. Correction for incidental phase dis- tortion reduces sync buzz and sync tip spikes, and also provides the low intercarrier noise performance that will be required for multi- channel TV sound in the future.

HV POWER SUPPLIES

The TVE -110 uses two identical

HV power supplies. Using the

HV patch panel provided with the transmitter, either power supply can be used to provide power to an aural and vi- sual amplifier while the second power supply provides power to a visual amplifier. This capability insures that at least the aural klys- tron and one visual klystron will be in opera- tion, even if one power supply should malfunc- tion.

The MCP -2U is a unit that furnishes a fully processed on

-chan- nel picture signal. The unit contains an IF

Modulator, vestigial sideband filter, up- conver- ter. power supplies and all video and IF cor- rector circuits necessary to produce the on- channel signal.

The MCP -2U visual exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer which offers quick access to all adjustments and modules for setup and troubleshooting.

The MCP aural exciter is also a solid -state self- contained unit which furnishes a fully pro- cessed aural signal at a level up to 0.5 watt.

Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

Highly sound. linear direct completely self- contained

FM exceptional audio quality modulation provides in today's transmit- ters. In addition, the wideband modulator is ready for tomorrow's multi -channel (stereo)

A sub -carrier input is provided for telemetry or

ENG communications.

Each HV power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally from the trans- mitter. Routine maintenance access is pro- vided by a removable panel.

SOLID -STATE

CONTROL LOGIC

Complete and foolproof control of all transmit- ter functions is achieved through the use of solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits.

A self- charging emergency power source is provided to maintain control logic memory dur- ing periods of power line failure.

The solid -state control logic and protective cir- cuitry. in addition to commanding normal AC control functions, is also used to visually indi- cate, through indicator lights, the operating status of the transmitter system. These indi- cator lights allow easy isolation of circuit faults.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLING

The TVE -110's built

-in memory circuitry ena- bles the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the stage it was operating im- mediately prior to a partial or full power failure.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control. metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and unattended operation. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary remote control and parameter sampling points are built -in.

Accessible terminal boards pro- vide easy connections to remote control equipment. In addition, Harris' transmitter de- sign is consistent with anticipated future auto- matic transmitter requirements.

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

Total transmitter component accessibility is provided. Visual and aural excites slide out and can operate independently from the trans- mitter outside the exciter driver cabinet. Vari- ous exciter circuits such as oscillators. mod- ulators and processing circuitry, are of modu- lar construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

TRANSMITTER CONFIGURATION

The TVE -110 consists of: a visual amplifier: a control cabinet containing exciters. plus split- ting. phasing and balance networks: a second visual amplifier: a second control cabinet which can be used to mount optional spare exciters: and an aural amplifier. The transmit- ter has been built in a modular fashion so that cabinets may be separated into convenient, easy -to- handle sub -assemblies to facilitate in- stallation.

MOD ANODE PULSER

The Mod Anode Pulser provides a means of operating high efficiency klystrons at reduced beam current during the video portion of the signal, and higher beam current only during sync. This feature provides a significant reduc- tion in transmitter input power requirements.

HEAT EXCHANGER

The TVE -110 uses two high- capacity heat ex- changers to cool the klystrons. Each heat ex- changer is completely assembled and tested at the Harris factory, which permits quick and simple installation at the transmitter site.

A spare coolant pump is standard in each heat exchanger and may be brought on line without opening or closing any water valves.

Electrical power requirements for the heat ex- changers are reduced by 25% because of more efficient electric motors. The high re- serve capacity of the coils and pumps permits using a heat exchanger for dummy load water cooling without any extra cooling coils or other heat exchanger modifications or additions.

AURAI

EXCITER

MODUL AIOR

POWER

SUPPLY

VISUAL

EXCITER

MODULATOR

POW R

SPLITTER

AUR l

BISIROR

HIGH

ETTIC,ENCY

COUPLER MWi

MOO ANODE

PUISER

POWER

SUPPLY

I

VISUAL

AMPI if

If

MOD ANODE

PULSER r

VARIABLE

VISUAL

COUPLER

TVE -110

_J

1

E

T

r--,

1 r

R

II fXCAHANGfR

1 HELA

I

EKNANGFR ll1

I

HARMONIC

EIL TER

HARMONC

EILTER

BLOCK DIAGRAM

POW

R

COMBINER

NOTCH

IPLEXER

AND

CO OR

NOTCH

T

LIER

I

ID

W

WSWI

<

11

22 AW

AURAL

163 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVE -110 SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:"

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF RF OUTPUT POWER (black to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT

(over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:1"

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS. BRIGHTNESS:3

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:"

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):5

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:°

INCIDENTAL PHASE:

SYNC OVERSHOOT:

SIGNAL TO NOISE RATIO:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO INPUT:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:6

LOAD

IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION CAPABILITY:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE- EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:7

FM

NOISE:7

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION:

AM NOISE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:"

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

SYSTEM

M

/NTSC

110 kW peak.

50 ohms. Harmonic filter output connector: 6'

8"

EIA flanged. Diplexer output connector:

EIA

Waveguide WR1800

(Ch.

14

-19): WR1500

(Ch. 20 -47): WR1150 (Ch. 48 -69).

470 -806 MHz

(Channels

14

-69).

- 500 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

Less than

2

°c.

Less than

2

°°.

3.58 MHz

1.25 MHz and lower

0.75 MHz to

3.58 MHz

4.18 MHz

4.5 MHz

4.75 MHz and higher

- 0.75 dB.

0%.

0.5 dB or better.

1.0 dB or better.

-3

.

-2 or better relative to blanking.

5

°° or less of sync peak within

-

300 ns of leading trailing edge.

50 dB (RMS) or better below sync level.

2T

2

20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

0.5 to

2.1

MHz: at 3.58 MHz- at 4.18 MHz:

-

40 ns

-

25 ns

-

60 ns

(referenced to standard curve -FCC)

75 ohm,

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.0 MHz.

80 dB.

42 dB or

20 dB or better better

- 0.5 dB

0 to 2 dB

40 dB or

35 dB better

22 kW at

11 kW at diplexer output (Ch.

14

-51). diplexer output

(Ch. 52 -69).

50 ohms. Cabinet output connector: flanged

(Ch. 52 -69).

10dBm.

-2dB.

-

50 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

6'

'

EIA unflanged

(Ch. 14

-51).

3'

-0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis

(30- 15.000 Hz).

0.5 THO or less with

59 dB or better rel. to

-

25 kHz deviation.

-

25 kHz dev.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

55 dB

-

25 kHz dev. relative to 100% modulation.

- 20

Hz.

Á"

EIA

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

2 C to 50 C (36 to 122 F).

0 to

95

°b relative humidity

Sea level to 7.500 feet (2286 meters).

157' ,-

W x

63"

D x

72"

H

(400 cm W x

160 cm

D x

183 cm

H).

Note: hoods and steam weirs are higher than cabinet (height varies with channel).

Approximate weight: 6500 lbs. (2948 kg.).

Power supplies (2): each 73 x

"

W x

52"

D x

53

°" H

(187 cm W x

132 cm

D

137 cm

H).

Approx. weight 7750 lbs. (3515 kg.).

Heat x exchangers

(2): each 96" W x

48"

D x

78"

H.

(plus ducting). (244 cm W

122 cm

D x

198 cm

H).

Approx. weight 4000 lbs.

(1816 kg.).

Power input: 440 460 480 volts,

3 phase. 60

Hz.

Power consumption (typical): 288 kW (10% aural): 328 kW (20 °° aural). Power factor: better than 90 %.

°

5

6 o

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

After initial aging of

60 days

Response specified tor transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05

Measured using 20

VSWR or better.

°° p p amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at black

10

°°. white 90 °° with reference to grey level

50 °b. All percentages relative

Measured with

Measured with

5

-step riser signal from 75 to 12.5 °° of sync peak Sub -carrier mod. percentage

12.5 °° peak to peak. a 5

-step riser signal.

Measured at output of Harris supplied drplexer.

After de- emphasis

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5 MHz to blanking to white excursion

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVE -110, 110 kW UHF -TV and transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

14 -69, with semiconductors, crystals, color notch filters,

Mod Anode Pulser, Variable Visual Coupler, notch diplexer

VSB filter, harmonic

994 -8723

-001

RP -1.5M -382 c

HARRIS CORPORATION 1982

ADV. 608 PTD

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

I,n

HARRIS

Series "E"

TVE

-55

55-

Kilowatt UHF

Color Television

Transmitter

Variable Visual Coupler for higher klystron efficiency

Advanced new SAW

filter-

built

-in receiver equalizer eliminates separate correction modules

New

Quadrature Corrector cancels klystron distortions

High efficiency

5- cavity klystrons

Highly linear

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers for superior color and sound reproduction

Mod Anode Pulser efficiency for increased transmitter

Q

Straightforward design for high stability, reliability

Low -loss waveguide diplexer

Emergency multiplex operation minimizes off -air time www.americanradiohistory.com

166

UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE

The Harris TVE -55 is designed to meet the critical performance standards demanded by today's discriminating broadcaster. State -of- the -art technology, such as

Harris' VIDEO'

SAW receiver equalized filter and the Quadra- ture Corrector, is used to provide the highest levels of performance, reliability and stability.

This performance level assures standard and subscription television broadcasters the best quality picture and sound, now and in the fu- ture.

SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION

IN

POWER CONSUMPTION

The TVE -55 transmitter includes a newly de- veloped device that significantly reduces power consumption. This is the Variable Visu- al

Coupler (VVC), which greatly increases the visual klystron's operating efficiency over pre- viously used fixed couplers.

Several other energy- saving devices are also

166

'Visual

IF

Delay Equalized Output standard in the TVE -55, including

"H" type high- efficiency klystrons, the Mod Anode

Pulser, and a high- efficiency aural klystron coupler.

For maximum efficiency, high power

RF losses are kept to a minimum by using a

100% waveguide diplexer and color notch fil- ter.

KLYSTRONS

The two

5- cavity, vapor -cooled klystrons em- ployed as visual and aural amplifiers in the

TVE

-55 are housed in separate cabinets con- taining identical control logic, magnet supplies and overload sensors, and operate indepen- dently of one another.

"H" type high -efficiency integral -cavity klys- trons are used. This type of klystron features high efficiency, easy tuning (only

5 adjust- ments), long life and no cavity maintenance.

The klystrons are mounted in special as- semblies which pivot to allow easy installation or replacement by one man using the carriage provided.

MAXIMUM COLOR PERFORMANCE

WITH MCP -2U EXCITERS

The MCP -2U visual exciter provides the televi- sion industry with the best color performance specifications ever offered in

UHF -TV trans- mitting equipment. The advanced -design re- ceiver equalized SAW vestigial sideband filter and the new Quadrature Corrector offer per- formance that exceeds even that of the indus- try standard Harris MCP

-1 U exciter.

Harris' new VIDEO SAW filter provides vesti- gial sideband shaping plus the required FCC group delay pre -correction. This new filter eliminates conventional receiver equalizers that require periodic maintenance with special test equipment. The equalized VIDEO SAW filter offers excellent performance year after year with absolutely no costly and time -con- suming periodic realignment.

The precise equalization and the smooth, pla- www.americanradiohistory.com

nar amplitude response of the new filter insure a high degree of transparency to all types of video signals and test waveforms.

The MCP -2U visual exciter uses a new and unique Quadrature Corrector that compen- sates for several types of klystron non

- linearities, such as differential gain, incidental phase and intermodulation distortions. This highly versatile corrector supplies the quality of transmitter performance that is required by modern receivers and subscription television decoders. Correction for incidental phase dis- tortion reduces sync buzz and sync tip spikes, and also provides the low intercarrier noise performance that will be required for multi- channel TV sound in the future.

The MCP -2U is a completely self -contained unit that furnishes a fully processed on

-chan- nel picture signal. The unit contains an IF

Modulator, vestigial sideband (SAW) filter, up- converter, power supplies and all video and

IF corrector circuits necessary to produce the on- channel signal.

The MCP -2U visual exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer which offers quick access to all adjustments and modules for setup and troubleshooting.

The MCP aural exciter is also a solid -state self -contained unit which furnishes a fully pro- cessed aural signal at a level up to 0.5 watt.

Power output can be set with a single knob on no the front panel, or by remote control, with need for retuning.

Highly linear direct FM modulation provides exceptional audio quality in today's transmit- ters.

In addition, the wideband modulator is ready for tomorrow's multi -channel (stereo) sound.

A sub

-carrier input is provided for telemetry or

ENG communications.

MOD ANODE PULSER

The Mod Anode Pulser provides a means of operating high efficiency klystrons at reduced beam current during the video portion of the signal, and higher beam current only during sync. This feature provides a significant reduc- tion in transmitter input power requirements.

HEAT EXCHANGER

The TVE

-55 uses one high- capacity heat ex- changer to cool both klystrons. The heat ex- changer is completely assembled and tested at the Harris factory, which permits quick and simple installation at the transmitter site.

A spare coolant pump is standard in the heat exchanger and may be brought on line without opening or closing any water valves.

Electrical power requirements for the heat ex- changer are reduced by

25% because of more efficient electric motors. The high reserve ca-

The MCP -2U self -contained "on-

VIDEO SAW visual exciter (above) is a solid- state, independent, channel" signal source. Harris' advanced filter (right) is exciter, and measures only mounted on

21 a

PC board

Inches square. in the visual pacity of the coils and pumps permits using the heat exchanger for dummy load water cooling without any extra cooling coils or other heat exchanger modifications or additions.

HV POWER SUPPLY

The HV power supply, including transformer and solid

-state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally to the transmit- ter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel. remote control and parameter sampling points are built

-in.

Accessible terminal boards pro- vide easy connections to remote control equipment.

Today, Harris TV transmitters are being oper- ated successfully worldwide with and without remote control.

In addition, Harris' transmitter design is consistent with anticipated future au- tomatic transmitter requirements.

EMERGENCY MULTIPLEX OPERATION

Every TVE -55 transmitter is equipped to per- mit combined (multiplex) amplification of the aural and visual signals through the visual klystron. This feature reduces off -air time in the event of a klystron failure. The seven -port patch panel employed to bypass the notch diplexer during multiplex operation also per- mits connecting the diplexer output or either klystron's output directly to a dummy load.

SOLID -STATE CONTROL LOGIC

Complete and foolproof control of all transmit- ter functions is achieved through the use of solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits.

A self- charging emergency power source is provided to maintain control logic memory dur- ing periods of power line failure.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLING

The TVE -55's built -in memory circuitry ena- bles the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating im- mediately prior to a partial or full power failure.

IF

MODULATION

One of the important features of the TVE -55 is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which pro- vides a top quality picture, and excels in elec- trical performance, reliability, and simplicity of operation.

In the TVE -55, the visual and aural exciters gererate fully modulated low -level

IF signals.

The output of a common crystal controlled re- ference oscillator is used to raise the indi- vidual

IF signal to the desired "on channel" output frequency.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the broadcast signal is a faithful re- production of the signal applied to the trans- mitter input. The

IF corrections for amplitude and phase distortions are necessary to correct for klystron distortions only, since signal gen- eration and amplification at low levels are practically distortion free.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and automatic operation. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

AND INSTALLATION

Total transmitter component accessibility is provided. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the trans- mitter outside the exciter

%driver cabinet. Vari- ous exciter circuits such as oscillators, mod- ulators and processing circuitry, are of modu-

167 www.americanradiohistory.com

lar construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level

4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions.

Meter panels are of double- hinged construc- tion for convenient access during mainte- nance. A complete system of overload indi- cators is also provided in each cabinet for monitoring transmitter operation.

In the event of a transmitter malfunction, an examination of the indicators will locate the problem area.

A calorimeter kit is included with each trans- mitter for accurate power measurement and meter calibration.

The transmitter has been built in a modular fashion so that cabinets may be separated into convenient, easy -to- handle sub-as- semblies to facilitate installation. Additionally, the compact design of the TVE -55 minimizes space requirements in the transmitter building.

The Variable Visual Coupler employed in the

TVE 55 greatly increases the visual over the previously used fixed couplers. klystron's efficiency

,071'N

168

TVE -55, rear view. (Inset)

Mod

Anode Pulser. www.americanradiohistory.com

AURAL

EXCITER/

MODULATOR

P

E

X

M

U

L

T

VISUAL

EXCITER/

MODULATOR

1

I

HIGH

AURAL

I

I

I

I

KLYSTRON

AMPLIFIER

I

-

I

EFFICIENCY

COUPLER

POWER

SUPPLY

I

1

I

t-t--

I

HEAT

EXCHANGER

1

VARIABLE

VISUAL

COUPLER

VISUAL

KLYSTRON

AMPLIFIER

MOD ANODE

PULSER

HARMONIC

FILTER

WAVEGUIDE NOTCH

DIPLEXER

AND

COLOR NOTCH

FILTER

HARMONIC

I

FILTER

J

TVE -55 BLOCK DIAGRAM

J

RF

PATCH

PANEL

DUMMY LOAD

(OPTIONAL)

<

55 kW

VISUAL

11 kW

AURAL

30.0"

MIN.

(762mm)

48.0'

(1219mm)

MIXING LOUVERS'

(MOTOR DRIVEN:

TEMP. CONTROLLED)

INPUT

PLENUM

POWER SUPPLY

53.75"

HIGH

INPUT LOUVERS'

52 0"

BEAM SUPPLY

(bOUNTED OUTSIDE

ON

CONCRETE PAD)

L

Fo------

73.75"

--01

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT

ITEMS IN BLUE SUSPENDED FROM

CEILING

MINIMUM RECOMMENDED CEILING HEIGHT:

10 FT..

1 l IN. (3.3M)

HEAT

EXCHANGER

WAVEGUIDE

DIPLEXER

WITH COLOR NOTCH FILTER

(HEAT

(DIPLEXER SUSPENDED FROM

CEILING)

EXCHANGER

78.0" HIGH

(1981mm)

LESS

OUTPUT PLENUM)

96(

(2438mm)

PATCH

PANEL

-

ALLOW 10 FT

(3048mm)

BEHIND XMTR FOR

TUBE

REMOVAL

PLENUM

DOOR

LINE

CONTROL

-.

24.0'1

ACCESS

!

-

+

(61

24

0

+

m)

HOOD AND

STEAM WEIR

HIGHER

CABINET

(HEIGHT VARIES

WITH

C

HANNEL)

CABINET 72.0"

CABINET

1

HIGH

THAN

(1829mm)

4111111

(SUSPENDED

FROM

CEILING)

,

d lJ

000

00

VISUAL

CONTROL

CAB NET

AMPLIFIER

CABINET

48.0" HIGH

CABINET

(1219mm)

}

I

33.0

"MIN

TVE

-55

94.5"

TRANSMITTER

(2400mm)

(838mm)

O

63.0"

AURAL

AMPLIFIER

(2438mm)

CABINET

1

ROLL.AROUND

KLYSTRON

CHANGE

&

STORAGE

CARRIAGE

38

0""'14

(914mm)

111.5"

(2832mm)

21 FT.

(6

4M)

MIN

22FT.

(6.7M)

MIN

TYPICAL EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT

TVE -55

TRANSMITTER

169 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVE -55 SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:6

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF RF OUTPUT POWER (black to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:16

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS. BRIGHTNESS:'

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:4

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):5

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:4

INCIDENTAL PHASE:

SYNC OVERSHOOT:

SIGNAL

TO NOISE RATIO:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO INPUT:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:6

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION CAPABILITY:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE -EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:'

FM

NOISE:'

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION:

AM NOISE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:8

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

SYSTEM

M

/NTSC

55 kW peak.

50 ohms. Cabinet output nels 52 -69). connector: 3'

/e" EIA flanged, (Channels

14

-51); 6',8" EIA

Diplexer output connector:

6V0'

EIA flanged.

470 -806 MHz (Channels

14 -69).

-

500 Hz (maximum variation over

30 days).

Less than 2%. flanged, (Chan-

Less than

2 %.

-3.58

MHz

-

1.25 MHz and lower

-0.75

MHz to

+3.58

MHz

+4.18

MHz

4.5 MHz

4.75 MHz and higher

-0.75 dB.

0%.

-42 dB or better dB or better

-O.5 dB

O to

-2 dB

-35 dB

-40 dB or better

0.5 dB or better.

1.0 dB or better. r2° or better relative to blanking.

5% or less of sync peak within

-

300 ns of leading trailing edge.

50 dB

(RMS) or better below sync level.

2T

2

%, 20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

0.5 to

2.1

MHz r

40 ns at 3.58 MHz at

4

18 MHz

25 ns

-60 ns

(referenced to standard curve -FCC)

75 ohm, 30 dB or better return loss up to 5.0 MHz.

80 dB.

11 kW.

50 ohms. Cabinet output

10 dBm,

-2 dB.

-

50 kHz.

600 ohms. connector:

3'4," EIA unflanged.

75 microseconds.

0.5 dB rel. to pre- emphasis

(30- 15,000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with

59 dB or better rel. to

-

25 kHz deviation.

-

25 kHz dev.

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

55 dB

-25 kHz dev. relative to

100% modulation.

-

20 Hz.

2- C to 50°

C

(36 to

0 to

95% relative humidity.

122'

F).

Sea level to 7,500 feet (2286 meters).

94" W x

63" D x

72"

H

(240 cm W x

160 cm

D x

183 cm H). lbs. (1864 kg.). Power supply:

733/4"

W

D x x

137 cm

H).

Weight: 7750 x

52"

D x 533/4" H lbs. (3515 kg.). Heat

78"

H

(244 cm W x

122 cm

D x

198 cm

H).

(187 cm W exchanger:

Weight: 4000 lbs.

Weight: 4100 x

96" W

(1816 kg.). x

132 cm

48"

D

Power input: 440'460'480 volts,

3 phase, 60

Hz.

Power consumption (typical): 145 kW (10% aural); 163 kW (20% aural). Power factor: better than 90%.

'

Measured with

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

2

3

5 fi

After initial aging of 60 days.

Response specified for transmitter operating into

Measured using 20%

Measured with p p

5

-step riser signal from 75% to 12 5% of sync peak. a 5

-step riser signal

Measured at output of

Harris supplied diplexer a resistive load of 1.05

VSWR or better. amplitudo swept video modulation with pedestal set at black 10 %, white

90

°r° with reference

Sub -carrier mod percentage

12.5 % peak to peak e

'

After de- emphasis.

Relative to frequency offset of 4 5

MHz to grey level

50

°'

All percentages relative to blanking to white excursion

ORDERING INFORMATION'

TVE -55,

55 kW UHF -TV and color notch filters, transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

Mod

14

-69, with semiconductors, crystals,

Anode Pulser, Variable Visual Coupler, notch diplexer

VSB filter, harmonic

994 -8722

-001

170

RP

-1_

5M -382

ò

HARRIS CORPORATION

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV 606 PTD

IN U S A

HARRIS

Series

"E"

TVE -30

30- Kilowatt UHF

Color Television

Transmitter

Variable Visual Coupler for higher klystron efficiency

Advanced new SAW

filter-

built

-in receiver equalizer eliminates separate correction modules

New

Quadrature Corrector cancels klystron distortions

High efficiency

5- cavity klystrons

Highly linear

IF

Modulation of the visual and aural carriers for superior color and sound reproduction

Mod Anode Pulser for increased efficiency transmitter

Straightforward design for high stability, reliability

Low

-loss waveguide diplexer

Emergency multiplex operation minimizes off -air time www.americanradiohistory.com

171

.11111..

MN

-1101

172

UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE

The Harris TVE -30 is designed to meet the critical performance standards demanded by today's discriminating broadcaster. State -of- the -art technology, such as Harris' VIDEO'

SAW receiver equalized filter and the Quadra- ture Corrector, is used to provide the highest levels of performance, reliability and stability.

This performance level assures standard and subscription television broadcasters the best quality picture and sound, now and in the fu- ture.

SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION

IN

POWER CONSUMPTION

The TVE

-30 transmitter includes a newly de- veloped device that significantly reduces power consumption. This is the Variable Visu- al

Coupler (VVC), which greatly increases the visual klystron's operating efficiency over pre- viously used fixed couplers.

Several other energy- saving devices are also

'Visual

IF

Delay Equalized Output standard in the TVE -30, including

"H" type high- efficiency klystrons, the Mod Anode

Pulser, and a high- efficiency aural klystron coupler.

For maximum efficiency, high power

RF losses are kept to a minimum by using a

100% waveguide diplexer and color notch fil- ter.

KLYSTRONS

The two

5- cavity, vapor -cooled klystrons em- ployed as visual and aural amplifiers in the

TVE -30 are housed in separate cabinets con- taining identical control logic, magnet supplies and overload sensors, and operate indepen- dently of one another.

"H" type high- efficiency integral- cavity klys- trons are used. This type of klystron features high efficiency, easy tuning (only

5 adjust- ments), long life and no cavity maintenance.

The klystrons are mounted in special as- semblies which pivot to allow easy installation or replacement by one man using the carriage provided.

MAXIMUM COLOR PERFORMANCE

WITH MCP -2U EXCITERS

The MCP

-2U visual exciter provides the televi- sion industry with the best color performance specifications ever offered in

UHF -TV trans- mitting equipment. The advanced -design re- ceiver equalized SAW vestigial sideband filter and the new Quadrature Corrector offer per- formance that exceeds even that of the indus- try standard Harris MCP-1U exciter.

Harris' new VIDEO SAW filter provides vesti- gial sideband shaping plus the required FCC group delay pre -correction. This new filter eliminates conventional receiver equalizers that require periodic maintenance with special test equipment. The equalized VIDEO SAW filter offers excellent performance year after year with absolutely no costly and time -con- suming periodic realignment.

The precise equalization and the smooth, pla- www.americanradiohistory.com

I

nar amplitude response of the new filter insure a high degree of transparency to all types of video signals and test waveforms.

The MCP -2U visual exciter uses a new and unique Quadrature Corrector that compen- sates for several types of klystron non

- linearities, such as differential gain, incidental phase and intermodulation distortions. This highly versatile corrector supplies the quality of transmitter performance that is required by modern receivers and subscription television decoders. Correction for incidental phase dis- tortion reduces sync buzz and sync tip spikes, and also provides the low intercarrier noise performance that will be required for multi- channel TV sound in the future.

The MCP

-2U is a completely self- contained unit that furnishes a fully processed on

-chan- nel picture signal. The unit contains an IF

Modulator, vestigial sideband (SAW) filter, up- converter, power supplies and all video and

IF corrector circuits necessary to produce the on- channel signal.

The MCP -2U visual exciter is mounted in a pull -out drawer which offers quick access to all adjustments and modules for setup and troubleshooting.

The MCP aural exciter is also a solid -state self- contained unit which furnishes a fully pro- cessed aural signal at a level up to 0.5 watt.

Power output can be set with a single knob on the front panel, or by remote control, with no need for retuning.

Highly linear direct

FM modulation provides exceptional audio quality in today's transmit- ters.

In addition, the wideband modulator is ready for tomorrow's multi -channel (stereo) sound.

A sub -carrier input is provided for telemetry or

ENG communications.

MOD ANODE PULSER

The Mod Anode Pulser provides a means of operating high efficiency klystrons at reduced beam current during the video portion of the signal, and higher beam current only during sync. This feature provides a significant reduc- tion in transmitter input power requirements.

HEAT EXCHANGER

The TVE -30 uses one high- capacity heat ex- changer to cool both klystrons. The heat ex- changer is completely assembled and tested at the Harris factory, which permits quick and simple installation at the transmitter site.

A spare coolant pump is standard in the heat exchanger and may be brought on line without opening or closing any water valves.

Electrical power requirements for the heat ex- changer are reduced by 25% because of more efficient electric motors. The high reserve ca-

The MCP -2U visual exciter (above) is a solid- state, independent, self -contained

VIDEO SAW

"on- channel" signal filter (right) is source. Harris' advanced mounted on a

PC board exciter, and measures only

21/2 inches square. in the visual pacity of the coils and pumps permits using the heat exchanger for dummy load water cooling without any extra cooling coils or other heat exchanger modifications or additions.

HV POWER SUPPLY

The HV power supply, including transformer and solid -state rectifiers, is housed in a single assembly, mounted externally to the transmit- ter.

Routine maintenance access is provided by a removable panel. remote control and parameter sampling points are built

-in.

Accessible terminal boards pro- vide easy connections to remote control equipment.

Today, Harris TV transmitters are being oper- ated successfully worldwide with and without remote control.

In addition, Harris' transmitter design is consistent with anticipated future au- tomatic transmitter requirements.

EMERGENCY MULTIPLEX OPERATION

Every TVE -30 transmitter is equipped to per- mit combined (multiplex) amplification of the aural and visual signals through the visual klystron. This feature reduces off -air time in the event of a klystron failure. The seven -port patch panel employed to bypass the notch diplexer during multiplex operation also per- mits connecting the diplexer output or either klystron's output directly to a dummy load.

SOLID -STATE CONTROL LOGIC

Complete and foolproof control of all transmit- ter functions is achievec through the use of solid -state memory, timing and logic circuits.

A self- charging emergency power source is provided to maintain control logic memory dur- ing periods of power line failure.

IF

MODULATION

One of the important features of the TVE -30 is its true low -level

IF

Modulation, which pro- vides a top quality picture, and excels in elec- trical performance, reliability, and simplicity of operation.

In the TVE -30, the visual and aural exciters gererate fully modulated low -level IF signals.

The output of a common crystal controlled re- ference oscillator is used to raise the indi- vidual

IF signal to the desired "on channel" output frequency.

Due to the low -level techniques, which include the use of devices such as an extremely linear broadband diode ring modulator, low -level sideband filtering and very linear broadband amplifiers, the broadcast signal is a faithful re- production of the signal applied to the trans- mitter input. The

IF corrections for amplitude and phase distortions are necessary to correct for klystron distortions only, since signal gen- eration and amplification at low levels are practically distortion free.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLING

The TVE -30's built -in memory circuitry ena- bles the entire transmitter to return to the air automatically in the state it was operating im- mediately prior to a partial or full power failure.

REMOTE CONTROL,

UNATTENDED AND

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

All control, metering and monitoring circuits have been designed specifically for remote control and automatic operation. The power controls are motor driven and the necessary

EASE OF

MAINTENANCE

AND

INSTALLATION

Total transmitter component accessibility is provided. Visual and aural exciters slide out and can operate independently from the trans- mitter outside the exciter driver cabinet. Vari- ous exciter circuits such as osciltators, mod- ulators and processing circuitry, are of modu-

173 www.americanradiohistory.com

lar construction and can be removed for maintenance or replacement.

Easy -to -read, eye -level

4

-inch meters are used to monitor required transmitter functions.

Meter panels are of double- hinged construc- tion for convenient access during mainte- nance.

A complete system of overload indi- cators is also provided in each cabinet for monitoring transmitter operation.

In the event of a transmitter malfunction, an examination of the indicators will locate the problem area.

A calorimeter kit is included with each trans- mitter for accurate power measurement and meter calibration.

The transmitter has been built in a modular fashion so that cabinets may be separated into convenient, easy -to- handle sub-as- semblies to facilitate installation. Additionally, the compact design of the TVE -30 minimizes space requirements in the transmitter building.

The Variable Visual Coupler employed in the TVE -30 greatly increases the visual over the previously used fixed couplers. klystron's efficiency wxr\

174

TVE-30, rear view. (Inset)

Mod

Anode Pulser. www.americanradiohistory.com

r.

AURAL

EXCITER/

MODULATOR

VISUAL

EXCITER/

MODULATOR

M

S

U

W

L

T

I

P

I

T

C

H

L

E

X

I

N

G

AURAL

KLYSTRON

AMPLIFIER

HIGH

EFFICIENCY

COUPLER

--

POWER

SUPPLY

I

I

t--t--

HEAT

EXCHANGER

I

I

VISUAL

KLYSTRON

AMPLIFIER

MOD ANODE

PULSER

VARIABLE

VISUAL

COUPLER

HARMONIC

FILTER

WAVEGUIDE NOTCH

DIPLEXER

AND

COLOR

NOTCH

FILTER

HARMONIC

FILTER

TVE -30

BLOCK DIAGRAM

RF

PATCH

PANEL

DUMMY LOAD

(OPTIONAL)

30 kW

f

VISUAL

6kW

AURAL

30.0"

MIN.

(762mm)

(1219mm)

MIXING

LOUVERS

-

(MOTOR DRIVEN:

TEMP. CONTROLLED)

INPUT

PLENUM

INPUT LOUVERS

POWER

SUPPLY

51.0"

HIGH

47 0"

I I

11

BEAM SUPPLY

(MOUNTED

OUTSIDE

ON

CONCRETE PAD)

1I

^

L

63.0"

-*-{

HEAT

EXCHANGER

(HEAT

EXCHANGER

78

0"

HIGH

(1981mm)

LESS

OUTPUT PLENUM)

96.0'

(2438mm)

PLENUM

ACCESS

DOOR

HOOD AND

STEAM WEIR

HIGHER

THAN

CABINET

(HEIGHT VARIES

WITH

PATCH

PANEL

(SUSPENDED

FROM

CEILING)

CHANNEL)

24 0"

(610mm)

LINE )

CONTROL

CABINET

11

2;

(610mm)

CABINET 72

0"

HIGH

(1829mm)

CAB NET

48.0' HIGH

(1219mm)

VISUAL

AMPLIFIER

CABINET

330'MIN

1838mm)

CEILING)

Ci

000

CONTROL

CABINET

WAVEGUIDE

DIPLEXER

WITH COLOR NOTCH

FILTER

(DIPLEXER SUSPENDED FROM j

BEHIND XMTR FOR

ALLOW 10

FT

(3048mm)

94 5"

(2400mm)

NE

-30

TRANSMITTER

TUBE

REMOVAL

IT

ROLL AROUND

AURAL

AMPLIFIER

CABINET

63

0"

(2438mm)

KLYSTRON

CHANGE &

STORAGE

CARRIAGE

111

5"

(2832mm)

21

FT.

(6 4M)

MIN

380""\

(914mm)

1

CUSTOMER

SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT

ITEMS IN

BLUE

SUSPENDED FROM CEILING

MINIMUM

RECOMMENDED CEILING HEIGHT

10 FT..

1 1

IN. (3.3M)

22FT.

(6

7M)

MIN i

TYPICAL EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT

TVE -30 TRANSMITTER

175 www.americanradiohistory.com

TVE -30 SPECIFICATIONS

VISUAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:6

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:'

REG. OF RF

OUTPUT POWER (black to white pic.):

VARIATION

OF OUTPUT (over one frame):

VISUAL SIDEBAND RESPONSE:26

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

VS. BRIGHTNESS:3

VISUAL MODULATION CAPABILITY:

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:4

LINEARITY (LOW FREQUENCY):5

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:4

INCIDENTAL PHASE:

SYNC OVERSHOOT:

SIGNAL

TO NOISE RATIO:

K- FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY:

VIDEO INPUT:

HARMONIC RADIATION:

AURAL PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT:6

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

AUDIO INPUT:

FREQUENCY DEVIATION CAPABILITY:

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

PRE- EMPHASIS:

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

DISTORTION:7

FM

NOISE:7

INTERCARRIER PHASE MODULATION:

AM NOISE:

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:8

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

ALTITUDE:

PHYSICAL

AND MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS:

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:

SYSTEM

M

/NTSC

30 kW peak.

50 ohms. Cabinet output connector: nels 52 -69).

3W

Diplexer output connector:

EIA flanged. (Channels

61/4'

EIA flanged.

14 -51); 6' a' EIA flanged. (Chan-

470 -806 MHz (Channels

14 -69).

-

500 Hz (maximum variation over 30 days).

Less than

2

%°.

Less than

2

%.

3.58 MHz

-

1.25 MHz and lower

-

0.75 MHz to

3.58 MHz

+4.18

MHz

+4.5

MHz

+4.75

MHz and higher

±

0.75 dB

0%.

0.5 dB or better.

1.0 dB or better.

±3

°.

± 2° or better relative to blanking.

5% or less of sync peak within

-

300 ns of

-50 dB

(RMS) or better below sync level. leading trailing edge.

21

2 %, 20T less than 5% baseline disturbance.

0.5 to

2.1 MHz at 3.58 MHz at 4.18 MHz

-

40 ns

-

25 ns

-

60 ns

(referenced to standard curve -FCC)

75 ohm,

30 dB or better return loss up to 5.0 MHz.

-

80 dB.

-42 dB or better

-20 dB or better

±0.5 dB

0 to

-2 dB

-35 dB

-40 dB or better

6 kW.

50 ohms. Cabinet output connector. 3'/

"

EIA unflanged.

+10 dBm,

±2 dB.

± 50 kHz.

600 ohms.

75 microseconds.

±0.5 dB rel. to pre -emphasis

(30- 15,000 Hz).

0.5% THD or less with

±25 kHz deviation.

-

59 dB or better rel to

±25 kHz dev.

-

46 dB RMS or better rel. to

±25 kHz dev.

-

55 dB relative to

100% modulation.

± 20 Hz.

-2

C to

-

50° C (36° to 122°

F).

0 to

95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 7,500 feet (2286 meters).

94" W x

63"

D x

72"

H

(240 cm W x

160 lbs. (1864 kg.). Power supply: 63" W x

47" D x 51"

H

(160 cm W x

119 cm

D x

130 cm H). Weight: 4700

78" H

(244 cm W x

122 cm

D cm

D x lbs. (2133 kg.). Heat x

198 cm H).

183 cm exchanger:

Weight: 4000 lbs.

H).

96" W

(1816

Weight: 4100 kg.). x

48"

D x

Power input: 440 460 480 volts.

3 phase, 60 Hz. kW (10% aural): 99 kW (20% aural).

Power consumption (typical):

90

Power factor: better than

90 %.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. a

'

2

3 s r

Atter initial aging of 60 days.

Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05 VSWR or better.

Measured using 20%

Measured with

Measured with

5 p p. amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at black

-step riser signal from 75% to a 5

-step riser signal.

10

%, white 90% with reference

12.5% of sync peak. Sub -carrier mod. percentage 12.5% peak to peak.

Measured at output of Harris supplied diplexer.

After de- emphasis.

Relative to frequency offset of 4.5 MHz. to grey level

50 %. All percentages relative to blanking to white excursion.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TVE -30, 30 kW UHF -TV and transmitter for

FCC standards service, Channels

14 -69, with semiconductors, crystals, color notch filters,

Mod

Anode Pulser, Variable Visual Coupler, notch diplexer

VSB filter, harmonic

994-

8721 -001

RP-1 5M-382 c

HARRIS CORPORATION

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV 607 PTD IN

U S A

HARRIS

MCP -2U

UHF -TV

Visual Exciter

Advanced

SAW vestigial sideband filter with built

-in receiver equalization provides superior frequency and group delay performance

Quadrature Corrector effectively cancels klystron distortions

Excellent video performance specifications

Designed for easy serviceability through use of plug -in

P.C. boards and roll -out exciter drawer

Conservative circuit design and new

SAW filter provide highly superior reliability and stability

The MCP -2U visual exciter provides the television industry with the best color performance specifications ever of- fered in UHF -TV transmitting equipment. The receiver equalized surface acoustic wave

(SAW) filter and the new

Quadrature Corrector provide performance that exceeds even that of the industry standard Harris

MCP -1U.

The

MCP -2U is another step in

Harris' continuing use of high technology to provide broadcasters with maximum color performance

(MCP) and trouble

-free, low- maintenance operation.

RECEIVER EQUALIZED SAW

FILTER

Harris' new VIDEO* SAW filter

(System

M

Only) provides vestigial sideband shaping plus the required

FCC group delay pre- correction.

This new filter eliminates conventional receiver equalizers that require periodic maintenance with special test equip- ment. The equalized VIDEO SAW filter offers excellent performance year after year with absolutely no costly and time -consuming periodic realignment.

The precise phase equalization and the smooth, planar amplitude response of the new filter ensure a high degree of transparency to all types of video signals and test waveforms.

QUADRATURE CORRECTOR

The MCP -2U exciter uses a new and unique Quadrature

Corrector that compensates for several types of klystron non- linearities, such as differential gain, incidental phase and intermodulation distortions. This highly versatile cor- rector provides the quality of transmitter performance that is required by modern receivers and subscription televi- sion decoders. Correction for incidental phase distortion reduces sync buzz and sync tip spikes, and also provides the low intercarrier noise performance that will quired for multi -channel TV sound in the future. be re-

INDEPENDENT, SELF

-CONTAINED UNIT

The MCP -2U is a vides a completely self- contained unit that pro- fully processed on- channel picture signal.

The unit contains an

IF

Modulator, vestigial sideband filter, up- converter, power supplies and all video and

IF corrector circuits necessary to produce the on- channel signal.

The MCP -2U is mounted in a pull -out drawer which pro- vides quick access to all adjustments and modules for setup and troubleshooting.

AVAILABLE

FOR

NON -HARRIS UHF

TRANSMITTERS

The MCP -2U is standard in all Harris

UHF -TV transmitters for

System M (FCC) service. The

MCP -2U is also available in a

Harris exciter

Harris retrofit package klystron transmitters. for use in many non

-

Visual

IF

Delay Equalized Output

FOR

SPECIFICATIONS

AND ORDERING

INFORMATION

PLEASE SEE

REVERSE SIDE

117 www.americanradiohistory.com

-JOae.

'

'0473

Me

a00012

IV

?de/

1mHZ

Sideband response of MCP -2U exciter showing passband

(2 dB

/cm) frequency response

Multi

-pulse shows excellent group delay, flat amplitude response and low echo of the

MCP -2U visual exciter.

VISUAL

PERFORMANCE

POWER OUTPUT

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

FREQUENCY RANGE

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:

1

REG. OF

RF

OUTPUT POWER (all black to all white pic.):

VARIATION

OF

OUTPUT: (over one frame):

VISUAL

SIDEBAND RESPONSE:

VIDEO INPUT LEVEL

HARMONIC RADIATION

5

MCP -2U SPECIFICATIONS

System

M

/NTSC

.75 watt peak.

50 ohms. Output connector:

BNC.

470 -806 MHz (Channels

14

-69).

±500

Hz

(maximum variation over

30 days).

1% or less relative to sync peak.

Less than

1

%.

-1.25

MHz and lower

-0.75

MHz to +4.18 MHz

+4.18 MHz

+4.5 MHz

+4.75 MHz and higher

+0.25 dB.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE VS BRIGHTNESS

2

VISUAL MODULATION

CAPABILITY

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN:3

INCIDENTAL

PHASE

MODULATION

LINEARITY (low frequency):4

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE:3

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE (total random and periodic noise unweighted)

K-

FACTORS:

EQUIVALENT ENVELOPE DELAY

0

%.

3% or better.

±2 or better relative to blanking.

3% or better.

±1 or better.

-58 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak.

2T 1%, 20T less than 3% baseline

0.2 to

2.1

MHz disturbance.

+40 ns at

3.58 MHz

-25 ns at

4.18 MHz

±6O ns

(referenced to

FCC standard curve)

75 ohm,

-30 dB or better return loss up to

5.5 MHz.

-

40 dB relative to peak of sync.

SERVICE CONDITIONS

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

AMBIENT HUMIDITY

RANGE

ALTITUDE

PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL

DIMENSIONS

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

-

10 to

+60C(14 to

140 Fl.

0 to 95% relative humidity.

Sea level to 10,000 feet.

24"

W x

22"

D x

5.25"

H.

Weight:

38 lbs.

105

-125 VAC or 210 -250 VAC, 50/60

Hz.

Power consumption:

150 VA maximum.

-

30 dB or better

- dB

-0.3.

0.5 dB

-

10 dB or better

-40 dB or better

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

1.

2.

3.

4.

'.

After initial aging of 60 days.

Measured using 20% p.p amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at black

10 %, white

90% with reference to grey level 50%. All percentages relative to blanking to white excursion.

Measured

Measured with with a 5 a 5

-step riser signal from 75% to

-step riser signal. Test signal

12.5%

No. of sync peak. Sub

3 CCIR REC 421 -3.

-carrier mod. percentage

12.5% peak to peak.

The

MCP -2U exciter does not provide sufficient selectivity in the exciter alone to meet

FCC transmitter specifications for

-3.58

MHz suppression or harmonic radiation. However when the

MCP -2U is used in a

Harris

IF modulated transmitter,

FCC performance requirements in these areas will be met or exceeded.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

MCP -2U UHF not equipped visual replacement exciter for Harris /Gates transmitters with

MCP exciters

MCP -2U UHF visual replacement exciter for

220 kW Harris /Gates transmitters or 30 kW and 55 kW

Harris /Gates transmitters equipped with

TE

-1U spare exciter cabinet

UHF aural

UHF exciter exciter retrofit package for use as klystron driver in non -Harris transmitters.

10 watts visual,

5 watts aural

994- 8718 -001

994- 8718 -002

994- 8012 -003

790 -XXXX -XXX

178

CP

-1.5M -282 c

Harris Corporation

1982 ADV. 602 PTD. IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

CPV

Circularly

Polarized

Television

Antenna

Top mount design

Excellent axial

ratio-

reduces ghosting effects

High power handling capabilities

Requires no electrical deicing

Superb horizontal circularity

Excellent control of vertical pattern

Directional pattern capability

Antenna elements are at DC ground potential for lightning protection

Dual or single line input

In addition to its outstanding mechanical specifications, the Harris

CPV antenna also features excellent circular- ity (standard

±2 dB); low axial ratio

(less than

2 dB);

VSWR less than

1.05:1 at omnidirectional pattern varies less than visual carrier and below

1.1:1 over each chan- nel; ety directional horizontal pattern capability; and a vari- of vertical patterns that may be tailored to specific coverage requirements. Harris has spent years in re- development of the

CP concept for TV search and broadcasting, so that the current design now combines optimum circularly polarized performance with all of the regular features of the Harris line of television antennas.

With the Harris

CPV, picture quality may be improved through ghost reduction. Also, increased signal

-to- noise ratios may be achieved whether the viewer uses a

CP receiving antenna, conventional rabbit ears or an ordinary outside receiving antenna. 179 www.americanradiohistory.com

180

Harris'

CPV

Antenna...excellent axial ratio reduces ghosting effects

DESIGN

Each bay of the

CPV consists of three crossed vee di- poles mounted at 120 intervals around a vertical mast.

These dipoles are separated by three vertical grids which isolate the vee dipoles and provide horizontal beam shaping.

Each set of crossed dipoles is fed in phase quadrature to produce rotating

RF energy. The signai emanating from each set of dipoles is considered right hand circular since the field rotation is clockwise as viewed in the direction of propagation.

The Harris

CPV is available with power ratings up to

100 kilowatts, and a special wideband flat dipole is used to safely handle the required power levels.

Each dipole is mechanically supported and fed from special baluns for both vertical and horizontal polarization.

RADOMES

Fibergalss radome covers are standard, and protect the radiating elements from exposure to moisture, ice and atmospheric corrosives. Consequently, the

CPV an- tenna is very insensitive to performance degradations caused by the environment.

As the need for electrical deicing is eliminated, substantial annual savings in power costs can result

-in

addition to the initial savings in not having to purchase deicer elements, trans- formers and wiring.

AXIAL

RATIO

The

CPV has superb axial ratio characteristics as a direct result of the precise tailoring of the radiated pattern of the vee dipoles. Axial ratio, the ratio of the major and minor axes of the polarization ellipse, critically defines the quality of a radiating element. When circularly polarized receiving antennas are used by the viewer, reflected signals may be attenuated, thereby reducing ghosting effects.

VERTICAL PATTERN

Vertical pattern contouring to introduce beam null tilt and fill may be provided by means of standard phase distribution techniques

-such

as those used in many successful Batwing installations. Control of the vertical pattern is accomplished with no degradation of the axial ratio. Therefore, contoured vertical patterns are available much the same as in conventional horizon- tally polarized

TV antennas.

HORIZONTAL CIRCULARITY

For omnidirectional stations, the shape of the horizon- tal pattern will vary from circular by less than

-2 dB.

Stations employing directional arrays their specific need. will find one of the several patterns available to be ideally suited to

INPUT CONNECTIONS

The

CPV antennas are uniquely designed in a manner that permits the use of either single or dual transmis- sion lines. This feature permits maximum flexibility for the broadcaster who is replacing an existing antenna or planning a completely new installation.

The standard TAV -6L low band

CPV antenna is supplied with dual 3' ",

50 ohm input connections.

The upper and lower halves of the antenna are each fed by a sepa- rate, independent transmission line, a feature that permits using one

-half of the antenna in an emergency situation

(with appropriate patching) with only a minor reduction in signal strength.

The TAV

-6L may also be supplied with a single input connection.

The standard TAV -12H high band

CPV antenna is sup- plied with

TAV -12H a single

61/e

",

50 ohm input connection.

The may also be supplied with a dual line input, which will permit feeding power to one

-half of the an- tenna in an emergency.

All

CPV antenna masts are hot dip galvanized and all hardware is stainless steel for excellent corrosion protection. www.americanradiohistory.com

270

W

HARRIS

Typical

CPV

Omnidirectional

Pattern

-

TAV

-6L

I 0

_

011

OS

07

05

ç

05

04

03 o r t r r

VI r r r t

IV

It u

If it

20

ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL DOWN

CPV

Low

Band

Channels

2

-

6

HARRIS

TAV

-6L

Null

Fill 0%

Beam Tilt

-0.7'

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

ELEVATION

FIELD

PATTERNS

é

OS

0

0

,.,

MIME=

NïN°Nï

N

11111

HARRIS

TAV -6L

Null Fill 15%

1

-0.7°

114

It

If t

UR

Lt Lr

ANGLE FROM 14OR1IONTAI

I

OOWN

Lr

TAV -6L

Gain Vs.

ist

Null

Fill

Null

Fill

Power

Gain

(per polarization)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

2

98

2.96

2

92

2

82

2.72

2.66

2.42

TAV -6L,

Ch. 6

Measured VSWR

Lower Channel Edge:

Visual Carrier:

Color

Sub

-carrier:

Aural Carrier:

Upper Channel

Edge:

1.095 to

1

1.05 to

1

1.06 to

1

1.09to

1

1.10 to

1 tin

W

HARRIS

Typical

CPV

Directional

Pattern

-

TAV

-6L

90

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

AZIMUTH

270

FIELD

PATTERNS

90

ISO'

181 www.americanradiohistory.com

182

TAV

-6L

Mechanical

Specifications

Channel

2

3

4

5

6

Antenna

Height

(ft.)

95.5

88.0

80.5

74.0

70.0

Rad. Center

(feet)

46.25

42.33

38.75

35.25

32.60

Moment

(ft. -lbs.)

337,000

291,000

232,000

174,000

164,000

Shear

(lbs.)

9,450

8,900

7,650

6,700

6,450

Weight

(lbs.)

16,000

15,000

13,000

11,000

10,100

Note: Antennas are designed in accordance data shown in the table is based on a with the American Institute of wind pressure of

50 lbs. per sq. ft. acting normal to flat surfaces. Loading data includes windload effects for beacon (not provided by

Harris), and

Steel

Construction

Code. The loading also bury sections if not flange mounted.

TAV

-6L

Electrical

Specifications

Channel Range:

Power

Gain (10% Null Fill):

Input Connector:

Input

Power Rating:

Input

VSWR:

Visual Carrier:

Color

Sub

-carrier:

Rest of Channel:

Axial Ratio:

Circularity:

FCC

Channels

2

-6

(54 -88 MHz).

2.92 (4.55 dB) per polarization.

Dual

3'/8

",

50 ohm.

70 kW visual with

20% aural.

1.05 to

1.

1.08 to

1.

1.10 to

1.

2 dB.

±2 dB.

Low

Band

CPV

Ordering

Information

When ordering Harris low band

CPV antennas, please specify channel beam number, pattern, tilt and null fill. Antennas supplied with lightning protector, beacon cable and primer coating. Assistance and with antenna assembly and ground test also supplied.

Beacon, painting ground support structures not included. Standard antenna is bury mounted.

TAV

-6L six bay

CPV antenna,

Channels

2,3

TAV

-6L six bay

CPV antenna,

Channels

4,

5 and

6

994 -8602

-OOX

994 -8602

-0XX

NOTE: Four and five bay

CPV antennas for

Channels

2

-6 are available antennas are F.O.B.

Harris' antenna facility,

Palmyra, Missouri. on request. All

Options and Accessories

Input Connector:

Pattern:

Test

Range Pattern Measurements

Notch Diplexer:

Antenna Mounting:

Dual 4-

1/16" or single line.

Directional.

TD -60L, 66 kW rating,

Channels

Flange mounted.

2

-6. www.americanradiohistory.com

Z10

67.

W r r

OM

CPV

OA

06

211111

HARRIS

TAV -12H

Null

Fill 15%

Beam Tilt

-0.7

11

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

ELEVATION

FIELD

PATTERNS

r v

ANGLE r r r

High

Band

r r r r

500M

HORIZONTAL DOWN r w

Channels

7

-

13

!OSOA

06 r iiir il/

M r111111

WINE=

I15,%1\ r r

UR r iï= r r r

'/ nn

HARRIS

S.

ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL

TAV -12H

Fill 25%

-0.T r r r r

Es

OOWN

TAV -12H

Gain Vs. 1st

Null Fill

Null

Fill

Power

Gain

(per polarization)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

6.08

605

5.96

5.81

5.62

5

36

5

10

TAV -12H,

Ch.

11

Measured

VSWR

Lower Channel Edge

Visual Carrier:

Color

Sub

-carrier

Aural Carrier.

Upper Channel

Edge.

1

1

038 to

1

1

1

012 to

1

1015to1

017 to

1

020 to

1

_

1

W

HARRIS

Typical

CPV

Directional

Pattern

-

TAV -12H

_

1

W

HARRIS

Typical

CPV

Omnidirectional

Pattern

-

TAV -12H

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

AZIMUTH

Z

70

FIELD

PATTERNS

90

183 www.americanradiohistory.com

Channel

TAV

-12H

Mechanical

Specifications

Antenna

Height (ft.)

Rad. Center

(feet)

Moment

(ft. -lbs.)

Shear

(lbs.)

Weight

(lbs.)

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

69.0

68.2

65.0

64.2

60.7

60.7

59.0

32.7

32.3

30.7

30.3

28.6

28.6

27.7

172,750

169,400

155,550

152,250

136,550

136,550

130,700

5,275

5,250

5,050

5,000

4,725

4,725

4,650

9,150

9,050

8,800

8,750

8,000

8,000

7,600

Note: Antennas are designed in accordance with the American Institute of Steel

Construction

Code. The loading data shown in the table is based on a wind pressure of

50 lbs. per sq. ft. acting normal to flat surfaces. Loading data includes windload effects for beacon (not provided by Harris), and also bury sections if not flange mounted.

TAV

-12H

Electrical

Specifications

Channel Range:

Power Gain

(15%

Null Fill):

Input

Connector:

Input

Power Rating:

Input

VSWR:

Visual Carrier:

Color Sub -carrier:

Rest of Channel:

Axial

Ratio:

Circularity:

FCC

Channels

7

-13 (174 -216 MHz).

5.81

(7.64 dB) per polarization.

Single

61/4

",

50 ohm.

75 kW visual with

20% aural.

1.05 to

1.

1.08 to

1.

1.10 to

1.

2 dB.

±1.5 dB.

High

Band

CPV

Ordering

Information

When beam coating. Assistance and ordering

Harris high band

CPV antennas, please specify channel number, pattern,

tilt

and null fill. Antennas supplied with lightning protector, beacon cable and ground support structures not included. Standard antenna is flange mounted. primer with antenna assembly and ground test also supplied. Beacon, painting

TAV -12H

TAV -12H twelve bay

CPV antenna, Channels

7

-13 twelve bay

CPV antenna, Channels

7

-13, as above, except

with

dual

33/4", 50 ohm input

994- 8707 -001

994- 8707 -002

NOTE:

8, 10, 14, 16 and

18 bay

CPV antennas are

F.O.B.

Harris' antenna antennas for

Channels

7

-13 are available on request.

All facility,

Palmyra, Missouri.

Options and Accessories

Input

Connector:

Pattern:

Test

Range Pattern Measurements

Notch Diplexer:

Impedance Transformer:

Power Splitter for

Dual Line Feed

Antenna Mounting:

Dual

31/e

" or dual

4-

1/16

",

50 ohm.

Directional.

TD -100H, 100 kW rating,

Ch.

7

-13.

61/e" 50 ohm to

6V.

"

75 ohm.

Bury mounted.

CP

-1.5M -382 c

Harris Corporation

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 609 PTD. IN U.S.A.

HARRIS

CIRCULARLY

POLARIZED

TELEVISION

ANTENNA

CBR

DEVELOPMENT. Harris has spent more than

2 years in research and development of the for circular transmission concept television broadcasting.

Basic design objectives of the antenna stressed

CP optimum circularly polarized performance, combined with all of the of conventional features of the Harris line television antennas. Theoretical design followed by extensive prototype testing has proven the CBR to be the best approach to circularly polarized transmission to date.

-Excellent axial ratio

-- reduces ghosting effects

Nide bandwidth permits multiplexing of all

V.H.F. high

-

)and T.V. channels

High power handling capabilities

Requires no electrical de

-icing when used with radomes

Wire -mesh cavity design minimizes windloading

Superb horizontal circularity

Excellent control of vertical pattern

Antenna elements are at

D.C. ground potential for lightning protection

Horizontal elements may be driven independent of vertical elements

I he new Harris Cavity Backed Radiator (CBR) olarized circularly television broadcast antenna offers the ultimate in

Nevision signal iewer uses a transmission and reception. Whether the circularly polarized receiving antenna, convention

- rabbit ears or ordinary outside receiving antenna, picture

,uality may be improved with the reduction of ghosting and

/or ncreased signal to noise ratios. r addition, the extremely wide bandwidth inherent in

CBR antennas permits

Harris' multiplexing of any two or more stations r the VHF high -band channels. All cavity backed radiators are iesigned. built and tested at the Harris antenna test assuring the facility, optimum in axial ratio, horizontal circularity and iertical pattern shape. www.americanradiohistory.com

185

The Harris Cavity Backed Radiator consists of a crossed dipole radiator fed in phase quadrature and mounted within a circular cavity director. Rotating

RF energy is produced when the cavity is excited by the dipole elements.

The signal eminating from the cavity is considered right -hand is circular when the field of rotation clockwise as viewed in the direction of propagation.

Cavity size is principally determined by beamwidth requirements.

A beamwidth of

90 degrees is required for a

4- around array and

120 degrees is required for a 3- around array, (measured at the half -voltage coordinates).

GRID CAVITY. The cavity used in the Harris circularly polarized television antenna is welded steel grid which is then galvanized.

The cavity grid is supported from a center also serves as a attachment of the unit to the mounting plate, which mounting for the dipole assembly and for supporting structure.

Radomes, standard with the Harris CBR circularly polarized

TV antenna, eliminate the need for electrical de

-icing in virtually all environments.

This can save hundreds of dollars per year in electrical heating costs

--in addition to the savings in not having to purchase heater elements, transformers and wiring.

The combination of grid cavities and aerodynamically designed radomes minimizes windloading of the Harris

C P antenna.

DIPOLE ELEMENTS.

A special wideband flat dipole is used for excitation of the cavity and to safely handle the required power levels.

Each dipole is mechanically supported and fed fro special baluns for both vertical and

Because of horizontal polarizatio their independant nature, either the horizontal both sets of elements may be driven to provide horizontal circular polarization.

In addition, the baluns provide

D.C. grour potential to each dipole element for lightning protection f. antenna and transmitter.

AXIAL RATIO. The Harris CBR antenna has superb axial rati characteristics as a direct result of the precise tailoring of ti- radiated pattern by the cavity. Axial ratio, the ratio of the majc and minor axes of the polarization elipse, critically defines tY quality of a radiating element.

When circularly polarize receiving antennas are used by the viewer, reflected signals at attenuated, thereby reducing ghosting effects.

WIDE BANDWIDTH. Maximum realized utilization of antenna aperture i with the Harris

CP antenna because two, three or mor

VHF high -band has become a stations may feed one structure. Multiplexin significant factor in reducing station costs in vies of the recent increases in the price of broadband tower structures.

Th radiating element used in conjunction wit conventional high power hybrid junctions assures excellen performance over all channels from

7

-13. VSWR is

1.1:1 o better at any frequency between channels

7 and

13 as illustrate in the measured VSWR graph on the facing page.

186 www.americanradiohistory.com

HIGH

POWER designed for

CAPABILITIES.

The Harris CP antenna is multiplex applications as well as single station operation. Up to 100kW power ratings are available for single transmitter operation.

For dual station operation, up to

150kW input may be accommodated.

For applications requiring the multiplexing of more than two stations, special high power feed systems are available.

VERTICAL PATTERN. Vertical pattern beam contouring to introduce tilt and null fill may be provided by means of standard phase distribution techniques such as has been used in many successful Batwing installations. Control of the vertical pattern is accomplished with no degradation of the axial ratio.

Therefore, contoured vertical patterns are available much the same as in conventional horizontally polarized TV antennas.

HORIZONTAL CIRCULARITY. For shape of the omnidirectional stations, the horizontal pattern will vary from omni by less than

2dB for three -sided tower antenna array, the configurations.

With a four typical circularity will be comparable.

-around

Stations employing directional arrays will find one of the several patterns available to be ideally suited to their specific need.

The Harris Cavity Backed Radiator circularly polarized antenna marks a new dimension in television broadcasting. The excellent axial ratio, superb horizontal and vertical patterns and application flexibility make it a technically superior antenna.

Careful design consideration of important mechanical details assures a long and dependable lifespan. No matter what your

VHF high band television antenna requirements may be...

Harris has a circularly polarized antenna to meet them.

270'

80'

OD

MEASURED HORIZONTAL

RADIATION PATTERN

MECHANICALLY ROTATING

DIPOLE

ILLUMINATION

o

-r x

%"

1

5

DB

AXIAL RATIO

I

l-

N

CIRCULARITY

1.75DB ao

VSWR

20

19

1.8

1.7

1.8

1.5

1.0

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

100

MEASURED VSWR

OF

A

SINGLE HIGH POWER

CAVITY

CP

MODE

150

CHANNELS

7

-13

300

200

250

FREQUENCY MHz

350

187 www.americanradiohistory.com

CHANNEL

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

13

13

13

13

12

12

12

12

)

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

Single radiating element of the Harris

C P antenna

NO.OF

BAYS

Radomes eliminate the need for electrical de

-icing equipment

WINDLOADING

]Triangular Mast with

Radomes]

MAST LENGTH

[FEET]

SHEAR n 50 PSF

[LBS]

MOMENT

FT.

LBS.]

WEIGHT

]LBS.]

6

8

10

12

6

10

12

6

8

10

12

6

8

10

12

6

8

10

12

6

8

10

12

6

8

10

12

32.2

42.7

53.2

63.7

31.4

41.6

51.7

62.0

34.0

45.3

56.5

67.7

33.2

44.0

55.0

65.8

30.7

40.6

50.5

60.4

30.0

39.5

49.1

58.7

29.3

38.7

48.0

57.3

4,885

6,550

8,350

10,205

4,770

6.355

8.130

9.925

4,625

6,175

7,875

9.600

4,510

6,010

7,650

9,350

4.410

5.865

7,475

9.110

4.310

5,710

7,260

8.850

4.210

5,590

7,100

8,640

67,700

119,060

188,750

275.125

64.650

112.775

178.250

259,750

61.680

108,200

170,400

247.550

83,045

148,360

235.890

345,440

79.185

139,810

223,575

326.535

74,465

131,840

209,475

305,760

70,810

125,010

197,775

289.850

5.425

7.350

9,300

11,500

5,300

7,150

9,075

11,175

5.150

6,950

8,775

10,825

5.025

6.750

8.525

10.525

4,900

6,600

8,325

10.250

4.800

6,425

8,100

9.975

4,675

6,275

7.900

9.725

VSWR

GAIN

/BAY

CIRCULARITY (Top Mount)

AXIAL RATIO

POWER RATING

SPECIFICATIONS

SINGLE

CHANNEL

1 1 1

UNITY

±2dB

<

2

d

100 kW

MULTIPLEX

1.1.1

UNITY

±

3dB

<2dB

150 kW

188

C P-3

.

5 M

-977

ADV. 456 PTD.

IN

U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

QUADRAPOWER

UHF

Television

Antenna

Unlimited range of patterns

Omnidirectional gains up to

45

High power handling capability

Radomes for reduced windloading

High reliability, low maintenance

Factory assembled and tested

-no

field tuning required

Harris' Quadrapower antennas are panel type antennas specifically designed for high power

UHF transmission with omnidirectional patterns.

The antenna consists of four panels per bay mounted on a square mast section. The antenna may be top mounted on a tower or the panels may be supplied without the mast for side mounting on a tower or other structure.

Starting with the original Harris Zig -Zag antenna design, Harris re- engineered the antenna to pro- vide the

Quadrapower's improved performance and mechanical specifications. Smooth vertical patterns are the result of computer -aided optimi- zation of the feed system and panel pattern shape. Lower windloading is achieved by the addition of radome covers that give the antenna a nearly cylindrical profile.

The mast is constructed of structural quality steel, the panels are of structural grade aluminum to minimize weight, and the radiating elements are sturdy "Copperweld" steel sup- ported by low -loss insulators.

The

RF transpar- ent radomes are of fiberglass construction, and are color impregnated so that they never require painting. All materials used in the antenna are corrosion resistant to insure long life, low maintenance and optimum performance.

Custom Patterns

Recause of its multiple panel construction, the

Quadrapower antenna can easily provide an un- limited number of directional patterns

:n the horizontal plane. This high degree of pattern

189 www.americanradiohistory.com

Harris

UHF

Quadrapower Antennas off(

flexibility

enables the Harris antenna engineers to custom design a pattern to meet the specific requirements of each station. This pattern shaping permits the most efficient use of available transmitter power to cover a geographic area.

Computer -aided design is used extensively to rapidly and accurately calculate nearly any desired pattern.

R adornes

Quadrapower antennas may be equipped with radome covers that significantly reduce windloading and eliminate the need for electrical deicing.

The radome covers effec- tively protect the antenna elements from precipitation, and are constructed so that they can be easily removed for inspection or maintenance of one antenna panel at a time.

Electrical deicing

is

available

on non

-radomed

Quadrapower antennas.

Input Connections and

Power Ratings

The standard input connector is

6

1/8 -inch,

75 ohm coax line to permit power levels up to

75 kilowatts.

Since the antenna feed system is conservatively designed for safe high power operation,

8

3/16 -inch coax,

9

3/16 -inch coax, waveguide or dual

6

1/8-inch coax input connectors can be supplied for input power levels of

110 kilowatts or greater.

Assembly and

Testing

To insure the best possible performance, every

Quadrapower antenna is completely assembled and tested at the Harris antenna facility in

Palmyra, Missouri.

In addi- tion to the testing of each panel and bay, the entire antenna is tested for correct azimuth pattern, elevation pattern and VSWR.

Length permitting,

Quadrapower antennas are shipped fully assembled.

The factory assembly and testing, along with one -piece shipping, minimize installation time re- quired after delivery to the antenna site.

Filing

Information

Available

Complete specifications and filing information are avail- able on able by request. Harris antenna engineers are also avail- telephone requirements. to discuss your specific antenna z70°

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio

=

2.92 dB

-

4.65

90

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

Al

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio 1.56 dB

-

1.94

270°

90

190

Quadrapower panel. radome removed www.americanradiohistory.com

iBO°

mn unlimited range of patterns

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio

=

2.60 dB

=

4.15

uu

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio

=

2.04 dB

3.09

90

270°

180°

180°

HORIZONTAL

FIELD

PATTERNS nri

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio 1.62 dB

=

2.09

HARRIS

GAIN: Ratio

-

2.04 dB

=

3.10 o°

90°

90

270

180° www.americanradiohistory.com

180°

90

191

192

INNI

u

1i

,I

11

11

HARRIS

Null Fill = 15%

Vertical Gain = 23.2

Beam

Tilt

=

\

-0.7°

1i

111111110011111111111

1

II\\II

//

INNI\T

r ur r r r

ANGLE FROM MORIZONTA

. r r r

GOWN r

TO

TAZ-24U

3

-bay

TAZ

-31

U

4

-bay

G

I o..

NI1II11I11

.I

11111I

NI\IN

r r r ur

1M

1i11

Null Fill = 20%

Vertical

Gain = 27.5

Beam

Tilt

= -0.7°

11NI r r r r r r r r r

1r

ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL

OOWN

\ s.,

Y

N

TAZ-45U

TAZ -38U

TAZ

-31

U

TAZ -24U

HARRIES

Null

Fill = 20%

Vertical

Gain = 34

1

VIN

'NGLEEROrNONIZONTAL-0OWN ii.I.

4iI

HARRIS

Gain

M ll.M

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

E.

.,;

U

..,

mi.

..

ill

_.

.:S

.

VERTICAL

FIELD

PATTERNS

IDA

TAZ -38U

5

-bay

1

'o.

ST NULL

Mt

TAZ -45U

6

-bay

I1

1111

HA RIES

Null Fill

= 20%

Vertical

Gain = 39

Beam

Tilt

=

-

0.7°

II1

G1r\ININIn

\J1iNINININIIL\I r

Y11irE r

I a r r r

ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL

. r r

DOWN r r w www.americanradiohistory.com

Channels

14 thru

16

17 thru

20

21 thru

28

29 thru

37

38 thru

47

48 thru

59

60 thru

69

UHF

Quadrapower Specifications

Type

Power Gain

-Maximum

Ratio dB

Input Power kW dBk

Antenna ht.

- ft.

Radiation

Center

- ft.

Moment ft.

- lbs.

Shear ft.

- lbs.

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ -31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

18.75

18.75

18.75

18.75

18.75

18.75

18.75

18.75

55.3

55.3

72.5

72.5

89.2

89.2

105.9

105.9

26.0

26.0

34.6

34.6

43.0

43.0

51.3

51.3

163,489

153,825

345,627

271,975

533,527

418,650

762,093

596,875

6,373

5,900

10,091

7,850

12,524

9,750

14,957

11,625

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ -31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

73.0

73.0

73.0

73.0

73.0

73.0

73.0

73.0

18.63

18.63

18.63

18.63

18.63

18.63

18.63

18.63

53.5

53.5

70.0

70.0

86.1

86.1

102.2

102.2

25.1

25.1

33.4

33.4

41.5

41.5

49.5

49.5

152,314

143,400

320,992

252,725

495,589

389,050

707,952

554,675

6,154

5,700

9,727

7.550

12,072

9,375

14,418

11,200

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ-31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

72.0

72.0

72.0

72.0

72.0

72.0

72.0

72.0

18.57

18.57

18.57

18.57

18.57

18.57

18.57

18.57

51.3

51.3

67.1

67.1

82.4

82.4

97.7

97.7

23.9

23.9

31.9

31.9

39.5

39.5

47.2

47.2

139,192

131,150

293,557

231,275

452,122

355,125

644,774

505,425

5,885

5,450

9,304

7,250

11.533

8,975

13,762

10,700

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ -31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

18.26

18.26

18.26

18.26

18.26

18.26

18.26

18.26

47.3

47.3

61.8

61.8

75.9

75.9

89.9

89.9

22.0

22.0

29.3

29.3

36.3

36.3

43.0

43.0

116,848

110,275

246,583

191,900

380,591

299.275

542,306

425,500

5,397

5,000

8,532

6,600

10,586

8,225

12,626

9,800

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ-31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

18.13

18.13

18.13

18.13

18.13

18.13

18.13

18.13

43.7

43.7

57.0

57.0

69.7

69.7

82.5

82.5

20.2

20.2

26.6

26.6

33.3

33.3

39.7

39.7

98,409

93,025

207,573

164,000

318,097

250,050

453,270

356,025

4,957

4,600

7,832

6,100

9,683

7,525

11,548

8.975

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ -31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

17.78

17.78

17.78

17.78

17.78

17.78

17.78

17.78

39.6

39.6

51.8

51.8

63.4

63.4

75.1

75.1

18.6

18.6

24.4

24.4

30.5

30.5

36.3

36.3

79,336

75,175

169,099

133,875

260,333

205,300

372,212

292,750

4,457

4,125

7,075

5,500

8.765

6,825

10,470

8,150

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24UR

TAZ-31U

TAZ -31UR

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38UR

TAZ -45U

TAZ -45UR

24.0

24.0

31.0

31.0

38.0

38.0

45.0

45.0

13.80

13.80

14.91

14.91

15.80

15.80

16.53

16.53

56.0

56.0

56.0

56.0

56.0

56.0

56.0

56.0

17.48

17.48

17.48

17.48

17.48

17.48

17.48

17.48

37.0

37.0

48.0

48.0

58.5

58.5

69.0

69.0

16.8

16.8

22.1

22.1

27.7

27.7

32.9

32.9

Specifications subject to change without notice.

68,304

64.850

143,476

113,800

219,403

173,275

311,393

245,225

4,139

3,850

6,521

5,075

8,051

6,275

9,581

7,450

Weight lbs.

7,100

7,100

10,900

10,900

13,400

13,400

14,600

14,600

6.200

6,200

9,600

9,600

12,600

12,600

14,100

14,100

8,000

8,000

12,000

12,000

14,100

14.100

15,000

15,000

7,600

7,600

11,500

11,500

13,800

13,800

14,800

14,800

5,300

5,300

8,400

8,400

11,400

11,400

13,400

13,400

4,400

4,400

7,100

7,100

10,000

10,000

12,500

12,500

3,900

3,900

6,300

6,300

8,900

8,900

11,300

11,300

NOTES

1.

Data given in the table above is for lowest channel and typical for others in the same group. Specific data available on request.

2.

Power gain with

0% null fill and 0% beam tilt.

3.

Input power is peak of sync visual power with

20% aural power.

4.

Windload data for 50/33

PSF including effect of 300mm beacon

(not supplied).

193 www.americanradiohistory.com

UHF QUADRAPOWER ANTENNA

tiectrical

Specifications

Channel Range:

14

-69 (470 -806 MHz).

Power

Gain

(omni):

24 -45.

Input Connector:

61/4

",

75 ohm.

Input

Power Rating:

75 kW (Ch 14)

-

56 kW

(Ch. 69).

Input

VSWR:

Visual Carrier:

1.05 to

1.

Color Subcarrier:

1.08 to

1.

Rest of Channel:

1.1 to

1.

Circularity:

±2 dB (Ch.

14

-37).

±2.5 dB

(Ch. 38 -69).

Deicer Power (non -radomed only):

500 watts per panel

(2 kW per bay), 208/240

VAC,

60

Hz.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Ordering Information

When and ordering

UHF

Quadrapower antennas, please specify channel number, pattern, beam null

fill.

Antennas supplied with lightning protector, beacon cable and prime coating

tilt

on mast. Assistance with antenna assembly and ground test also supplied.

Beacon, painting and ground support structures are not included.

TAZ -24U

TAZ -24U

TAZ -31U

TAZ

-31 U

TAZ -38U

TAZ -38U

TAZ-38UR three bay Quadrapower antenna three bay Quadrapower antenna

with

deicing

TAZ -24UR three bay

Quadrapower antenna four bay five

TAZ -45U six bay

TAZ -45U six bay

TAZ -45UR six bay

Quadrapower bay

Quadrapower antenna four bay Quadrapower antenna

Quadrapower antenna antenna

with

radomes

with

TAZ -31UR foul bay Quadrapower antenna five bay Quadrapower antenna five bay Quadrapower antenna

Quadrapower

with

antenna

Quadrapower antenna deicing

with with with

radomes deicing radomes deicing

with

radomes

994- 7623 -001

994 -7623 -002

994 -7623 -003

994- 7624 -001

994- 7624 -002

994 -7624 -003

994- 7625 -001

994 -7625 -002

994 -7625 -003

994- 7626 -001

994

-7626 -002

994 -7626 -003

Note:

One bay and two bay

UHF

Quadrapower antennas and VHF

Quadrapower antennas are available on request. All antennas are F.O.B.

Harris' antenna facility,

Palmyra, Missouri.

Input Connectors:

Options

and

Accessories

Dual

6

-1/8 ",

8-

3/16 ",

9-

3/16" or waveguide.

Input Power:

Up to

150 kilowatts.

Rosemount

Ice

Warning System:

Consists of Model

871CB1 Ice

Detector and

Model

524B1

Controller.

CP

-1.5M -182

©

Harris Corporation

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 599

PTD. IN

U.S.A.

rffsi

H/oF2RIS

BATW

I

N G

VHF

Television

Antenna

www.americanradiohistory.com

Field tested and proven designs

Multi- channel operation available

Factory assembly

Copper feed lines

Galvanized mast and radiators

Rugged mechanical design

Conservative electrical design

The

Harris

VHF

Batwing antenna has been widely used in television broadcasting service for many years. This well -proven design provides broadcasters with fine performance and long, reliable service.

The antenna consists of four

"Batwing" radiators per bay, which are bolted to a cylindrical mast section. The antenna is engineered for top mounting on a tower, but smaller antennas are frequently side mounted for standby antenna service.

The radiators and the mast are hot -dipped galvanized steel, and corrosion -resistant components are used throughout to pre- vent electrical and mechanical degrada- tion. The radiators are solidly bolted to the mast, which is ground potential for maximum lightning protection.

Patterns

The

Batwing antenna circular, or normally omnidirectional, provides radiation a pat- tern in the horizontal plane. For special locations, the antenna design can be customized to provide a peanut, or figure

- eight, pattern.

A notch diplexer and phas- ing equipment are required for these spe- cial patterns.

195

196

Harris

VHF -TV

Batwing antennas

field

tested and proven designs

..

.

Vertical plane patterns can be provided with beam null fill to satisfy nearly all special requirements. tilt and

Multi-

Channel

Operation

The inherently wide bandwidth and high power handling capability of the Batwing antenna make it suitable for transmitting two multiplexed television signals within the same channel group.

Input Connections

The

50 is

Harris Batwing antenna is normally fed by two

31/4",

-ohm transmission lines. The

90 phasing between lines normally provided by a hybrid diplexer that is available as an accessory.

As an option, the antenna can be equipped to accept a signal from a single transmission line.

In this case, a notch diplexer is required for combining the aural and visual transmitter signals.

Deicers

Batwing antennas are not severely affected by moderate amounts of icing because of the inherently low feed point impedance.

Deicers are recommended, however, in areas where severe icing may be expected.

Assembly and

Testing

Each

Batwing antenna is completely assembled and tested at the Harris antenna sembled to facility in

Palmyra, Missouri. After assembly and test, the antenna may be partially disas- facilitate shipping; however, shorter antennas may be shipped in one piece. The factory assembly and testing minimize installation time required after delivery to the antenna site.

Filing Information

Complete specifications and filing information are avail- able on request. Harris antenna engineers are also avail- able by telephone to discuss your specific antenna requirements.

(Above) Channel

5, five

- bay Batwing antenna. (At left) Batwing transmitting antenna junction box assembly. www.americanradiohistory.com

VHF

Batwing antenna

Channels

2

specifications

-6

Antenna

Type

CHANNEL 2

TAB -1L

TAB -3L

TAB -4L

TAB -5L

TAB

-6L

CHANNEL

3

TAB -1L

TAB

-3L

TAB -4L

TAB -5L

TAB -6L

CHANNEL

4

TAB

-1L

TAB -3L

TAB

-4L

TAB

-5L

TAB -6L

CHANNEL

5

TAB

-1L

TAB -3L

TAB -4L

TAB -5L

TAB

-6L

CHANNEL

6

TAB

-1L

TAB

-3L

TAB

-4L

TAB -5L

TAB -6L

Power Gain

Maximum

Ratio dB

1.0

3.1

4.2

5.3

6.5

1.0

3.1

3.9

5.3

6.2

1.0

3.3

4.4

5.4

6.6

1.0

2.9

4.0

4.9

6.1

1.0

2.9

3.8

5.1

6.0

0

4.62

5.80

7.08

7.78

0

4.91

5.91

7.24

7.92

0

4.62

6.02

6.90

7.85

0

4.91

6.23

7.24

8.13

0

5.19

6.44

7.32

8.20

f-

r a.^

Input

Power(e) kW dBk

Antenna

Height

Htt(c)

Rad.

Center

Rft(d)

Moment ft-lbs(a)

Shear lbs(a)

22.0

66.0

88.0

110.0

120.0

20.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

118.0

19.5

59.0

78.0

97.0

112.0

19.0

57.0

76.0

95.0

106.0

13.42

18.20

19.44

20.41

20.79

13.01

17.78

19.03

20.00

20.72

12.90

17.71

18.92

19.87

20.49

12.79

17.56

18.81

19.78

20.25

29.00

53.00

70.00

88.33

105.00

29.00

53.00

70.00

88.33

105.00

27.00

44.00

59.00

73.33

87.00

27.00

44.00

59.00

73.33

87.00

18.75

24.83

33.29

43.08

51.21

18.75

24.83

33.29

43.08

51.21

17.73

20.28

27.88

35.15

41.71

17.73

20.28

27.88

35.15

41.71

16,700

63,800

123,700

204,700

317,100

16,700

63,800

123,700

204,700

317,100

14,100

44,000

86,000

137,600

205,000

14,100

44,000

86,000

137,600

205,000

1,410

3,250

4,930

6,610

8,470

1,410

3,250

4,930

6,610

8,470

1,060

2,680

3,880

5,130

6,610

1,060

2,680

3,880

5,130

6,610

Wt. lbs.

1,850

4,550

7,770

11,250

15,700

1,850

4,550

7,700

11,250

15,700

1,350

3,250

5,300

7,450

11,350

1,350

3,250

5,300

7,450

11,350

18.0

54.0

72.0

90.0

102.0

12.55

17.32

18.57

19.54

20.09

27.00

44.00

59.00

73.33

87.00

17.73

20.28

27.88

35.15

41.71

Specifications subject to change without notice.

14,100

44,000

86,000

137,600

205,000

1,060

2,680

3,880

5,130

6,610

1,350

3,250

5,300

7,450

11,350

BATWING NOTEN

1.

2.

3.

4.

Gains shown having no null in these tables fill or beam are tilt. terns are available on request. for antennas

Contoured pat-

Pattern horizontal circularity for all

Batwings is +2 dB or better.

Batwing antennas are normally furnished with copper feed lines.

Input connections are dual ohm line Other feed line available on request.

3'L"

EIA flanged

50- arrangements are

KEY TO

DAL

(a)

Antennas are designed in accordance with the

American

Institute of Steel

Construction code.

The on a loading data shown in the table is based wind pressure of

50 lbs. per sq. ft. acting normal to flat surfaces. Loading data includes windload effects for beacon (not provided by

Harris), and also bury sections if not flange mounted.

(b) For all antennas listed, installed above 500 feet AAT, the relative field at the Radio Hori- zon is greater than

90

°

%° of max., and thus, per

FCC

(c)

H:

73.684

(c) 1, need not be given separately.

Height above tower top including 4.00 ft. of lightning protector.

(d) R:

Height of radiation center above tower top.

(e) Peak visual power rating: For level power including 20% aural, average black multiply by

.8.

(f) Data shown in these tables is typical. Specific data may be obtained on request from Harris.

197 www.americanradiohistory.com

VHF

Batwing antenna specifications

Channels

7

-

13

198

Antenna

Type

CHANNEL

7

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

CHANNEL

8

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

CHANNEL

9

TAB -2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

CHANNEL

10

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

CHANNEL

11

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB

-12H

CHANNEL

12

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

CHANNEL

13

TAB

-2H

TAB

-6H

TAB -12H

Power Gain

Maximum

Ratio

1.9

6.2

11.9

1.9

6.3

12.2

2.0

6.7

12.6

2.0

6.7

12.9

2.0

6.8

12.6

2.0

6.8

12.3

1.9

6.9

12.2 dB

2.79

7.92

10.75

2.79

7.99

10.86

3.01

8.26

11.00

3.01

8.26

11.11

3.01

8.33

11.00

3.01

8.33

10.90

2.79

8.39

10.86

Input

Power(e) kW dBk

26.0

77.0

77.0

25.0

75.0

75.0

24.0

72.0

72.0

23.0

70.0

70.0

23.0

70.0

70.0

23.0

70.0

70.0

14.15

18.86

18.86

13.98

18.75

18.75

13.80

18.57

18.57

13.62

18.45

18.45

13.62

18.45

18.45

13.62

18.45

18.45

Antenna

Height

H ft(c)

20.00

41.25

78.00

20.00

41.25

78.00

20.00

41.25

78.00

20.00

41.25

78.00

20.00

41.25

78.00

20.00

41.25

78.00

Rad.

Center

R ft(d)

9.63

19.17

37.67

9.63

19.17

37.67

9.63

19.17

37.67

9.63

19.17

37.67

9.63

19.17

37.67

9.63

19.17

37.67

23.0

70.0

70.0

13.62

18.45

18.45

20.00

41.25

78.00

9.63

19.17

37.67

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Moment ft-lbs(a)

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

6,000

28,250

137,000

Shear lbs(a)

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

700

1,900

4,350

Wt. lbs.

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

750

2,200

9,100

(g)

Antennas are delivered completely assembled to the customer

F.O.B. Harris Test Range and may be partially disassembled to facilitate transportation.

Re- assembly of the antenna at installa- tion site is the responsibility of the customer.

Supporting structure necessary to support antenna during re- assembly and test must be supplied by the customer. Construction prints of the supporting structure will be supplied by the company.

(h) The beacon lighting cable to the bottom of the antenna is included.

(i)

Antenna will be supplied with a coat of protective primer only.

Customer to paint color required at time of installation.

(j)

All mechanical parts are fabricated from hot dipped galvanized steel or other materials that resist corrosion bronze and stainless steel. such as copper, brass,

(k)

Demonstration of pattern test at the test range at extra cost.

(I)

Nominal amounts of null in price. fill and beam tilt available at no increase www.americanradiohistory.com

E

`

MIMI ri i

GB

HARRIts

rI

\I

15%

-0.7°

Null Fill

Beam

Tilt

MI

11

II i1

II

/

11

EVA

I

/

\

Mk

TAB -6L

UP

ANGLE

E.OMMORIZONTAL

DORM

TAB -4L

DI

3 e0

0.0

J

0.7 o. as

J

0.1

E

10%

-0.7°

\I

Null Fill

11

01.% r r r r r w

ANGLE FROM M01112061TAE

TAB

-12H

TAB

-6H

TAB -6L

TAB -4L

12

12

11

10

TAF JM

Gain vs.

Null Fill

TALA

T

0

2.

S oJ

0.2 ii

I.

11

W1

DI\

HARRIS

15%

Null

11

..I

11

11IM1\I

Fill

Tilt

\\r

0

TAB

-12H

10%

1ST MULL FILL

20%

TAB

-6H

a

W

0..

F

3

0..

0.4

0.3

OJ l

i

1.0 o..

0.. ay

0 www.americanradiohistory.com

TYPICAL

CALCULATED

VERTICAL

FIELD

PATTERNS

013

HARRIS

15%

Null Fill

-0.7° Beam

Tilt

HARRIS

VHF

BATWING ANTENNA

Electrical Specifications

Channel Range:

54

-88 MHz

(FCC Ch.

2

-6);

174 -216 MHz

(FCC Ch.

7

-13(.

Power Gain:

1 to

6,

Ch.

2

-6;

1 to

12, Ch.

7

-13.

Input Connector:

Dual

3Y8

",

50 ohm.

Input Power Rating:

102 to

120 kW,

TAB

-6L.

70 to

77 kW, TAB -12H.

Input

VSWR:

Visual Carrier:

1.05 to

1.

Color Subcarrier:

Rest of Channel:

1.08 to

1.

1.10 to

1.

Circularity:

±2 dB.

Deicer Power:

3 kW per bay,

Ch.

2, 3;

2 kW per bay, Ch.

4

-6;

1 kW per bay,

Ch.

7

-13;

240 VAC,

60 Hz.

208/

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Ordering Information

When null ordering

Harris Batwing antennas, please specify channel number, pattern, beam

tilt

and

fill.

Antennas supplied with lightning protector, beacon cable and prime coating. Assistance

with

antenna assembly and ground test also supplied.

Beacon, painting and ground support structures are not included.

TAB

-1L single bay Batwing antenna,

Ch.

2

-6

TAB

-3L three bay

Batwing antenna,

Ch.

2

-6

TAB -4L four bay

Batwing antenna,

Ch.

2

-6

TAB

-5L five bay Batwing antenna,

Ch.

2

-6

TAB

-6L six bay

Batwing antenna,

Ch.

2

-6

TAB

-2H

two

bay Batwing antenna,

Ch.

7

-13

TAB

-6H six bay

TAB

-12H

Batwing antenna,

Ch.

7

-13

twelve

bay

Batwing antenna,

Ch.

7

-13

994- 7602

-001

994 -7604 -001

994 -7605

-001

994 -7606 -001

994 -7607 -001

994 -7603 -001

994- 7608

-001

994 -7609

-001

Note:

Two bay antennas for

Ch.

2

-6 available on request.

One, four, eight and ten bay antennas for

Ch.

7

-13 available on request. All antennas are F.O.B.

Harris' antenna facility,

Palmyra,

Missouri.

Options

and

Accessories

Rosemount

Ice

Warning System:

Input Connector:

Pattern:

Hybrid Diplexer:

Consists of Model

871CB1 Ice

Detector and

Model

425B1

Controller.

Single line input.

Peanut, or figure -eight

26 kW, Ch. 2-6.

66 kW, Ch. 2-6.

15 kW, Ch. 7-13.

55 kW, Ch.

7-13.

Test

Range

Pattern Measurements

Single

Bay

Rental Antennas Available on Request

CP

-1.5M

-182 .0

Harris Corporation

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 600 PTD. IN U.S.A.

nni

W

HARRIS

TRAVELING

WAVE

HELICAL

TV

ANTENNA

High quality performance

Simple, reliable, economical design

Maximum pattern versatility

Low VSWR

Low impedance, non

-resonant radiating element

Maximum lightning protection

Superior pattern stability under adverse wind conditions

Easy to de- ice

-no

internal heaters or radomes required

Actual factory measurements of horizontal and vertical patterns provided for each antenna

Heavy duty mechanical construction

Low maintenance costs www.americanradiohistory.com

The Harris na is traveling wave

Helical television transmitting noted for its pattern, and anten- uncomplicated design that greatly enhances reliability, while providing maximum pattern versatility and stability.

The antenna employs the traveling -wave principle, which results in a smoothly contoured, low sideband single bay excellent VSWR characteristics. VSWR is typically

1.08 or better across the band, 1.05 or better at visual carrier.

When used in a multi

-bay array, the Helical can provide horizontal patterns are shown below. an in- finite variety of patterns. Typical VHF high band vertical and

HELICAL DESIGN.

The traveling wave Helical antenna con- sists of a mast right- and

-left

-hand helix wound around a conducting with the feed point at the center.

The antenna uses the traveling -wave principle to excite a large portion of the aperture from a single feed point on each bay. The RF current, because of the the radiation loss, is attenuated as it approaches the ends of conductor.

Since only a small amount of energy remains at this point, the ends of the helices may rather than terminated, be grounded to the mast, with negligible effects on performance.

The as helix is designed to meet certain dimensional necessitated by the frequency so that requirements the currents at like points in each of its turns are in phase. Thus, as the current progresses from turn to turn, it is delayed for each turn an amount of time equal to that consumed by an integral number of cycles.

Each turn is made an integral number of wave- lengths in helical circumference as measured at the velocity of propagation along the helix.

Most frequently, two wave

- lengths per turn are used.

The spacing of the helix is such radiating element from the steel mast that an appreciable amount of radiation loss per turn oc- curs along the helix. The design is about 4 dB per turn. Since there are on the helix, the energy remaining

The objective for this radiation loss at approximately the ends is six turns down 24 dB. total length of the helix has been adjusted commensurate with the loss per turn so that reflections are resonance effects due to end avoided. This reduces partial clover -leafing of the horizontal pattern to meet horizontal -pattern requirements.

LOW- IMPEDANCE, due to the helix

NON

-RESONANT

RADIATING

ELE-

MENT.

A right- and left -hand helix are used in each section to effectively cancel the vertically polarized radiation components located at the pitch angle. The two helices are placed end to end and are fed by a common feed point at their junction section's center. This reduces the feed

-point im- pedance to approximately 100 ohms. This low impedance, and consequent low

RF voltages, minimizes dielectric breakdown problems, and results in an antenna design inherently immune to moderate icing conditions. This basic design characteristic, coupled with the fact that the Helical antenna is fundamentally a non

-resonant circuit, contributes to reliable, stable perform- ance under extreme weather conditions.

In addition, each feed point is provided with a shorted quarter -wave stub that prevents coupling and the lightning transmitter. surges into the transmission line

ANTENNA

PATTERNS.

Helical antennas are touring must be carefully considered. The Helical is especially for ease

Since the gains achieved usually high, the need for pattern con- desired is obtainable. Also, beam with most designed of contouring, and almost any pattern tilt and null fill are tailored to the customer's specific requirements, of both may be and simple modifications accomplished in the field to compensate for shifting population densities.

Each Helical is tested at the Harris

07

0 as

0.9

08

W

0.5

>

W a

0.4

0.3

0.2

HARRIS

TAH -15H

3 BAY

HELICAL TV ANTENNA

CHANNELS

7

-13

Typical Calculated

Vertical Field Pattern

20%

Null Fill

5

Beam Till

202

0.1

32

O'

OP

23

4'

S'

6

7

8

9' O.

ANGLE FRON HORIZONTAL

DOWN

0.9

08

0.7

HARRIS

TAH

-

20H

4 BAY

HELICAL TV ANTENNA

CHANNELS 7.13

Typical Calculated

Vertical Field Pattern

20% Null Fill

5° Bean Tilt

W

0.5 a

0.4

0.3

0.2

01

4'

3° 2° I° O'

OP

2° 3°

4

ANGLE

FROM HORIZONTAL

7'

8'

DOWN

#2

9

10' www.americanradiohistory.com

0.9

0.9 o

07

TV antenna test range before shipment, and the customer furnished the measured horizontal and vertical patterns. is

BEAM TILTING. Simple beam tilting without appreciable null fill-in may be achieved on the Helical antenna by introducing phase shift between successive sections. This is by using a accomplished different length of feed line between the power divider and feed elbow of each section on a

VHF Helical. Simple beam tilt in the range of zero -to -one degree does not basically change the vertical pattern shape as compared to a standard vertical pattern. Nor do simple beam tilts of this order reduce the peak -power gain appreciably.

NULL FILL. Null fill -in is often desirable and may be obtained by proper power distribution and current phase in each bay.

Large degrees of null fill -in will reduce the antenna gain.

However, the advantage of a higher signal level over the close

- in area will often justify this loss in gain.

EASY DE- ICING. De

-icing is accomplished by a low- voltage, high current fed through the radiating helix

-no

internal heaters or radomes are required. This current is supplied by a thermostatically controlled transformer (for each bay), which is included when de

-icing is ordered. The dissipation is a nominal

1.5 watts per square inch of helix element surface. Because of the relatively small area, only 2.5 kilowatts of power per section is required for effective de

-icing on VHF high band Helicals.

HEAVY -DUTY CONSTRUCTION.

All Harris traveling wave

Helical antennas are of heavy

-duty construction and are de- signed to operate in areas where heavy winds and

/or heavy ice loading may be encountered.

The extra stiffness and strength of the Helical mast

Helical to minimizes antenna sway, and enables the withstand a pressure on projected flat surfaces of 50 pounds per square feet of an actual windloading

-which

corresponds to wind velocity of 112 miles per hour. All hardware is weather resistant stainless steel or zinc plated.

COMPLETE

MECHANICAL ACCESS, LOW

MAIN-

TENANCE COSTS. All radiating elements are totally accessi- ble on the outside of the mast, and pole steps are provided on the mast for easy inspection and maintenance. Due to the con- venient element accessibility and the simplicity of the antenna design, maintenance costs are typically very low.

HARRIS

TAH 10H

2

BAY

VHF HELICAL

ANTENNA

KUIOTV CHANNEL 12

MOSCOW. IDAHO

Typ cal

Vertical

Field Pattern

Measured

Calculated

-

-

-

20% Null

FIII

05°

Beam Tilt

MEASURED HORIZONTAL FIELD PATTERN

TAH-10H

VHF HELICAL ANTENNA

KUID-TV CHANNEL 12

MOSCOW IDAHO s

0.3 i--

0.2 mmavammi

iii::uiiii

qppqp.ppI

pp.tRg¡RRR1RRRRRp1

BH®®®

®®[email protected]®®[email protected]á!!®E

2e

0

1

2

!e Ae

B

6e

7e

HORIZONTAL

GOWN

B

UO ANGLE FRON m e red c cularit

1s 26 dB from average cacle www.americanradiohistory.com

203

Null

Fill

HELICAL VHF SPECIFICATIONS CHANNELS

7-13

For information on VHF low band and

UHF

Helicals contact Harris

TAH

-1OH

2

Sections

TAH -15H

3

Sections

TAH

-2OH

4

Sections

Antenna

Height

H ft (cl

R ad

Center

R ft. (d)

Input Power

(el kW dBk

Power

Gain

Maximum

(b)

Ratio dB

M

Moment ft. -lbs

(a)

S

Shear lbs (al

W

Weight lbs.

Antenna

Type

CHANNEL

7

TAH

-10H

TAH -15H

TAH -15H

TAH -20H

CHANNEL

8

TAH -10H

TAH -15H

TAH

-15H

TAH

-20H

CHANNEL

9

TAH

-10H

TAH -15H

TAH -15H

TAH

-20H

CHANNEL

10

TAH -10H

TAH -15H

TAH -15H

TAH

-20H

CHANNEL

11

TAH -10H

TAH

-15H

TAH -15H

TAH -20H

CHANNEL

12

TAH-10H

TAH-15H

TAH-15H

TAH -20H

CHANNEL

13

TAH

-10H

TAH -15H

TAH

-15H

TAH -20H

20%

20%

15%

15%

20%

20%

15%

15%

20%

20%

15%

15%

20%

20%

15%

15%

20%

20%

15%

15%

20%

20%

15%

15%

6767

97.25

97.25

127 25

67.67

97.25

9725

127 25

63

33

91.25

9125

119.25

63.33

91.25

91.25

11925

6333

91.25

91

25

119.25

5925

8525

85.25

111.25

35.51

53

74

5088

67.90

35.51

53.74

5088

6790

33

24

5025

47

61

6370

33.24

50.25

47.61

63.70

3324

5025

47.61

63.70

3097

46.77

4431

59 50

56

67

72

123

55

66

71

121

54

65

70

118

53

64

69

115

52

63

68

113

51

62

67

111

17

48

18.26

1857

20.90

1740

18.20

18.51

20 83

17.32

18.13

18.45

20.72

1724

18

06

1839

20.61

1716

1799

18.33

20.53

1708

1792

1826

20.45

9.0

126

13.5

17.4

92

130

140

18.0

89

125

13.5

174

9.2

129

139

17 4

9.4

133

14.3

174

9.1

12.7

13.7

17.7

954

11

00

11

30

12.41

9.64

11.14

11.46

12.55

949

10.97

11

30

12.41

9.64

11 11

1

1.43

12.41

9.73

11

24

11

55

12.41

959

1104

11.37

12.48

159.540

330.480

330,480

587,650

159.540

330,480

330.480

587.650

131,410

272,610

272.610

472,450

131,410

272.610

272,610

472.450

131.410

272,610

272.610

472,450

102.980

219.310

219,310

379.030

20%

20%

15%

15%

59.25

85.25

8525

111

25

3097

4677

4431

5950

50

61

66

109

16.99

17

85

18.20

20.37

92

128

138

177

9.64

11

07

1140

1248

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT

TO

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

102.980

219,310

219.310

379,030

1

HELICAL

NOTES:

2

3

Gams shown in the tables Antennas having 5° beam tilt and either 15% or

20% null fill

Other patterns available on request

Horizontal pattern circularity

+1

5 dB or better

Input connections Standard single

6'r"

EIA flanged line 50 ohm

KEY TO DATA: a

The antennas are designed in accordance with the

Uniform Building Code and the b c d e

American

Loads in

National Standard of

Building

Code Requirements for Minimum Design

Building and Other

Structures (ANSI A581 -19721

The loading data shown in the table is based on a wind pressure of

50 lbs per sq ft acting normal to flat surfaces

For all antennas listed installed above

500 feet AAT. the relative field at the

Radio Horizon is greater than 90% of max and thus per

FCC

73

684

Icl

1. need not be given separately

H

R height above tower top height of including

4

00 ft of lightning protector radiation center above tower top

Peak visual power rating

For average black level power including

20% aural. mul- tiply by

8 h m

Data shown in these tables is typical Specific data may be obtained on request from Harris Corporation, Broadcast Division

Antennas are delivered completely assembled to the customer

F

0

B

Harris Test

Range and at the seller's option may he partially disassembled to facilitate trans- portation Re-assembly of the antenna at installation site is the responsibility of the customer Supervision of re- assembly and impedance test can be supplied at the customer's request

Supporting structure necessary to support antenna during re-assembly and test must be supplied by the customer Construction prints of the supporting structure will be supplied by the company

The beacon

Antenna lighting cable to the will be supplied with a bottom coat of of the antenna is included protective primer only Customer to paint color required at time of installation

All mechanical parts are fabricated from hot dipped galvanized steel or other materials that resist corrosion such as copper, brass. bronze and stainless steel.

Demonstration of pattern test at the test range available at extra cost

Supervision of installation and testing of antenna and transmission line at the customer's site is available

Nominal amounts of null at extra cost fill and beam tilt available at no increase in price

4.950

7,030

7,030

9,250

4,950

7,030

7,030

9,250

4.310

6.190

6.190

8.140

4,310

6.190

6.190

8,140

4,310

6.190

6,190

8.140

3,670

5,340

5.340

7.010

3,670

5.340

5.340

7.010

7,500

13.000

13.000

19,500

7.500

13.000

13.000

19.500

1

6.500

1.000

1

1.000

17,800

6.500

11,000

1

1.000

17.800

6,500

11.000

1

1,000

17,800

5,900

10,000

10.000

15,500

5.900

10.000

10,000

15.500

Lightning protectors

7

--

Beacon

Rodeo t on center

204

JK

1

5M -182

©

Harris Corporation 1982

ADV

447A

PTD

IN U

S

A www.americanradiohistory.com

Computer

Setup

Color Television Camera

www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

TC-.85--the first

studio camera

An individual computer in each

camera means high system

reliability

Computerized setup is fast and reliable...saves time, assures peak operating performance

Stability of camera system provides controlled, repeatable performance

Versatile add -on modular

Triax cable system

Excellent sensitivity allows noise

- free pictures at very low light levels...ideal for remotes

Highlight Handling system reduces comet -tailing

10:1

Geometry corrector for out- standing geometry and registra- tion

The TC -85 is a computer setup camera, with all operator functions controlled by the computer, and adjusted according to preset parameters.

Each camera has a built -in independent computer to eliminate camera interdependence in multi- camera installations. This allows simultaneous camera setup to save you time, and means optimum, fail -safe performance by your

TC -85s.

The computer, combined with the camera's inherent stability, allows camera operation by non -technical personnel, freeing your engineers for other station duties. eliminates even

The computer minor readjustments.

I

just the push of a button, consistent quality setups are achieved

-camera

matching is no longer a problem.

You'll find the

TC -85 ideal for every face of your operation, from production, to

-

news, to remotes.

PRODUCTION

STUDIO. How many times have you seen talent and highly trained technicians waiting around for the cameras to be optimized for productions in multiple -set studios?

206 www.americanradiohistory.com

with a built-in setup computer

Now, with the TC -85. you can preset all of your cameras prior to production, according to the lighting on each set, in just a few minutes. This allows you to move the cameras freely from set to set, with virtually instantaneous setup of all cameras at once from their stored memories. Instead of the

30 minutes you would probably spend setting up

3 cameras each time you move. you spend only a few seconds with

TC

-85s!

NEWS.

In many stations. production cameras also do double duty in the newsroom, and are regularly moved from the production studio to the news area two or three times a day. Now, with the TC -85, you can continue your production work almost up until the time the news is ready to start. Then you can quickly wheel the cameras to your news center, push a button to recall the newsroom setup from the computers, and once again all of your cameras are ready to go in seconds. Think of the scheduling flexibility this will allow. And, if you currently use separate cameras for news and for production, you can conveniently cut down on the number of cameras required in your operation.

These are just a few typical situations in which the computer setup

TC

-85 camera helps you increase operational efficiency, with absolutely no compromise in picture quality.

A

Detailed Look at the

Computer

Setup. As mentioned previously, each

TC -85 incorporates a computer setup unit. This independent computer concept works to your advantage in multi- camera installations, where simultaneous camera setup saves you a lot of valuable time.

It also provides added operational safety, for if one

As each TC -85 has an dent indepen- computer, camera in- terdependence is eliminated.

This independent computer concept allows simultaneous multi- camera setup, and provides optimum reliability in multi- camera installations.

REMOTES.

If you want to move outside the studio for a remote, the TC -85 does this very nicely, with its add -on Triax

Cable system. And here again the computer setup makes things easier for you. Let's take a look at what advantages the camera offers you at, say. a football game.

First. the Triax system allows you to operate each camera up to one mile from the controls for instance

-on

top of the stadium.

-without

worrying about bulky Multicore cable, and without losing any of the cameras' superb picture quality or fine automatics.

Once in place, all cameras can be set up simultaneously by computer in a very few minutes, even if they are unattended.

A quick color balance is accomplished automatically, in seconds, when the cameramen arrive at their posts

-which

need only be a couple of minutes before on

-air time

-and

the TC -85s are ready to cover the action.

With cameras preset for direct sunlight and shadow conditions, as the play progresses up and down the field, the video operator merely selects the appropriate preset for optimum picture quality. computer should fault, only one camera is affected, not all cameras.

Each adjustment performed by the computer is carried out to an extremely fine tolerance for the most consistent setup possible.

The operator is not required to preset any controls prior to activation of the automatic setup.

Upon activation of the auto setup, a special test slide is automatically positioned in the optical path by a diascope (pattern projecting) lens.

With a conventional zoom lens, an external chart may be used.

Complete setup for any number of cameras is accomplished in just a few minutes. depending on the required adjustments.

In each camera. the computer starts its sequence by performing beam, focus and alignment adjustments.

As the program continues, a coarse and then a fine registration, including size, centering, linearity, width, height and rotation are performed. The auto setup function also adjusts shading; pedestal and black balance; white balance; gamma and flare. Once the setup sequence is completed, the settings are stored in the computer

207 www.americanradiohistory.com

memory, and may be recalled as required.

A pre

-production setup of all your cameras is completed in less than

45 seconds

-including

checking and adjustment of fine registration, black balance, white balance, gamma and flare.

This is the first studio camera to offer a multi

- camera quick check program that can be accomplished in less time than a standard commercial break!

Harris has also added a convenient feature to the setup unit which allows modification of settings to incorporate computer human judgment for that "artistic touch

".

Once the modifications have been made, they may automatically be reapplied in future setups.

The of auto setup unit has a special store

/recall memory for retention four balance settings that may be required by different color temperatures or for artistic effects.

As a diagnostic tool, during the auto setup sequence, lighted indicators inform the operator of the setup status.

If a function is not completed, a steady Indication advises the location of the difficulty.

Should manual operation of the camera system be desired, simply push a button to disable the computer, and the manual setup panel can be used to perform all adjustable functions.

In the manual mode, all setup controls are available simultaneously.

For multiple- camera installations, several convenient front panel mounting configurations are available, and external inputs are provided for initiating complete or pre

-production setups for all cameras simultaneously.

TC -85

Performance and

Versatility.

Color fidelity and picture integrity are of the highest quality in the TC -85

-and

the camera's versatility is unmatched.

With the TC -85 you get the widest selection of operating modes and options of any studio camera in the industry: Triax or

Multicore cable; accommodation of all types of pickup tubes, including Diode

Gun

Plumbicons' and

Saticons°'; and accommodation of all lenses designed for the 25mm format, from the largest

42:1 zoom to

10:1 zoom, or special effects lenses.

Tube type changes can be accomplished easily, and Triax added at any time, in the field.

'Registered Trademark of N.V.

Philips of

Holland

Registered

Trademark of NHK of Japan

This advanced camera provides high resolution, with low lag; high sensitivity; a master gamma contrast control; and Highlight

Handling that virtually eliminates comet -tailing, to give you clean, sharp video even under the most severe lighting conditions.

The TC -85 camera head has a variety of features to simplify the job of the camera operator, including a tilting, detachable viewfinder; four tally lights; two

- way signaling; and a script clip.

The intercom system has two independent channels with a separate third channel for program audio.

With its computer setup, triax option, ease of operation, outstanding picture quality, low

- light -level capability and unique flexibility, the TC -85 offers you a positive way to improve picture quality while holding the line on operating costs.

Some of the more important specific features of the TC -85 include:

Automatic Iris Control.

Special weighting and frequency discriminating digital circuitry prevents specular reflections or momentary errors from upsetting an otherwise properly exposed picture.

For example, overhead lighting in a wide studio shot will not affect picture quality.

Low -Noise

Pre

-Amplifiers.

Low

- light -level performance is enhanced by low

-noise pre- amplifiers in conjunction with bias light, efficient prism optics and a master gain control. Master gain is switched from the computer operate panel in steps of +6,

+12 and

-6 dB, and has

6 dB of continuous vernier adjustment for up to

+

18 dB of gain. Pictures are quiet at ten foot -candles.

Master

Gamma.

The unique master gamma control on the computer operate panel allows you to increase or decrease contrast for better shots in difficult lighting conditions. Black level is unaffected by this control.

Electronic Color Temperature

Correction.

The camera computer selects lighting temperature equalization from four preset increments, without reduction of pickup tube face plate illumination. www.americanradiohistory.com

An optional re- mote el control pan- connects to the computer unit of each camera, giv- ing joystick con- trol of MASTER

BLACK and IRIS.

Additional con- trols include paint pots, gain, bal- ances (white or black), scenes and other necessary control functions.

Four panels can be mounted side by side in a

101/2" x

19" rack mount tray.

Aperture Correction.

A two -line horizontal and vertical aperture corrector, employing comb filter, horizontal level- dependent -set, and noise coring techniques, provides a new dimension in picture quality. Some unique features of this system include fully gamma corrected detail enhancement to maintain resolution even in the low -light areas; and adjustable horizontal boost frequency and single control horizontal /vertical ratio adjustment.

This means you can tailor the picture crispness to scene material.

Level Dependent Contours.

A

"Horizontal

Level

Dependent

Contour" adjustment is employed which allows a pre- determined threshold above which horizontal contours are to be generated.

Black Level.

A master black control with a unique electronic null provides the video operator with easy level. return to normal setup

Encoder

Flexibility.

The TC -85's integral encoder emphasizes more versatility for the video engineer.

Output options include: individually selectable composite /non -composite signals; and front panel choice of color, mono or mono with burst.

The inserted sync is an

AGC'd replica of the incoming signal from the station sync generator, so that the timing and controlled rise and fall times of the incoming sync signal are maintained. Burst flag is internally generated with controlled rise and fall times, and is timed from the leading edge of sync.

The TC -85, with Triax, is ideal for remotes such as sporting events, where studio -quality pictures are required.

The color bars are inserted before encoding for accurate verification of system performance, and are activated from the computer operate panel. Color bar options include:

75% bars or 75% bars with

100% white; full field or split field format. Color bars are produced by synchronous switching, with shaping controlled by active filters, to generate an exceptionally clean signal. CCIR standards are available.

Chroma Key. The TC -85 provides red, blue and green linear chroma key outputs for crisp, clean chroma keys even with Triax.

Special Effects.

Various optical accessories such as fog- effect, diffusion, color and neutral density filters are available for use in the filter wheel to create special visual effects.

Sync Generator. The optional

NTSC sync generator plugs into the processor frame of the CCU, and single cable synchronization of camera chains is simply and inexpensively accomplished.

Sync, blanking and subcarrier outputs are available at the rear of the

CCU for driving other cameras or other video equipment.

Waveform and Picture

Monitoring.

The

TC -85 provides the following waveform outputs: sequential

R, B, G; superimposed

R, B, G;

R

-G;

B

-G; and encoded output. These signals are routed to the waveform monitor by pushbutton control. Video signals to the picture monitor, also selected by pushbutton. are:

R, B,

G.

-G; and encoded output.

High-

Efficiency Switching

Power

Supply. The TC -85 owes much of its inherent stability to a power supply that uses high- efficiency switching regulators for both camera head and processor frame power. Switching frequency has been optimized to reduce weight while increasing efficiency to insure reliable, cool operation without need for forced air cooling.

Size, weight and heat reductions for the switching supply, and a wide power requirement spec of

90- 130/180 -260 VAC, 47 -63

Hz, make this supply ideal for operation in remote vans or under

"brown -out" conditions.

Mechanical

Integrity.

The cast

- aluminum

TC

-85 camera case and the

'

2- inch

-thick aluminum optical mounting plate are combined in a solid. precision- machined and stress -relieved unit. This provides stable operation even under the most demanding field conditions.

Computer- matched yokes. manufactured to Harris' specifications, and high- efficiency

4- element prism optics are precision- mounted in this integral unit to give the TC -85 a truly adjustment -free optical system.

Easy in

Servicing.

With its designed

- reliability, the TC -85 will provide long -term, trouble -free operation with minimal servicing.

When service is required, however. many useful features such as easy tube change, interchangeable pre

- amps, readily accessible components and extensive use of test points and computer status lights have been included to cut maintenance time and costs.

For

TV complete information on the

TC -85 camera. contact your Harris

District Manager or the

Harris

TV Sales Department in Quincy,

Illinois (phone: 217/222

-8200).

209 www.americanradiohistory.com

EIA

CCIR

Electrical

Scan

Standards

525/60

625/50

Voltage

Power Requirements

Frequency

90 to 130V or 180 to 260V

47 to 63Hz

Power Load

620W

(exclusive of monitoring and options)

Inputs (Loop- Through, Bridging)

Sync

2 to

8

Vpp, negative

Blanking

Sub Carrier

VF

External

2 to

8

Vpp, negative

1 to

4

Vpp

Video

1.0

Vpp Composite

External video or black burst with optional sync generator

1.0

Vpp

Outputs

Program Video

..

3 separately selectable for composite or non

-composite

Chroma Key

(R, B, G)

..0.7 Vpp across

75 ohms

Picture Monitor Video ..0.7 Vpp across

75 ohms

Waveform Monitor

Video

0 7

Vpp across

75 ohms

Monitor Switching Facilities

Picture

R,

B,

&

G or

-G

separately or combined; color output (program)

Waveform superimposed;

R

-G;

B

-G; color output

Viewfinder

R, B, G

R, B sequential or

(program) or

G; Y video; external video

Sensitivity (Typical tubes)

Minimum Incident Light for full output with f1.6 lens

6

Incident Light for rated Signal /Noise fc at f2.8

Signal /Noise Ratio

NTSC

PAL

80 fc

52

49 dB dB

(300 na green signal current;

1.0 gamma; bandwidth

NTSC

-

10 kHz to 4.2 MHz, PAL

- 10 kHz to 5.5

MHz; masking, aperture

& chroma

- off)

Resolution (no aperture correction)

600 TV lines

Optical System

Color Separation ..Single unit prism with

Integral

Bias

Light

Correction

Filters

5 position filter wheel

Red

Blue

Green

ACT and

Pick -Up Tubes

XQ2073R

XQ2070B or

XQ1073R or XQ1070B

XQ2070G or XQ1070G

Saticon tubes also available.

TC

-85

Specifications

Zone

1

Registration Accuracy

(circle in center

=

1.0 picture height) picture height

Zone

2 width)

0

05% of

(circle in center

=

1.0 picture

0

10% of picture height

Zone

3

(area outside Zone

2) of

... picture

0.20% height

Picture Geometry

(including lens

Zone

1

Zones

2 and

3 deviations)

0.5% or better

1.0% or better

Camera Cable Length

With 0.65 inch core cable

(17mm) diameter multi

-

2000 ft. (610m)

With

1.1 inch (28mm) diameter multi

- core cable 3000 ft.

With

0.5 inch (13mm) diameter

(914m)

Triaxial Cable and optional Triax

System 5000 ft. (1524m)

Over 5000 feet with larger diameter

Triax Cable.

Operating Environment

Temperature

Camera Head -20 to

+

50 degrees

C

Control

Unit

Humidity

Altitude

....

0

0 to +50 degrees

0

C to 95%

RH to 10,000 ft. (3048m)

H & V

Shading Provisions sawtooth and parabola modula- tion.

H &

V sawtooth and parabola ad- ditive, for

Bias Light.

Aperture Correction

Combined horizontal and vertical aper- ture correction derived from green with comb filtering and noise coring. Primary horizontal boost frequency

6

MHz, with adjustable

2.5 MHz secondary boost.

Gamma

Master Gamma from linear to

0.35 independent of

R/B Gamma

...

Correction

Continuously variable channel controls

Vernier for tracking with Green

Intercom (RTS' compatible)

Camera

Head

&

CCU

Two headsets;

Production, Engineering

&

Cue circuits

Party Line

...

Accepts up to three party lines; selectable impedance matching

Program Audio Unbalanced bridging for cue audio

Signaling

System

CCU to

Camera Pushbutton flashes

Camera to CCU camera tally lights

...Pushbutton operates audible signal

Viewfinder

Screen Diagonal

6

1 in.

(155mm)

Picture Brightness

0 to 150 ft. lamberts

Resolution better than

600 TV lines

Picture Timing

AFC

Video Equalization

Controls

....

....Full

Cable length

Contrast, Brightness, Input

Select and Response

(flat, peak, notch)

Focal Length

Indicator ...

White bar top of picture

Mechanical

Camera Head (Less lens)

Height

Width

Depth

19.5 in. (495

10.5 in.

(267

21 in. (533

Weight mm) mm) mm)

85 lbs. (38 kg)

Processor Frame

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

8

75 in. (222

19 in. (483

15.5 in. (393

30 mm) mm) mm) lbs.(14 kg)

Auto Setup Unit

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Intercom

Panel

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

7.0 in.

(178

19 in. (483

16 in. (406

24 mm) mm) mm) lbs. (10.9 kg)

7

1.75 in. (44

19 in. (483 mm) mm)

25 in. (184

3 mm) lbs. (1.4 kg)

Main Power

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Supply

Interconnect

Panel

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

5

25 in.

(133

19 in.

(483

20 in. (508 mm) mm) mm)

56 lbs.

(25 kg)

7

19

6

8 in. (178 in.

(483 in. (142 mm) mm) mm) lbs. (3.6 kg)

Options

Triax

Remote Control

Panel with joystick control

NTSC Sync

Vinyl Rain

Generator Module

Cover

All

Accessories one

-inch format zoom lenses from

Angenieux, Canon, Fujinon,

Rank and

Schneider. Diascope models available.

Camera Cable, std. length

50 ft., 75 ft.,

100 ft., 150 ft., 200 ft., 250 ft., 300 ft., 400 ft., 500 ft.

Triax Cable, std. length

100 ft., 250 ft.,

500 ft., 1000 ft.

Headset, single dynamic mic or dual, carbon or

Cam Heads

ITE, and Pedestals from

Quick -Set and TVP.

Vinten,

Registered Trademark of RTS

Systems.

Inc.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

210

CP

-2.5M -282 © HARRIS CORPORATION 1982

ADV. 573A PTD.

IN U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

HARRIS

HARRIS

TRIAX

CABLE

SYSTEM

Easily added to any

TC -85 or

TC -80 series cam- era in the field

Extends range of camera operation up to

5,000 feet

Maintains all operational features of

Harris'

TC

-85/80 color cameras, including the ASU -85 computer setup unit

Reduces camera cable costs for remotes

Triax cable is easier to transport, install, repair and use on remotes

Allows camera use in previously inconvenient

locations

for better coverage

The Harris Triax Cable System provides versatility and flexibil- ity for field operation of

Harris'

TC -85 and TC -80 cameras.

Easily added, with no special tools or camera modifications, the Triax system eliminates bulky, multi- conductor camera cable, and greatly extends the camera's range of operation.

Careful development of the

Triax system has allowed Harris to offer this modern camera convenience with all of the basic

TC -85 and TC -80 cameras fine automatic features.

The

Triax system itself is fully automatic and has no operational controls of any kind. The system automatically compensates for any change of Triax cable length.

Additional Triax advantages include a significant cost reduc- tion in long cable runs. And, since the system operates with smaller cable, not only will there be less weight to carry, but the cable will take up less space in storage. There will also be sizeable cost reductions in permanent cable installations such as sports arenas, college campuses or industrial complexes.

Harris'

TC -85 and

TC -80 cameras offer you proven triaxial operation as an option, without compromises in setup or operation

-a

significant advance in camera design.

OPERATION.

The

Harris Triax system multiplexes all the cam- era setup and operate controls from the camera control unit to the camera head. Viewfinder video is also multiplexed from the camera control unit to the camera head.

At the camera head, Red, Blue and

Green video information is multiplexed to the camera control unit Individual multiplexing of the Red, Blue and Green video produces independent

R B G outputs at the camera control unit. This allows for clearer, sharper chroma keying.

Finally, two bi- directional channels of irtercom are also multiplexed onto the triaxial cable. This al- lows two -way at a communication remote location. with the cameraman

SERVICEABILITY. The Harris Triax itself requires no periodic maintenance or adjustment with nor- mal use And, the Harris Triax is designed for ease of service, should service be required. Such fea- tures as modular construction, readily accessible components and built

-in test points reduce service time.

Harris Triax camera control unit interface drawer

211 www.americanradiohistory.com

TYPICAL CABLE

FOR USE WITH TRIAX SYSTEM

CABLE

TRIAX

MULTI

-

CONDUCTOR

(Shown for comparison purposes only)

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

Inches (mm)

0.36 (9.1)

0.52

1.03

(13.2)

(26.2)

TYPE

9267

TV20

9232

TV14

-

-

MANUFACTURER

Belden

B/W

Belden

B/W

Belden

B/W

JACKET

Neoprene or

Hypelon

Neoprene or

Hypelon

Neoprene or

Vinyl

MAXIMUM

CABLE LENGTH

Feet (Meters)

2,000 (610)

WEIGHT

Per

1,000 ft.

In lbs.

Per

100m

(in kg)

74

(54)

5,000

7,700

(1,524)

(2,347)

135

550

(98)

(401)

0.65

1.1

(17)

(28)

TV81

Mini

TV81

-

-

Vinyl

Vinyl

2,000

3,000

(610)

(914)

375

875

(273)

(638)

HARRIS TRIAX SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

See the

Harris

TC -85 brochure for TC -85 camera specifications.

ELECTRICAL

SCAN STANDARDS

EIA

CCIR

POWER REQUIREMENTS

525/60.

625/50.

Supplied by camera.

INPUTS AT CCU: Signals on

81 conductor cable connector and

14 pin triai accessory connector.

INPUTS AT HEAD: Signals on

81 conductor cable connector and

13 pin triax audio connector.

CHANNEL BANDWIDTH

GREEN VIDEO:

1 dB at

5

MHz.

RED VIDEO:

1 dB at

3

MHz.

BLUE VIDEO:

3 dB at

3

MHz.

VIEWFINDER VIDEO:

1 dB at

5

MHz.

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

TEMPERATURE: Camera Head

+50°

C.

20

to

+50°

C.

Control Unit

0 to

HUMIDITY:

0 to 95% RH, non

-condensing.

ALTITUDE:

0 to 10,000 ft.

MECHANICAL

CAMERA HEAD: Height 12.5 in

(31.8 cm). Width

9.1 in. (23.1 cm) excluding camera cable. Depth

12.8 in. (32.5 cm). Weight

17 lbs.

(7.7 kg).

CCU: Height

5 in.

(12.7 cm). Width 19 in.

(48.3 cm). Depth

21 in.

(53.3 cm). Weight

40 lbs. (18.1 kg).

CABLE AND CONNECTOR

ORDERING INFORMATION

Triax cable may be ordered in standard lengths of:

50 feet (15.2 m)

100 feet (30.5 m)

250 feet (76.2 m)

500 feet (152.4 m)

1,000 feet (304.8 m)

The above include connectors. Triax cable may also be ordered in

1,000 -foot (304.8 m) rolls, without connectors.

Connectors available include:

Connector, male

Connector, female

Connector, female bulkhead

Connector retro -fit kits

212

CP

-1.5M

-381

©

Harris Corporation

1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 584 PTD.

IN

U.S.A.

mai

tomr

HARRIS

TC

-50B

Live

Color

Television

Camera

Best cost /performance ratio in the industry

Excellent stability and

reliability

Outstanding capability under low

-light -level conditions

Quick, easy setup

Rugged cast aluminum frame for precision alignment

Accepts even the longest, heaviest lenses

omminnimmoir

air a

COS

Cann

HARRIS www.americanradiohistory.com

TC-50B..

Top-of

-the-li ne broadcast

In the TC

-50B, Harris has applied its extensive experience in broadcast equipment to offer you a camera with excellent color fidelity, superb picture quality, and great flexibility

-all

at a much lower price than you would expect for top grade broadcast performance.

The TC -50B is a prism camera using three

1

-inch

Plumbicon tubes. The prism, which includes all color separation surfaces, is built and installed as a sealed package unit in the camera. This assures uniformity from camera to camera, and optimum colorimetry.

For operating convenience, a remote control philosophy has guided the design of the

TC

-50B. The camera is set up and operated from the Camera

Control

Unit, and controls at the camera head are minimized.

214

STABILITY AND

RELIABILITY

Outstanding stability and reliability of operation have been achieved through rugged, imaginative design.

For example, all optical components are mounted on a rigid cast -aluminum plate and case, and are completely adjustment -free, to assure long -term stability.

The cast

-aluminum mounting plate and case comprise a solid, precision

- machined, stress -relieved integral unit.

Rigidity of construction permits the camera to accommodate all standard lenses, ranging from the basic

10/1 zoom, up through the longest, heaviest lenses with extended zoom ranges.

'Reg trademark of N V

Philips of

Holland

PRECISION YOKE of the

ASSEMBLIES.

Each

Plumbicon tubes is mounted in a computer- matched yoke.

Each yoke assembly is precisely located on the rigid optical bed by a self -aligning quick release mechanism.

TRIPLE REGULATION. All voltages are regulated critical

-not

once but three times

-to

assure excellent stability of operation.

INTERFERENCE PROTECTION.

Shielding is incorporated throughout the camera to minimize effects of radio frequency interference.

OTHER

"BIG

FEATURES

CAMERA"

LINEAR COLOR MATRIX. Superb colorimetry is achieved through the use of a linear color matrix. www.americanradiohistory.com

APERTURE CORRECTION. An integral horizontal and vertical aperture corrector produces sharp, clear pictures.

For added crispness an integral contours -from -green image enhancer with comb filter is used.

LOW -LIGHT CAPABILITY.

The TC -50B is designed for outstanding capability under low -light -level conditions.

Through the use of a single master gain control, correct color balance is maintained with optimum signal to noise.

INTEGRAL BIAS LIGHT. The optical system includes an integral bias light which reduces lag when operating at low

-light levels. This improves picture quality and avoids "smear

".

ANTI -POLARIZATION.

The TC -50B optical system incorporates a retardation plate, which eliminates color shift or distortion resulting from polarized light produced by sources such as polished floors or hair spray.

quality at a middle-of-the-line price

.

I tl lbLlihl.

- a

COLOR CORRECTION.

A

5- position color correction filter wheel is incorporated in the optical system to allow for varying light conditions.

To simplify use, the wheel is accessible without opening camera head doors.

Optical filters are removable so that special effects filters may be used.

FLARE COMPENSATION. Controls are provided for flare compensation in all three color channels. This circuitry maintains blacks even under extremes of contrast.

INTEGRAL ENCODER. The camera system includes an NTSC encoder in the CCU control drawer. A built -in color bar generator facilitates encoder alignment.

CHROMA KEY OUTPUTS.

Red, blue and green outputs are provided for use with

Chroma Keyers or other special effects generators.

DESIGNED

FOR

CONVENIENT SETUP

AND CONTROL

The

TC

-50B Camera Control

Unit has three components: operate panel, set- up panel

/control drawer, and power supply. These can be conveniently rack mounted in one location, or the operate panel can be remoted to another location.

MOUNTING. Control units can be mounted in a standard

19

-inch rack occupying only

8 rack units (14 inches) or in a compact field case.

PICTURE ROTATION. A unique design feature provides an adjustment at the

CCU for electronic rotation of the red and blue need pictures. This eliminates the for mechanical yoke rotation.

MASTER

GAIN

CONTROL. Under insufficient light conditions, the master gain control provides for boosting video gains while maintaining correct color balance. The master gain control is continuously variable, providing smooth transition and optimum signal

- to

-noise ratio.

PUSHBUTTON BEAM SET. The beam can be adjusted easily by using a pushbutton circuit which momentarily reduces sensitivity in each channel by

50 %. This

6 dB gain feature facilitates following the recommended beam setting procedure.

MASTER BLANKING. The video operator can readily adjust the black level of the picture over a wide range with the master blanking control.

The normal operating point is located readily by an electronic null at the center position of the control. l ,-INIERNONí-

CUl

VOIUME

RI

TLLY

CALI

LEVEL

o

LEVEL

BLANKING

BLANKING

REAM

G

BEAM

R,

1 g opt

[NC

\

'G.

/

WNT

Blk\

\/./

AR

GAIN

BINKING

SIAM

4

.1

CENTER

4

N CENTER

V CENTER

O

4

V

CENTER

N

ALIGN v

Alun

H

LIGN

V

ALIGt.

SIAM ROCKER oFr- r-ON

r

N

ALIGN

V

ALIGN

TC -50B operate panel and setup panel

/control drawer. www.americanradiohistory.com

215

pm.

216

VIDEO METER.

A small video meter on the front panel of the control drawer provides quick, simple setup of white balance and black balance and can substitute for a waveform monitor.

LENS CAP. The lens cap is remotely operable for ease of setup, and for standby periods.

CLIP CONTROL. To simplify setup, the camera is equipped with a master white clip control.

OPTIONS. Two plug -in module accessories are available for the

TC -50B CCU: an integral cable compensator module for cable lengths up to 1500 feet: and an integral

NTSC sync generator module.

CAMERAMAN

CONVENIENCE

The

TC

-50B's operation is enhanced by its weight and size, which assure smooth panning and tilting. With controls centralized at the

CCU, a technical man is not required at the camera head.

For the cameraman's convenience, the following controls are provided at the camera head:

High peaking control, activated by pushbutton, to aid in focusing.

Selectable viewfinder display.

Viewfinder brightness and contrast.

Intercom volume

-one

for each headset.

Main tally "on

-off" switch.

Call button.

VERSATILE VIEWFINDER DISPLAY.

The integral viewfinder is designed for versatility, with a three -position selection of display.

The encoded output position displays properly framed output of the camera.

The CCU monitor switch output position presents individual red, blue, green or difference pictures.

The external video position displays special effects such as split screen.

Separate viewing hoods for indoor and outdoor service are included.

TALLYS. The main camera head tally light is large, bright, and located on top of the unit for

360 -degree visibility.

Another tally is located on the viewfinder for convenience of the cameraman.

A two -way signaling system is provided between the camera and the CCU.

A pushbutton at the camera head www.americanradiohistory.com

Planned for Serviceability

energizes an audible signal and the tally light at the CCU.

A pushbutton at the operate tallys. panel lights the camera

INTERCOM. An intercom system links the camera and the

CCU.

Facilities are provided at the camera head for two headsets.

A bridging input is provided so that program audio can be inserted in the intercom system.

A volume control for this input is located at the CCU.

SCRIPT CLIP. As an added convenience feature for the cameraman, a script clip is provided at the rear of the camera.

The TC -50B has a rugged mechanical design. and numerous features to provide exceptional reliability.

When service is required, however, the system is designed for ready accessibility and simplified service.

INTERCHANGEABLE

PRE

-AMPS.

Because of differences in sensitivity in the three channels, selectable pre -amp gain is provided to assure matched pre -amp outputs. Pre -amps are interchangeable, simplifying maintenance and stocking of parts.

REMOVABLE VIEWFINDER. The viewfinder is detachable.

A long extension cable is provided to facilitate servicing.

CAMERA HEAD. The camera head can be serviced without the use of extenders and circuit boards can be checked without being removed.

PICKUP TUBES. Tube replacement is quickly accomplished and does not require removal of other camera head components.

Each computer- matched yoke assembly is attached with a self

- aligning quick

- release mechanism.

A single connector provides connections for the pre -amp, the tube and the yoke.

CCU CONTROL DRAWER. This drawer can be extended and tilted for easy access and servicing.

STATUS LIGHTS. Seven indicator lights inside the camera show availability of necessary voltages from the CCU to assist in fault isolation. Test points are provided at all critical locations to simplify maintenance.

HOUR METER. The camera head includes an elapsed time meter as a validation should a tube warranty claim arise.

USER

CONNECTIONS. Tally light and intercom connections are readily accessible.

217 www.americanradiohistory.com

TC -50B SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL SCAN STANDARDS

EIA

CCIR

525/60

625/50

POWER REQUIREMENTS

Voltage

90 to 130V or 180 to 260V,

60 Hz (50 Hz on request)

Power Load

260 VA of

(exclusive monitoring)

INPUTS (Loop- Through, Bridging)

Sync

H

Drive

V

Drive

Sub

VF

Carrier

External Video

2 to 8Vpp, negative

2 to 8Vpp, negative

2 to 8Vpp, negative

1

1

OVpp

5 to 4Vpp composite

OUTPUTS

Program

Video Two Composite,

1Vpp across

75 ohm

Chroma Key

(R,B,G) non

-composite

0.7Vpp across

75 ohm

Monitor Video non

-composite

0.7Vpp across

75 ohm

MONITOR SWITCHING FACILITIES

Picture and

Waveform

Viewfinder or

R,B,

& G separately combined with

-G

or

-B;

color output (program) output of picture

& waveform monitor switch;

Y video; external video

SENSITIVITY (Typical tubes)

Minimum incident light on

60% reflectance chip for full output with f2.0 lens with f1.6 lens

Incident Light for rated Signal /Noise

Signal /Noise

12fc

8fc

100fc at f2.8

Ratio

(300 na better than

50 dB green signal current;

1.0 Gamma;

4.2 MHz; bandwidth

10 kHz to masking, aperture and chroma

-off)

Center Resolution: program output typically 40%

@

5MHz at

-correctable to

100%

OPTICAL SYSTEM

Color Separation

Correction Filters

Depolarization single unit prism with Integral Bias Light at

5 position filter wheel retardation plate prism input

PICK -UP TUBES

Red Amperex XQ1073 extended red

Blue

Green

Amperex XQ1070B

Amperex

XQ1070G

REGISTRATION

Zone

1

(Circle

ACCURACY

-.8V)

Zone

2

(Circle =1.0V)

Zone

3

(Circle

=

1.0H)

Zone

4

(All Other)

0.05%

0.1%

0.2%

0.4%

PICTURE GEOMETRY

Zone

2

Zone

4

0.5%

1.0%

CAMERA CABLE LENGTH

Without Optional

Module

With Optional

Module to 300 ft. (91m) to 1500 ft.

(457m)

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

Tem peratu re

Camera Head

Control

Unit

Humidity

Altitude

0

-

20 to

+

50 degrees

C

0 to

+

50 degrees

C

0 to 95%

RH to 10.000 ft. (3048m)

STABILITY

After a

30 minute warm -up the camera will perform within specifications for

8 hours, provided the temperature change does not exceed ±10 degrees

C or the specified limits.

SHADING PROVISIONS

H&V sawtooth and parabola modulation,

H&V sawtooth and parabola additive, for

Bias Light.

APERTURE CORRECTION

Combined horizontal and vertical aperture correction derived from green with comb filtering and noise coring.

GAMMA

CORRECTION

Continuously variable from linear to 0.35, each channel.

INTERCOM

Party Line

Camera

Head

600 ohm balanced to ground accommodates two headsets; separate amps

& controls one headset, Operate Panel

Program Audio amp

& controls bridging input

(unbalanced with level control)

SIGNALING SYSTEM

CCU to Camera pushbutton operates camera tally lights

Camera to CCU pushbutton operates tally lights and audible signal

VIEWFINDER

Screen Diagonal

Picture Brightness

Resolution

Picture Timing

6.1 in.

(155 mm)

0 to 150 ft. lamberts better than

600 TV lines

Video Equalization

Controls

AFC

Automatic to maximum cable length

Contrast, Brightness,

Video Peaking and

Input Select

MECHANICAL

Camera

Head (Less lens)

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

19.5 in.

10.5 in.

21 in.

(495 mm)

(267 mm)

Approximately

75

(533 mm) lbs. (34 kg)

Control Drawer

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Operate Panel

5.25 in.

(133 mm)

19 in.

(483 mm)

22 in.

20

(559 mm) lbs.

(9 kg)

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Main Power

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Supply

7

1.75 in. (45

19 in. mm)

(483 mm)

25 in

(184 mm)

2 lbs. (.9 kg)

7 in.

19 in.

(178 mm)

(483 mm)

18 in.

38

(457 mm) lbs.

(17 kg)

ACCESSORIES

NTSC Sync Generator Module

Cable Compensation Module

All one -inch format lenses from Angenieux,

Canon, Fujinon and Schneider

Camera Cable, std. lengths

50 ft., 100 ft., 150 ft.. 200 ft., 250 ft., 300 ft., 400 ft., 500 ft.

Operate Panel Extension Cable, std. lengths

25 ft., 50 ft..

100 ft.. 200 ft.

Headset, single and dual

Conrac

SNA9.

9

-inch Picture Monitor

Tektronix

528 Waveform Monitor

ITE Cam Head.

H2 or H3; ITE P4 or P5

Studio Pedestal

ITE -WA Wedge

Plate

Adapter;

ITE

-WP Wedge

Quick -Set (Houston -Fearless) and Vinten

Cam Heads, Pedestals, etc.

Vinyl Rain Cover

218

2.5M

-let

© HARRIS CORPORATION

1981 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 563 PTD.

IN

U.S.A.

HARRIS

TC

-90

The

first

3

-tube

ENG

/EFP camera

to weigh

in under

7 pounds!

Critical pounds lighter to

make

your job easier

in

the field.

The

new Harris

TC -90

features

a

proven space

-age

graphite filament

case and

other design advances to give you

the

lightest, smallest,

yet

most rugged three -tube camera available today!

There

are no

compromises

in

video quality.

One

-

half -inch

Plumbicons* cr Saticons

**

equal the

signal -to -noise performance

of

2/3

-inch tubes, yet

draw

less

power for longer battery

life. And you

get three -tube resolution

and

sensitivity.

There's more:

Low profile design for over the camera.

an

unobstructed view

Extensive

use

of

LSI

chips for unmatched stability.

On

-board

2

AH

battery

pack

for

up to

1.3

hours of operation.

Optional

EFP

control

up to 1,000 feet

through

RG

/59 cable.

No

interface unit required.

U. S.

designed

and

manufactured.

Backed by

Harris'

24-

hour

-a

-day

service.

T.M. N.V.

Philips

T.M.

Hitachi of Holland www.americanradiohistory.com

219

-J vIO

OUT

NLOCK

*4

^ nth', t.NiL

IN

\

PGM

MIC l n

IN

ROOM

LINE OUT

VOL

POWER o..- sTKV

-or,

11.,

VTR

Nothing has been left out of the

TC -90's connector panel for complete system integration.

ELECTRICAL SCAN STANDARDS

EIA

CCIR

COLOR

STANDARDS

NTSC

PAL

-B

PAL -M

525/60

625/50

SYNC

RS170A

GENLOCK

Composite color signal or color black.

TUBES

80XQ Plumbicon or

BC- 4398

8aticon,

%-

OPTICAL SYSTEM f1.4 prism with filter wheel and bias light.

LENS

Industry standard bayonet mount for

'/2

-inch format.

TC -90 SPECIFICATIONS

RESOLUTION

600

TVL/pix height limiting at center

Better than

-57 dB.

Usable pictures under

5 fc

! with +18 dB gain'

SENSITIVITY added.

v

AUTOMATIC

FEATURES

Auto white

Auto black

Auto iris

POWER

INPUT

10.7 to

15 volts

DC. On

-board

2

AH battery pack or battery belt.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

-20°

C to +50°

C.

MAXIMUM

ALTITUDE

10,000 feet

ASL (3048 meters).

Specifications subject to change without notice.

WEIGHT

Under

7 pounds

(3.18 kg.)

EXTERNAL CONTROLS

VTR Start

\

Bars, Beams Off, Camera

+18,0, +9 dB Gain

White /Black Balance

Viewfinder

Selectors:

RGB, Y,

Ext,

R,

Off,

B; G,

Off,

-G

Intercom Volume

On,

Standby, Off

Power (from) Battery /VTR

CONNECTORS

Video Out

Ext

Monitor

Video

Out

Remote Control

In

Genlock

In

Spare

Headset

Intercom

Line Out

Program Mic

In

Fuse

14

-Pin VTR Connector

220

CP

-1

M

-382

©

Harris

Corporation

1982 www.americanradiohistory.com

ADV. 615

PTD. IN U.S.A.

EPIC...the

Editor's

Editor

The Harris EPIC is designed for just one thing:

To carry out editing decisions instantaneously. On line or off.

Without a lot of back talk. This approach is what accounts for EPIC's rapidly growing acceptance by broadcasters and production houses across the country. EPIC is truly an

Editor's

Editor.

Unequaled

Editing Convenience

Completely Developed Software:

No need for computer ex- perience or programming knowledge. Commands are in everyday English, and operator training is and displays minimal.

Software also makes updating to more powerful routines easy.

Master /Slave Operation:

Allows synchronization of up to

8

VTRs or

ATRs under system control.

Sync Roll and Mark:

Create an edit decision list from several sources, or

"edit on the fly,' for a tremendous savings in edit- ing time. All creative production switching can now be done in post production.

Auto Assembly With Look Ahead:

Allows you to see

`uture events while your system is rolling. No more

"stop and look" procedures that interrupt the process and add to produc- tion costs.

Time Saving Multi Tasking:

You are able to do more than one thing at a time. For example, simultaneously perform an edit on one VTR, write time code on another, and print an edit list on the optional printer. This feature alone can save many hours over other editing systems.

Direct Action Keyboard:

Single key access to most functions means that you can accomplish the same job in less time com- pared to doing it keystroke

-by- keystroke.

Direct Function Access: The elimination of computer dia- logue saves time, simplifies operation.

Custom Versatility:

Many functions can be tailored to your special requirements. Initialization, for example, is an easily changed software routine.

Rapid

Entry of Edit

Data: Enter edits from floppy disk, paper tape (optional), on line video tapes or manually.

You can also modify them any way you want

-

without addi- tion or subtraction.

Flexible List Management: Modify decisions, insert new ones anywhere on the list and move or delete existing ones.

Changes are verified immediately on the display.

Pushbutton selection of ripple or non

-ripple is also standard.

Unequaled

Editing

Power

A

32K -Word Memory Central Processor: Combines floppy disks to provide unequalled editing power. with

Grass Valley "E -MEM" Interface: Provides direct control of two mix -effect busses (allows register calls on both busses) for more versatile and spectacular effects than ever before.

Readily Available Interfaces:

EPIC is now interfaced to virtually every model of audio and video recorder, and operates with most video switchers. Split audio

/video edits, with no limit on in and out times, is also standard with EPIC. You have com- plete control of all

VTR motion and so on. functions such as shuttle speeds, slow

Whatever the VTR will do,

EPIC will do.

User Bit Reel

Identification:

Reel numbers are put on tapes in user bits. EPIC reads the tape, and the reel number appears on the display.

Multiple Display Format:

EPIC provides several different, uncluttered displays.

And, since the display is a standard TV monitor, updates and changes are displayed almost instantly.

Video Production Services,

Berkeley,

California uses

EPIC to give their customers both editing speed and flexibility.

Excalibur Video Systems, Los Angeles, California finds

EPIC a perfect complement to their state- of- the-art production and post -production facility. www.americanradiohistory.com

221

more

versatile than ever

Plus Proven Standard

Features

Multi Tape

SMPTE or

EBU

Time Code Generation and

Reading:

Permits coding of

4 tapes simultaneously, saving hours of production time.

A time code reader is included on each VTR interface card.

You don't need expensive, stand alone time code generators or readers for each VTR.

Jam Time Code:

Allows rewriting missing or poorly recorded time code.

Adjustable

Cue

Time:

Variable from

3 seconds to 2 minutes to match pre -roll times to varying

VTR requirements or different tape conditions.

Color Framing:

EPIC relates the record VTR to house color framing, thus eliminating the possibility of improperly framed color edits.

Preview Single or Multiple Edits:

On the master, on the source or on both together.

Mix Drop and

Non

-Drop Frame Tapes:

An added conve- nience for production applications.

Text

Notations:

Notes are recorded with edits and will appear on the display when the edit is recalled.

Choice of Outputs:

In addition to floppy disk list output, the

EPIC system can be supplied with a printer, and an industry standard compatible paper tape punch /reader.

Reliability

Backed

By Service:

Since EPIC has less electronic hardware than most other systems, there are fewer things that can go wrong. And that means less downtime.

In addition, every

EPIC is checked out completely before shipping, using the most stringent standards in the industry. Along with this, an estab- lished worldwide network of Authorized Sales and Service Dis- tributors provides unequaled service support.

\

Block diagram shows one of many possible

EPIC configurations

WIMP

222

T.V. is

Associates, Mountain

View, California using

EPIC to meet the high level needs of the industrial video market.

Helix

1

Productions, Hollywood, California takes advantage of

EPIC's software versatility to produce quality video. www.americanradiohistory.com

and

more

powerful.

EPIC

Fits Your

Facility

EPIC provides everything you need for professional, multiple

VTR editing. The basic

3

-VTR system can be easily expanded to

8

VTRs /ATRs by merely adding plug -in interface cards.

In addition to a

EPIC system complete software package, the standard consists of a keyboard, a proven, off -the -shelf minicomputer, a disk storage unit and a digital control unit.

All

EPIC components, except the keyboard, fit in a customer

- supplied 19" rack. And, since the keyboard is compact, you can put it anywhere you like: on a desk or in your own custom con- sole. You can also put the display anywhere you want because

EPIC uses a standard video monitor to display the edit list.

Western Video,

San Diego, California uses

EPIC to provide high quality editing with short turn -around times. www.americanradiohistory.com

223

EPIC EDITING SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS

Central Processing

Unit

Data General Nova

32K Word

Memory

3/4

Minicomputer with

Dimensions

5.25"

(13.3 cm) high

19.0"

(48.3 cm) wide

23.0"

(58.4 cm) deep

Digital Chassis

Dimensions

10.5"

(26.7 cm) high

19.0" (48.3 cm) wide

20.0"

(50.8 cm) deep

Keyboard

Dimensions

4.0"

(10.2 cm) high

25.75"

(67.3 cm) wide

11.5" (29.2 cm) deep

Floppy Disk Chassis

Dimensions

5

25"

(13.3 cm) high

19.0"

(48.3 cm) wide

20.0"

(50.8 cm) deep

Single drive standard, dual drive optional

Audio

/Video Chassis

(optional)

Dimensions 10.5" (26.7 cm) high

19.0" (48.3 cm) wide

20.0"

(50.8 cm) deep

The Company Behind

EPIC

EPIC is just one of the ways Harris Video Systems (formerly

Consolidated Video Systems) uses modern digital and analog technology to make your video production look better. Besides being the acknowledged world leader in digital time base cor- rection, Harris also manufactures other advanced products using video and digital techniques for professional television.

Worldwide customers include all major TV networks, many independent commercial and educational stations, most large duplicating facilities and a large number of educational, industrial and

CAN organizations. All Harris products are backed by a worldwide network of

Authorized

Sales and

Service Distributors. For a demonstration of the HVS, EPIC

Editing System, or any other Harris product, contact your local Authorized

Distributor.

Printer

(optional)

Centronics

702 or 703

Dimensions (without stand) ..8.0"

(20.3 cm) high

24.5"

(62.2 cm) wide

Paper Tape Punch /Reader

Remex RAF- 6075BB

18.0" (45.7 cm) deep

(optional)

Dimensions

10.5" (26.7 cm) high

19.0" (48.3 cm) wide

14.5" (36.2 cm) deep

Control

Cables and

Keyboard Cable

Flat Ribbon Type

Length

Power Requirements

30' standard (optional to

500')

EPIC

System (with audio /video chassis)

115/120

VAC

@ 7.5 amps

50/60 hz

Signal Requirements

Inputs

Reference Video

All Other Video Inputs

All

Audio Inputs

1.0 V

1.0 V nom.,

7552

(loop thru)

±3 dB, 7552

60052 balanced, unbalanced (opt.)

Outputs

Video Outputs

All Audio Outputs

Video Output,

Display Monitor

1.0

V,

7552

600e unbalanced, unity gain compatible with

525/60

TV monitor

224

Litho in U.S.A. www.americanradiohistory.com

5M 9/80

IRIS:

Fingertip Access to

5,928

Stills

Today, the advantages of digital still stores over conventional broadcast slide libraries are widely accepted.

And now, the IRIS system from Harris makes digital still storage an even more powerful and cost -effective production tool.

The

IRIS

Digital Still Store System provides on -line, random access simultaneous users

- to

- a by up to three separate, maximum of 5,928 separate, individually cataloged, broadcast quality video still images.

A Z -80 based microprocessor gives you total operational control of each still.

Even if you already have a large number of opti- cally prepared slides, you will find the IRIS advan- tageous because it provides savings in production time, increased production versatility and signifi- cant cost savings. Additionally, since you can store

"on the fly" from moving video images, you have an even wider range of material from which to create your library.

Variety of Inputs

The IRIS accepts inputs from VTRs (including sta- ble or unstable heterodyne signals), live cameras, network feeds, character generators, and telecine.

Even frames that have rapid motion pose no prob- lem for IRIS.

A single keystroke on the IRIS keyboard gives you a

"repeat field" display that eliminates inter -field flicker.

Large Capacity, Modular

Storage

IRIS gives you fingertip access, via a free standing keyboard, to as many as

5,928 stills at one time.

Stills are recorded on modular, removable disk packs which are used with standard disk drives.

Packs are available with differing capacities so that you can tailor an IRIS system to your current needs while having the ability to expand later. Since the disk packs are removable, off

-line still storage is limited only by the physical space available.

Cost Effective

In terms of cost

-effectiveness,

IRIS offers several economic advantages over systems using optical slides. For example, you eliminate slide handling and by maintenance costs and prevent losses caused slide damage. Most importantly, however, you gain a versatility and convenience that makes your production go faster and smoother, and the ability to create your own stills on the spot. That's where the real economic payoff of IRIS shows up.

Simultaneous, Multi -User Access

The IRIS system features four

I/O ports that will accommodate up to three independent users and a computer control channel. And, with additional keyboards and memory channels all three users can have almost simultaneous access to every still.

In this kind of operation, even if two users seek access to the same slide at the very same time, there is only a one -half second delay.

For installations where the convenience of key- boards in several locations access the IRIS system.

- but not simultaneous

- is needed, you can just add keyboards to

Preview

This function is provided by a single key (PVW) on the

IRIS keyboard.

It allows you to preview one still while, at the same time, the preceding still is

"on- air."

Station Automation Interface

The availability of a standard

RS

-232 input /output port on the

IRIS allows access and control by a station automation system through an appropriate interface.

For example, a station computer could call up an already prepared list by title.

This feature also opens up the possibility of other automation tie

-ins.

Interface with an editor, to store key scenes for a promo or to call up a still for inser- tion into an edit sequence, are just two examples.

225 www.americanradiohistory.com

Basic System

The IRIS system is totally flexible and is designed to accommodate a wide variety of users. The basic system described here can be expanded to handle almost any still store requirement.

Keyboard:

A free -standing keyboard with single, dedicated keys for almost all

IRIS functions makes operation of the IRIS system easy to do and very easy to learn. For almost all functions, one key- stroke performs one action.

If you wanted slide

AB143, for example, you just key in

'ÁB143" and push the

"PVW" (Preview) key.

Slide AB143 ap- pears in a fraction of a second.

A limited keyboard is also available for installa- tions where a user may not need full operational control of the entire still library.

Control System:

A Z

-80 microcomputer handles all operational commands and provides a display output to customer -supplied video monitors.

Disk

Controller:

Handles up to eight disk drives which accept disk packs of varying capacities to meet specific system requirements.

Input /Output:

Video input and output is via an HVS

630

Framestore Synchronizer. The IRIS system can accept up to two additional 630s and three additional

630 "read only units. The latter units provide full access to preview and management functions, but cannot be used for creation of new stills. www.americanradiohistory.com

IRIS:

Total

Still

Library

Management

Total Management

&

Control of Stills

A major feature of IRIS is comprehensive and flexi- ble list and file management and control capabili- ties.

You can store a still with a system -generated

ID alphanumeric as well as a description.

As a re- sult, you can search the stills by either

ID number or description. and store

You the date can also use the IRIS to a record specific still was entered into the system.

Browsing:

This is the ability to play back a group of stills with similar pack numbers and IDs, or with similar descriptions. in

A

"wild card" (random access) technique is used specifying the pack number,

ID and description for browsing.

An asterisk is used in the code to in- dicate

"all.'

For example, "200:

*" means "play all slides on pack 200 "; and 200:AA* means

"play all slides whose first two characters of the ID are

AA and are on pack 200.'

Or, for example, if you wanted to review all stills under PRESIDENT, you'd just enter ";PRESIDENT" via the keyboard and hit the BROWSE key. A sequence list can be played and edited concurrently with a browse. This allows you to insert stills into your sequence list.

O IN

N

In III

MINIM mima

WI

Pmt

R

III,lyn

Oat4Prt axa*

Me,

MW1n runt

1W

CAM

ILN:*

M

I

Copying:

IRIS gives you the ability to copy stills, and entire lists in one pack and store them in an- other. For example, you might want to put a copy of a still in disk pack

1, on disk pack

2 because it fits in an additional category.

Or, you might want to store it off -line. So, you copy it on a library pack and put it away.

When a still is copied for storage elsewhere, a new

ID or complete title can be assigned via the keyboard. This feature allows you to set up ahead of time if you know that a still or group of stills is going to be needed by different users at the same time. Since your stills are always in digital form, they can be copied on another disk with no loss of quality.

Sequence

Lists:

Generation of sequence lists is fast and easy with IRIS because of the use of single function keys on the keyboard. Creating or editing a sequence list is done by a series of inserts and deletes. Scroll keys are used to position the cursor to the appropriate line in the list prior to insertion or deletion. Once a list is generated, it can be stored with a title of up to

8 alpha or numeric characters.

A key labeled "SAVE LIST" is pushed to record the lists.

In operation, when "SEQUENCE" is selected on the keyboard, the first five lines of a list are display- ed; a second command provides scrolling and dis- play of the entire list. Lists can be played forward or backward using a single key on the keyboard. Pro- vision is also made for playing back two or more lists as if they were a single list. Slides called in a sequence list do not have to reside on the pack con- taining the list.

227 www.americanradiohistory.com

PRINTER

TERMINAL rI r2 r3

SYSTEM COMPUTER

MICROPROCESSOR

1

I

-

AUTOMATION SYSTEM

OR

TERMINAL

VIDEO

OUT

VIDEO

IN

1111r>

VIDEO

OUT

VIDEO

IN

VIDEO

OUT

VIDEO

IN

630

SYNCHRONIZER rl

DISK

CONTROLLER rl

DISK

Al

DISK r8 r2 r6

Typical

IRIS system configured for three simultaneous users.

Automatic Sequencing:

An Auto Display mode al- lows IRIS users to automatically sequence through an existing list of stills at a rate determined by a simple keyboard entry. For example, pushing

"2" and then the 'AUTO" key puts up a new slide every two seconds.

Maximum throughput rate is approximately one slide every 4/10 of a second. With this feature, you can quickly and economically put together program recaps and promotional spots.

Pre

Titling:

Adding a title to a still for later use is another convenience feature of IRIS. You can call up a still, title it, and then store it for later use, under either the same ID or a different

ID.

When you do call it up, you won't have to tie up your character generator at that critical production point.

And, whether you're putting together a commercial or the evening news, the more you can do ahead of time, the smoother your production will be.

System Operation

The video signal interface for the IRIS system is the HVS 630

Digital Framestore Synchronizer.

It accepts synchronous or asynchronous input signals and stores them as a frame of video data.

This data is encoded, converted to digital format and read out, in parallel, to the disk controller. Under corn

- puter control, the controller formats the data for serial recording on the disk.

To access stills, the disk controller, again under computer control, interrogates the disk drive, reads the serial data stream, encodes it into

8 bit parallel and sends it to the 630. The 630 stores it in a buffer memory and converts it back to analog for video display.

NOTE: Although the basic IRIS comes with one keyboard, and one HVS

630, the system can handle up to five more units

-any

combination of full synchrononizers and read

-only synchronizers. The read

-only units provide access to all features of the

IRIS except creation of new stills from external sources. www.americanradiohistory.com

IRIS:

Proven,

Modular Hardware

Video Input /Output

The video input

/output device used in the IRIS is the HVS 630

Framestore Synchronizer, which can be used separately when not needed for IRIS oper- ation.

If you already have a

630, IRIS capabilities can be easily added.

This versatile unit comes with both field and frame freeze, and a built -in time base corrector that exceeds the performance of stand alone TBCs. The unit also has RGB in and out.

In the 630, the video signal is processed in com- ponent

- instead of composite

- form.

This makes the 630 immune to H- picture shift, cycle jump and color phasing. Edits and hot switches are handled smoothly. This approach also allows separate ma- nipulation of chroma and luma to take maximum advantage of picture improvement technology.

In addition, the 630 brings you several specific benefits for IRIS operation. First of all, it frees you from worrying about system timing. Asynchronous inputs from any location can be used, and locked to station reference. And, the 630 can accept both stable direct and unstable heterodyne video signals.

Furthermore, the 630 can have, as options, a plug -in

Digital Noise Reducer and a plug -in Corn

- pressor /Positioner.

So, you can clean up noisy sources at minimal added cost, and add effects to your stills before displaying them.

Standard, Modular Disk Systems

The IRIS storage system is built around a family of proven drives and disk packs that allow you to tailor an IRIS system to your present needs without limit- ing you in the future. Disk drives are unmodified, commercially available models with excellent MTBF characteristics. Several sizes meet differing library and studio operation requirements.

Hard Copy Printer

A hard

It can copy printer is available as an IRIS option. provide a directory of the entire store, copies of already prepared lists, or a list of all the stills on a particular subject. Among other things, this allows off -line selection of slides for program preparation.

Tested

Reliability

Recognizing the critical need for reliable operation in the management of a still library, HVS engineers have made maximum use of proven computer hardware and operational designs. This is reflected in the use of an advanced Z -80 microcomputer control system, and the use of

"off the shelf,' major brand disk drives.

In addition, all components of the

IRIS system are thoroughly tested before shipment.

Designed for the Digital Future

Besides providing unequaled capability for the crea- tion, storage and use of still images, IRIS opens the door for even more sophisticated applications.

Since IRIS is structured as a computing system, access to all the data in a video image is readily available. As a result, it may become possible to perform a variety of special effects through the use of software programs.

Generation of slides without a real image is an- other possibility. This at the rate

"future" is important because, digital video technology is moving, new techniques will be developed, and present tech- niques will be enhanced.

If your stills are in digital form, you will be able to take advantage of these developments. www.americanradiohistory.com

IRIS SPECIFICATIONS

Library

Pre

-programmable stills

One -line still storage

Number of users one in basic system, three maximum plus one

RS -232 computer interface.

Number of disk drives eight maximum. two in

5,928 (max.)

5,928 (max.) basic system,

Number of slides

/drive

97, 195, 369, or 741.

Video

Inputs

(1) 1V p

-p composite, stable direct, or unstable heterodyne.

(2)

Reference

(gen lock)

1V p -p and composite video or composite sync subcarrier. High impedance looping.

Signal to

-to -Noise

57dB one

(p -p signal

RMS noise) as measured on a

Rohde and

Schwarz noise meter.

Differential phase

1

Differential Gain

2T

K

Factor

1

5%

1%

C/L

Delay

Optional Digital Noise Reducer and

Positioner.

17ns max

Compressor/

Physical

&

Electrical

Unit

Power

Size Weight

Disk drive(s) 1200 watts

36

"h x 36

"w x

23

"d

550 lb.

System controller

200 watts 10.5 "h x

19

"w x 22

"d

35 lb.

Disk controller

200 watts

3

"h x

19

"w x 22 "d

35 Ib.

630 Syn- chronizer

Keyboard

350 watts

10.5

"h x

19

"w x 22 "d

50 lb.

50 watts

4

"h x 19

"w x 10 "d

10 lb.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

M

HARRIS

www.americanradiohistory.com

CVS

Digital

Time Base

Corrector

www.americanradiohistory.com

232

CVS 516WB: the ideal

TBC for heterodyne VTRs

The CVS 516WB by ity,

NTSC

Harris Corporation is a broadcast qual- digital time base corrector. This wideband

TBC gives the user of any non

-segmented, heterodyne

VTR all the proven advantages of modern digital video processing, plus the bandwidth to handle the extended frequency re- sponse of the new generation

VTRs.

ENG /EFP,

CATV,

Production and Post

-production applica- tions benefit from the 516WB's component -coded process- ing techniques and 4 x Fsc sampling in terms of excellent time base error handling characteristics and reduced video noise levels. The 516WB, based on

CVS's experience with over 3,000 digital TBCs, is our most advanced and reliable

516 yet.

OPERATION

The CVS 516WB accepts an input video signal, separates it is into component form, digitizes and stores it.

The signal then encoded, clocked out at a corrected rate and refer- enced to either an external or an internal sync generator.

The result is a time base corrected video signal.

APPLICATIONS

The CVS 516WB, with its advanced features and ease of operation, opens up entire new application areas for the use of video. The following are just a few of the uses for this versatile TBC.

ENG

&

EFP

The 516WB plays an integral and unique role in field produc- tion.

You can use a portable

VTR for remote coverage and then beam the recorded signal back to the studio without the old TBC limitation of reduced bandwidth.

And, 3.58 feed- back, impossible in this situation, is not required.

GENLOCK

CAPSTAN

SERVO VTR

I

UNSTABLE

VIDEO

R.F FOR

DOC a.

CVS 516WB

ADV VTR SYNC

Capstan servo

VTR operation.

COLOR OR MONOCHROME

BROADCAST STANDARD

VIDEO OUT

NON -CAPSTAN

SERVO VTR

(INCLUDING

BATTERY

MACHINE)

R

UNSTABLE

VIDEO

FOR

D.O.C

CVS 516WB

STABILIZED

VIDEO OUT

Non

-capstan servo or

"line -lock"

VTR operation.

When the input signal to the CVS 516WB is a heterodyne type recording from a capstan servo VTR, the output signal is a broadcast stable, fully interlaced and color framed video signal.

If the input signal to the CVS 516WB is a heterodyne type recording from a non

-capstan -servo

VTR, the output signal is a stabilized color signal. When the input signal to the CVS 516WB is a wideband,

525/60 monochrome signal, the output is a stabilized signal with a bandwidth of 4.2 MHz.

Back -Up Operations at the Studio

Instead of using an expensive

"C" format or quad VTR for back -up recording requirements, use the CVS 516WB with an inexpensive,

V lock heterodyne

VTR. This allows you to make better and more efficient use of your expensive ma- chines to do in

-house production. Overall savings can be significant.

Dubbing, Editing

&

Problem

Tape

Correction for

CATV,

Production and Post

-Production

The CVS 516WB effectively handles many chores related to production, cable and closed circuit

TV operations, whether monochrome or heterodyne color.

Among other things, it ensures high quality picture playback for special review, training, or CCTV distribution systems.

It also gives you the ability to do quality editing and dubbing. Multi- generation dubs are crisper than ever before with the 516WB's ex- tended bandwidth. www.americanradiohistory.com

rrr7rrvrrry

1

r

I

T

i

ti ti

r i a s

óó

ó

óó

o'

O.

oe

00 o o.o0o°;

FEATURES

16

Line

Window: handles large time base errors and allows playback of many formerly unuseable tapes.

"Gyrocomp"

Memory Organization: allows correction of gyroscopic errors without breakup or hue shift, to make

ENG tapes broadcast compatible.

Bypass -to

-VTR

Record Mode: automatically routes the composite video genlock signal to the TBC advanced sync output. This allows the

VTR to record the composite genlock signal without cable change or routing switcher.

Automatic

Advanced

VTR

Sync: automatically monitors off-tape and local sync to correctly position vertical blanking.

Digital Color Averaging: lowers chroma noise by

3 dB and reduces velocity errors by using digital variable delay lines to average chroma.

Compact Size: advanced electronic circuitry makes the

CVS 516WB exceptionally compact, a key advantage for field production. Height is just

31/2 inches

(8.9 cm); weight is only 35 lbs. (15.9 Kg).

Convenient, Front Panel Operation: controls have a pre- set unity position to reduce the possibility of misalign- ment.

Secondary controls and switches are behind a sliding cover

- easy to get at, but protected from acci- dental use.

One Cable

Genlock Sync Generator: simplifies system interface.

Built

-in,

Full Control

Processing Amplifier: complete control over signal processing. gives operator

Digital Chrominance-to- Luminance

Delay Adjustment: compensates for a common heterodyne VTR defect.

Frame Locked Vertical Interval Edits: automatically color frames random edits.

VTR

Versatility: works with heterodyne capstan servo and non

-capstan servo VTRs and allows dub -up to direct VTRs.

Full Set of Sync Generator Outputs: provides a back -up to your facility's master sync generator.

OPTIONS

H

& V

Variable Blanking

This valuable option allows the operator to maintain input

H &

V blanking widths throughout

TBC processing.

Fiberglass Carrying

Case

Unique packaging and minimal weight (35 lbs.) make the

CVS 516WB easy to take anywhere.

A custom designed fiberglass carrying case provides full protection for the unit

-a

special advantage when doing field productions.

Reliability

The unique "flat- pack" design of the CVS 516WB makes all components easily accessible for fast maintenance, testing and troubleshooting without extender boards.

Each CVS 516WB is individually tested before shipment using the toughest quality control in the industry.

This in- cludes individual testing of each board. Units are then vibra- tion tested, baked, and checked by inspectors who are inde- pendent of manufacturing. The result?

A

TBC that stands up to the most demanding operation, backed by a worldwide network of distributors and service centers.

233 www.americanradiohistory.com

CVS 516WB

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Signal Processing

Lock Time

Processing Amplifier

Gen Lock Range

...

Component coded, digital design with

4 x Fsc sampling.

Television Signal

Standard

Recorder Interface

Monochrome or heterodyne

NTSC standard 525 line

60 Hz signals.

Capstan servo or line lock

Helical

Scan VTRs.

16

Horizontal lines.

Window of

Correction

Resultant Time Base

Correction*

K-

Factor

(2T Pulse)

Differential Phase

Differential Gain

Signal -to -Noise Ratio ..

Video Luminance: ±20 nsec.

Video Chrominance:

±2 nsec relative to burst.

2% color, 2% monochrome.

Less than 1.50° at

0.280

V subcarrier.

Less than 1.50% at

0.280

V subcarrier.

55 dB

(peak

-to -peak signal to rms noise) as measured on Rohde and

Schwarz noise meter.

3 dB down at

3.3 MHz.

Bandwidth, Color

Bandwidth,

Monochrome

Color /Mono

Compatibility

Less than

3 dB down at 4.2 MHz.

If burst is not present, mono- chrome mode is automatically selected.

Color lock within one millisecond after capstan servo

VTR has ob- tained

V

-lock. Approximately

2 seconds after line lock

VTR has reached operating speed.

Reinserts sync, blanking and color burst (color burst deleted on monochrome signals).

Adjustable ±2

µsec.

INPUTS

Input Reference

(Gen Lock)

Input Video

Input D.O.C. Reference

OUTPUTS

.

1

V p

-p composite video with burst or composite sync and subcarrier.

Composite video from

VTR,

1

V p

-p @ 75 Ohms.

R.F. from

VTR for drop out com- pensator, 0.5

V p

-p (nominal)

@

75 Ohms.

Video

Advanced VTR Sync

Sync

PHYSICAL

Size

Power

Weight

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

...

Composite video output,

1

V p

-p

@

75 Ohms.

For

V

-lock VTR: Advanced com- posite sync

-±10 lines,

1

V @

75

Ohms; automatic or manual.

Horizontal, vertical, composite sync, composite blanking, burst flag;

4 V @ 75 Ohms. Subcarrier;

2 V

@ 75

Ohms.

48.3 cm (19

") wide x 8.9 cm

(3.5

") high x 48.3 cm

(19

") deep.

Shipped as stand alone unit with rack ears.

Approx.

175 W: 100,120,220,240V,

48 -66 Hz.

35 lbs. (15.9 kg).

50 °F

-104

°F (10

10 %

-80

%.

°-

40 °C).

OPTIONS

H

& V

Adjustable Blanking

Fiberglass Shipping

Case

`NOTE: Recorder and tape signal to noise capabilities affect time base stability.

A decrease in signal

-to -noise ratio below approxi- mately

40 dB will cause an increase in residual time base error.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

THE COMPANY

Harris Video Systems (formerly

CVS, Inc.) is located in

Sunnyvale, California,

U.S.A. Customers include all four major

U.S. TV networks, major international networks, independent commercial and educational stations, many duplicating facilities and a large number of educational and industrial organizations worldwide.

As CVS, Harris Video Systems received the coveted Emmy

Award for "outstanding achievement in engineering develop- ment" in May,

1974.

The company has been issued a basic

U.S. patent covering the general technique of correcting tain video signals by use of a digital time base corrector. cer-

Printed in

U.S.A.

All specifications subject to change without notice. www.americanradiohistory.com

2M

2/82

m

HARIS

CVS

590

Digital

Time Base Corrector

www.americanradiohistory.com

CVS

590:

The most versatile TBC available

The CVS 590 from Harris Corporation is a digital, NTSC

TBC that provides the ultimate in signal performance and time base error correction with virtually any type of heterodyne or direct

VTR. The key reason for this perfor- mance and versatility is the use of a nine -bit, four -times subcarrier

(9 -bit,

4 x

Fsc) sampling techniques.

In any digital television system, the rate at which the video signal is sampled and the number of digital bits available to describe the video signal are critical. These two parameters establish theoretical limits for such key specifications as

K factor, signal -to- noise, differential phase and gain, and bandwidth.

In the case of the CVS 590, four times subcarrier sam- pling results in significantly improved frequency response and

K factor (see Figures

1 and 2). At the same time, the availability of

9

-bits, provides a signal

-to

-noise ratio that offers transparent signal performance

-even

with the best broadcast VTRs.

Although the increases in picture quality are immediately evident on first generation material, the improved noise and response characteristics of the CVS 590 are especially im- portant with multi -generation dubs.

It was for this demand- ing application that the

9

-bit,

4 x

Fsc system used in the

CVS 590 was developed.

An added benefit is that the result- ant performance characteristics make the CVS 590 immune to obsolescence as newer, even more sophisticated VTRs become available.

Typical

590 2T pulse response.

OPERATION

A typical

590 installation is shown below, illustrating

RF carrier hook -up for dropout compensation and VTR vertical drive for automatic vertical centering. Also shown is

3.58

MHz VTR feedback to allow wideband TBC operation with heterodyne signals.

(The CVS 590 can also be used with direct signals, such as quadruplex and

"C" format VTRs.)

REI SYNC

CAMERA

NO

,

DEO SOURCE

I

DEO SOURCE

2

CAMERA

NO

2

REFERENCE

COMPOSITE VIDEO

WITH BURST OR BLACK

BURST SIGNAL

COMPOSITE

VIDEO

«

DEO

HETERODYNE

VTR WITH

CAPSTAN

SERVO

I

CVS 590

DEC O

I

=El

J

VIDEO

SOURCES

VERTICAL

INTERVAL

SWITCNER

ADVANCED VERTICAL DRIVE OR ADVANCED COMPOSITE SYNC

TO

TRANSMITTER

OR OTHER

STUDIO

EQUIPMENT

APPLICATIONS

Whenever the ultimate in time base error correction and signal processing is required, the CVS 590 is a perfect fit.

Broadcast

In the studio, the 590's excellent signal

-to -noise ratio and wideband frequency response make it a natural mate for the high -performance broadcast machines. Furthermore, it can be used for inexpensive backup recording with

V

-lock, heterodyne VTRs and still produce broadcast quality video.

CATV

CATV set applications benefit from the 590's proc amp with pre- controls for full signal correction, and from its adjustable gen -lock timing and variable

H blanking. The CVS 590 is especially ideal for cable systems moving into premium TV and commercial operation.

ENG, EFP and Post -Production

The CVS 590 provides the flexibility of operating with all recorder formats that

ENG, EFP and Post -Production de- mand in a time base corrector. Add this to the 590's small size and light weight, and you have the perfect combination for field use.

Laboratory

Applications

Laboratory users require the highest quality, most trans- parent signal processor available. The CVS 590's state -of- the -art performance, coupled with its ability to correct video signals from virtually any VTR, make it an obvious choice for this application.

236

Typical

590 multiburst response. www.americanradiohistory.com

it

IITYE

DRÌrE

0

O

DV roED c. nir"

0 0 iü ilk

0 s

Re

0

COVERED Or

0

0

PATENT

0

óui:'

0

1EE015?

0

0

39008E,

-

SiNC GEN

UT

O

FEATURES

VTR

Versatility: Works with heterodyne,

"C" format, and quadruplex VTRs to provide a truly cost -effective approach to video signal correction problems.

16

Line

Memory: Easily handles large time base errors and allows playback of many formerly unuseable tapes.

"Gyrocomp" Memory Organization: Exclusive feature allows correction of gyroscopic errors without breakup or hue shift.

Line -by -Line Velocity Compensation: Provides the high performance correction required for direct VTRs and other applications with inherently high error rates.

Transparent Signal Quality: Incorporates 3.58 MHz feed- back to allow full bandwidth performance with heterodyne

VTRs. The 590 never degrades the signal quality of your

VTR, be it helical,

"C;' or quad format.

Automatic house

Advanced

VTR

Sync: Monitors off -tape and sync to correctly position vertical blanking.

Digital D.O.C.: Replaces missing video with corrected color insertion to clean up bad tapes.

Variable H

Blanking: Permits the operator to maintain input

H

&V blanking widths.

Internal Ramp

Test

Generator: Makes it easy to quickly check

A/D and

D/A circuitry.

Dub -to- Direct: Allows line -lock VTRs to be dubbed up to

"C" format or quadruplex units.

Built

-In

Proc Amp with Preset Controls: Gives operator complete control over the incoming video signal.

Sync Generator Outputs: Makes available a full set of sync generator drives for facility use.

Convenient, Front Panel Operation: Provides five operator controls: Video Level,

Chroma Level, Set -Up,

H

-Phase and Hue. The first four have preset unity positions to re- duce the possibility of misalignment. Secondary controls and switches are behind a sliding cover

-easy

to get at, but protected from accidental use.

Compact Size: Advanced electronic circuitry makes the

CVS 590 exceptionally compact, a key advantage for EFP applications, and a space saver in crowded racks.

OPTIONS

Quad head -switch amplifier

Fiberglass shipping case

RELIABILITY

&

SERVICE

To ensure reliability, each CVS 590 is individually tested be- fore in shipment using the toughest quality control standards the industry. This includes individual testing of each board, plus

In vibration and heat testing of the finished product. addition, the

590's unique "flat pack" design makes all testing and troubleshooting

Troubleshooting is

- without extender boards. further simplified by an internal ramp gener ator that tests the digital circuitry. An on

-line, quick test of the system is also possible with jumpers that allow interchange of the most significant bit with the least significant bit.

The result of this attention to product performance and ease of maintenance is a

TBC that stands up to the most de- manding operation, backed by a worldwide network of

Author- ized

Distributors and Service Centers.

THE COMPANY

Harris Video Systems (formerly CVS: Consolidated Video

Systems, Inc.) is located in

Sunnyvale, California, U.S.A.

Customers include all four major

U.S. TV networks, major international networks, independent commercial and educa- tional stations, many duplicating facilities and a large number of educational and industrial organizations worldwide.

As CVS,

Harris Video Systems received the coveted

Emmy

Award for

"outstanding achievement in engineering develop- ment" in

May, 1974.

The company has been issued a basic

U.S. patent covering the general technique of correcting certain video signals by use of a digital time base corrector.

237 www.americanradiohistory.com

CVS 590

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Television Signal

Standard

Recorder Interface

Accepts NTSC or NTSC -type

525

-line /60

Hz signal.

Any segmented or non

- segmented

VTR with or without capstan servo, heterodyne or di- rect color or monochrome.

16 H.

Window of Correction

Resultant Time Base

Correction:

Monochrome

Direct Color

Heterodyne Color

K

Factor, 2T Pulse

±20 ns.

±2 ns.

±3 ns relative to burst.

1% Mono

&

Direct

Color.

3%

Heterodyne

Color. with 40

IRE subcarrier.

2% with 40

IRE subcarrier.

Differential Phase

Differential Gain

Signal -to -Noise Ratio

(p -p signal to RMS noise)

Greater than

58 dB as measured on Rohde

&

Schwarz noise meter with

10 kHz highpass and 3.58

MHz subcarrier trap engaged.

Bandwidth, Direct

Color,

Mono, and Heterodyne Color with 3.58 feedback

±0.5 dB from D.C. to 4.2 MHz;

-1dB

@5.0MHz.

Bandwidth,

V

Lock,

Heterodyne Color

-3

dB @ 2.5 MHz.

Genlock Range

Advance of

4

µsec, delay of

2

µsec.

INPUTS

Digital Sampling

Rate

Quantizing

Input Video

4X Fsc

9 bit

0.56 to 1.78

V p

-p

(1

V nominal into

75 ohms) terminating input.

Input Reference

(Genlock)

Composite video with burst 0.3 to

2.0 p

-p into 75 ohms, high imped- ance looping input.

Input D.O.C.

Reference

Tach

Pulse

R.F. carrier,

3

MHz to

10

MHz nominal, 0.7

V to 2.0

V into

75 ohms.

TTL input

0 to

+4.0

V terminated into 75 ohms from segmented

VTR.

OUTPUTS

Video Output

Sync

Advanced

VTR Sync

VTR 3.58

One composite and one select- able composite

/non- composite,

1

V p -p nominal into

75 ohms.

H

Drive,

V

Drive, Sync,

Blanking and Burst Flag, 4.0

V p

-p into

75 ohms, subcarrier 2.0

V p

-p into 75 ohms.

Vertical drive or composite sync

(selectable) 4.0

V p

-p into 75 ohms.

Regenerated 3.58

MHz subcarrier containing time base errors of input video signal,

1.0 V p

-p

(minimum) into

75 ohms.

Headswitch Location

Signal

Head switching pulse for seg- mented VTR,

3

V p -p.

PHYSICAL

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

Power

Weight

Dimensions

10°C to

40°C (50°F to 104°F).

10% to 80%

150

W @ 100, 120,

220 or 240

V;

50 or 60

Hz.

15.9 Kg (35 lbs.).

48.3 cm (19") W x

8.9 cm

H x

48.3 cm

(19")

D.

(3.5")

OPTIONS

Quad head -switch amplifier

Fiberglass shipping case

Recorder and tape signal

-to -noise capabilities affect time base stability.

A decrease in signal -to -noise ratio below approximately

40 dB will cause an increase in residual time base error.

Printed in U.S.A.

All specifications subject to change without notice. www.americanradiohistory.com

2M

2/82

HARRIS

CVS

506

VideoTime Base Corrector

www.americanradiohistory.com

A low cost,

high

quality

TBC

for

CCTV, CATV and MATV

The CVS 506 is specifically designed and priced for heterodyne

VTR users who don't need broadcast stable outputs. Using the latest CCD (charge coupled device) technology, the CVS 506 combines superb electronic specifications with simple operation to significantly reduce, or eliminate, skew, jitter, flagging and other picture distor- tions.

It can be used with any heterodyne

VTR, including

3/4"

U,

Beta and VHS formats.

In addition, the reliability and dependability of the CVS

506 are ensured because it is manufactured by

Harris Video

Systems, a company with more time base correctors in use, worldwide, than any other manufacturer.

FEATURES

Excellent Electronic Specifications

1H

Correction Window:

Floating window tracks the

VTR to remove multi -line errors.

Anti -Breakup Circuit:

Ensures proper window tracking rate. For good tapes, the window tracks slowly to remove even low frequency errors.

As errors increase and become abrupt at the edges of the window, the tracking rate gradu- ally changes so that, even with very poor quality tapes, the skew can still be removed.

CVS 506

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Input /Output

Signals

Signal to

Noise Ratio

Differential Phase

Differential Gain

Tilt (60 Hz)

Bandwidth

K

Factor

(2T Pulse)

Lock Up Time

Power

Dimensions

Weight

CONTROLS

Video Gain

Setup

Chroma

Gain

Hue

Color /Mono

FEATURES (cont.)

Built -in Proc Amp:

Strips off old sync, cleans it and rein- serts the cleaned up sync, and burst, with proper rise and fall times. Interlace and non

-interlace sync are processed automatically.

Automatic Color

/Mono Selection:

Simplifies operation by eliminating the need for a separate control.

Automatic

Bypass:

Unit is automatically bypassed when power is turned off, or when there is a power failure.

Simple Front

Panel

Controls:

Four buttons provide easy, fast adjustments. Controls include: Video Gain with a

40% range;

Set -up with a

±

15

IRE range; Chroma Gain with a range of ± 40% and Hue Control with a

± 30° range.

Compact Design:

19" wide, and

The

CVS 506 is only

31/2" installed, even in the most crowded facilities. high by weighs only

10 pounds.

It can be easily

1

Volt p

-p

60 dB p

-p composite video, heterodyne color or monochrome signal to RMS noise

2%

1%

2 5

MHz

4% luminance

250 msec

117 V

31/2"

10

(8.9cm)

H X

19" (48.3cm)

W x 13'/2" (34.3cm)

D lbs.

± 10% or 235

V ± 10% 50 or

60 Hz

(requires internal wiring selection)

(4.5kg)

Unity

±

3 dB

Unity

±

15

IRE

Unity

±

3 dB

Unity

± 30°

Automatic selection based on 20 IRE p -p burst to engage color mode and

15 IRE burst to disengage. p

-p

THE COMPANY

The CVS 506 is just one of the ways Harris uses modern analog and digital techniques to make video productions look better. in

Besides being the acknowledged world leader time base correction, Harris also manufactures other advanced products for video signal processing, including

The

CVS 630 Frame Synchronizer and the Harris EPIC'" computer -aided editing system.

Harris customers include all major

U.S.

Networks (ABC,

CBS, NBC and PBS), major international networks, inde- pendent commercial and educational stations, most duplica- tion facilities and a large number of

CATV, educational and industrial organizations worldwide.

All

Harris products are backed by an international network of factory authorized sales and service distributors.

For a demonstration of the

CVS 506, or any other Harris product, contact your local

Harris Video Systems distributor.

Litho in U.S.A. Specifications subject to change without notice. www.americanradiohistory.com

2M 2 82

CVS

517

PAL

/SECAM

Digital

VideoTime Base

Corrector

www.americanradiohistory.com

242

CVS

517: the ideal TBC for

PAL

/SECAM

The CVS

517 is a

SECAM) broadcast quality,

PAL

(and optional digital time base corrector made and priced to give users of non -segmented, heterodyne

VTRs all the proven advantages of modern digital video processing.

It works with

625/50 monochrome and color heterodyne video signals from helical VTRs to give both broadcast and non

-broadcast video users expanded creative versatility for ENG, tele- production, studio

VTR backup and much more. Based on the field proven experience of over

3000 CVS digital TBCs, the CVS 517 comes with features that, before, were found only in units costing up to twice as much.

APPLICATIONS

The CVS

517, with its advanced features and ease of opera- tion, opens up entire new application areas for the use of video, from Field Production to Closed Circuit Television dis- tribution.

Listed below are just a few of the uses for this ver- satile TBC.

Electronic Journalism

The CVS

517 plays an integral part in field production applications, like Electronic Journalism.

You can use a rela- tively inexpensive, protable

VTR for remote coverage, documentaries, news, commercials and special features.

Additionally, the built

-in sync generator gives you field pro- duction capability, field editing and mixing of sources, and direct feedback to the studio via microwave.

OPERATION

Operationally, the Model CVS

517 accepts an input video signal, digitizes it and stores it.

The signal is then clocked out at a corrected rate and referenced to either an external or internal sync generator.

The result is a time base cor- rected video signal.

Capstan Servo

VTR

When the input signal to CVS 517 is a heterodyne type recording from a capstan servo

VTR, the output signal is a broadcast stable, fully interlaced and color framed video signal.+

GEN LOCK

(COMPOSITE VIDEO

OR DRIVES)

CAPSTAN

SERVO VTR

UNSTABLE

VIDEO

CVS 517

COLOR OR MONOCHROME

BROADCAST STANDARD

VIDEO OUT

RGB

OUTPUTSt

(SECAM ONLY)

ADV. VTR SYNC

Note: For DOC, the CVS

517 requires

R.

F. carrier from

VTR.

Non -Capstan Servo

VTR

When the input signal to the CVS 517 is a heterodyne type recording from a non -capstan -servo

VTR, the output signal is a stabilized color signal.+ Dub

-to -quad capability is also available at the flip of a switch (optional).

Back -Up Operations

At The

Studio

Instead of using an expensive, direct color

VTR for back -up recording requirements, use the CVS

517 with an inexpen- sive,

V lock and heterodyne

VTR. This allows you to make better more efficient use of your expensive machines to do in

-house production. Overall savings can be significant.

NON

-CAPSTAN

SERVO VTR

(INCLUDING

BATTERY

MACHINE)

UNSTABLE

VIDEO

CVS 517

--

I

STABILIZED

VIDEO

OUT

RGB OUTPUTSY

--~r (SECAM ONLY)

Note: For DOC, the CVS

517 requires

R.

F. carrier from

VTR.

625/50 Monochrome Signal

When the input signal to the CVS

517 is a wideband

625/50 monochrome signal, the output is a stabilized signal with bandwidth of

5

MHz.

In

SECAM. CVS

517 has time base corrected

PAL and synchronized

RGB outputs.

For composite time base corrected

SECAM video out signal, feed

RGB outputs through a

SECAM encoder

General Playback, Dubbing, Editing

&

Problem

Tape

Correction

The CVS

517 effectively handles many chores related to broadcast, cable and closed circuit

TV operations, whether monochrome or heterodyne color.

Among other things, it ensures high picture quality playback for special review, training or

CCTV distribution systems.

It also gives you the ability to do quality dubbing or editing. This latter application is where the full signal correction potential of the CVS 517 is realized. With the CVS

517, problem tapes no longer need to be a problem. www.americanradiohistory.com

r/III7III7rrwIII

WIi11

11

f

d

i

-0"0-,..

.

OPTIONS (cont.)

FEATURES

"Gyrocomp" Memory Organization

- allows correction of large time base errors (such as gyroscopic errors), without breakup, to make ENG tapes broadcast compatible. Stan- dard memory has a

2 horizontal lines correction window.

Improved Bandwidth

- improved input circuitry in the optional

16 line unit allows tapes from new "high band"

3/4" cassette recorders to be processed without picture degradation.

Digital Color Averaging

- lowers chroma noise by 3 dB and reduces velocity errors by using digital variable delay lines to average chroma.

Compact Size

- advanced electronic circuitry makes the

CVS

517 exceptionally compact, a key advantage for field production. Height is just

8.9 cm (3-

1/2

"); weight is only

15.9 Kg set

(35 lbs).

Convenient, Front Panel Operation

- controls have a pre- unity position to reduce the possibility of misalignment.

Secondary controls and switches are behind a sliding cover

-

easy to get at but protected from accidental use.

One Cable Gen

Lock Sync Generator with Outputs simplifies system interface and maintains

25 Hz PAL

- offset in all modes.

Built

-in

Color Dropout Compensator

- cleans up

"dirty" tapes.

Built

-in

Processing Amplifier

Versatility

- provides clean, stable outputs.

Digital Chrominance

-to- luminance Delay Adjustment compensates for a common heterodyne

VTR defect.

VTR

- works with Capstan Servo and Non

-

-

Capstan Servo VTRs.

GI

PAL

/SECAM Image

Enhancer /Noise Reducer

The Image Enhancer

/Noise Reducer provides a total of

5 dB of noise reduction in both the luminance and chroma channels and horizontal enhancement. The level of noise reduction and enhancement is adjustable.

An

Enhancer on

/off switch is located behind the sliding panel on the front of the TBC.

Increased Memory

A 16 line memory is available for special "worst case" appli- cations. This

±8 line correction range further minimizes the effect of gyroscopic errors.

Dub

-to- Direct

This option allows PAL mains lock or remote VTRs to be dubbed to direct color video recorders such as quadruplex, type

"C" and BCN.

Fiberglass Carrying Case

Unique packaging and minimal weight

(11.4 Kg) make the a

CVS

517 easy to take anywhere. With this specially de- signed fiberglass carrying case, the unit is fully protected

- special advantage when doing field productions.

Reliability

The unique "flat- pack" design of the CVS -517 makes all components easily accessible for fast, easy maintenance, testing and troubleshooting.

OPTIONS

SECAM

The SECAM option allows the CVS 517 to accept heterodyne or direct color inputs from non

-segmented

SECAM VTRs, and provides

PAL to SECAM and SECAM to PAL transcoding.

When the input signal is from a vertical lock VTR, the out- put signal will be broadcast stable. When the input signal is from a mains lock VTR, the output will be a stabilized signal.

RGB

RGB outputs are available on the back panel for routing to switching systems or to an external, customer supplied

SECAM encoder.

Each CVS 517 is individually tested before shipment using the toughest quality control in the industry.

This includes individual testing of each board. Units are then vibration tested, baked out for

24 hours and checked by inspectors who are independent of manufacturing. The result? A

TBC that stands up to the most demanding operation, backed by a worldwide network of distributors and service centers.

243 www.americanradiohistory.com

CVS

517

PAL

/SECAM

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Television Signal

Standard

Recorder Interface

Accepts monochrome, heterodyne

PAL or SECAM standard 625 line

50

Hz signals.

Requires signal from capstan servo or mains lock heterodyne

VTR.

...

2 horizontal lines

(16L optional).

Window of

Correction

Resultant Time Base

Correction`

K-

Factor

(2T Pulse)

Differential Phase

Differential Gain

Signal -to -Noise Ratio ..

.

Video luminance:

±20 nsec.

Video chrominance:

±2 nsec relative to burst.

4

°/e color, 2% monochrome.

Less than

1.5° at

0.280

V subcarrier.

Less than

1.5% at 0.280

V subcarrier.

52 dB

(peak

-to -peak video to rms noise) as measured on

Rohde and

Schwarz noise meter.

Bandwidth,

Color Mode

2

Line Window

16

Line Window

Bandwidth,

Monochrome Mode

Color

/Mono

Compatibility

.

1 dB, 50 Hz to 2.5 MHz.

Less than

3 dB down at 3.0 MHz.

1 dB, 50 Hz to 3.0 MHz.

Less than

3 dB down at

3.5 MHz.

Less than

3 dB down at 5.5 MHz.

Lock Time

Processing Amplifier

Frame Lock

Gen Lock Range

If burst is not present, the CVS

517 automatically selects mono mode.

Color lock within one millisecond after capstan servo

VTR has ob- tained

V

-lock.

Approximately

2 seconds after line lock VTR has reached operating speed.

Reinserts sync, blanking and color burst (color burst deleted on mono- chrome signals).

Will automatically frame lock seg- ments edited randomly at vertical interval.

Adjustable

±

2

µsec.

INPUTS

Input Reference

(Gen Lock)

Input Video

Input D.O.C. Reference

OUTPUTS

.

1

V p -p composite video with burst or composite sync, subcarrier and

PAL, I.D.

Pulse.

Composite video,

1

V p

-p into 75

Ohms.

R.F. from

VTR for drop out com- pensator, 0.5

V p

-p

(nominal) into

75 Ohms.

Video

(2)

Advanced

VTR Sync

Sync

Composite video output,

1

V p

-p into 75 Ohms (one output bypass

- able). RGB (SECAM option only)

-

separate

Red, Green and Blue out- puts, composite or noncomposite.

For

V

-lock VTR: advanced compo- site sync

±9 lines,

1

V into 75

Ohms.

H

& V drive, composite sync, composite blanking, burst flag,

PAL I.D. Pulse,

4 V into 75 Ohms.

Subcarrier

2 V into 75 Ohms.

PHYSICAL

Size

Power

Weight

Ambient Temperature

Ambient Humidity

.

48.3 cm

(19

") wide x 8.9 cm

(3.5

") high x 48.3 cm

(19

") deep.

Shipped as stand

-alone unit with rack ears.

Approx.

175 W: 100, 120,

220,

240V, 48

-66

Hz.

15.9

Kg.

(35 lbs.).

..

10° to 40°

C.

10% to 80

°

OPTIONS

SECAM or Dub -to-

Direct

PAL

/SECAM Image Enhancer /Noise Reducer

H 8

V

Adjustable Blanking

*16 Horizontal

Line Memory

Fiberglass Shipping

Case

'Note:

Recorder and tape signal -to -noise capabilities affect time base stability.

A decrease in signal -to -noise ratio below 40 dB will cause an increase in residual time base error.

'In

SECAM. CVS 517

SECAM encoder. has time base corrected

PAL and synchronized RGB outputs.

For composite time base corrected

SECAM video out signal, feed

RGB outputs through a

THE COMPANY

Harris Video Systems (formerly

CVS, Inc.) is located in

Sunnyvale, California,

U.S.A.

Customers include all four major

U.S. TV networks, major international networks, independent commercial and educational stations, many duplicating facilities and a large number of educational and industrial organizations worldwide.

As CVS, Harris

Award for

Video Systems received the coveted

Emmy

"outstanding achievement in engineering develop- ment" in

May, 1974. The company has been issued a basic

U.S. tain patent covering the general technique of correcting cer- video signals by use of a digital time base corrector.

Printed in U.S.A. Specifications subtect to change without notice www.americanradiohistory.com

2M

8/81

CVS

507

PAL

Video

Time

Base

Corrector

CVS

507

Time

Base Corrector

.dor°

POWER

ON nDEO

GAIN sour

III

A low cost, high quality TBC for

CCTV

The

CVS 507 is specifically designed and who priced for heterodyne VTR users don't need broadcast stable out- puts. Using the latest

CCD

(charge coupled device) technology, the

CVS

507 combines superb electronic specifications with simple operation to significantly reduce, or eliminate, skew, jitter, flagging and other picture distortions. It can be used with any heterodyne VTR, including

3/4" U,

Beta and VHS formats.

In addition, the reliability and dependability of the CVS 507 are ensured because it is manufactured

Harris Video Systems, a company with more time base correctors in use, world- wide, than any other manufacturer.

FEATURES

Excellent Electronic Specifications

.

1H

Correction Window:

Floating window tracks the VTR to accommo- date multi

-line errors.

Anti -Breakup Circuit: Ensures proper window tracking rate. For good tapes, the window tracks slowly, to remove even low fre- quency errors. As and become errors abrupt at increase the edges of the window, the tracking rate gradually changes so that, even with very poor quality tapes, the skew can still be removed.

Built -in Proc Amp:

Strips off old sync, cleans it and reinserts the cleaned up sync, and burst, with proper rise and fall times. Inter- lace and non

-interlace sync are processed automatically.

Automatic Color /Mono Selection:

Simplifies operation by eliminating the need for a separate control.

245 www.americanradiohistory.com

507

Time Bass Correcta

POMP

OM YyF

p

NT

1M

YOIY p

FEATURES (cont.)

Automatic

Bypass: Unit is auto- matically bypassed when power is turned off, or when there is a power failure.

Simple Front Panel Controls:

Four buttons provide easy, fast adjustments. Controls

Video Gain with a include:

±40% range;

Set -up with a

±15

IRE range;

Chroma Gain with a range of

±40% and Hue (Phase) Control with a

±30° range.

Compact Design: The

CVS 507 is only

8.9 cm high by 48.3 cm wide, and weighs only

4.5 kg. It can be easily installed, even in the most crowded facilities.

SPECIFICATIONS

General

Input /Output

Signals

Signal to Noise Ratio

Differential

Phase

Differential

Gain

Tilt

(50 Hz)

Bandwidth

K

Factor

(2T Pulse)

Lock

Up Time

Power

Dimensions

Weight

Controls

Video Gain

Setup

Chroma Gain

Hue

Color /Mono

1

Volt p

-p composite video, heterodyne PAL color or monochrome

57 dB p

-p signal to

RMS noise

2%

1%

3 0

MHz

4% luminance

250msec

235 V

8

±10% or

117 V

±10%

50 or

60 Hz

9cm

(31/2")

H x

48.3cm

(19

")

W x

34.3cm

(131/2")

D.

4

5kg

(10 lbs.)

Unity

±3 dB

Unity

Unity

±15

IRE

±3 dB

Unity

±30°

Automatic selection based on 20 IRE p

-p burst to engage color mode and

15 IRE p

-p burst to disengage.

The Company

The

CVS 507 is just one of the ways

Harris uses modern analog and digital techniques to make video productions look better. Besides being the acknowledged world leader in time base correction, Harris also manufac- tures other advanced products for video signal processing, including the CVS 630

Frame

Synchronizer and the EPIC

"" computer -aided editing system.

Harris customers include all

U.S. major

Networks

(ABC, CBS, NBC and

PBS), major international networks, independent commercial and edu- cational stations, most duplication facilities and a large number of CATV, educational and industrial organi- zations worldwide.

All Harris products are backed by an work of international net- factory authorized sales and service distributors.

For a demonstra- tion of the

CVS 507, or any other

Harris product, contact your local

Harris Video Systems distributor.

246

Litho in U.S.A. Specifications subject to change without notice. www.americanradiohistory.com

3M

12/79

Digital

Frame

Synchronizer www.americanradiohistory.com

248

HVS

630:

A powerful

framestore-

and more!

+1

HARRIS

630 Frame Synchronizer rani.

FASSI

A

YOrI

NOISE

RIDUCI

NOS

PODI

POWI

GPM

LOCI LOW SIT TI anua

COLOR

VISTO uvaL

C L

DELAT

SIT

UP

CANOSA

Lank.

CNOOYS

Fl,AY ON

On

With the introduction of the HVS 630, video users can now have a combination of signal processing capabilities that have never before been available in a single instrument.

First of all, the HVS 630 is a superb synchronizer.

It locks non

-synchronous video sources- satellite, microwave, porta- ble camera, studio feed or heterodyne VTRs

-to

your televi- sion system with precise accuracy.

Superb sychronization, however, is just part of what the HVS

630 makes possible. Its combination of features, versatility and economy puts it in a class by itself.

In addition, the 630 features an exclusive built -in, digital

I/O interface that lets you plug in to future developments in digital video technology. No other com- mercial synchronizer mance and flexibility. can match this combination of perfor-

A

New

Digital Architecture

The 630 departs from other digital systems by using a unique

8 bit system that processes the video signal in component form instead of in composite form.

VIDEO

INPUT

INPUT

PRNPOC

RF

-

DATA

PATH

MODULE

--

D O C

OR

DNR

DIGITAL

VIDEO

DATA

VO

MEMORY

AUX OUT

AUX

I/O

I

MEMORY

CONTROL

COM-

PRESSOR

OPTION

DATA

PATH

MODULE

SYNC

GEN

RCG

I

-H

-

GEN LOCK

D/A

&

OUTPUT

PROC

Flgurs

1:

Basic Block Diagram HVS 630 Frame Synchronizer

OUT

< ROB

In operation, when a signal is received, the 630 captures it, digitizes it in component form and stores it in a modern, 16K

RAM -based frame memory. Then, using a

PROM -actuated memory controller, it reads out the signal in precise synchroni- zation and re

-codes it in synchronization. correct vertical, horizontal and color

This component coding technique, already thoroughly proven in over 1000 HVS digital time base correctors, results in a sys- tem that is inherently immune to color phasing problems, "cycle jump" and horizontal picture shift. The 4 field (NTSC) or

8 field

(PAL) color sequence is always correctly maintained. This ap- proach also allows separate manipulation of the chroma and luma components, so that you can take maximum advantage of noise reduction and other picture improvement technology.

Time Base Correction

Outstanding time base correcton is a built -in feature of the 630.

Because we originated the digital

TBC, and are still the world leader, our engineers have been able to incorporate the knowl- edge gained from more than 4000 digital TBCs now in use worldwide. As a result, you get a time base corrector that oper- ates smoothly and efficiently.

In fact, its performance is actually superior to stand -alone TBCs.

Special Effects

Another advantage of the 630 is an outstanding effects capa- bility. like

Picture freeze (field or frame) is standard. Other effects, video compression and positioning (see facing page), are available as options.

Digital Noise Reduction

To even further expand the capability of the 630, a digital noise reducer is available as an economical option. Designed to com- plement the built -in TBC, this option is described more fully on the facing page.

Future Expansion

Besides offering all of the performance features described above, the 630 has been specifically designed to encourage and permit digital interface. The Direct Memory Access I/O port can be custom -designed to provide cations: digital graphics virtually limitless appli-

...

real time picture analysis

...

multiple picture effects

...

digital still store

...

and more. www.americanradiohistory.com

FEATURES

Automatic Mode

Switching: Operator attention is not needed because stable and unstable inputs can be intermixed without switching from

"normal" to "TBC" modes.

Exceptional Write Clock Range:

Ensures that off-speed tapes, or tapes with gyro error, will play back with proper correction.

"Dual Mode"

Hot

Switching:

Exclusive circuitry permits switching of asynchronous input sources without disrupting output video.

The 630's sensitivity to incoming video irregu- larities is adjustable. This puts the operator in control of what constitutes a freeze condition.

Less than perfect video can be the made to "slide thru" while, under other conditions, operator may choose to make the 630 more discrim- inating.

Compensation for Lost Video:

If input video is lost, the

630 either automatically freezes on the last good picture or cuts to black, depending on the setting of a board -level switch.

In the

"cut to black" mode, the 630 momentarily freezes to verify actual loss of video and then cuts to black.

Picture Freeze: Increases production versatility by provid- ing front panel selectable field or frame freeze with no reduction in bandwidth. Pictures are crisp and sharp

-

"freeze. even in

High

Noise

Immunity:

Built -in circuitry extracts maximum information from even the poorest quality tapes; signals with severe hum and noise pass through without difficulty.

RGB

Mode:

A unique RGB mode, selectable from the front panel, allows the 630 to be used with a number of video pro- cessing devices already available, such as encoders, en- hancers, and color correctors. It also provides RGB IN and

OUT for "next year's" devices.

Convenient Front

Panel

Operation: Operating modes are push- button selectable, and all front panel. Since operating controls are on the controls are preset/variable, a

"standard" set- ting is instantly achievable. Secondary controls are board level to reduce the chance of inadvertent mis- adjustments.

Easy Maintenance:

The use of plug -in cards for most circuitry makes maintenance and /or service of the 630 simple and fast.

A built

-in test generator makes troubleshooting easy.

Tested

Reliability:

Outstanding reliability is achieved for the

630 through a combination of careful design and thorough testing, using some of the most stringent quality assurance standards in the industry.

OPTIONS

Video

Compressor /Positioner /Effects

Unit

This remotely located package allows reduction of a ous or non

-synchronous video input to 1/4 of its synchron- normal size, and location of it, frozen or active, anywhere on the video screen by joystick control. Further, there are eight preset locations that can be selected by pushbutton. (Three of these positions can be operator determined by joystick selection.) Positioning and freeze effects can also be accomplished full screen.

A key signal that follows the compressed output; auto- return- to- center; axis -only- drive; and offscreen substitution complete an effects unit that provides imaginative production tools in a cost effective package.

Digital Noise Reducer

The flexibility of the unique memory architecture in the 630 makes Digital Noise Reduction (DNR) an economical plug -in option rather than an expensive, separate add -on.

Ten noise reduction is readily achievable by the HVS dB of

630 DNR, without the motion artifacts and resolution loss common to other noise reduction devices.

And, since not all signals have the same kind of noise, the 630 DNR has separate controls for luminance and chroma noise reduc- tioi.

As a result, the achievement of quiet chroma means over -correction of the luminance and the no longer resulting

"soft" look. www.americanradiohistory.com

249

HVS 630 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Signal

Video

Inputs

Genlock

D.0

C

RGB

1

1

V p

-p

V p

-p composite, stable interlaced or unstable heterodyne.

75 ohm terminating. composite video or composite sync, subcarrier and (625 only)

PAL pulse. High impedance looping.

1

V p

-p

R.F., 75 ohm

0 7 V ea, 75 ohm terminating terminating

Signal Outputs

Video #1

Video

#2

RGB

Sync

&

Blanking

1

1

V p

-p

V p

-p composite, by- passable composite

07Veach

4 V p

-p

Stability

Residual luma TBE

....

±7 nsec with

50 dB

S/N input signal

Residual chroma

TBE

±20 ns with

40 dB S/N input signal

..

±

1° with

50 dB

S/N input

±4° with

40 dB

S/N input

Performance

Video bandwidth +.5 dB from

0 to 4.0 MHz;

@ 4.2 MHz

-3

dB

S/N ratio p

-p signal to RMS noise,

R/S noise meter with bandpass filter,

S.C. Trap

& 10 kHz LPF

Differential phase

Differential gain

2T

K factor

C/L delay

Physical

&

Electrical

Dimensions

57 dB (ave)

1.5°

1

5%

1%

17 ns max.

Weight

Ambient temperature

Humidity

A.C.

A.C. voltage power

10.5"

(26.7 cm)

H x

19"

(48.3 cm) W x

22" (55.9cm)

D

50 lb

(22.7 kg)

..10

° -40

°C

10 %

115

-90% non -condensing

±

10

%; 50/60

Hz

350 W

IRIS

Digital Still Store

The HVS 630 is a key component in the IRIS Digital Still

Store System, another Harris Video Systems product. IRIS puts as many as 5800 stills on line for multiple user access in milliseconds. Inputs can be from photographic slides, art- work, film, VTRs, character generators, network feeds and live cameras. Provision is even made for tie -in with studio automation facilities.

Harris also manufactures the world's most complete line of time base correctors, and EPIC", a powerful computer -aided editing sytem for use with multiple VTRs. For more information about the HVS 630 and other Harris Video Systems products, contact HVS or your local authorized distributor.

Printed in U.S.A.

All specifications subject to change without notice. www.americanradiohistory.com

2M 1/82

HARRIS BROADCAST MICROWAVE

EQUIPMENT

FOR

THE

TOTALSYSTEM

7,7

5

713 GN;

BAND

775'GM:

BANG

775'GN+

BAND

SUN ROUAO

_

ANTfNNA

a

If

\

2

1

1) Dv

BANDS iV

MP

MIM LINK

V7/13 GM l

BANDS iVMidi

VMP

WITN PWR

AMR

771)GNr iNTf ROT r

Nf 1w0RN

W11N iVA)

02

V10

VIDEO

TRANSMISSION f QDIPMENI

7,7,1

3 GNT

ST; BANDS

ENG

/EJ

INTERCITY

RELAY

STL

251 www.americanradiohistory.com

BAL

IX.

The

Only

Portable

Microwave

Need in

All

Transmitter

You'll the

Video

World.

www.americanradiohistory.com

Farinon Video introduces the only truly universal portable video microwave transmitter designated

GLOBAL

IX

(FV2/2.5G). For the first time there's a single portable transmitter capable of covering any

2

-GHz frequency plan in the world.

With the unique GLOBAL you can

IX select more channels than ever before

-

up to 55 channels in each of

16 different frequency plans.

RF channels can be selected locally or remotely.

You'll wonder how such a compact transmitter can provide

3 watts of wideband power. But if that's not enough, there's an auxiliary

12

-watt power amplifier available too.

And the transmitter interface can be either baseband video or true

70

-MHz heterodyne.

Two audio channels with programmable subcarrier frequencies can be transmitted simultaneously. And you have the choice of line level or microphone level for either channel.

To simplify maintenance, the GLOBAL

IX portable transmitter has built -in diagnostics. Problems can be quickly diagnosed by monitoring the indicators on a remote channel selector or a separate display unit.

You can power the ard power belt transmitter from AC or a stand-

-or

even a car battery. What's more, you won't find a more rugged or environmentally reliable transmitter no matter where your crew takes it.

This unique portable video microwave transmitter is representative of the state -of- the -art products in the all

-new GLOBAL

IX series. Another example of

Farinon Video's quest to provide superior video transmission equipment for use throughout the world.

TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS

Designation

Frequency Range

Frequency Stability

Output Power

Primary Power Sources

Weight

Operating Temperature

(Case)

FV2 /2.5G

1900 -2700 MHz

±

0.005%

3 watts

(

+

34.8 dBm)

115/230

Vac or

+10.5 to +16 Vdc

6.8 kg (15 lbs)

(

25° to to

+60°C

+140

°F)

FEATURES

The GLOBAL

IX transmitter is capable of covering any

2

-GHz frequency plan in the 1900- 2700 -MHz range.

Compatible with NTSC or CCIR

Recommendations.

Up to 16 internally stored frequency plans

(55 chan- nels per plan) in 50

-kHz increments.

Local or remote channel selection is available.

During the frequency selection, the GLOBAL

IX transmitter's

RF output is muted to prevent

RF interference.

Two FM program channels available with program- mable subcarrier frequencies. The subcarrier fre- quencies can be set to any NTSC or CCIR frequency between (4.83

-8.71 MHz).

Configured to accept either a standard video line input

(1V, peak

-to -peak) or a

70-MHz

IF input.

In addi- tion, the FM channels will accept adjustable microphone inputs.

Mechanically constructed for operation in extreme environmental conditions and helicopter applica- tions. Multilevel shielding is provided for RFI environments.

Remote control and monitoring provisions available.

The following functions can be controlled from a remote location: Frequency Selection, ON /OFF, and

Standby.

Connectorization of units allows quick inter- changeability of spares.

253 www.americanradiohistory.com

FV40 video transmission equipment for microwave relay or cable systems

254

FEATURES

Plug -in

Video Terminal Equipment

Units for Flexible Baseband and

Heterodyne System Arrangements

Video Impedance and

Level Co- ordination

70

-MHz Modulation and Demod- ulation

Sub -carrier Channels for Program

Audio

Orderwire and Alarm Sub -carrier

Transmission Channels

Clamper Amplifiers

Radio System Noise and Contin- uity Pilot Monitors

Options for

525

-Line NTSC, or

625

-Line Operation with

PAL,

PAL -M or

SECAM Color Systems.

-

.

iCall-

T

1

1

V

Farinon FV7F

IF

Heterodyne Microwave

Radio terminal; power supply and trans- mitter above, receiver below

(all shaded), shown with corresponding FV40

Video

Transmission Equipment shelves. www.americanradiohistory.com

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

Farinon FV40 Video Transmission Equipment offers a con- venient and flexible method of providing video input

/output functions and of adding auxiliary functions to

IF heterodyne or baseband radio relay and cable video systems.

The FV40 system may be applied to Farinon micro- wave radio systems as ordered from the factory, or may be added to standard -interface radio or cable systems of any manufacture.

All FV40 equipment interfaces with conven- tional line connections.

Basic elements of the system are the equipment shelves and the individual plug

-in functional units. The shelves provide mechanical support and electrical connec- tions; the plug

-in units provide the individual circuits and may be added in arrangements or combinations to meet individual needs. Shelves may operate from

115/220 Vac or from

-24,

-48

or

-21

Vdc.

Equipment reliability is emphasized throughout, with solid mechanical design, conservative use of proven circuit components and generous provision of test points, alarms and back -up functions.

Block diagrams of typical heterodyne and typical baseband repeater systems are shown in

Figure

3.

FV40 shelves with installed units for a baseband radio system are shown in Figures

1 and

2.

Functional Units

Video input and output units pedance coordination, video

-

provide level and im- emphasis, video presence detection and alarm, and phase -equalized low

-pass filters.

The input unit also provides a

1

-volt p

-p line -up oscillator and continuity

pilot.

The output unit provides for video squelch.

70

-MHz Modulator and

Demodulators

-

stable, wideband, low distortion modems.

The modulator is phase- locked to a crystal.

Audio subcarrier channels flexible FM

- high performance and audio channels for program transmission above video, with frequency options for U.S.,

Canadian and CCIR applications, and integral impedance and emphasis options.

Channels may also be utilized for frequency- division multiplexed voice or data trans- mission.

Orderwire channels nels for party -line

- fully synchronous AM chan- orderwire, alarm and control and general administrative transmissions on heterodyne or baseband repeated systems. Audio drop and insert shelf is available.

Clamper Amplifiers

- modern, gated -feedback dampers removing low- frequency noise and distortion, with continuously variable

0

-15

dB gain and strap

- selectable balanced or unbalanced

Message- Service Interface Units input and output.

- with message emphasis for up to

1800 voice channels.

Interfaces with voice and data multiplex for emergency message restor- ation, parallel

-path message /video routing, etc.

Radio system monitors

- monitors continuity pilot' quantitative system noise, and generates alarms. and

Power supplies

- optional

115/220 Vac,

-

24

Vdc or

-

48 Vdc.

Each supply will power a complete transmit or receive shelf.

FIGURE

1.

FV40

Transmit Equipment Shelf equipped with

(left to right): blank covering three unoccupied spaces, Video

/Subcarrier

Combiner lone space), two

FM

Channel Transmitter units (one space each), blank covering one unoccupied space, one AM

Channel Transmitter unit lone space), blank covering two unoccupied spaces, and a

DC

-

48/

-

21V Converter unit (three spaces).

FIGURE

2.

FV40 Receive Equipment Shelf equipped with

(left to right): blank covering one unoccupied space,

Video /Subcarrier

Separator Ione space), System

Monitor for pilot and noise (one space), Clamper space),

Amplifier

Ione two FM Channel Receiver units (one space each), blank covering one unoccupied space, one

AM

Channel

Receiver unit (one space), blank covering two unoccupied spaces, and a

DC

-

48/

-

21V Converter unit (three spaces).

'optional or selectable function

255 www.americanradiohistory.com

256

FV40 VIDEO

TRANSMISSION

EQUIPMENT

A.

USING IF

HETERODYNE RADIO

OR

VHF CABLE

SYSTEM

I

AUDIO

INPUT

Ifl

CHAN]

)

AUDIO

INPUT

12nd CHAN

AUDIO

INPUT

131d CHAN

I

)

VIDEO

INPUT >

FV40 TRANSMIT TERMINAL

VIDEO INPUT UNIT

VIDEO

PRE.

AM OR FM

CHAN dMTR

I

EMPH

NE T

AM

OR FM

CHAN

XMTR

AMOR FM

CHAN

XMTR

DELAY

EOL

PILOT

OSC

70-MHz

MODUL ATOR

TRANSMISSION MEDIUM

(HETERODYNE MICROWAVE RADIO

OR

70-MHz CABLE SYSTEMI

VIDEO

INPUT

FV40 TRANSMIT TERMINAL

VIDEO,SUBCARRI

ER

COMBINER

DELAY

EOL

VIDEO

PRE

-

[MPH

NET

PILOT

OSC

AMOR FM

CHAN

MTR

KMTR

AMOR FM

CHAN

XMTR

I

AUDIO

INPUT

HI CHAN

I

AUDIO

INPUT

2nd CHAN

I

)

AUDIO

INPUT

13 d

CHAN

I

)

B.

USING

BASEBAND RADIO

OR

VIDEO CABLE

SYSTEM

TRANSMISSION MEDIUM

IBASEBAND MICROWAVE RADIO

OR

VIDEO CABLE SYSTEMI

FIGURE

3.

Fundamental Point -to -Point

FV40 www.americanradiohistory.com

FV40 RECEIVE TERMINAL

VIDEO OUTPUT UNIT

DELAY

EOL

V DEO

0E-

EMPH

NET

SYSTEM

MONI TOR

AMOR

FM

CHAN

RCVR

AMOR FM

CHAN

RCVR

AM OR FM

CHAN

RCVR

CLAMPER

AMPL

FV40 RECEIVE TERMINAL

RRIER

SEPARATOR

DELAY

`_

EOL

AMORFAI

CHAN

RC VR

AM OR FM

CHAN

RCVR

AMORFM

CHAN

RCVR

CLAMPER

AMPL

SYSTEM

MONITOR

VIDEO

)UTPUT

PILOT

ALM

)

NOI SE

AM

AUDIO

)

OUTPUT

I

1st

CHAN

I

AUDIO

)

OUTPUT

12na

CHANT

AUDIO

OUTPUT

13 d

CHAN

I

VIDEO

OUTPUT

PILOT

)

ALM

NOISE

ALM

I

AUDIO

OUTPUT

IM CHAN

I

AUDIO

)

OUTPUT

I2Td CHAN

I

I

AUDIO

OUTPUT ltd

CHANT

CHARACTERISTICS

(Back -to -Back

Terminal

Pair)

Video Interfaces

Video -Line Input Impedance

(Xmt)

75 ohms balanced or unbalanced, or

124 ohms balanced, or high -impedance;

30 dB return loss

O dBV, nominal (adjustable

-6 to

+ 3 dB) Video -Line Input Level

Video -Line

Output

Impedance (Rcv)

If

Clamper -Amplifier is used

75 ohms, unbalanced

Video -Line Output

Level

Dual 75 -ohm unbalanced or single

124

-ohm balanced

OdBV

70

MHz

IF

Interfaces

Input and Output Impedance

75 ohms, unbalanced,

26 dB return loss

Input

Level

(from radio)

Output Level (to radio)

-7 to +

1 dBm,

-1 dBm nominal

-7 to

+

10 dBm (adjustable)

Audio

Interfaces

FM

Program Channels

Input and Output

Impedance

150 or 600 ohms balanced, or

75 ohms unbalanced

Input and Output

Level: program Audio

Wideband Data

Voice Channel Multiplex

-20to

+18dBm

-

20 to

0 dBm Input,

0 to +

15 dBm

Output

-40 to

0 dBm Input,

-20 toOdBm

Output

(per channel test tone)

AM Orderwire

Channels

Input and Output

Impedance

Input and Output

Level

75 ohms unbalanced

-

30 dBm test tone

Transmitter or

Receiver Shelf

Alarm Output

Office

Operating Voltages

One set of Form

"C" dry contacts

-

24

Vdc, nominal

1-

22 to

-

48 Vdc, nominal range) or

I

-44 to

-

-

-

21

Vdc, regulated

28

56 range) or

Vdc

115

/220

Vac (105 to 125 Vac or 200 to 240

Vac ranges), 50-60 Hz

Operating

Ambient

Temperature

Range

Oto

+50 °C) +32 to +122°F)

MoJnting

Shelf requires three vertical rack

- mounting spaces, 13.4 cm

(51/4 inch), on a standard 48.3 cm

(19 -inch) equipment rack or in a rack cabinet

257 www.americanradiohistory.com

258

TRANSMISSION

PERFORMANCE

(Back -to -Back

Terminal

Pair)

Video

Frequency Response

10kHz to 4.2 MHz

10 kHz to5.OMHz

Line

-Time Distortion

Field -Time Distortion

T

-Bar

Ringing

2T Pulse

Response

Pulse to Bar Ratio

Ringing

12.5T Pulse Response

Max. Relative Chrominance Level

IRCLI

Max. Relative Chrominance Delay IRCDI

20T Pulse

Response

Max. Relative Chrominance Level

IRCLI

Max. Relative Chrominance Delay IRCDI

Differential Gain 10 to 90% APL

Differential Phase

10 to 90% APL

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

Ip -p luminance signal ipicturel /rms noise

10 kHz to

5

MHz,

EIA

/CCIR weighted)

Signal -to -Hum Ratio (undamped)

(p-p luminance signal )picture)

/p

-p hum dc to

10 kHz)

FM

Audio

(Program) Channel

Frequency Response

North American

525

-Line Service,

NTSC

04dBp p

1

IRE p -p

2

IRE p p

4 IRE p -p

+

1

IRE

2 IRE p

-p

±

1

IRE

± 20 ns

0.5%

0 5"

70 dB

55 dB

1 dB p p, 40 Hz to

15 kHz (Program Service)

1 dB p p, 40 Hz to

100 kHz (Wide Band Service)

1%

Total Harmonic Distortion at rated max modulation)

Signal-to-Noise Ratio Irms test tone at rated max. modulation /rms noise, with 75µs emphasis)

AM Orderwire

Frequency Response

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

70dB

1 dB p p, 300 Hz to

60 kHz

43 dBrnc0

FM and

AM

Subcarrier Frequency -Set Options (MHz)

6.2

6.199

6.17

7.02

5.14

4.83

5.8

6.7

6.7

6.8

7.5

5.36

6.4

75

7.5

767

8.065

5.79

8,

8

:'

83

8.59

6.2 6.8

Std

U S

FM Subcxrs

Std U.S AM Subcxrs

Std Canadian Subcxrs

CCIR FM

Subcxrs

Earth

Station applications

Narrow band Operation

(ENG)

Bell

System Network Transmission

Note:

1

2.

3.

Other coordinated FM channel frequency sets are available on order

7.02

MHz is lowest usable subcarrier for 625

-line systems

A 4.2 -MHz video passband must be used with subcarners below

5 6

MHz

International

625

-Line Service,

PAL

/SECAM

0.5dBp

-p

±

0.5%

± 1%

± 1%

2%

± 1%

±

20 ns

0.5%

0

70 dB

55 dB www.americanradiohistory.com

FORM

7604 -5

FV2

-2.5MP

miniature portable microwave

"mini

-link" for

TV

transmission

FEATURES

Lightweight, Compact,

Fully

Self- Contained

Frequency Agile in

Selected

RF

Bands

Built -In

Full

Quality Program

Channel-With

Optional Second

Audio

Channel Available

AC or

Battery

Powered-With

Multipurpose

Charger

Optional 24V

Battery

Packs

IF

Interface Option for Transmitter

APPLICATIONS

For ENG

/EJ Remote Pickup

For

Temporary Operation

-

In

Broadcast Services

For

ITV /ETV Temporary Service

For Security and Surveillance

Systems

A miniature portable, frequency -agile

2-

2.5

-GHz video and sound transmission system replacing existing cable or

bulky

equipment www.americanradiohistory.com

259

260

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

FV

-MP

"mini -link

". The

Frequency

-Agile

Radio

Systems for the

1700 -1915, 1990-2110,

or

2450 -2690

MHz

Bands.

The FV2

/2.5MP "mini- link" video

/audio transmission system is designed to free the user from restrictive cables or bulky van

-mounted equipment for a myriad of applications within the

BROADCAST and

ETV

/ITV services.

With a backpack camera and this lightweight, self- contained microwave transmission package, the broadcaster has the freedom of the cinematographer without the inconvenience or delay of film processing.

This system makes possible live coverage from previously inaccessible locations.

In addition, the optional second program channel may be added for multilanguage program audio, dual network feeds, etc.

The FV2

/2.5MP is field -tunable in selected por- tions of the 2/2.5

-GHz Television Auxiliary and other bands. This makes it possible to respond to require- ments with a flexibility not attainable with fixed

- frequency units.

F

FLAUT

751!

VIOEO

INPUT

751!

INPUT

MON

AUOO

INPUT

150/6001!

1M V

MOM

AUOMI

INPUT

150/6001!

OEA

MON

MINN

l

VIOEO INPUT

UNT

D

PRE EMPN

FM CHAN AMTR ICH.

11

SUO CAR

OFlONIIL

FM

MAN

ROHR

(CFI.

2l

SIILA CAR

TNESE WITS NOT EWWPEO MI

WHAM

WIEN

F

OEMOU6CLAMPER EOIRPEO

Simplified block diagram FV2 /2.5MP transmitter

225Wiz

RF OUTPUT

1

WATT

+20

EMm

2-2.5

RF

INPUT

N

FEMALE

COFRECiDR

> www.americanradiohistory.com

FV2

/2.5MP MINIATURE PORTABLE MICROWAVE

Transmitter

The FV2

/2.5MP transmitter provides for transmission of either a

525 -line or 625 -line video signal and up to two

15

-kHz FM program audio channels.

R F channel frequency is phase locked to any of up to

12 predetermined crystal

- controlled reference frequencies within the selected

RF band.

A low

-pass filter and delay equalizer at the video input rejects camera and line noise at the subcarrier

Also provided are

+6/ frequency.

-

4dBV of input video gain and a

0

-dBV isolated video monitor.

The transmitter can also be equipped to accept a

70

-MHz

IF signal by replacing a video input unit with a demodulator clamper unit.

Receiver

The receiver front

-end consists of a broadband, low- noise,

RF amplifier and a mixer driven by a tunable local oscillator.

The oscillator, like that of the transmitter, tunes across the individual band with direct readout at each of the available channels. Again, the frequency is phase locked to a crystal at any of up to

12 predetermined frequencies.

A phase- equalized low

-pass filter blocks the audio subcarriers from the video output. The audio subcarrier receivers provide the required headroom at the typical program transmission level.

The radio receiver provides a secondary 70

-MHz output for

IF interconnection.

MUER

SWTTCNEO

A

OEC

PHASE

LOCKED

SOURCE

70 MHz

FIT 6

E01

RCA

LEV

METER

7

AGC i

10A411/

OEMOO

VOE0

PLUS

SUBCXR

1

FM CHAN

RECEIVER

VOEO OUTPUT

WV

(CH 11

OPTIMAL

FM CHAN

RECEIVER

CH

Simplified block diagram FV2 /2.5MP receiver www.americanradiohistory.com

70 MHz

IF

OUTPUT

7511

VOEO

OUTPUT

751i

AUDIO

OUTPUT

150/60011

AI104

150/60011

261

Typical transmitter

(2

-G

Hz radio shown)

Typical receiver

(2 -G

Hz radio shown) www.americanradiohistory.com

Antenna Options

The FV2

/2.5MP terminals may be equipped with

2- or

4

-foot long helical antennas available with right hand circular polarization.

The

2

-foot helical antennas provide

16 dB of gain for a

40 -mile range with a 10

-dB fade margin.

With the 4

-foot helical antennas,

19 dB of gain is obtained, providing an 80 -mile range with a 10

-dB fade margin.

Power Options

Power for the system is provided by either a multipurpose power supply

/battery charger or a rechargeable battery pack. The power supply may be used alone, or mounted atop a battery pack so the battery could instantly take over to prevent program interruption. The supply can also be used in the shop to recharge backup battery packs while the radio is being used in the field.

Power options

Optional

4

-foot helical antenna www.americanradiohistory.com

263

Data subject to change without notice Printed in

U.S.A.

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Transmitter

Tuning Range

1700 -1915

MHz

1990 -2110

MHz

2450 -2690 MHz

Up to twelve channels in each of the above frequency bands are available.

Frequency Stability

Video Input

IF

Input

(70

MHz(

Typical Program (Audio)

Input

Size

±

0.005% (crystal referenced)

1V, p -p, 75 ohms unbalanced

-4 dBm,

75 ohms unbalanced

+8 dBm,

10 dBm for

CCIRI

600/150 ohms balanced

375x

185 x

216 mm

(143/4 x7'/4 x

8'/: in)

6.3 kg (14.0 lbs)

Weight

Receiver

Frequency Stability

Video Output

IF

Output

Typical Program IAudiol

Output

Size

Weight

General

Powering

Power Requirements

IXMTR or RCVRI

Operating Ambient

Temperature

Range

Maximum Relative

Humidity

±

0.005% (crystal referenced)

1V, p

-p, 75 ohms unbalanced

-4 dBm,

75 ohms unbalanced

+8 dBm

10 dBm for CCIRI

600/150 ohm balanced

375x 185x216 mm

(14%

8'/ in)

77kg(170lbs) x7'

/4 x

115/230 Vac or battery pack

36 watts at

-

24

Vdc (approx.I

-

30°

+50°

C

(

-

22° to

+122 °F)

95% at

+40°

C

REFERENCE

INFORMATION

BL- 60618 -M3, BL- 60619 -M2, Block and Level

Drawings for

FV2

/2.5MP

-02

Transmitter and Receiver, respectively.

SD- 60364,

Accessories Drawing for

FV

1

I

MP Radios.

FORM 7604

-5

Transmission

Performance

(For One -Hop, Single

Signal Level)

-

40 dBm Received

Video

North

American

525

-Line,

NTSC

Service

International

625

-Line,

PAL/

SECAM

Service

Frequency Response

10

Hz to 4.2 MHz

10 Hz to 5.0 MHz

Line Time Distortion

Field

Time Distortion

T

-Bar Ringing

Signal -to -Hum Ratio

Ip -p luminance signal

[picture] /p

-p hum dc to

10 kHz)

0.4 dB p

-p

1

IRE p -p

2

IRE p -p

4 IRE p -p

2T Pulse Response:

Pulse to Bar Ratio

Ringing

±

1

IRE

2

IRE p -p

12.5T Pulse Response:

Max. Relative Chrominance

Level

I

R C L

I

Max. Relative Chrominance

Delay (RCD)

±1

IRE

±2Ons

20T Pulse Response:

Max. Relative

Chrominance

Level(RCL)

Max. Relative Chrominance

Delay IRCDI

-

Differential

Gain at

10 to 90% APL

-

1%

Differential Phase at

10 to 90% APL 0.5°

Signal -to -Noise Ratio

(p -p luminance signal

[picture] /rms noise

10 kHz to

5

MHz, EIA /CCIR weighted)

70 dB

50 dB

Audio

0.5 dB p-p

±

0.5% t1%

± 1%

2%

-

-

t1%

±20ns

1%

0.5°

70 dB

50dB

FM

Audio (Program) Channels:

Frequency Response

Total

Harmonic Distortion

(at rated maximum modulation)

1 dB p-p,

40 Hz to

15 kHz

1% at peak input

/output

Signal -to -Noise Ratio

(at peak input level)

70 dB

Optional Available Accessories

Tripods,

Antennas,

Power Supply, Battery Pack, Cables, Path

Simulator, Preselector

Filters, Transit Cases.

FCC

Application

Reference Filed

1990 -2110

MHz

Part 74

2450-

2500MHz Part

74 www.americanradiohistory.com

FORM

7610 -5

FV

-MP miniature portable microwave

"mini -link" for

TV

transmission

FEATURES

Lightweight, Compact, Fully

Self- Contained

Frequency Agile in

Selected

RF

Band

(7,

8,

11, 12, or

13

GHz)

Built

-In Full

Quality Program

Channel

-

With

Optional Second

Channel Available

AC or Battery Powered

-

With

Multipurpose

Charger

Optional 24V

Battery Packs

Switchable Antenna Polar- ization

-

With

Optional Horn or

Parabolic Antennas for 1.5 to

26

Mile Range

IF

Interface Option for Transmitter

APPLICATIONS

For ENG

/EJ Remote Pickup

For CARS SHL

For Emergency Restoration or

Temporary Service

-In

CARS,

Broadcast, Business Bands

Er

Common

Carrier

Services

For

ITV

/ETV Temporary Service

For

Security and Surveillance

Systems

A miniature -portable, frequency

-agile video and sound transmission system replacing existing cable or bulky equipment

265 www.americanradiohistory.com

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

FV

-MP "mini- link

".

The Frequency -Agile Radio

System in the

7, 8,

11, 12, or

13

GHz

Band.

The FV -MP

"mini- link" video /audio transmission system is designed to free the user from restrictive cable or bulky van

-mounted equipment for a myriad of applications within the BROADCAST,

CARS, ETV/

ITV, BUSINESS and INDUSTRIAL, and COMMON

CARRIER services.

With a backpack camera and this lightweight self- contained microwave transmission package, the broadcaster, the educator or the cable operator has the freedom of the cinematographer without the inconvenience or delay of film processing. This system makes possible live coverage from previously inaccessible locations.

In addition, the optional second program channel may be added for multilanguage program audio, order wire, cueing, alarms, or multiplexed voice and data channels.

The

FV

-MP being field

-tunable in selected

RF bands

(7, 8, 11, 12, or

13

GHz), makes it possible to respond to requirements with a flexibility not attain- able with fixed -frequency units.

Typical transmitter

(12 -GHz radio shown) www.americanradiohistory.com

FV

-MP MINIATURE PORTABLE MICROWAVE

Transmitter

The

FV

-MP transmitter provides for transmission of either a

525 -line or 625 -line video signal and up to two

15

-kHz FM program audio channels.

RF channel frequency is phase locked to any of

12 predetermined crystal -controlled reference frequencies within the selected

RF band.

A low

-pass filter and delay equalizer at the video input reject camera and line noise at the subcarrier frequency.

Also provided are

+6 /

-4dBV of input video gain and a

0

-dBV isolated video monitor.

The transmitter can also be equipped to accept a

70

MHz

IF signal by replacing a video input unit with a demodulator clamper unit.

Receiver

The receiver front end consists of a broadband, low- noise, balanced mixer

-preamplifier driven by a tunable local oscil- lator. The oscillator, like that of a transmitter, tunes across the individual band with direct readout at each of the avail- able channels. Again, the frequency is phase locked to a crystal at any of

12 predetermined frequencies.

A phase -equalized low

-pass filter blocks the audio sub

- carrier from the video output. The audio subcarrier receivers provide the required headroom at the typical program transmission level.

The radio receiver provides a secondary 70 -MHz output for

IF interconnection.

Typical receiver (12 -GHz radio shown) www.americanradiohistory.com

267

268

Optional parabolic antenna

Antenna Options

T he FV11 -13MP terminals may be equipped with either conical (horn) or parabolic antennas, each available with fixed circular or switchable (right -hand or left -hand circular or linear) polarization.

The conical horn antennas, using fixed circular at one end of the path and adjustable polarization at the other, provide up to

18 dB of gain for a

11/2 mile range with a 10

-dB fade margin.

With the two

-foot parabolic antennas, again with fixed polarization at one end and adjustable at the other, up to

35.5 -dB gain is obtained, providing a

26 mile range with a

20 -dB fade margin.

Half

-power beam

-width is

20° with the conical horns and 2.8° with the parabolic antennas.

FV7MP transmitters and receivers can be equipped with

14" antennas, having a midband gain of

26 dBi and beam width of

8 degrees.

Weight is about

6 pounds. They can also be equipped with

2 or 3 foot parabolic antenna having gains of

31 and

34 dBi and adjustable polarization. www.americanradiohistory.com

Power Options

Power for the system is provided by either a multipurpose power supply

/battery charger or a rechargeable battery pack. The power supply may be used alone, or mounted atop a battery pack so the battery could instantly take over to prevent program interruption. The supply can also be used in the shop to recharge backup battery packs while the radio is being used in the field.

Complete Accessories

Fannon provides all accessories required to operate the

FV

-MP system, including pan

/tilt head tripods, antennas, mounting brackets for parabolic antennas, power supply/ recharger units, battery packs, selected interconnecting cables, transit cases and path simulators. www.americanradiohistory.com

269

270

Data subject to change without notice.

Printed in

U.S.A

TYPICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Transmitter

SYSTEM

DESIGNATOR

EV/MP

FV8MP

FV11MP

FV12MP

FV13MP

FREQ.

MHz

RANGE

68/b alb

7125 8500

10550 -11700

11700

12700

12700 13250

RF

PWR OUT dBm

ImW)

(MINIMUM)

2425OIor

+

2918001

+18

(63)

-18(63I

+181631

3011000)

Up to twelve channels are available in each of the above frequency bands

Frequency Stability

Video Input

IF

Input

170

MHz)

Typical Program (Audio)

Input

Size

Weig(r

0

005% (crystal referenced)

1V, p p, 75 ohms unbalanced

-4 dBm, typical,

75 ohms unbalanced

8dBm,

(0 dBm for CCIR)

600-

150 ohms balanced

375 x

185x216mm

(141/4 x

71/4 x

8'/2 in)

6.3 kg

(

14 0 lbs)

Receiver

SYSTEM

DESIGNATOR

FV7 8MP

FV

11

12' 13MP

Frequency Stability

Video Output

IF

Output

Typical

Program (Audio)

Output

Size

Weight

DESCRIPTION

NOISE

FIG. dB

60

With Fuaur:ct

Filter

10

5

Without

Preselect Filter

8 5

THRESHOLD

IS

/N

37 dB) dBm

830

-78

5

80 5

+

0

005% (crystal referenced)

1V, p p, 75 ohms unbalanced

-4 dBm, typical,

75 ohms unbalanced

-8dBm

(0 dBm for COR)

600,

150 ohm balanced

375x 185x216mm(141/4 x7'

/. x

8/2 in)

77kg(170lbs)

General

Power

Power Requirements

IXMTR or RCVRI

Operating Ambient

Temperature Range

115i 230 Vac or battery pack

36 watts at -24

Vdc (approx.I

30° to

+50°C

1-22° to + 122°F)

Maximum Relative

Humidity

95% at

+40"C

Standard wavegwde flanges allow coupling to existing waveguide systems.

REFERENCE

INFORMATION

BL 60680 M2,

BL 60681 M2, Block

Et

Level

Drawings

FV7MP M2 Transmitter and Receiver, respectively. for

BL

60566 M2, BL 60565 -M2, Block

Et

Level Drawings for

FV11 13MP M2 Transmuter and Receiver, respectively

SD 60364, Accessories Drawing for

FV

I

I

MP Radios.

FORM

7610 -5

TRANSMISSION

PERFORMANCE

(For One -Hop, Single -Link Radio System at

-40 dBm Received

Signal Level)

Video

North

American

525

-Line,

NTSC

Service

International

625

-Line,

PAL/

SECAM

Service

Frequency Response

10

Hz to 4.2 MHz

10 Hz to

50

MHz

Line -Time

Distortion

Field -Time

Distortion

T

-Bar

Ringing

2T Pulse

Response:

Pulse to Bar

Ratio

Ringing

12

5T

Pulse Response

Max. Relative Chrominance

Level IRCLI

Max Relative Chrominance

Delay IRCDI

20T Pulse Response

Max Relative Chrominance

Level IRCLI

Max. Relative Chrominance

Delay IRCDI

Differential Gain at 10 to

90

°%

APL

Differential Phase at 10 to 90% APL

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

(p -p luminance signal [picture) /rms noise

10 kHz to

5

MHz,

EIA

/CCIR weighted)

Signalto Hum Ratio

(p-p luminance signal (picture) /p

-p hum dc to

10 kHz)

0.4 dB p -p

1

IRE p -p

2

IRE p -p

4 IRE p -p

±

1

IRE

2IRE p -p

±

1

IRE

± 20 ns

1%

0.5°

70 dB

50 dB

0.5dBp

-p

±0.5%

±1%

±1%

2%

±1%

±

20 ns

1%

05"

70 dB

50 dB

Audio

FM

Audio (Program) Channels:

Frequency Response

Total Harmonic Distortion

(at rated maximum modulation)

1 dB p

-p, 40 Hz to

15 kHz

1% at peak input

/output

Signal-to-Noise

Ratio

(at peak input level)

70 dB

Optional Available Accessories

Tripods, Antennas, Power Supply, Battery Pack, Cables, Path

Simulator, Preselector Filters, Transit Cases.

FCC Type

Accepted

For

10 55

-10.68 GHz

10.7

11

7

GHz

Part

94

Part

21

11

7

-12.2 GHz Part

21

Application

Reference Filed

12.2 -12.7 GHz

12.7 -12.95 GHz

13.2-13.25 GHz

12 7

-13.25 GHz

Part 94

Part

78

Part

21

Part

74 www.americanradiohistory.com

FORM

7411 -3

FV-F

heterodyne microwave for television transmission

All Solid -State

Microwave

Terminals and Heterodyne Repeaters

Designed for

STL and Intercity Video Transmission

FEATURES

High

-Power Output

LNA Receiver Front Ends

Frequency Stability

Drop/

Insert

Capabilities

Equipment

/Path Protection

Low Voltage Operation

Typical terminal arrangement with

FV -F

IF

Heterodyne Microwave Radio and

FV40 Video Transmission Equipment. www.americanradiohistory.com

271

272

Features

Performance

-

Meets or exceeds CCIR and

Bell

System recommendations.

Meets medium and long haul require- ments of

EIA RS- 250 -B.

High -Power Output

10

-

Typically

5 or 20 watts at

2

GHz, watts at

2.5 GHz,

1 watt at

6 -8

GHz, or 0.8 watt at

11

-13 GHz

LNA

Receiver Front End

-

Low

Noise Amplifier (LNA) in the receiver front end provides minimum noise figure and therefore maximum system gain.

Frequency Stability

-

±0.005% across each band.

Complete

Terminals and Repeaters are available with

Drop /Insert

Capabilities

Transmission Equipment

-

Companion

FV40 Video supplements the radio and pro- vides modem, signal conditioning, program channels, monitoring facilities, protection switching, and many other auxiliary functions. System is a responsive broad- band video transmission medium that is suitable for handling the needs of many complex signal forms.

Equipment Configurations

-

Protected (monitored hot standby or frequency diversity) and non

-protected

- arrangements.

Low Voltage Operation

-

Power supplies optionalized to handle dc and ac source voltages.

Versatile

-

Provides complete coverage of worldwide

TV- broadcast video transmission bands.

Simplified

Spare Replacement

-

Many of the active units and circuit modules are common to all frequency bands.

Convenient Maintenance

-

Mechanical design and size coordinated so that all units and modules are fully accessible for

Fully adjustment or replacement.

Factory

Tested

-

Installation is fast and simple.

Complete Factory Support

Service, and Repair Service

-

System Engineering,

Field support are provided by experienced telecommunication engineers.

Associated Equipment

Available companion options include:

FV40 Video Transmission Equipment

-24 Vdc, -48 Vdc,

115

Vac, and 220 Vac

150

-60 Hz)

Rack or rack cabinet mounting arrangements

Order wire and multiport bridges

Supervision, Control and

Remote Monitoring Subsystems

Protection switching facilities

Antenna Equipment, and branching filters and custom waveguide configurations

Clamper and Distribution Amplifiers, etc.

FV44 Radar Transmission Equipment for Vessel Traffic

Systems and Air Traffic Control

System Description

The

FV -F family of fixed microwave is a series of integrated

IF heterodyne radio transmitters and associated receivers that cover all

TV broadcast intercity relay and local studio transmitter link (STLI bands between

1.7 and 13.25 GHz.

As individual rack -mounted frames, the transmitters and receivers can be custom

-arranged for any desired system configuration.

These include transmit or receive -only terminals, with or without protection switching, or bi- directional layouts that include return path facilities for monitor and control reporting functions. Multiple- system, parallel or branching -path radios, of differing frequency bands, can be mounted on the same rack assembly. Many circuit modules of the

FV -F radio are common to many or all frequency bands. This results in system economy, as component stockage and service training requirements are reduced.

While the radio has the standard

70

-MHz interface with other video and audio transmission system elements, companion

FV40 equipment provides the baseband facilities for standard EIA

/CCIR video and audio line interconnect.

Repeaters can be simply formed by receiver -to- transmitter

IF connection, with attendant low signal degradation, or readily equipped with the FV40 equipment for baseband drop and insert functions.

The radio assemblies can be used for new microwave systems, or may be used for route or channel expansion within existing systems.

All interfaces are tailored to recog- nize worldwide standards. Closely- spaced

RF channel capability and stable frequency control allow multichannel, parallel -path, high- density

RF operation. Automatic carrier resupply ensures continued operation of maintenance and order wire facilities should equipment failure or poor signal conditions develop in preceding system hops.

All receivers and transmitters are fitted with complete fault-alarm detection circuits, and suitable signal monitoring accesses and circuit test points. A true off -the

-air monitor pick

-off and demodulator is provided in the transmitter out- put stage for continuous check of transmitted signal quality and continuity pilot. Protection arrangements may be made by a monitored hot -standby system, frequency or space

- diversity configurations, or by combinations of these methods.

Depending on operating band, many active circuit elements of the transmitter and receiver make use of state

- of- the -art designs and components. Some of these are

Gunn -diode injection -locked amplifiers, phase -locked sources, and thin -film microstrip power amplifiers.

RF filter designs result from latest computer

-generated techniques.

Receivers are equipped with an

IF signal splitter; one

IF output can be dropped and demodulated locally, and the other fed to line or repeater facilities. www.americanradiohistory.com

Block Diagrams

TYPICAL

FV6 -13F

TRANSMITTER

r

FV -F

HETERODYNE

MICROWAVE

FOR

TELEVISION

TRANSMISSION

1

TYPICAL

FV6 -13F

LOW NOISE*

RECEIVER

r

rr.re

11111111111M111. n,.nU

v

nr

M..

.a,.ar i

ä,Ñ,

NIA

Met ai

Hol

IL

INTERCITY TELEVISION

TRANSMISSION:

Typical broadcast transmission system

RPTR RPTR

STUDIO

RPTR

TRANSMISSION

ORIGINATION

VIOEO/AUDIO

TO

BDCST UNTR

RPTR

VIDEO AUDIO

TO

BDCST

MIR

11

11101

R

-04

LNA is not presently available in all frequency bands

Contact your

Fannon representalovc for details

RPTR RPTR

REVERSE

-

DIRECTION

PATH PROVIDED FOR

MONITOR FUNCTIONS

TERMINAL

VIDEO AUDIO

TO

BOOST

UNIR

273 www.americanradiohistory.com

Typical

FV -F

Radio

System Performance

Values shown are those expected from a

Seven

-Hop

Intercity Relay System (Transmit and Receive Terminals, and Six

Repeaters). FV40 Video Transmission Equipment is used at the terminals for modem, signal conditioning and subcarrier facilities. For these values, Received Signal Level for each hop is

-30 dBm:

Video:

Frequency Response

10 kHz to 4.2

MHz

10 kHz to 5.0 MHz

Line -Time

Distortion

Field -Time

Distortion

T

-Bar Ringing

2T

Pulse Response

Pulse to Bar Ratio

Ringing

12.5T Pulse

Response

Max. Relative Chrominance

Level

IRCLI

Max. Relative Chrominance Delay (RCD)

20T

Pulse Response

Max. Relative

Chrominance

Level

IRCLI

Max. Relative

Chrominance

Delay (RCD)

Differential

Gain at

10 to 90% APL

Differential Phase at

10 to 90% APL

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

(p -p luminance signal

[picture]

/rms noise

10 kHz to

5

MHz,

EIA

/CCIR weighted)

Signal -to -Hum Ratio

(undamped)

(p -p luminance signal [picture)

/p

-p hum dc to

10 kHz)

FM

Audio (program)

Channel:

Frequency Response

Total

Harmonic Distortion

(at rated max. modulation)

Signal -to -Noise Ratio (rms test tone at rated max. modulation

/rms noise)

(with

501 75 ps emphasis)

AM Audio

Transmission Channel:

Frequency Response

Signal -to -Noise Ratio

North American

525

-Line

Service,

NTSC

0.6 dB p -p

1

IRE p -p

2

IRE p -p

4 IRE p -p

±1

IRE

2

IRE p -p

±2

IRE

+20 ns

- - - -

3%

1

°

67 dB

55 dB

1 dB p-p, 40 Hz to

15 kHz

1%

70 dB

1 dB p-p, 300

Hz to 60 kHz

43 dBrnc0

International

625

-Line Service,

PAL

/SECAM

0.7 dB p

-p

±0.5%

±1%

±1%

2%

±2%

±20 ns

3%

67 dB

55 dB

274 www.americanradiohistory.com

f

Typical FV8F protected

IF repeaters FV13F

/

FV40 terminal arranged for a one -way, monitored hot standby, studio

- transmitter link ISTLI and a one -way, non

- protected, transmitter- studio link ITSL) with radio covers removed.

Interior view of FV13F transmitters (left) and receivers (right) www.americanradiohistory.com

275

276

Data subject to change without notice. Printed in

U.S.A.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Bands (GHz):

FV2 5F

FV6/7F

FV8F

1.990 -2.110

1.700 -1.850

1.850 -1.990

1.700 -2.100

1.900 -2.300

2.300 -2.500

2.500 -2.700

5.925 -6.425

6.425 -7.125

6.875

-7.125

7.100 -7.800

7.700 -8.500

FV

11

/

13F 10.7 -11.7

12.2 -12.7

12 7

-13.25

Typical

Transmitter Characteristics:

Power

Output

@

Output Circulator f v2f

FV2

5F b

.vatts i

-37 dBm) or

20 watts

1

+43 dBm)

10 watts

(

+40.0 dBm)

FV11

13F

1 watt

(

+30dBm)

08watt

(

+29dBm)

Typical Receiver

Characteristics:

Noise Figure

@

Input Circulator with

LNA

FV2F

4

5 dB

FV2 5F

FV6

-7F

FV8F

5.5 dB

5.0 dB

5.5 dB

FV11 -13F

Intermediate Frequency

(IF) 70 MHz without

LNA

-

-

8.5 dB

-

--

10.0 dB

LNA is not presently available in all frequency bands.

Contact your Fannon representative for details

REFERENCE

INFORMATION

BL -60655

8

60471

BL

W801

8

60802

BL 60666 & 60600

BL

-60812

BL -60657 & 60466

BL -60667 & 60623

BL 60359

BL -60789

BL -60755

Data Sheet

7430

Data Sheet

7621

Block & Level,

FV2F Receiver and

Transmitter

Block &

Level

FV2 5F Receiver and Transmitter

Block

& Level,

FV6 /7F Receivers and Transmitters

Block & Level,

FV6

/7

Receiver

Block

Et

Level

FV8F Receiver and

Transmitter

Block & Level,

F

V t

1

/

13F

Receivers and Transmitters

Block

Et

Level,

FV44 Radar Data Video Transmission

Equipment

Block & Level,

FV40 Protected Radio System

Block

Et

Level,

FV44 Protected Radio Systems

-

Vessel Traffic System

FV40

Video Transmission Equipment

FV-

F

/FV44 Video Transmission

Equipment for Radar Data Service

FORM

7411 -3

MECHANICAL

CHARACTERISTICS

(Transmitter or Receiver)

Vertical

Horizontal

Depth

267 mm

110'/7 in.

I

6 rack mounting spaces

483 mm

(19 in

.1

Extends forward from front mounting surface

127 mm

15 in.

)

Extends to rear from front mounting surface

267 mm

(101/2 in.l

Front access only is required for normal operations and maintenance.

Power Sources:

115 or 220 Vac, 50 -60 Hz, or -24 or -48 Vdc

Ambient

Temperature

Range:

30- to

+50

-C (-22- to +122

F) operating range

0° to +40 °C

1

+32° to +104

°F) specified performance range www.americanradiohistory.com

FORM 7728 -3

FV2

/2.5MF

Miniature

Microwave Radio

Transmitters for

ENG

Applications

Shown is the compact, lightweight, frequency -agile 2/2.5 -GHz video and sound transmitter for ENG /EJ applications including helicopters, mobile broadcast vans and repeater stations.

FEATURES

FREQUENCY

AGILITY

-

MULTICHANNEL

1

WATT

RF OUTPUT

+28,

-24,

-48 Vdc

OR

115/220

Vac

OPERATION.

USES

AIRCRAFT

OR

VEHICULAR

POWER SOURCES.

OPTIONALLY

UP

TO TWO

(AUDIO)

PROGRAM CHANNELS

525

-LINE

NTSC OR

625

-LINE

PAL /SECAM

SERVICE

MINIMUM

OPERATING CONTROLS

USED WITH

FARINON FV-

SERIES

PORTABLE, MINI

-LINK, FIXED,

OR

FV(

)

CR

RECEIVERS

ALL

MODULES PLUG IN. EASY TO

MAINTAIN

277 www.americanradiohistory.com

Data subject to change without notice. Printed in

U.S.A.

DESCRIPTION

The

FV2 /2.5MF Microwave

Radio

transmitter

is designed to provide a high degree of transmission

flexibility for

airborne (helicopter)

ENG

/EJ operation or newscast vehicular remote or relay services. RF channel frequency is phase locked to any of

12 preestablished crystal reference frequencies

within

the

following

ranges:

1990

-2110

or 2450

-2690

MHz.

A phase

-equalized low

-pass

filter

in the video input path rejects camera and line noise at the

optional

audio subcarrier frequencies.

Various combinations of audio subcarrier frequen- cies are available to the

transmitter.

As the transmit- ter housing

will

accept

two

FM program channel

transmitter

units, just the change of the audio input line feed

will shift

the program material

from

one subcarrier frequency to another. If split -channel operation is desirable at

2

GHz, the

4.2 MHz video low

-pass

filter,

designed

with

the 4.83

-MHz

audio subcarrier, provides the required narrow

transmitter bandwidth.

The basic radio

transmitter

is completely self contained including power supply and, when equipped, one or

two

FM program channels. The modularized housing (shelf) occupies three vertical rack mounting spaces in a standard 483

-mm

(19

-in.)

equipment rack.

The

FV2 /2.5MF Transmitter is designed to inter- face

with

a wide number

of

receivers including the

FV2 /2.5MP

"mini

-link"

receiver, the FV2F fixed receiver or the FV2 /2.5CR receiver.

FORM 7728

-3

SPECIFICATIONS

FV2

/2.5MF Transmitter

Tuning

Range (subbands)

(Up to

12 discrete frequencies, in any one subband, may be selected by switched crystal oscillator)

RF

Power Output

Input

Power

Requirement

(ac or dc)

1990-2110

MHz

2450

-2690

MHz

1 watt

(

+30 dBm)

50 W

(approx.)

General

Frequency

Stability

Weight (approx.)

Audio Input

Impedance

Powering Source

±0.005% (crystal reference)

7.8 kg

(17.2 lbs.)

150 or

600 ohms, bal.

+28,

-24, -48

Vdc or

115/220

Vac

Reference

BL

-60707

Information

-

Block and Level

Drawing

FV2 /2.5MF Transmitter

FV2 /2.5MF

DI

-

Descriptive Information

Data Sheet 7634

-60515

Power

Amplifier

278

Q

FV 2/2.5

MF

Transmitter with external power amplifier (60515) occupies only

5 mounting spaces. www.americanradiohistory.com

FORM 7903 -3

FV2CR

ENG

Microwave Radio Receiver

The

"Central Receiver" for

ENG

Applications

The FV2CR is a frequency -agile, low- noise, narrowband,

2

-GHz receiver designed specifically for video and audio pick up from "at- the -scene"

Electronic Newsgathering

(ENG) crews.

FEATURES

21

SYNTHESIZED CHANNELS, INSTANTANEOUS PHASE

LOCK

-

locally or remotely selectable. Covers the range from

1990 to 2110

MHz.

3

-dB NOISE FIGURE

-

low

-noise amplifier integral to the receiver.

NARROWBAND

IF

SAW FILTER

-

for "state

-of- the

-art" split -channel operation.

82

-dB

DYNAMIC INPUT -SIGNAL

LEVEL RANGE

-crews

operate anywhere from maximum range to within the shadow of the receiver's antenna.

FULLY ALARMED

-

with dry contacts for remote indication.

AUXILIARY

IF

OUTPUT

-for

heterodyne interconnection.

RFI

SHIELDED

-

for operation in an interfering environment. www.americanradiohistory.com

279

280

FOCUS

ON

RECEIVING QUALITY

FOR ENG CENTRAL PICKUP

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The FV2CR ENG Receiver has been designed to provide a high degree of reception flexibility for

ENG

-type applica- tions.

RF channel frequency is instantaneously phase locked to any of

21 synthesized, discrete channels within the

1990 to

2110

-MHz range. The channels are locally or remotely selectable and, in the remote mode, the selected channel number will be displayed on the receiver as well as at the remote location.

The

Low -Noise Amplifier (LNA) can be remotely located at the antenna, locally at the receiver, or at both locations depending upon system requirements. The LNA is equipped with a bypass (used in the event of strong signal levels) and a combline filter protecting against out

- of -band signals. Overvoltage transient suppressors built into the dc power and control lines provide lightning pro- tection to the remotely -located LNA and the receiver. The superb image rejection capability of the receiver is provided through a state -of- the -art mixer design.

A Narrowband

IF

SAW Filter provides maximum adjacent channel selectivity with minimum transmission degradation. Better than

82 dB of dynamic range is available. For example: using a

23

-dB gain, steerable receiving an